If you're just starting out on your snowboard journey and are looking for a board that will help you progress as fast as possible and help you to build confidence on a snowboard, then this is the list for you.
We've narrowed down to what we think are the best 10 snowboards for beginners for the 2024-2025 season.
Why these boards were chosen?
These boards are all easy to turn and perform well at slower speeds, so you don't have to try to learn while hurtling down at breakneck speeds (which can lead to a crude technique, which is developed more as a survive-the-hill technique than a smooth, efficient technique.
And having a good foundation technique will then allow you to build on top of that much more easily. These boards have been selected to suit that early development and help you to learn good technique at slower speeds, so you can build on that in the future.
Tldr: The boards are all great for starting out your snowboarding Journey.
With that out of the way, let's get into the top 10.
#10=: GNU GWO
Beginner Board Rating Score: 89.5/100
Ability Level: Beginner to Intermediate
Style of Board: Freestyle
Flex: Soft (3/10)
*HARD/ICY SNOW OPTION
Starting off the list at #10 we have GNU's GWO.
The GWO is one of the easiest boards to turn going around, so if you're still trying to link your turns, this is one board that will make it easy to do.
And if you're looking at getting into riding freestyle/park, then this will be a great investment for that style of riding.
Also a great option for those that encounter hard/icy conditions often but still want a looser feeling, easy going board.
Score Breakdown for the GWO
| FACTOR | Rating (/5) | Weighted |
|---|---|---|
| Flex Score | 5 | 20/20 |
| Stability | 4 | 16/20 |
| Turning Ease | 5 | 25/25 |
| Price | 4 | 8/10 |
| Versatility | 3.5 | 10.5/15 |
| Shape & Stance | 5 | 5/5 |
| Base | 5 | 5/5 |
| TOTAL (after normalizing): | 89.5/100 |
#10=: Ride Agenda
Beginner Board Rating Score: 89.5/100
Ability Level: Beginner to Intermediate
Style of Board: Freestyle
Flex: Soft (3/10)
The Agenda is very much a freestyle snowboard – so if you were to go into something other than that once you progressed past the beginner phase, you would need to upgrade. But it's also great for just learning how to ride on before you get to that point.
It has an easy going hybrid camber profile with a camber section under the feet for stability and rocker sections towards the tip and tail for easier turn initiation plus a nice easy soft flex rating of 3 out of 10.
Score Breakdown for the Agenda
| FACTOR | Rating (/5) | Weighted |
|---|---|---|
| Flex Score | 5 | 20/20 |
| Stability | 5 | 20/20 |
| Turning Ease | 4.5 | 22.5/25 |
| Price | 4 | 8/10 |
| Versatility | 3 | 9/15 |
| Shape & Stance | 5 | 5/5 |
| Base | 5 | 5/5 |
| TOTAL (after normalizing): | 89.5/100 |
#9: Burton Ripcord
Beginner Board Rating Score: 89.5/100
Ability Level: Beginner to Intermediate
Style of Board: Freeride
Flex: Soft (2/10)
Any beginner should have an easy time building confidence on Burton's Ripcord. And it's even better for those that see their snowboarding going down the freeriding direction and/or for those who see powder in their near future.
Score Breakdown for the Ripcord
| FACTOR | Rating (/5) | Weighted |
|---|---|---|
| Flex Score | 5 | 20/20 |
| Stability | 4.5 | 18/20 |
| Turning Ease | 5 | 25/25 |
| Price | 4.5 | 9/10 |
| Versatility | 3.5 | 10.5/15 |
| Shape & Stance | 2 | 2/5 |
| Base | 5 | 5/5 |
| TOTAL (after normalizing): | 89.5/100 |
#8: YES Basic
Beginner Board Rating Score: 90.5/100
Ability Level: Beginner-to-Intermediate
Style of Board: Freestyle
Flex: Medium-Soft (3.5/10)
*TOP TIER HARD/ICY SNOW OPTION
The YES Basic is a great little freestyle board that is also well suited to beginners.
It has a nice forgiving medium-soft flex, is easy to turn on but still feels very stable underfoot up to moderate speeds.
It’s also a great option for those that often ride in harder or icy conditions and is very versatile. It's the kind of board that can take you beyond the beginner stage and even beyond the intermediate stage, if you're riding takes a freestyle dominant path.
Score Breakdown for the Basic
| FACTOR | Rating (/5) | Weighted |
|---|---|---|
| Flex Score | 4.5 | 18/20 |
| Stability | 5 | 20/20 |
| Turning Ease | 4.5 | 22.5/25 |
| Price | 4 | 8/10 |
| Versatility | 4 | 12/15 |
| Shape & Stance | 5 | 5/5 |
| Base | 5 | 5/5 |
| TOTAL (after normalizing): | 90.5/100 |
#7: Burton Instigator
Beginner Board Rating Score: 91.5/100
Ability Level: Beginner-to-Intermediate
Style of Board: All-Mountain
Flex: Soft (2/10)
The Instigator is a great board to get your snowboard learning underway and whilst you’ll probably want to upgrade once you’ve surpassed the intermediate phase, it can take you into any type of riding you would want to go, such is it's versatility.
It's not the cheapest on this list - but it's one of the most beginner friendly boards going around.
Score Breakdown for the Instigator
| FACTOR | Rating (/5) | Weighted |
|---|---|---|
| Flex Score | 5 | 20/20 |
| Stability | 4.5 | 18/20 |
| Turning Ease | 5 | 25/25 |
| Price | 4 | 8/10 |
| Versatility | 4 | 12/15 |
| Shape & Stance | 3.5 | 3.5/5 |
| Base | 5 | 5/5 |
| TOTAL (after normalizing): | 91.5/100 |
#6: Salomon Sight
Beginner Board Rating Score: 91.5/100
Ability Level: Beginner-to-Intermediate
Style of Board: Freeride
Flex: medium-Soft (4/10)
Like the Ripcord above, the Sight is great for anyone who sees powder/freeriding in their future.
The sight is also great for anyone looking to progress a little deeper into their intermediate level without having to change boards.
And also makes a really good option for those a little bigger than average physically or those who are physically stronger/fitter than normal, with it's flex being a little stiffer than the average of this list.
Score Breakdown for the Sight
| FACTOR | Rating (/5) | Weighted |
|---|---|---|
| Flex Score | 4.5 | 18/20 |
| Stability | 5 | 20/20 |
| Turning Ease | 5 | 25/25 |
| Price | 4.5 | 9/10 |
| Versatility | 3.5 | 10.5/15 |
| Shape & Stance | 4 | 4/5 |
| Base | 5 | 5/5 |
| TOTAL (after normalizing): | 91.5/100 |
#5: Nidecker Play
Beginner Board Rating Score: 91.5/100
Ability Level: Beginner-to-Intermediate
Style of Board: All-Mountain
Flex: medium-Soft (4/10)
At #5 we have Nidecker's Play. A really versatile option for those who want to keep their options open with regards to how they develop their snowboarding style or those who have no clue what their snowboarding journey is going to look like or what one could even look like!
Or just for those who only ever see themselves just casually cruising down groomers at moderate speeds. It has all avenues covered, as well as being an easy board to learn on, of course.
The Play brings with it a nice combination of a friendly flat-to-rocker profile, an easy going flex and a friendly price-tag.
Score Breakdown for the Play
| FACTOR | Rating (/5) | Weighted |
|---|---|---|
| Flex Score | 4.5 | 18/20 |
| Stability | 4.5 | 18/20 |
| Turning Ease | 5 | 25/25 |
| Price | 5 | 10/10 |
| Versatility | 4 | 12/15 |
| Shape & Stance | 4.5 | 4.5/5 |
| Base | 4 | 4/5 |
| TOTAL (after normalizing): | 91.5/100 |
#4: K2 Standard
Beginner Board Rating Score: 92/100
Ability Level: Beginner-to-Intermediate
Style of Board: All-Mountain
Flex: Soft (2/10)
In at #4, we have the K2 Standard, a mainstay in this list for several years, and for good reason.
Like most here, it’s an up-to-intermediate level ride but it’s definitely a do-it-all kind of board – so you won’t have to worry about knowing the type of riding that you think you'll like.
More importantly, it’s a board designed to be very easy to ride and to build confidence on. This is a great option to start your snowboarding journey out on.
Score Breakdown for the Standard
| FACTOR | Rating (/5) | Weighted |
|---|---|---|
| Flex Score | 5 | 20/20 |
| Stability | 4.5 | 18/20 |
| Turning Ease | 5 | 25/25 |
| Price | 4 | 8/10 |
| Versatility | 4 | 12/15 |
| Shape & Stance | 4 | 4/5 |
| Base | 5 | 5/5 |
| TOTAL (after normalizing): | 92/100 |
#3: Rossignol Ampage Mind Expander
Beginner Board Rating Score: 92/100
Ability Level: Beginner-to-Intermediate
Style of Board: FREESTYLE
Flex: Soft (3/10)
The Ampage Mind Expander from Rossignol is new for 2025, but it's very similar to the outgoing District and picks up where the District left off - only with a friendlier price-tag, which is always good!
Like the District was, the Ampage is a freestyle oriented board, but for is also very good for learning the basics on. And then you can either sell it when you upgrade or keep it in your quiver as your park board, if you get into that side of riding.
Score Breakdown for the Ampage Mind Expander
| FACTOR | Rating (/5) | Weighted |
|---|---|---|
| Flex Score | 5 | 20/20 |
| Stability | 4.5 | 18/20 |
| Turning Ease | 5 | 25/25 |
| Price | 5 | 10/10 |
| Versatility | 3 | 9/15 |
| Shape & Stance | 5 | 5/5 |
| Base | 5 | 5/5 |
| TOTAL (after normalizing): | 92/100 |
#2: Nitro Prime
Beginner Board Rating Score: 92/100
Ability Level: Beginner-to-Intermediate
Style of Board: All-Mountain
Flex: MEDIUM-Soft (4/10)
At #2 we have the Nitro Prime. The Prime is an easy to ride/progress on entry level board, that is nice and versatile for those starting out not knowing how they want to ride yet.
It's the equal cheapest board (along with the Nidecker Play (#5 above) and Rossignol Ampage (#3 above)) on this list too, so if you're a beginner snowboarder on a budget, this is definitely worth considering.
Score Breakdown for the Prime
| FACTOR | Rating (/5) | Weighted |
|---|---|---|
| Flex Score | 4.5 | 18/20 |
| Stability | 4.5 | 18/20 |
| Turning Ease | 5 | 25/25 |
| Price | 5 | 10/10 |
| Versatility | 4 | 12/15 |
| Shape & Stance | 4 | 4/5 |
| Base | 5 | 5/5 |
| TOTAL (after normalizing): | 92/100 |
#1: Rossignol Evader
Beginner Board Rating Score: 93/100
Ability Level: Beginner-to-Intermediate
Style of Board: All-Mountain
Flex: Soft (3/10)
And finally in the #1 position for our 2025 list, we have Rossignol's Evader, for the second year running.
The Evader has a very friendly camber profile, a nice easy soft flex and provides a very versatile, catch-free ride that allows you to progress into which ever area of snowboarding you want. It also comes in at a friendly price tag.
Tldr: ticks all the boxes as a beginner board.
Score Breakdown for the Evader
| FACTOR | Rating (/5) | Weighted |
|---|---|---|
| Flex Score | 5 | 20/20 |
| Stability | 4.5 | 18/20 |
| Turning Ease | 5 | 25/25 |
| Price | 4.5 | 9/10 |
| Versatility | 4 | 12/15 |
| Shape & Stance | 4 | 4/5 |
| Base | 5 | 5/5 |
| TOTAL (after normalizing): | 93/100 |
Over To You
So there you have our top 10 snowboards for beginners for the 2024-2025 season. Hopefully this has helped you in choosing your beginner snowboard.
For more information and current prices, check out the links above, under each board (in the flag tabs).
Hi Nate, I’ve been doing research using your reviews. I’m trying to keep my cost for a new board under 300 so i’ve made a shortlist below. I haven’t really considers rocker/flat/rocker boards since it seems hybrid rocker/cam is more versatile to grow into
What would you rank based on:
Beginner but can semi confidently go down small/medium rookie hills and use toe/heel edge to slow down. Sometimes will catch an edge using the rental equipment
Rental boot size was 10.5 which felt comfortable and not loose – Still planning to get my own on the off season
Rental board was 155 burton rental series with M/L bindings (Rental series as well). I also tried 160 but this was my first time ever on a board and fell a lot
Weight is 191 but planning to lose weight over 2025 to be within 180-187
Height is 5′ 11″
shortlist of rocker/cam/rocker boards
Rossi Ampage Vol 2
Rossi Evader
Nitro Prime chroma Cam out
I know my board length should be somewhere within 155-160 but not sure if I need a wide or not. If it helps, I have large Ride C-4 bindings
Thanks in advance!
Hi Pat, thanks for your message.
All 3 of those would be suitable, IMO. If I had to choose, I’d be slightly leaning Evader, just because it gives you a touch more stiffness, and a touch more room to grow. But the other 2 would definitely work as well. And all would go well with your bindings.
Size-wise, I would put your “typical all-mountain” length at around 160, but as a beginner I would size down a touch from that, but preferably a little bigger than 155, since it sounds like you’re a fairly confident beginner. For the boards discussed, I would go with:
– Prime: 158
– Evader: 155W or 159
– Ampage: 159
Generally, assuming you end up in 10.5s you shouldn’t need to go wide, as a beginner, but the 155W Evader shouldn’t be too wide for you and sizing it down to 155 would counteract some of the negative effects of the extra width. The 159 is doable as well though. For the Nitro you wouldn’t need to go wide, so I wouldn’t. The Ampage would be doable in the 156W, but in this case, I’d be leaning more 159.
Overall size-wise, I like the Prime in 158 best and as mentioned before, I think it’s just that little bit better an option too. Again, wouldn’t be wrong with the others, but I’d be leaning Prime 158.
Hope this helps with your decision
Thanks Nate,
I was able to snag a 2024 Evader 159 for $200 which I think is a fantastic deal. All thats left are the boots
Thanks for sharing your reviews on the site, will definitely keep coming back to see whats new!
You’re very welcome Pat. Glad you were able to find a good deal on the Evader! Hope it treats you well.
Nate,
I love your website, thanks for taking the time to help all these people.
Was hoping for a quick recommendation – I have had two lessons and can hold toe/heel and transition down green groomers at Monarch – should I try to grow into something like the Goliath or stick with the Evader for now?
I’m 35, male, 172lbs, size 10 – should I stay around 156cm?
Also are step-ons a good idea to start or should I stick with regular bindings for now?
Hi Ryan, thanks for your message.
I would say that the Evader would allow you to progress faster and help to build confidence faster, but given it sounds like you’re progressing fairly quickly, I wouldn’t say the Goliath is out of reach, but would be a bigger challenge to start on. If you’re the kind of person who’s up for a challenge and has good perseverance and are quite physically confident/athletic in general, then I think you’d be fine going straight to the Goliath. I think ideally something like the Evader for a while, but I get it if you don’t want to buy one board and only use it a handful of times before wanting to upgrade.
Size-wise, if you could also let me know your height, that would be great. While weight and foot size are more important than height for sizing, IMO, I still like to take height into account, for the leverage factor.
If you’re somewhere in between around 5’9″ (175) and 6’1″ (185), then I think the 156 would be the best bet for the Goliath. If 5’8″ (173) or less, I’d be considering the 153. From 6’2″ (188) and up I’d start considering the 159.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thank you so much for all your articles and reviews. I love your website and you guys are doing an amazing job!
Here’s my question: I started snowboarding 2 years ago (January 2023) and bought a Rossignol District back then as my 1st board.
I’m now somewhere between level 6 and level 7 on your ability levels (hope to be a solid 7 by the end of this season), all mountain freestyler mostly, and I’m still using my District and I love it, but I feel that I should have felt I’m growing out of it already (in terms of skill level). It’s important to mention that I’m doing all terrain levels (green to double black, trees, moguls and parks), doing jumps (small to large) and 180s but I’m not a bomber, mostly go moderate speed.
From your experience and knowledge of the Rossignol District, when should I feel that it starts holding me back and in which aspects?
Many thanks,
Jonathan
Hi Jonathan, thanks for your message.
The biggest things that the District is likely to hold you back on, IMO, is stability at speed – it will start to feel wobbly at higher speeds – stability on higher speed carves – will wash out when trying to hold on to a higher speed carve, if you’re carving quite deep. Sounds like you’re doing large jumps, but I would also say stability on fast approaches to larger jumps and stability landing those jumps.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thank you for your answer. This is much appreciated and helps a lot.
You’re very welcome Jonathan. Hope you have a great rest of your season!
Hi Nate, I’m an intermediate rider who wants a fun and easy going board for riding with my young kid, and just cruising and buttering around. I’ve had a GWO in the past and loved it, and was thinking of getting another. But was also considering a Box Scratcher as well. Do you think I should just snag another GWO or is the Box Scratcher worth considering as a good alternative? Cheers
Hey Nick.
Both would work for sure. The GWO the safe bet, since you’ve had it before, but the Box Scratcher very much an easy going board, maybe even more so than the GWO. I found the Box Scratcher to be a touch softer flexing (3/10 vs 4/10 on the GWO) and it has the same banana rocker profile. Definitely more similarities than differences though.
Thanks Nate, great insight as always!
You’re very welcome, as always, Nick
Hey Nate,
Thank you for putting this stuff together, it’s been very helpful over the years
My wife birth 6 months ago so she’s still shedding some weight, she’s 5’7” and currently weights 200 (regular weight around 175).
Tried locating some women’s boards and she’s way over the high range for most of them in their largest size so we’re settling with a men’s board.
She’s a beginner, not able to turn with confidence yet
If we take your first pick (evader), do you think we should go with the 154 (up to 190 pounds) or 159 (up to 200)?
I’m just thinking about the suggestion to take off some cms for beginners. And the fact that some charts advise smaller boards for women
Thanks
Hi Miguel, thanks for your message.
I would put your wife’s “typical all-mountain” length at around 154/155, assuming a weight of 175/180. So, I would go for the 154 in the Evader. I wouldn’t worry too much about the weight recommendations. It might still be the case that a women’s board is a better option, depending on your wife’s boot size. If you could let me know her boot size, that would be great. If the Evader is too wide for her feet, then the 154 is likely going to feel like too much work.
Hey Nate,
Really enjoyed the article, and great rating descriptions for each board. I’ve been poring through the comments to find similar specs to mine. But I am a complete beginner, pricing out my first kit. May also rent this season, but can get into an Evader at a great price locally.
I’m 5’10, 195lbs give or take a few. US 9.5 shoe size. The length options at the dealer are 154cm or 159. Rossignol guide for the Evader puts my weight at a 159 length, but I see you recommending quite often to go shorter at the start. But if I’m purchasing I think I’d want a little more room to grow with the board.
Any insight would be greatly appreciated
Hi Steve, thanks for your message.
I would put your typical “all-mountain” length at around 160. I think the 154 would be getting too small for you, so the best bet is the 159, IMO. While as a beginner, I’d typically say to size down 3-5cm, I think you can get away with the 159 and that would be the better option than the 154, IMO. The 155W could work, if you had that option – it would be sizing down a fair bit, but that extra width would mean you’d want to size down on it with 9.5s. But I would still go 159 over that, even if that was an option.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hello Nate, thanks for all the precious informations you’re sharing with us.
I’m new two snowboarding, been on the slopes for a total of 9 days.
First time, I’ve been twice last year using rented gear, of course at the time I could only go down on my heel side with the falling leaf technique; nonetheless I loved it.
So this season I decided to buy a used board and started to learn how to turn both heel side and toe side, I can now link turns decently (I think) even though still skidding quite a bit (and catching edges)
and I also started to explore intermediate courses, powder, a couple of tree runs and hitting some beginner jumps and boxes.
I’m male 5’7” (170cm) 140 lbs (64/65 kg), the board I’m using now I bought it second hand without any knowledge, it’s a Santa Cruz black Widow 154cm I think it might be a true camber, twin or directional twin (honestly there wasn’t any info about it in the shop I bought it nor could I find anything on the net).
I reckon it isn’t a bad board, I still catch some edges from time to time but overall I can use it pretty decently, but after reading some of your articles I think I should buy a new board that would suits me better than this does.
I really like to explore a bit of everything so I was thinking an all mountain board would do. At first I thought about the Rossignol District (200$ with bindings included), even because I found a very good deal for it, but some says it’s more freestyle oriented some says it’s a good all mountain board so I’m not really sure. Also I’m riding a 154cm now but maybe should go with something smaller? I would love to have your opinion on the matter!
Thanks in advance.
Hi Luca
Thanks for your message. Apologies for the slow response. Was already behind with a lot of gear to test, then had some family dramas. Hope my response isn’t too late.
Yeah, the District, IMO, is more freestyle oriented, so it would be a good bet for your freestyle stuff you’re starting with – if you were to go with it, you’d want to upgrade it fairly quickly for your more all-mountain/freeride riding, but you could always keep the district as your park board.
It sounds like you’re aa higher end beginner at this point, so you could look at something more intermediate. You could check out this list for some options.
Size-wise, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 152, so I don’t think 154 is huge for you or anything, but I would err a little smaller, particularly as a beginner. Something in the 149-152 range at this stage. For beginners I would typically suggest going 3-5cm shorter, but given you’ve been riding a 154 and that you sound like you’re more high-end beginner, bordering on intermediate, I think that would be a good range to look at.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate
I love this blog and there’s so much info around here. Really amazing stuff!
I am a total beginner having done one snowboarding session till date. I would say i am at beginner level 1 trying to stay and “maintain” a heel slide/toe slide on a slope.
I am 5″11 in height and 165 pounds. My shoe size is US 11.5 and i did buy the thirty two shifty boa to avoid getting a rental shoe.
I would currently like to have an all mountain board to go down the slopes and some carving. Would probably also like to try park later when i reach beginner level 4.
I liked the Evader since it seems to be versatile and beginner friendly and also has a hybrid profile. Do you think that would be a good board for me to start. I am thinking to go with 155w for me specs.
Would love to know your thoughts.
Thanks a lot in Advance!
Kaushik
Hi Kaushik
Thanks for the message.
I think the Evader would be a great choice for what you’re describing. And the 155W is your best bet size-wise too, IMO. Size-wise, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 158, but as a beginner it’s a good idea to size down a bit and with 11.5s going wide is wise. So, I think you’re right on there.
Hi Nate,
Thanks for sharing your expertise 🙂
I am a beginner and planning to buy my first setup. I am 182 cm tall and weigh around 79kg.
I have Burton ruler boots EU 43.5 (regular not step ons) and need suggestions for binding and board.
I have just started to link turns (on mellow slopes) and my primary goal with this setup is to improve my turning and then maybe progress towards carving?
The boards I am considering are GNU GWO, Ride Manic, Instigator, Evader.
Could you please give a recommendation on the board and the size?
Also which bindings will be suitable with the board-boot setup?
Hi Apoorv
Thanks for your message. Any one of those should help you to progress and improve your turning. If carving is your main goal for now, then I would be leaning Evader or Agenda. Those are Hyrbid Camber boards, so have some camber in them. Camber is really good to have for carving, IMO. And if you progress your carving and later get a more camber dominant board, the transition should be a little bit easier if you’ve learnt on a board with a little bit of camber in it. Another option would be the Instigator PurePop. A little more of a steeper learning curve vs those other ones, but would also help with carving progression.
Hope this helps with your decision
Thanks for your reply Nate.
I am not fixated on learning decent carving but a board which helps me learn how to make smooth, unskidded turns on easy medium slopes.
I also purchased Burton Mission M binding as they should be a good fit for Burton boots.
Could you recommend from the following options which will be most suitable?
I have mentioned my boot size and body attributes in first comment.
Agenda 155 or 158?
Instigator pure pop 155 or 160?
GNU GWO 156 or 159?
Hi Apoorv
Thanks for the extra info.
Firstly, in terms of sizing, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 159, but that assumes an advanced level. As a beginner I would size down a little from that.
If you think you might get into freestyle/park riding in the future, then I’d probably go Agenda 155. And then once you progress and get a more advanced board for all-mountain/freeride riding, you could keep it as your park/freestyle board. Or if you didn’t end up getting into freestyle, then you could always sell it.
If you’re pretty adamant that freestyle isn’t for you, then I would be leaning Instigator PurePop – in the 155.
You could go Agenda 158 or Instigator PurePop 160, bubt I’d be leaning towards the 155s.
Thanks a lot for your help Nate.
I think I will go with Agenda 155.
Also what are your thoughts on Jones Frontier and Arbor Formula Cambor?
Will they be too much for me and rest of the setup?
Or will they be better if I am feeling athletic and ambitiuos?
Hi Apoorv
The Frontier would be a bigger step up. It’s not a super challenging board or anything. It’s a fairly easy ride, but something I wouldn’t typically recommend until you’re more of an intermediate rider. If you did, then I’d go with the 156.
The Formula Camber would be less of a step up. It is technically full camber, but Arbor’s camber is a little easier to manage than most. That said, still not something I would typically recommend for beginners. But if you wanted to challenge yourself, but not too much, I think it would be a little easier to learn with over the Frontier. I’d go with the 156 for this one too.
Hi all, awesome thread, your help is greatly appreciated. I have snowboarded about 10-15 times and looking to buy a beginner board. I will probably not snowboard more than 10-15 times per year. Planning to mainly ride groomers and fresh powder when it happens to come down, I do not think I will ever do park. I am 6.1 male, weight about 171-175 lbs, and shoe size 9.5. I am about to purchase burton step on boots and bindings as I tried them and like them. Looking for a beginner board which would go 160+ and not be wide (as far as I understand my shoe size does not require wide board, but my height drives size to 160+). Happy to pay a bit more if needed.
Hi Sebastian
Thanks for your message. Apologies for the slow response, was travelling overseas and haven’t had the chance to get to your message until now.
Depending on how you’ve progressed in your 10-15 days, you could also look at something from our intermediate list, particularly if you want to get something that you won’t have to upgrade for longer. A beginner board from this list would lead to a quick progression, but if you’re already largely through the beginner phase, you may find yourself hitting the limits of some of these boards fairly quickly. To assess your level more accurately, check out our snowboarding skill level guide here.
In terms of sizing, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 160, but that would be more for an advanced rider. Weight and boot size are more important for sizing (though I do like to take height into account as well). As a beginner/intermediate I would size down a little from that. If you end up identifying more as intermediate, then you could get close to that – I would look at a range of 157-159. If you’re still more somewhere in the beginner phase, then something in the range 156-158.
Given how you are wanting to ride, I would be looking at:
BEGINNER OPTIONS:
– Salomon Sight 156 (but the 159 would also work, particularly if you’re closer to intermediate. This is the best beginner option here for powder and this board is also bordering on intermediate, so could work if you’re a more high end beginner.
– Burton Ripcord 157 (or 159) – this is more of a pure beginner board – but also more of a freeride board, so optimized more for powder and one-direction riding, like the Sight.
And basically anything else on this list (that has a regular width within the size range – which I think all will, because it’s a very common range), apart from the GWO, Agenda, Basic and District, which are all more freestyle boards.
INTERMEDIATE OPTIONS
Most of that list within the size range, but the Typo, Tweaker and Basic might not give you enough powder performance for what you’re after. And if you do ride a fair bit in icy conditions, then the likes of the Process Flying V and to a lesser extent, the Outerspace Living aren’t as good for hard/icy conditions. The Brainstorm being the most powder oriented on that list. You could also look at the Jones Frontier, which is a bit more powder oriented but a little bit of a step up too. But still intermediate friendly, in my opinion. That and the Capita Navigator might also be worth looking at.
Hope this helps and hasn’t come too late
Thank you for your reply. No worries with the delay, but as I thought that something is not working, I tried to submit this post again using another email address. Please ignore it. As for level, I am probably beginner 3-4 and I will ride east (ice) coast more often than other areas.
I ended up buying Burton Instigator PurePop Camber Snowboard size 160 (next down was 155). It was recommended here and got really got reviews on couple other websites. When I tested step ons Burton gave me Process board and it was ok (again, I probably does not know enough to test a board). I just got the board so I can exchange it if I made a “bad” choice. Should I do so, what do you think? I appreciate your input, thank you!
Hi Sebastian
I think the Instigator is a good choice and should work well for you. A little more of a challenge than the Flat Top Instigator, but also more room for development and still an easy going board. It always annoys me when a board has 5cm steps between sizes! And it’s only ever with beginner boards, from what I’ve seen. I get it, they’re trying to have a wider breadth of sizing (e.g. 145-165W on the Instigator PurePop), without having to produce too many different sizes, but it sometimes means that there isn’t an optimal size. They could just add in a 157 or 158 in between! Especially something around 156-158, which are some of the most common sizes. Sorry, rant over.
I think you get away with the 160, but it’s not ideal, IMO. It’s bigger than I would suggest for your specs, given you’re a beginner. If I had to choose between the 155 and 160, I probably would have suggested the 155, for quicker progression. I think you can work with the 160 and get used to it, but it’s a little bigger than optimal, IMO. Given that you’re not planning on doing any freestyle and want to ride powder, it’s less of a concern going bigger, but I probably would still have said 155 – or more preferably 156-158.
I understand, thank you! Likely, I will return this board and will get Salomon Sight. Last (hopefully!) question – 156 or 159 in this case? Thanks a ton!
Hi Sebastian
I would go 156 for the Sight. You can always add length if you upgrade your board later. The 156 would be the best starting point to get you progressing quickly, IMO.
Hey Nate!
I’m in the process of picking out my first snowboard, and I’m a bit unsure about the right length for me. I’m 5’9”/175cm, weigh around 143lbs/65kg, and my shoe size is US 8. I primarily enjoy riding all-mountain, sticking to resorts and trails. I might dabble in some switching and carving down the line, but I’m not too keen on park riding for now. Any advice on the ideal snowboard length for my profile?
Thanks in advance for your advice!
Hi Kevin
Thanks for your message.
I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 153. But as a beginner and with a US8 boot, I’d probably size down a little from that. Something in the 149-151 range would be a good bet, IMO. You could go up to 153, if you wanted, but I wouldn’t go that long unless the width was really well suited and I wouldn’t go longer than that.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thanks for the reply! I recently found a YES Typo 152 (2024) for a decent price. Would you say that, as a not-so-super beginner (I have been renting for the last 10 days of riding and can handle some blue slopes), a YES TYPO 152 is a good length and board for someone like me who mainly wants to focus on progressing to an all-mountain style? Also, my friend has a pair of Union Strata bindings and Salomon Launch boots that they are willing to sell me at a discount. What are your thoughts on combining those with the YES Typo 152?
Hi Nate,
Just to provide a little more detail, the boots are US 8.5, and the bindings are size M.
Hi Kevin
Apologies for the slow response, was travelling overseas and haven’t had the chance to get to your message until now.
As a higher end beginner/lower intermediate level, I think the Typo would be a good bet and the 152 should work fine, size-wise.
In terms of the boots/bindings, they are both a really good match for the Typo, IMO. But I wouldn’t compromise on sizing for boots. If the 8.5 fit well, then I would do it, but if they don’t fit right I wouldn’t compromise on boot fit. Whether in 8s or 8.5s the Medium Strata would be a good size – so those are a good bet, IMO and match well with the Typo, IMO. The boots will depend on fit. More on fitting boots here.
Hi Nate,
Thank you so much for the help! Your recommendations and advice definitely helped me as a beginner. I just wanted to let you know that in the end, I got the YES. Typo 149, because I feel like, although 152 could work, 149 will definitely help me progress better. As for the boots and bindings, my friend told me that he can let me try them out for a day or two and decide later. Thank you once again for your time!
You’re very welcome Kevin. Hope the 149 Typo treats you well and helps you to progress quickly. Great that you’re able to give the boots/bindings a try to make sure they work for you. If you think of it at the time, let me know how you get on, once you’ve had a chance to get the Typo out on snow. And if the boots don’t work for you and you want ask anything about boots, I’d be happy to help.
Hey Nate I’m looking to get my first board and am currently a beginner. I’ve gone recently and used the arbor foundation which I found to be a bit loose? So the 3 I’ve narrowed it down to is the nitro prime, ride manic, and the evader. I want a quality board that’ll last and I’ll be able to use to progress with. I’m 5’11, 170 lbs, and a size 11 boot using burton step ons. look forward to hearing back from you.
Hi G
Thanks for your message. Can you let me know which Step On boots and bindings you have. That will help to determine the best board for you, as we also want it to match with the rest of your setup.
Large Burton step on bindings, along with their size 11 boots. Thank you for your help, suggestion for board sizings would help too. I read your sizing article but wanted to ask how that should be taken into account in regards to my bigger feet getting in the way.
Thanks for all your help and expertise
also side note I noticed the evader is just a directional version of the district. should I look into that as well since it’s easier learning and riding switch or can I learn switch in a couple seasons and not have too much trouble? I’m conflicted between these two now sorry for being all over the place.
Hi G
There are two schools of thought on learning switch. One is learn it from the start, so it feels natural. The other is, get good technique going in one direction first, then once you’ve got that down, then translate it in the other direction. Couldn’t tell you which one was right, but I’m sure they both have their own merits. I learned switch later and feel my switch riding is pretty solid, so I wouldn’t say it’s imperative that you learn it from the get go. Also to note that the Evader isn’t super directional, so it’s something that you could start riding switch on, just not as easy as it would be with the District.
Thanks for the info on your Step Ons. For the boots, could you let me know the model. Are they Ruler, Photon, Photon Soft, Swift or Ion?
The Boots are the burton ruler ones.
Thanks G.
I would be leaning towards the Prime or Manic, as they are a better flex match to your Step On set-up. But the Ruler would work with the Evader/District as well.
Size-wise, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 159, but I would size down a little, as a beginner. Width-wise, you’ll likely need to go wide for most boards, but not all, with 11s.
For the Prime, the 156W would be the safe bet, width-wise, but the 158 is probably doable for width, especially as you’re not likely to be doing any deep carving, as a beginner and because you have quite low profile boots.
For the Manic, I think it would be too narrow with the regular widths and the 158W is probably a bit too big, when taking into account the combination of length and width, so not an ideal size for that board, IMO.
For the Evader I would go 155W.
For the District I would go 156W.
Hey Nate,
have just found Vans Men’s Hi-Standard OG Snowboard Boot [2024]. It will be my first option.
Do you think that will fit well in one of those bindings?
Thanks man
Hi Thiago
Thanks for your message.
Firstly size-wise, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 158. But that assumes an advanced level, so I would size down at least to 156 and you could go down to as low as 153/154. So I would go either Evade 154 or District 155. With the Evader being the more versatile option and the District more freestyle focused (but still good for learning on).
For bindings, I would go K2 Line Up, no matter which board you end up on. Both the K2 and Rossignol bindings will fit well to the Rossi board. Unless you’re getting it in a package deal, which makes it much cheaper, I would go Line Up. That said, we haven’t tested any Rossi bindings, so not sure what they’re like. But the Line Up are really good bindings in the right flex range, particularly for that price. I’d go Line Up over Indy too.
For boots, first of all, the fit is the most important thing. But after fit, then I would look at flex and other things. If they were to both fit well, I would go Hi-Standard OG over the Rossi Crank Boa. We haven’t tested the crank Boa, but they use a single BOA for the whole of the outside boot, so they’re not very adjustable. Unless you were to have issues with getting traditional lacing tight enough (and being a gym addict, I don’t think you will!), then I would go with the Hi-Standard OG. If you’re unable to try on boots before buying, then the Hi-Standard OG is also the safer bet, as with that extra adjustability, you’re able to better customize the boot to your foot, because of that adjustability, so have a better chance of a better fitting boot.
Hope this helps with your decision
Perfect.
Thanks so much Nate.
You’re very welcome Thiago. Hope you have a great season!
Hey Nate,
Ive just got my gear. I ended up with an Evader 154, Rossi bindings and Van’s boots.
Would you think that I should get it a wax and sharpening? Or the factory wax and sharpening will do for the first season? I’m planning to ride at least 10 days this season.
Hey Thiago
Thanks for the update. If it’s this years (2024 model) Evader, then you can probably go with the Factory wax. If you want the best performance you could still give it a wax, but not necessary. If it’s a past season model it would pay to give it a wax, as it’s likely been sitting around a while. And whilst they typically kept wrapped in plastic, it’s still more likely to have a drier base.
In terms of edge sharpening, I wouldn’t. They should be sharp enough, if the board hasn’t been used. If you’re finding that it’s not doing very well in icy conditions, you could look into getting it sharpened, but to start with I wouldn’t. If you’re finding it catchier than you’d like (you shouldn’t, it’s a pretty catch-free board), then you could take it in to get the contact points detuned. But again, I wouldn’t start out doing that. You can leave the edges alone to start with.
As it’s an extruded base the difference in performance from a fully waxed base and a base that hasn’t been waxed in a while isn’t that big a difference, compared to sintered bases, so you could leave it one wax at the start of the season and last you 10 days. If you wanted a little better performance, you could do 1 wax mid-season. I would always do a “summer wax” at the end of the season though. This helps to keep your base drying out over the summer and can help lessen the effects of rust on the edges.
Hey Nate,
Thank you so much for all the support you provide us.
I’m a beginner, planning to be riding in Ontario.
Now I decided to have my own gear rather than keep renting it.
I’m 5’8 (173cm) tall and 185lbs (gym addicted LOL). My shoes size is 9.5, planning to go with a 10.
However I’m not sure which of the ones below to go with:
Rossignol District available options 151, 155 and 159 = $251
Rossignol Evader available options 149, 154 and 159 = $251 – This is my bet tho in 154
K2 Raygun available options 157W = $282
Bindings
(if Rossignol board):
Battle Snowboard Binding (M/L) [2022] = $114
(if K2 board)
K2 LINE UP MEN’S SNOWBOARD BINDINGS 2022 = $150
K2 INDY MEN’S SNOWBOARD BINDINGS 2023 = $175
Boots
Men’s Crank Boa® H4 Snowboard Boot [2024] = $191
Hi Nate, thank you so much I bought Evader (151 cm board) last season and I had big progression.. I’m 31, 160cm and 85 kilograms boots size 8 US (Burton lace boots).. I’m looking for a new binding because I bought a Salomon Rythm for second hand (cheaper price) and I don’t like to much these binding.. I’m run at blue’s now and I thinking Cartel, Cartel X or Malavita (all Reflex) is it good for me? I mean buy binding thinking in the future with Intermediate and Advanced board also I thinking to buy Ride Shadowban because I love carving, free run at all mountain..
Hi Lucas
Thanks for your message.
I would go for the Malavita or the Cartel. They will still work on the Evader and will also work on something like the Shadowban. The Cartel X a little too stiff at this point, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thanks for making this site, so much great content.
I need your help and comments. I am planning to learn snowboarding this winter together with my wife. We have never snowboarded before, absolutely zero experience. I am 200lb with US Men 8.5. My wife is 125lb with US Women 5.5/6. What size of the board should we start with? I think about the following boards, but I have no clue what bindings and boots should I go with. Any recommendations? I personally want the step-on bindings since it is easy to use and easy to narrow down the binding and boot options.
1 Salomon Sight
2 Rossignol EVADER
3 Arbor Foundation
4 K2 Standard
5 Burton Instigator
6 Nitro Prime
8 YES BasicThanks in advance and keep up the great content!!!
Cheers,
Hey BCT
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, if you could also let me know your heights. Weight and boot size are the most important parts of sizing, but I also like to take height into account as there is a leverage factor.
All of those boards would be really good choices for you as a beginner. But I would be leaning either Sight, Prime or Basic as their flex is going to be best for your specs, IMO, even as a beginner.
Note with Step On bindings that there aren’t any that are ideal in terms of flex for you as a beginner or to match those boards, IMO. However, should you go with one of the Sight, Prime or Basic, then I think you get away with the regular Step On bindings matched with the Ruler Step On boots. If you get Step On, that’s the ones I’d go for, and preferably match them with one of those 3 boards, as that Step On setup is too stiff for the other board options, IMO. If you didn’t go step on, you could check out some of the options below. As a general rule of thumb, I try to have bindings match the flex of the board within 1. e.g. if board is 4/10 flex, then ideally bindings that are 3/10, 4/10 or 5/10 flex – and personally I’d rather go stiffer than softer with the bindings, so for a 4/10 flex board, I’d be leaning towards 5/10 or 4/10 rather than 3/10 if possible, but 3/10 works too.
>>Our Top 10 Beginner Bindings
>>Our Top 5 Freestyle Bindings
>>Our Top 5 All-Mountain Bindings
>>Our Top 10 Beginner Boots
>>Our Top 5 Freestyle Boots
Note whilst you may not be getting into freestyle riding yet, I’ve included those because they don’t have to be used for freestyle and they offer some options that are in a flex range that should work for you. I’ve included the all-mountain list for bindings as well, as there some 5/10 flex options in there.
Some options to look at for your wife.
>>Top 10 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
>>Top 5 Women’s Beginner Bindings
>>Top 5 Women’s Beginner Snowboard Boots
>>Top 5 Women’s Freestyle Bindings
>>Top 5 Women’s Freestyle Boots
And yeah, let me know your heights, and I’d be happy to give my opinion on sizing.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hey Nate,
Thanks for your quick reply! I am 5’10” and my wife is 5’4”.
I have also narrowed it down to:
For me
Yes Basic (due to the availability in my area)
Union Flite Pro
Burton Moto (not sure which version should I choose, BOA or Lace)/Vans Hi Standard OG/Vans Aura OG
For my wife
Yes basic women
Union Rosa
Vans Women’s Hi-Standard OG/Vans Encore OG
Any opinions on the boots based on the binding and board choices?
Would these work for me and what will be your pick?
Thanks a lot!
Hi BCT
I think those are all really good choices. The Basic/Flite Pro and Women’s Basic/Rosa should work well together, IMO. In terms of boots, first and foremost, it should be those that fit the best. Both the Moto and Hi Standard OG/Aura OG and the Hi Standard OG/Encore OG for your wife should work well with that setup, so I would go on fit for the most part. If both fit as well as each other, then I’d be leaning Hi Standard OG/Aura OG for you – the slightly better flex match, but pick by fit first and foremost. If you need any help with knowing which might fit best, see our sizing and fit article.
Size-wise, for the Basic, I would go:
You: 158, though 155 is an option too, as a beginner, but it would be something you’d want to size up from fairly quickly, so if you were planning on only having this board for a short time and upgrading fairly quickly, then the 155 would be a good choice, but if you want it to last a while, then the 158 would be your best bet, IMO.
Your wife: 143
Hi Nate,
I just want to give a quick update on my final purchases.
For myself:
Nitro Prime x DD (156W). This is the only option that works for me in my area.
Nitro Rambler. Discounted with the board.
Vans Aura Pro (dual BOA)
For my wife:
Nitro Lectra (142)
Nitro Charger. Discounted with the board.
Vans Encore Pro (dual BOA)
Everything together is about $1300 before tax.
What is your thought on these combinations? Thank you for your comments and the detailed reviews are so helpful.
Hi BCT
Thanks for the update.
If I was being picky, I’d say slightly softer bindings and boots for you, and slightly softer boots for your wife. However, I think you’ll get away with those bindings/boots. My biggest concern is that you went with the wide Nitro Prime. The Prime itself was a good option but I would have gone 158 or 155. With US 8.5 boots, you may find it feels hard/slow to move from edge-to-edge.
Hi Nate, I’ve just caught the snowboarding bug. I hired a burton progressions board (I think that’s what it was called?) to try. Whilst I started to get some heel turns, I’m struggling with toe turns. I’ve read all your reviews and think I should buy a good beginner board. I’m only tiny (155cm) Which means most men’s boards are too big as my current Loan board is 135cm. Which women’s board do you recommend for the best beginner experience? I’ve been looking at the Burton Stylus and K2 First light.
Ps-I love how responsive you have been to questions on here and the detailed reviews are so helpful. Thank you
Hi Kate
Thanks for your message.
Both the Stylus and First Lite are great choices as beginner boards, IMO. We also have a list for specific women’s beginner snowboard recommendations at the link below.
>>Our Top 10 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
Size-wise, if you could also let me know your weight and boot size, which are also important for sizing. In fact weight is the more important factor than height, so to make an accurate sizing recommendation, it’s important to get that. And boot size. If you’re not sure of your boot size, your shoe size is fine.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate,
Thanks a lot for doing this quick summary pack for beginner. I am definitely a beginner that’s why this article is definitely helpful to me, before I made a wrong decision buying a wrong board. I would like to buy the K2 Standards. However, the board only offers 159W and 163W. I am 180cm tall and about 90-95kg in weight with the shoes size US11.5. IMO I think 163W is the way to go. But I want to have your blessing for that since I think sizing down is beneficial to beginner.
What size would you recommend?
Thanks,
James
Hi James
Thanks for your message.
I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 162, so if you were a more advanced rider, then I think something around that 161-163 range would be your best bet. However, as a beginner, I would err smaller, so I would be leaning towards the 159W. The 163W wouldn’t be wrong for you or anything, but would just make learning a little harder. I would go 159W, if I was you.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hey Nate,
Thanks for your quick reply! Will it be a concern for my weight if I go for a 159W? I am thinking a K2 standard or a Nitro Prime.
Also, looked into your recommendation for bindings – I think the above will suit me coz I believe I am defined as bigger riders?
Burton Mission
Ride C-4
Nidecker Muon-X
I am also adding Union STR and Burton Cartel by seeing Sam’s comment below.
Would these work for me and what what will be your pick?
Thanks 🙂
Hi James
You should be fine in terms of weight on the 159W. Though the Nitro Prime might be the better option for you, as it’s not quite as soft flexing. If you go with the Prime, I would go 159W.
In terms of bindings, I think those would be good bets. I think ideally the Mission, STR C-4 or Muon-X, but you could get away with the Cartel. My pick would be the Mission or STR for you.
Hey Nate,
Thanks Man! Really much appreciated!
James
You’re very welcome James. Thanks for stopping by and hope the board treats you well.
Hello, I purchased Men’s Burton Instigator PurePop Camber Snowboard 160W
Ask which retainer is best for:
1. Union Flite Pro
2. Burton Mission
3. Union STR
4. Burton Cartel
5. Flux TW
Hi Sam
Thanks for your message.
I would be leaning either Flite Pro or TW, as they should be the best flex-match, IMO. Particularly so, if you’re a beginner, I would be leaning towards those two (unless you’re a heavier rider, then the other 3 would be fine as a beginner, but then the board might be a bit soft, depending on your specs – so assuming the board is going to be a good flex for you, then I think the Flite Pro and TW are going to be your best bet). The Mission, STR and Cartel are bordering on too stiff for the board. I think they could work, but they’re borderline (too stiff a binding on a soft board can make the board feel twitchy).
Hope this helps
Thanks
You’re very welcome Sam.
Hi Nate,
I need your help again.
What do you know of Amplid snowboards? Are they any good? Is the Amplid ticket twin suited for a high end beginner (level 4)?
Thanks again!
Miel
Hi Miel
I haven’t tested any Amplid boards, so couldn’t say, unfortunately. On paper, having a look at the specs, it does sound like it’s probably OK for a high end beginner.
Hi Nate, thank you for all the good info. I’m old man trying to get into this sport in my mid-40s. 5’11” 215lbs and a size 10 boot. The snowboard shop originally put me on a Burton Custom 158 a few years back and I never really progressed. This season I found your site and grabbed an Arbor Foundation 155 and step on bindings on my way up to go snowboarding and progressed more in a day than years of struggle. I’m also a slow physical learner so your advice to not buy a board to “grow into” made me feel better that I wasn’t failing because I do really enjoy snowboarding.
Spent about 6-7 days this year on the Foundation and the instructor said I was a solid level 5 and ready for park/mogul training (not really interested in either). Was wondering if you think I should take advantage of the spring sales to upgrade and keep progressing or stay on the Foundation? I don’t love how loose the Foundation is (but turns are super easy) and a lot of the shops are suggesting to get a camber board. I want to be able to ride colorado resort groomers, lite side hits, learn to ride switch better and mellow carve.
Loosely I was looking at the
Yes Basic (because it’s on both your beginner and intermediate lists)
Salomon Pulse (try camber in beginner package)
GNU GWO (curious about skate banana tech)
Burton Process Flying V (I really like the channel for playing with my stance every run)
Capita DOA (most recommended to me but not sure it’s right. Also an easy rental to try)
But I’ve hit about 10 snowboard shops in the past few weeks and have basically been recommended about 50 different boards.
So in short, should i buy spring sale or finish of the year on Arbor Foundation and wait for next year? Any recommendations on buys for my goals? And should I be on 155-156cm range?
Hi Kregg
Thanks for your message.
Going with something with some camber in it is a good idea at this stage for your level and riding style. I wouldn’t go full camber or too camber dominant, but something hybrid camber would be a good bet.
The YES Basic could work. A bit of step up from the Foundation without being too big a leap – and if you size up a little, I think that would be a good step up – and you get a more stable feeling vs the looser feeling of something like the Foundation. So I’d keep that on your list. You could also look at the YES Typo, which I think would perhaps even be the slightly better bet, to just subtly step it up a little more, but still a very manageable board, particularly for level 5. It’s something that would stick with you for a little longer through your progression than the Basic. But Basic still certainly an option.
The Salomon Pulse would be a slightly smaller step up, but it would introduce you to camber and again, if you size up a little (which I think you should – see below), then it should be a good step up and give you a more stable feel too.
The GWO is a loose feeling board and whilst there is some subtle camber in the profile, it’s pretty much an all-rocker board. Whilst it wouldn’t be the same feel as the Foundation, you wouldn’t be going any more stable, so given everything, prob not on this one.
Burton Process Flying V, again, is quite a loose feeling board and since you’re looking for something more stable feeling, I’d be leaning away from this one.
Capita DOA is the other side. It’s more of a locked in feel – not fully locked in, but what I would call semi-locked it. It’s a much bigger step up, IMO, vs the others you’ve mentioned. Hard to say if you would have problems with it or not, but it’s the one that’s most likely to be one that you find a little more challenging than you’d like, if that makes sense.
Size-wise, I’d be looking at going a little longer now, versus the Foundation. I would put your “standard all-mountain length” at around 162. You don’t need to go that long, as least not yet. But I would step it up into that 158-160 range.
You could stay on the Foundation for the rest of the season too. I think at this point in your progression you’ve probably outgrown it and would benefit from stepping it up a bit to get to that next level but whether you do that now or next year, depends. If you want to get to that next level quicker, then doing it now is a good bet, but if you’re not in a hurry, then it won’t hurt doing more time on the Foundation.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Thanks that is all very helpful! It looks like I can get a pulse for about $200 with discounts and credit so I may just do that. Should be able to flip it for close to that and get something else next year if I outgrow or just use it next year if not.
Hey Kregg
Sounds like a good plan to me. Hope it treats you well. If you think of it at the time, let me know how you get on (assuming you get it), once you have a chance to get it out on snow.
Can you share where you found the Pulse for $200?
Many thanks for your great work, Nate.
Could you tell me what the differences are between the Gnu Gwo and the Lib Tech Skate Banana? Which one would you recommend more for a beginner?
Hi Christian
Thanks for your message. I replied to your message on the Skate Banana review with details there.
Hey Nate,
Thanks for making this site, so much great content.
I’m a middle beginner (definitely not intermediate), about to purchase my first setup. Wondering your thoughts about the following.
For reference: mostly midwest fake snow/ice rider. 160lb. Size 9 boot. Free ride mostly. Would be cool to at least go off some ramps, but not much of a park person.
Boards
Leaning toward the Salomon Sight, unless I can find a better deal on the yes basic. I thought these two would be higher up on your list to be honest. Thought they seemed like better boards than the likes of Evader/District.
Boots
Heading in this week to try them on. Want double boa, so most likely going with the 32 STW, given beginner/flex. Maybe stretch for the Salomon SJ launch double boa if the fit is right.
Bindings
Where I’m most tied up, because there’s some great deals right now.
Initially planned Union Flite Pro, but some of the higher end union’s are super cheap right now (Strata, STR, Force). Nitro ramblers as well. Just don’t how how beginner friendly these others are/how important it is to match up flex between board/boot/binding.
Appreciate any insight!
Hey Nelly
Thanks for your message.
Boards
This list is based on how suitable/easy they are for a beginner to progress on, rather than a statement on how good the boards are full stop, so that’s how they’re ordered. But both the Sight and Basic could work. The Basic is a more freestyle oriented board, but it’s good in icy conditions and can certainly be used for beginner all-mountain.
Boots
Fit is the first most important thing, then flex, so if you find a really good fit, then I would go with that before flex, so long as the flex isn’t way off. But if it’s 5/10 flex vs 4/10 flex, with the 4/10 flex being the better option for you, but the 5/10 flex option fit better, then I’d go 5/10 flex option. Would be a different story if you were weighing up between a 9/10 flex and a 4/10 flex though, but fit before flex, so long as the flex isn’t too crazy.
Bindings
I would try to match close, but doesn’t have to be exact, board/binding/boot flex. For your level I wouldn’t go stiffer than 5/10 flex for your bindings. The Flite Pro would be the easiest to learn on but could potentially stretch it to the STR. The Strata/Force a bit of a stretch though, IMO. We haven’t tested the Nitro Ramblers, so couldn’t say for sure, but looks, on paper, to be a similar flex to the Strata/Force.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate! Love this site. Such a great resource. Could you help a 49 year old beginner out? After 1 day in horrendous rental gear I was able to do wide S turns just fine, and no falling, but I’d still rate as a beginner/beginner of course. Just interested in enjoying the mountain in my later years (50’s) on blues. Mostly northeast with a possible trip out to Utah once in a while. Was considering the below…leaving current prices as well as I’m trying to keep it as low as possible just to see if I take to the sport. 6’2. 195. Size 12. Thanks!!!!
Boards:
Arbor Foundation – 159W or 162W – $240
Salomon Pulse – 58W or 162W – $245
Nitro Prime – 159W or 163W – $265
Yes Basic – 159W or 163W – $365
Bindings:
Union flite pro – $128
Flux TW – $195
Burton Step on’s – $300
Boots:
DC Mutiny – $120
32 Shifty – $140
Ride Anthem – $200
Burton Moto – $220
DC step on control – $270
Kendo step on – $370
Hi Ryan
Thanks for your message.
As a beginner I think anyone of those boards would work. Because of your specs, I would be leaning towards a 4/10 flex over a 3/10 flex, so I’d be leaning Basic or Prime. And I would be leaning 159W size-wise. I would put your “standard all-mountain length” as an advanced rider at more like 162, but as a beginner sizing down a bit is a good idea, IMO.
There aren’t really any Step Ons that are softer in flex and for that reason, I wouldn’t be using them as part of a beginner setup, so for bindings either the Flite Pro or TW would be your best bets, IMO.
For boots, again, the Step Ons not going to be ideal for that beginner setup, IMO. The others on the list would all work. Again, like with the board, I would be leaning more towards a 4/10 flex, if you can, rather than a 3/10 flex, given your specs. So the Moto and Shifty maybe a little too soft. I would be leaning Anthem or Mutiny in that list. Keeping in mind that the fit of the boots is the number one concern, but after that matching flex is probably the next most important thing, IMO.
Hope this helps
Awesome Nate. Great to know about the Step On’s. I was leaning towards the softer flex stuff anyways, as you said. Sounds good!
You’re very welcome Ryan. Happy riding. If you think of it at the time, let me know what you go with in the end.
Hey there Nate, i need your help and comments. I am not new in the sport, but i have a slow progress due to limited time available. I have been on the slopes 6 times only, for the last decade. So i consider myself a begginer. I am 5’10” and around 230lbs. I was looking for 160-163 size. No park time at all and also due the area i will be doing, 80% on piste and 20% off/powder. I guess easy turning will be the no. 1 factor here, let me know what you think and what your proposals are. Thanx in advance.
Hi Andy
Thanks for your message.
With your specs I wouldn’t go too soft as you could over flex it. But softer flexing boards are easier turning, so not too stiff either, but with your specs, I wouldn’t go softer than 4/10 flex. Something in that 4/10 to 5/10 flex range.
Given your style of riding, I think something like the K2 Raygun, Nidecker Score, Salomon Sight, Nidecker Score or Play or Nitro Prime.
You could also check out some of the options from our intermediate list
But I think one of those mentioned above would work well.
If you’re able to narrow it down to your 2-3 preferred choices, I would be happy to give my sizing suggestion for each option. I would just need your boot size, in addition to the info you’ve already given me.
Hope this helps
Thanx for the reply Nate!
Well i am a US men’s 10 size.
Considering those boards, i really liked Salomon Sight, Nidecker Score and Nitro Prime.
Hi Andy
Size-wise for those 3, I would be looking at:
Sight: 159
Score: 159L
Prime: close call between the 158 and 162 – the 158 would be easier to get started on, but the 162 a more pure size for your specs.
For reference, I would put your “standard all-mountain length” at around 162 but would typically go a little smaller than that as a beginner.
Hey there Nate,
Thanx for your reply.
Considering my specs do you think i should “push” for size specific board or choose a specific board type?
What i mean is should i choose an 162 board instead of a 159 or i should choose the preferable type over the size, like a hybrid rocker 159 instead of a flat 162?
Salomon Sight 159 and Nidecker Score 159L would be my final selection. Score gains some additional points due to personal liking. Prob is their site says that recommended rider’s weight is 143-165 when i am 230. What do you think on that?
Hi Andy
I think that weight range on their website is a typo. If you look at the 156L and 156W, their weight recommendation is 154-187. It’s never the case that a shorter size would have a lower weight recommendation. I wouldn’t worry too much about brands sizing recs. It’s helpful to an extent, but I don’t treat it as the be all and end all in picking sizes. I wouldn’t go to the 162W on that board, as I think it will feel a little too wide. You could push to a 162 regular width and I think you’d be fine. It would last you longer through your progression but would be a steeper learning curve. For easiest progression, I like the 159L for the Score, but if you wanted to go 162 in another board, I think it would work fine, all be it more of a challenge, but I wouldn’t go 162W.
Hey Nate,
I’m hoping you’d be able to provide some advice. I’ve been snowboarding twice and still learning the basics. Not interested in doing park/trick stuff anytime soon if ever. Rather than renting in the future to ride with my girlfriend, I’ve decided to buy a board.
I currently weight 81.5 kg(180b), am 186 cm (6’1″) tall and typically wear a Mens 10-10.5 shoe.
My primary runs would be in the Vancouver, BC, Canada area, if that helps with determining for snow/terrain etc.
I am fairly new beginner, but looking to get more into it with my own gear.
Thanks for the input & great job keeping up with the advice here. 🤗
Hi Jason
Thanks for your message.
I would go with something all-mountain, given that you’re not likely to be doing any tricks/park anytime soon.
Size-wise, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 161, but as a beginner I would err a little shorter than that. Something in the 157-159 range is a good bet, IMO. If you’re typically in a 10-10.5, I imagine you’ll end up in a 10 or 10.5 boot. If you were to end up in an 11 it might be that the brand isn’t the best fit for you. If you’re buying boots, remember that they fit differently to regular shoes – >>How to Size Snowboard Boots “>some more here.
But assuming you end up in a 10 or 10.5, then in most cases you won’t need to go with a wide board – and if you can stick with a regular width, then I’d recommend it, particularly as a beginner.
So something like the:
– Nidecker Play 159L
– Nitro Prime 158
– Salomon Sight 159
– Rossignol Evader 159
– K2 Standard 158
– Arbor Foundation 158
Would all be good bets, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thanks for your great post!
Could you recommend a board, bindings and evtl. boots that are best for performing butter tricks?
I am an advanced rider and would like to learn how to do butter tricks (although I haven’t done any jibbing yet :)).
I am 6.5 feet tall (about 184cm), weigh 198 pounds (about 90kg), and wear a shoe size of around 11-12 (US size). I would appreciate your recommendations and thank you in advance.
Thank you very much and best regards
Vic
Hi Vic
Thanks for your message.
With your specs I wouldn’t go too soft or you could overflex the board when buttering. But I think something around that 4/10 to 6/10 flex range would work well. I would first and foremost check out the following:
>>Our Top 10 Men’s Freestyle Snowboards
But you could also check some from >>Our Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
Size-wise, I would size down from your typical all-mountain length (which I would put at around 161 – though you might be used to riding something different). In any case, since it will be your dedicated butter/freestyle board, I would be looking to take around 4-6cm off that length. So something around 155-157 would be a good bet, IMO, unless your typical size is significantly different from 161. With your boot size you’re likely to need to go wide, though in some cases it wouldn’t be necessary with an 11. With a 12 it will be necessary in a majority of cases – though some boards are quite wide in their regular sizes. Would be happy to give specific sizing advice, if you were able to narrow down to 2-4 boards. Note that the butter score in the score breakdown is predominantly describing how easy it is to butter – in some cases they will be too easy for you to butter – and you can over flex, and then not be able to hold the press in place, which is why I suggest not going too soft.
Once we’ve settled on a board, then it will be easier to find the best bindings and boots to suit.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
which of the following boards would you recommend for a 210 lbs beginner with a size 12 foot currently working on connecting his turns. I’ve been looking to upgrade from rental equipment since I decided I very much enjoy snowboarding and would like to progress further. Looking for something that will carry me to intermediate (with about 8-12 days on the mountain per year).
The boards that are available in my nearby area currently are:
GNU GWO 159W
Rome Mechanic 161W
Rome Gang Plank 157W
K2 Raygun 159 or 160W (if still available) or 164W
Salomon Sight 159 or 162W
Is there any of the boards listed that will not work with my ability level or my weight?
Any other recommendation is of course welcome, also regarding sizing. As mentioned, I’m 210lbs, 6’2 and shoe size 12.
Thanks in advance and keep up the great content!!!
Cheers,
Hi Fed
Thanks for your message.
I think the Gang Plank would be the least beginner friendly there – and the size is borderline too small, so that’s probably the one I’d cross off. I would put your “standard all-mountain length” at around 163. But as a beginner, I’d err a bit smaller than that.
The Sight 159 will be too narrow for your 12s though, IMO – as would the Raygun 159.
The GWO 159W would work, but I’d be leaning a touch stiffer for your specs, if possible.
The Raygun 164W getting a little on the big side for your first board. Later on that size will be very doable.
So I would be leaning Raygun 160W, Rome Mechanic 161W or Salomon Sight 162W. And if you can I think Raygun 160W would be your best bet.
Hope this helps with your decision
Dear Nate,
thank you very much for your advice. I went to my local shop to buy the Raygun 160W, however the owner suggested the 157W as I would find it easier to turn as a beginner (specs still fit for my weight). He also suggested the Sight at 158W, because even though it is for slightly lighter riders (up to 90kg instead of my 94), he feels that learning to ride a camber board is more beneficial on the long run.
I would really appreciate your two cents here, otherwise I’ll go with the 160W as initially recommended.
Thank you very much!
Hi Fed
The Sight is also a very recommendable beginner board, IMO – and if you want to get an early feel for camber but without having to go full camber (it’s hybrid camber) – then it’s a good bet. I prefer the 158W size for you than the 157W. With your advanced “all-mountain length” being more like 163W, IMO, going to 157W would be dropping 6cm. I would typically try to stick to a 3-5cm drop. But the Sight at 158W would work. I know it’s only 1cm, but you also get that camber in there. I would go 160W if you went Raygun. But the Sight 158W definitely works too. I though you only had the 159 available to you in the Sight, which would have been too narrow.
Hi Nate
I’ve been snowboarding a couple of times and I’ve decided to buy a board. my weight is 88 kg (194lb) and I measure 185 cm (6,06). My foot size is 46 Eu(around 30-31 US). Which board would you recommend considering that I am a beginner beginner? thanks a lot Nate and you do a great job!!
Hi Jok
Thanks for your message.
Firstly in terms of sizing, I would put your “standard all-mountain length” at around 161/162. However, as a beginner I’d err a little smaller than that. Width-wise, you’ll need to go for a wide board.
As a beginner-beginner, all of the boards on this list would be appropriate and most would come in a suitable size, in that 158W/159W kind of size. However, I would probably be leaning towards something with a 4/10 flex because of your specs. 3/10 might feel a bit too soft for you. So something like the:
– YES Basic 159W
– Salomon Sight 158W
– Nidecker Play 159W
– Nitro Prime 159W
Would all be good bets, IMO.
Hope this helps with your decision
Thank you very much Nate!!! It will be very helpful!
You’re very welcome Jok. Happy riding!
Hey Nate! Great list you’ve curated. I’m 6’2″ 195lbs, new rider. Just get the Yes basic, in a 159W sound about right?
Hi Ryan
Thanks for your message. I would put your “standard all-mountain length” at around 161/162 for your specs, but as a beginner, I think 159 is a really good length for you. Assuming you have big enough feet for the wide version, I think the size should work really well.
Hi Nate,
I currently have my old snowboard witch pure camber profile and 163cm being 6’04” and have difficulty riding it though I manage to make turns on it a good snow and not so steep terrain.
But current conditions in Europe are icy and hard snow. I consider Yes Basic/GNU GWO/Nitro Prime. Based on rating (and price) should I go for Nitro? Or just bite through with my current board (very old Atomic board)
Hi Bo
Thanks for your message.
If you’re struggling on your board, then I would look to switch. If it’s a full camber board and you’re a beginner, then there’s a good chance you’ll be struggling with it. Any of the other boards you mentioned are likely better choices for you for right now, IMO. I would say the Basic is the best of the 3 for icy conditions, followed by the GWO, then the Prime, but I think they’d all be an improvement on what you have in terms of riding in general. I haven’t ridden anything Atomic, so I’m not sure what it’s like in icy conditions, in comparison.
Size-wise, it might be that the 163 is too long as well, but that would depend on your weight as well. If you could let me know your weight and your boot size, I would be happy to suggest sizes for the Basic/GWO/Prime.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
thanks for your feedback. My boot size is 12 US and weight is 177 pounds. I guess I will need wide board for sure.
Hi Bo
Yeah with 12s, I would go wide for sure. In terms of length, I would put your “standard all-mountain length” at around 161/162. However, if you’re more of a beginner rider, then taking some length off that can be a good idea. So whilst 163 isn’t way over that or anything, it is on the bigger side, particularly if you’re more of a beginner. So, I would look at something around 159-161, assuming you’re a higher end beginner. If more of a beginner beginner, you could even go a little shorter – like 157-159.
Hi Nate,
Thank you for your summary. I am a beginner, but I am confusing the k2 raygun and k2 standard.
The Raygun is harder(I’m a fat man, 78 KG). I also did some research on K2 website; it said the raygun is more suitable for people who wanna be Intermediate. What do you think? Thanks
Hi Wei
Thanks for your message.
The Raygun is a little stiffer than the Standard yeah. And it’s something that would take you a little further through your progression, so if you’re a higher end beginner and want something that will last a little longer through your progression, then the Raygun would be a good bet.
Hope this helps
Thanks for your recommendation. I bought the Raygun and spent some time to use to it. Now, I love the board so much.
You’re very welcome Wei. Glad you’re enjoying your new board. Happy riding!
Hey Nate – thanks for putting all of this info together – so useful . I actually ended up buying last years -#1 board – The Solomon sight wide.
My question is actually around binding angles. I don’t really ride switch a lot- what angles do you best recommend I set the bindings up at? What’s most comfortable ? Gives you the most control down the mountain ? Thanks
Hi Joe
Thanks for your message.
It tends to be different depending on the person – we all have some quirks in our mechanics as to whether we naturally stand/walk more duck footed or neutral or more pigeon toed – and things like that tend to influence what we find most comfortable in binding angles. So it’s always a good idea to experiment to see which feels the best for you.
But it’s certainly helpful to have a starting point – and given you don’t ride switch much, I would start out with a more forward stance. Something like a +18 on the front foot and a -6 on the back foot or something like that – and see how that feels. If you’re currently in something like a +15/-15, then you can see if you like it better. And if you do, then I’d try an even more forward stance – like +21/+3 or something like that and narrow it down that way. If you prefer the +15/-15 to the +18/-6, then you could also try something like a +12/-9 to see if you prefer that.
Hey Nate,
First, Thanks so much for compiling all this information for beginners. I’ve spent hours on here already, swear I could almost recite the top 10 lists at this point.
Thought I would gauge your opinion as I try to narrow down on selections on my first setup.
Rode 3-4 times in my life, but maybe only once in the last 10 years. I’m between 5’7-5’8 and 155-160 lb. Will be in midwest predominantly, so a lot of groomed/artificial, cold/ice
Boards
Looking at several on your beginner list and having difficulty narrowing it down. Interested more in all mountain/free ride. No big urges to hit the park starting out and break my leg, haha. Any thoughts on which might be best for my case?
Nitro Prime Raw seems well reviewed everywhere for beginner/progressing
District, Evader (good prices right now)
Foundation/K2 standard
Ride Agenda (saw angry put at top beginner recommendation this year too)
Should I be looking something with a little bit of camber for progression and the icy conditions?
I read your length post as well. Your chart has me at a 154-156 range. Should I be thinking 152 then as a beginner? or just stick with a 155 for free ride tendencies?
Appreciate any help!
Hi Nick
Thanks for your message.
All great questions.
Firstly, in terms of sizing. With a “standard all-mountain size” around 155, then as a beginner, as a rule of thumb, I’d say look at 150-152. Given you’re leaning more freeride and don’t think you’ll be riding anything park/freestyle, then you could add a little – but I’d still look in the 152-154 kind of range.
The likes of the District and Agenda are more freestyle leaning boards. Given you’re not looking to go in that direction at this point, you might want something that’s a little more directional.
Some camber is a good idea if you’re going to be icy conditions and it does get you used to the feeling of camber. Not to say you can’t go from a flat-to-rocker to something more camber dominant and not adjust quickly though.
My first thought was the YES Basic, as it’s one of the best, if not the best beginner board in icy conditions – and it’s hybrid camber. It is more freestyle leaning though. So, that’s the only thing. Still a possibility, but given you’re leaning freeride not perfect.
The Rossi Evader is a very good option, IMO – in the 154.
The Salomon Pulse 152 would also work.
However, given your freeride leanings, I think the Salomon Sight 153 would be just about ideal. Not quite as good in icy conditions as the likes of the YES Basic, but should still be decent in those conditions.
If you wanted that little bit more icy edge hold confidence, then you could step it up to the YES Typo (like a more advanced and very mildly directional version of the Basic). It would be a steeper learning curve as it’s a little stiffer and more camber dominant than the Basic. Something that’s a really good choice for a high-end beginner, leaning low intermediate, but more challenging if you’re just really starting out. But if you went with the 152 for that one, it would be doable. A little more freestyle leaning – but not as much as something like the Basic.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision.
Nate,
Thanks for such a quick reply. Super helpful info that I’ve used to dive more into my research.
Working on narrowing it down. Currently I’m at:
Sight 153
Rossi Evader 154
Tough finding major differences between these two
Followed by
Nitro Prime Raw 152- any thoughts on this one? Seems to be loved by everyone
Yes Basic 152- Love the ice control, but worry if this might be violating the ‘grow into’ rule you mention.
K2 Standard 152- worry may not have enough camber for ice/progression?
Riding previously, I was terrible at turns. Basically would end up going straight down, hard stop>switch stance> move the other direction. Definitely want to fix that right out of the gate to work on linking turns/ and S-shaping.
So that’s one of the top things I’m hoping for help with in a new setup (just behind not breaking my limbs and being out of work)
Size 9.5 boots so standard size should be good I think. Really want a double Boa, so planning on the 32 STW. Seems like they’re the only real med/soft beginner double boa out there.
Thanks again for the help. Will definitely use your affiliate links when purchasing.
Hey Nick
The Prime doesn’t have any camber in the profile and neither does the Standard. Doesn’t necessarily discount them, but I don’t think you’ll find them as good in icy conditions as the Sight and Evader – so I think either one of the Sight 153 and Evader 154 would be solid choices. Yeah with 9.5s you should be all good with those sizes in regular widths.
The STW Double Boa is the only boot I know of in that flex range with a double boa, so a good bet, if you’re looking for double boa. Fit is the most important thing for boots, so assuming they fit well, then they’re a good flex match for the boards you’re looking at and for your level.
Thanks for using the links, much appreciated
Hey Nate, thanks for the the review I just read through it. I’m a fairly new snowboarder and my parents bought me a ride twinpig for my birthday. I am 5’9” and 170lb and the board is 154”. I don’t believe this is a beginner board and am having real trouble getting used to it as it feels so heavy and long, maybe due to the larger width of the board. I am thinking about selling it and getting a different board that is more beginner friendly. I want to do more park stuff and also want to ride switch so I was wondering what board you think would be right for me. I’m also worried about getting the wrong length as I think I should’ve gone shorter with the one I have now so what length would you recommend for me? Thank you!
Hi Joe
Thanks for your message.
Firstly in terms of sizing. I would put your “standard all-mountain length” at around 157/158. But that assumes a couple of key things. a. it assumes that the board is a good width for your boots and b. it assumes that you’re a relatively advanced rider. As a beginner, I would be taking off anywhere from 2cm and up to 5cm. As it doesn’t sound like you’re a complete beginner, I’d say something in the range of 154-156. However, with the Twinpig, you want to size down because it’s a short wide. I rode the 151 Twin Pig (6’0″, 180lbs, size 10 boots) and it didn’t feel small. So you on the 154 (depending on boot size) is likely quite a bit too big.
And couple that with the fact that it’s not really a beginner friendly board, IMO, and I think it’s definitely worth changing. I would say you want to be at least intermediate for that board.
Some good options for what you’re describing:
– GNU GWO
– Bataleon Chaser
– Ride Agenda (though sometimes a certain brand doesn’t agree with a rider, so if you were worried about that, this is the same brand as your Twinpig)
– YES Basic
– Rossignol District
Some other options too, but I think those would all do a good job for you. If you’re able to let me know your boot size (or shoe size if you’re not sure of boot size) and narrow down your list to 2-3 boards, I would be happy to give you some specific sizing opinions for each board.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate thanks for the response. My snowboard boots are RIDE Jacksons 10.5 US (not sure if the brand matters).
If I were to narrow it down to the boards on the list they would probably be the Rossignol District or Bataleon Chaser.
If you could let me know about specific sizing for those boards that would be awesome. Heres my height and weight again: 5’9”, 170lb
Thank you!
Hi Joe
I would go:
– District: 155
– Chaser: 155
The only question mark on those is the width. They are borderline too narrow for 10.5s. However, as a beginner you shouldn’t run into any boot drag issues, IMO. If you were going to be laying down some really deep carves (e.g. eurocarving), then they’re probably too narrow. But if you do get into wanting to do bigger carves, you would want a different board to really develop that anyway and by that time, one of the District or Chaser could be kept as your park/freestyle board (or sold if you didn’t need a park/freestyle board). As a beginner and for the style of riding you’re looking to focus on, I don’t think you have any issues with the width, so I think those sizes should work well.
Hi Nate. Firstly, thanks for taking the time to put a review like this together. The information and expertise has been so helpful to complete beginners like myself. I hope you dont mind if i asked you a few questions.
I had only been snowboarding for a few days in Japan in 2019, and was hooked. Last year i spent lots of time on your site, looking at your reviews and deciding on my first beginner board. I was lucky enough to find a good deal on a used Salomon Pulse board which I used for the first time last month. I am in Australia so we dont get very good snow, but for some reason, i found myself catching the edge alot on this board and stacking alot. Now, i know i am beginner, and it could very well come down to my lack of skill, but i was wondering if it could be due to the camber profile of this board?? what profile would be the most user friendly you recommend?
Secondly, I am looking to sell the Pulse, and try a different beginner board. When i look at different brand sizing, they usually give you the choice to go larger or smaller. I am an older person, and not interested in tricks and jumps. I just want to cruise at the ski resorts and improve. Do you have any thoughts on going smaller or bigger for a person like me? Do you have any board recommendations? I am 183cm and weigh 75kg.
Thank you
Hi Lionel
Thanks for your message.
If you’re having difficulties with the Pulse in terms of catching edges, then I would look at something that has rocker tip and tail. The Pulse does have its contact points turned up, but a bit more rocker in the profile might help. I find some have difficulty with flat-to-rocker profiles and others find them very catch-free. Whilst the pulse isn’t flat-to-rocker it’s a similar type of feel. So, given your experience with the Pulse, I wouldn’t go flat-to-rocker just to be safe. I would look at the Arbor Foundation or Formula Rocker, Rossignol District, Circuit (now called Evader) or Sawblade, Ride Agenda & GNU GWO. I am about to update this list and a couple of new boards are coming in. One in particular that you might want to look at is the Bataleon Chaser.
Size-wise, shorter boards are better for tricks, but they’re also easier to ride, so as a beginner, it’s a good idea to go shorter. Since you’re not interested in tricks or jumps, you can temper how short you’d want to go, but I’d still err a little shorter as a beginner. I would put your “standard length” at around 159 but as a beginner, I would be leaning more around 156/157, generally speaking. But if you can let me know your boot size that would really help too. Also what size Pulse did you get?
If you can narrow down the board choice to 2-4 boards, I would be happy to give my sizing opinion for those specific boards.
Hey Nate, I’m a beginner snowboarder had a couple days on rental last year but looking forward to get into it more this year. My hill is a small resort in Indiana with mostly all man made snow and I will be going at night which will be Icy conditions. I was leaning towards the arbor foundation due to me fearing catching an edge but at the same time it being rocker I do want to have no traction at all. Any clue what board would be the best for me for not catching an edge as a beginner but still having some edgehold so I’m not slipping on ice. Stats are 6’2 170lbs size 11 boot. Thanks
Hi Wade
Thanks for your message.
First board that came to mind is the YES Basic. In my experience it’s always been good in icy conditions, but I’ve never felt it being catchy. Size-wise for the Basic, for your specs, as a beginner, I think the 156W would be your best bet.
The GNU GWO would also be a good bet. Again, I’d say 156W is your best bet, size-wise.
Hope this helps
Thanks Nate for the awesome reviews! Such a big help when buying my first set of gear last year and keep coming back to learn something new 🙂
I wanted to ask what you’d look for as signs that it’s time to upgrade from a beginner board to something more advanced? I’d consider myself around a 5 (early intermediate) on your scale, pretty comfortable on blue-red runs at what feels like a decent speed, starting to explore small jumps and simple park features and learning some basic tricks. I think I’m a reasonably fast learner but sadly only get the chance to hit the snow a few weeks a year.
I’m 5’10 and 140lb, been riding a 150 Rossignol Circuit since last year and noticed it can feel a bit unsteady when I start picking up speed. But not sure whether that’s the board, my cheap flexy bindings/boots, or just me. There’s also a definite noticeable difference between the nose/tail when riding switch, not enough to be a big concern but I’d like something that feels the same in both directions.
I’m keen to get into more freestyle riding as I progress, especially learning to use natural terrain features while having something that can still carve down groomers. So probably an all mountain freestyle for my next board. Would you recommend now being a good time to upgrade from the Circuit, or should I stick it out a bit longer then upgrade to something more advanced once I’ve progressed more? If you’d suggest upgrading, any specific board recommendations?
Thanks in advance!
Hi Liam
Thanks for your message.
I think you could upgrade now, based on what you’re saying. Since you’re noticing a need for more performance, it’s probably a good idea. But also wouldn’t hurt if you wanted to stick with the Circuit for a bit longer. The only thing I’d caution, if you do decide to upgrade, is not going to something too advanced. But yeah, based on what you’re describing an all-mountain freestyle board would be a good way. Something that’s around that 5/10 flex and not too aggressive a camber profile would be a good bet, IMO. Some good all-mountain freestyle options to consider here but with the likes of the TRS C3, RC C3, Crux being probably a step too far and the Proto Synthesis and Greats borderline but could be doable.
Size-wise, you could stick to something around 150 or you could go a little longer, but I wouldn’t go longer than 152 at this stage, particularly given you’re looking to incorporate more freestyle into your riding. And depending on boot size, that range may differ depending on the board – but if you narrow down a few board options and let me know your boot size, I would be happy to give you my sizing opinion on specific boards.
Hope this helps
Thanks for such a detailed reply!
Since I only go a few weeks a year and sometimes have to settle for less than ideal snow, I’d like something that’ll be good in all conditions. Based on that (and wanting a true twin) I’d probably be looking at the Rider’s Choice or Greats from your list. Although I’m a bit nervous that the Greats could be too stiff, especially coming off the Circuit which feels super soft. Maybe the Asymulator too but sounds like it might be less ideal in icy snow.
Would you suggest a Hybrid Rocker or Hybrid Camber profile as being particluarly better for my skill level? Or is it really down to preference?
Sizing recommendations would be much appreciated too! Boot size is US 10 (DC Scouts if it makes any difference)
Cheers,
Liam
Hi Liam
Between hybrid camber and hybrid rocker it mostly comes down to preference. But it does depend as well. Both profiles can be very different. Some hyrbid cambers (like the Circuit which is a hybrid camber) are pretty rocker dominant and others are highly camber dominant and only have subtle rocker. Same goes with hybrid rockers some have more rocker and some very subtle amounts of rocker. The Greats is more camber dominant than the Circuit for sure, but there are more camber dominant hybrid cambers out there too. The Rider’s Choice is GNU’s C2X which is their second most camber dominant profile, but it doesn’t feel super camber dominant or anything, so it’s something that should be fine for you. I just wouldn’t go to their C3 (at this stage).
Note that the 2023 Rider’s Choice got a bit stiffer. The 2022 (and earlier) model is a slightly easier going ride. Rider’s Choice now a 6/10 flex from our feel. Which isn’t necessarily too stiff – like the Greats – but it’s more borderline – certainly going to notice a good difference compared to the Circuit. The Asymulator isn’t as good in icy conditions as the other 2, so that should be taken into account. Also note that Capita have discontinued the Asymulator for 2023 (disappointingly!) but you might still be able to find a 2022 model somewhere.
Size-wise, I would look at:
– Greats: 149 – you could go 151 too, but it’s on the wider side. It doesn’t look as wide as it is and whilst the 151 isn’t going to be way too wide for you or anything, it’s on the wider side for 10s, so sizing down a little makes sense. Since you could ride up to 152 or 153, it’s sizing down a little, but in this case I’d go down to the 149 – in part because it also has quite a lot of effective edge versus overall length, which also lends to sizing down a bit
– Rider’s Choice: 151.5
– Asymulator: 152
I would also consider the Assassin (150 or 153 at a stretch) and the YES Typo (152). The Typo isn’t a true twin, but pretty close.
Awesome I’ll keep an eye out for good deals on some of those, maybe look for a chance to demo too. Thanks so much for all the help!
You’re very welcome Liam. Hope you can find a good deal.
Hi Nate,
cheers for doing this, your site had been super helpful and awesome! I just had my first intro to snow, and am totally addicted to it~ rode 160 and 157 rental boards.
been looking and thinking of getting my own setup to continue, and was wondering which burton (instigator or ripcord) you’d recommend? also, if my thinking of getting a 150/151 board would be a better experience? I am a tall skinny dude, 183cm and 55kg.
thank you so much for your time!
Cheers,
Jon
Hi Jon
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, in terms of sizing, I think sizing to 150/151 makes more sense based on your weight. If you felt comfortable on the 160 and 157 rentals, then you could potentially go a little longer, but I wouldn’t go longer than 155. But I would be leaning towards that 150-ish size because of your weight. Rentals typically size purely from height, because it’s fast and easy, which is why you were on those longer boards.
Between the Instigator and Ripcord, it depends on how you think you’d like to ride in the future. If you think you’ll predominantly want to ride powder and groomers and just downhill in general and don’t see yourself riding switch at all or doing any tricks, then you could go Ripcord. If you want to keep things open or you simply have no idea how your riding will progress, then I’d go Instigator – it’s the more versatile option. I’d be leaning 150 for the instigator, but if you felt the 157/160 lengths were OK, then you could look at the 155, but I’d go no longer than that.
If you could also let me know your boot size (or shoe size if you’re not sure of your snowboard boot size). It might be that the 150 is too narrow, but the Instigator (if that’s what you end up going with) does have a 150W and a 155W.
Hope this helps
Aw, thank you so much for taking the time to explain and clarify~
I reckon I’d like to keep it open for the moment and have a taste of the different styles.
I’m a US9.5, tested and found US10 on 32s to work (it’s difficult to find .5 sizes locally). So will be riding a US10 thirtytwo stw double boa boot.
Cheers,
Jon
I am also looking at an alternative like bataleon blow, since I like the aesthetics better. Do you think it’ll be a good choice? 151 bataleon blow with size M union flite pro/ bataleon blow bindings?
Hi Jon
Yeah, I think the Bataleon Blow could work in the 151. The only question mark would be the width. I haven’t measured the Blow, so I don’t know for sure how wide it would be at the inserts, but based on other Bataleon boards, I’ve measured, it should be all good width-wise. Looks by all accounts like it would be a good beginner board to me. Like all Bataleon boards, it’s technically a full camber board, but with that 3BT base it won’t feel full camber at all. My experience with Bataleon boards, even those with more pronounced camber and a lot stiffer don’t tend to be cathcy, so I imagine the Blow to be really catch-free.
Hi Jon
With US10s, your best bet is to go 150W. If you were to go up to the 155 though, I would stick with the regular width in that length, it should be well wide enough. The 150 regular width is pushing it though and may end up being too narrow. And the 150W isn’t too wide either, so would be a good fit with your foot and boot size, IMO.
Aight, thank you so much for your replies and comments! They are super helpful~
Cheers,
Jon
You’re very welcome Jon. Thanks for visiting.
Hi Nate,
Beginner snowboarder on his second season, with about a 10 year gap between seasons. Been reading all your reviews and they’ve been really helpful!
I’m 5’7” and 141-145 lbs and looking to buy my first snowboard.
I’m tossing up between the 2023 Salomon sight 150 and the 2020 Rossignol Circuit.
Between the 2022 circuit and the 2020 circuit, would the change in camber be significant to your rating system where the 22 sits at #2?
The reason why I ask is that for an extra 100 AUD, a local store is selling a package for the 2020 circuit with Rossignol battle bindings and 5th element ST-1.
Or would you recommend the Salomon and shop around for better bindings and boots?
Thanks in advance!
C
Hey Chris
Thanks for your message.
Both the Circuit and Sight are going to be suitable for you as a beginner, IMO, and if you can get a better deal on the Circuit and budget is a factor, then I’d go for that. The 2023 Sight is a little different than the 2022 model and previous models. It’s still beginner suitable, but just note that it’s changed a bit. Mildly stiffer (but still beginner suitable flex) and it’s got a bit of taper now (wider nose than tail). Some other differences too, but still a beginner suitable board.
The 2022 Circuit did get marginally longer camber section in the middle of the board compared previous models – and the camber is a little more directionally set in the 2022 model. But not a massive difference. The Circuit has been on my beginner list for years – so if you can get the 2020 model for a good price, it’s a really good option, IMO.
I’ve never has anything to do with Rossignol bindings, but on paper the 6/10 flex is a little stiffer than I’d typically recommend for a beginner. 5th Element is not a brand I’m familiar with in terms of boots, but quickly looking it up, the flex looks suitable. But couldn’t say anything else about them.
Hope this helps
Thanks Nate!
I don’t think I’ll be getting the boot+binding+board package. So out of the 2023 sight and the 2020 circuit which would you recommend?
And is 150 ok at my height and weight?
C
Hi Chris
First of all, I think 150 is just right for you. Something in the 148-150 range is a good bet, IMO.
Between the 2023 Sight and 2020 Circuit, I would say it depends.
The Sight is a board that will likely take you further through your progression than the circuit. So you wouldn’t have to upgrade from it as soon. That said, you’ll still have to upgrade eventually. If you get the 2020 Circuit cheap, then it’s less of a financial commitment in the long run, when you eventually upgrade.
Another factor to consider is whether or not you think you’ll want to learn riding switch (riding in your unnatural direction) early on in your snowboarding. If you do, then the 2020 Circuit is going to be easier for that than the 2023 Sight, which is now more directional than previous Sight models.
Hey Nate,
Firstly, thank you so much for putting this site together. I’d appreciate your advice before I spend $1k on gear.
I’ve just got back into snowboarding and all the information was overwhelming until I started to read your guides. I’d rate myself at the top end of beginner or bottom of intermediate. I’m confident doing S turns on intermediate slopes, but I did a lot of braking so they aren’t as clean as I want them to be. And eventually, I’d like to get into Freestyle riding – mostly butters and jumps and some park.
I’m 6’2, 200 pounds. Feet 29 Mondo. I will be snowboarding in parts of New Zealand that have a lot more man-made and hard snow than soft powder.
I’m considering getting:
Snowboard – Yes Basic 159W or 161 (as it’s in your beginner and intermediate lists, and you mention it is also suitable for freestyle and icy/hard snow). What’s concerning me is Yes’s website doesn’t rate it for park snowboarding.
Bindings – Union Contact Pro size Large (as it’s in your beginner and freestyle lists)
Boots – Burton Moto US11 or U12 (I need to try them in-store). I want some really soft boots as the rental boots I had were horrible for pressure points. I think they were Burton Ion.
Do you think the Yes Basic is suitable for me? And do you think all of the sizes will work? 159W (or 161) + Large bindings + US11-12 boots + -15/+15 angle?
Thanks heaps!
Jared
Hi Jared
Thanks for your message.
YES don’t rate the Basic for park, which I find strange. The YES Dicey and Jackpot are better park boards (IMO), but the Basic is still well suited to park riding. I think the Basic would be a really good bet for what you’re describing. You could do the Dicey as well. The Jackpot might be pushing it though, in terms of being too advanced at this stage.
Size-wise for the Basic – with your foot/boot size, I think going wide is the best bet. If you did end up in 11s, you’d be borderline regular width for some boards, but still wide for others. For the Basic, I’d go wide, even if you end up in 11s. And I think 159 is a good length for you. It’s on the small end of your range for sure, but given your current skill level and the fact you want to be doing freestyle stuff, erring smaller is a good idea. I would put your standard all-mountain size at around 162/163, but that assumes an advanced level and a less freestyle style of riding. Note that that board and in the size, it won’t be a bomber for speed – just to note in case you were looking to be riding fast and needed extra stability for that.
The Contact Pros are, IMO, a great match for the Basic and the style of riding you want to be doing. The Large will be your best bet. You might get away with the Medium if you were to end up in 11s, but the 11s would also fit the large well – and the large will fit the board best, IMO. So I’d go large for sure.
Hope this helps
Thanks that’s really helpful. I’ll hopefully buy the boots tomorrow and wait for some end-of-season sales in New Zealand to buy the board and bindings.
You’re very welcome Jared. Hope you have an awesome season!
Hey Nate,
Thanks for all you do here. This site is a great resource! I tried snowboarding for the first time last weekend and fell in love. I’m going again this weekend and was thinking I would shop end of year sales to have my own gear for next season (hoping to do 15+ days!).
I’m still a super beginner (just got to linking turns) and also a pretty big guy at 6′ 2″ / 240lb and size 12 boot (Mondo 30). I’m a bit older (36) and mostly interested in a set up that will be great for cruising down the mountain and not really that interested in park/freestyle stuff. I was thinking about this set up:
-Burton Photons – Snap On
-Burton Snap On Bindings Genesis Reflex
-Salomon Sight in 162W (or maybe 166W?)
Some questions that have come up:
1. Are the Photons going to be too stiff for a beginner like me? I’ve seen some people mention they aren’t beginner friendly due to stiffness BUT that bigger guys like me should go with a stiffer than usual boot because our weight break down the stiffness quickly. I could opt for the Burton Swath if the Photon stiffness will be a real problem. What do you think?
2. Is the Sight going to be too narrow for my size 12 boot even with the wide size? I also saw they have a 166W which is a little wider and still in the recommended board length for my weight.
3. Do you think its worth investing in a more intermediate board that I can grow into? Or is that going to hurt the learning process? I was looking at the Lib Tech Skunk Ape, Burton Custom Camber, and Burton Process Camber.
Hi Terrence
Thanks for your message.
Photon’s a little stiffer than ideal, IMO. You are right that with more weight it will soften up quicker – and also you won’t feel them as stiff as someone lighter would. But they’re a little too stiff for the board, IMO. That said, you could also go a little stiffer board-wise. But as a beginner, I still wouldn’t go stiffer than 5/10 – so the Skunk Ape and Custom Camber (as well as being too camber dominant for a beginner, IMO) probably too stiff, but more on that in a second.
Size-wise for the Sight, I think 162W could work. It’s potentially still borderline too narrow for 12s. As a beginner, I don’t think you’d have issues with it, as you’re not likely to be really railing your carves really deep yet, but might become a bit narrow later on. 166W doable, but it’s on the bigger end as a beginner. As a more advanced rider, you could certainly be riding 166, but for now, I’d err a little shorter than that.
The Process Camber might be doable, but certainly not ideal as a beginner board. The camber profile is a little more forgiving than the likes of the Custom camber, but it’s still not super friendly. At 5/10 flex (by my feel) I think you’d get away with it stiffness-wise. Typically I’d say too stiff, but for your specs, I think that’d be OK. The Custom Camber and Skunk Ape, IMO are a step too far though.
I would check out the following, which have been chosen specifically for high-end beginners/low intermediates looking to progress but want a board they won’t have to upgrade from too quickly.
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps
Hey Nate,
First of all thank you for such a thoughtful and detailed response.
An update and some follow up questions:
I spent another weekend snowboarding up in Tahoe (had a blast!) and took more lessons. The rental board was a Burton Progression (LTR board) in a 163W. At the end of the last lesson the instructor mentioned my level was a 4 moving into a 5. I read your guide on the skill levels and I think that’s an accurate assessment of my level. So based on that, I’m thinking that I should target a board in the high-beginner/low intermediate level like those on the Top 10 Intermediate boards page you mentioned.
Here’s what I’m think so far:
-Yes Typo 163W — Being #1 on the list, this seems like the ideal fit but I’m wondering if the 263mm waist width will work with my size 12s. What do you think?
-Jones Mountain Twin – 165W. This wasn’t on your list but your full review mentioned it as good for a low-end intermediate and I’ve seen a number of other positive reviews for it. The 165W seems a bit long for my experience level but the Jones sizing guide for the 162W caps the recommended weight at 200lbs — Do you think I could get away with the 162W? Or should I avoid this board altogether?
-I’ve also been thinking about the Burton Process boards (Camber + Flying V) mostly because both are available at my local Burton shop and if I got one I’d actually be able to take it out for a weekend before the season ends. I see a lot of reviews mentioning the Flying V is “loose” which is making me hesitant because I definitely want something stable as I’m progressing. As a bigger guy I’m noticing that I pick up speed much faster than smaller folks and I want to make sure I have something stable. For the Process Camber (Purepop) I’m a bit concerned about catching edges at high speed as I ramp up the steepness/speed and getting hurt. The waist width on their 162Ws (262mm) is actually a mm shorter than the Typo, so I’m also wondering if that would even work with my Size 12 boot.
Finally, given my profile and that I’m moving out of beginner territory, I’m still thinking about doing the Photons for boots + Step-on bindings, would the relative stiffness of those work out with the boards I’m thinking about?
Any other boards you’d recommend I look into or general advice around board profile?
Thanks again!
Hi Terrence
I think you could get away with the likes of the Photon and Step Ons on the Typo and should work well with the Mountain Twin.
Width-wise, the Typo 163W is a little wider than the Sight 163W – and with Photon’s I think you’d be good. No guarantees, but I think you’d be OK with that.
The Mountain Twin is a little wider, so that does give you more leeway and I’d be confident the 162W would be wide enough. I think it’s a board that could work for you at a level 4, bordering 5. It’s a bit more of a step up from the Typo, but I think it’s doable. Size-wise, between the 162W and 165W, it’s a close call. I think the 162W would be the best bet for right now, but the 165W is doable, allbeit with a slightly steeper learning curve, and would be a board that you wouldn’t potentially ever have to upgrade from, depending on how your style progressed.
Thanks for all of your advice, Nate. It’s been incredibly useful to get help from someone knowledgeable and unbiased on this. Everyone else I’ve talked to has had a selling agenda like Burton store reps or Curated “experts”.
I am torn between the Typo and MT. It seems like the Typo is the right board for where I’m at right now and will help me advance, but I am nervous about toe/heel drag (since you aren’t completely sure on that piece) if it ends up being a tad too narrow. Maybe I shouldn’t be concerned about this since even if there is a small amount of drag, I doubt I’ll be doing super deep carves right away. Upgrading after one season isn’t a big deal to me if that’s what ends up happening. At the end of the day I want a board that will help me progress but also keep me relatively safe by not being too far beyond my ability level. With the MT, on the other hand, I do like the idea of a board that will be able to take me a little further. I’m also hoping to slim down to around 220lb for next season to take some pressure off my knees so I’m thinking that might make the MT 162W a good long-term choice.
Either way, since both boards seem to be sold out everywhere, I’ll have quite a bit of time to figure it out before next season’s boards come out. Maybe I’ll be able to find someone with the Typo 163W to measure the insert widths for me haha. It might just end up coming down to the graphics at this point.
Anyway, thanks again for all your help! I’ll be sure to come back and use your affiliate links when it’s time to buy so that I can throw some $ your way for all the help.
Cheers,
Terrence
You’re very welcome Terrence. Let me know what you decide and if you think of it at the time, how you get on, once you’ve had a chance to get it out on snow.
Hey Nate
Following up on this thread from earlier in the year to share an update (in case it can be helpful to other folks) and also ask a question.
Based on our convo, I ended up going with the 162W Mountain Twin with Step On Bindings and Burton Photons (US 12).
Since then, I’ve spent five days riding up in Tahoe with all the early snow we’ve been getting. For reference my stats are 6’ 2” and 240lbs, so I’m a bit big for the board as we talked about earlier. Overall, I got on the board and gear pretty well! After a half day of remembering the basics, taking another lesson, and getting used to the board I found myself at about the same point I was at ending last season. I had no problems applying flex to the board for turns and started spending more time on blues over the last couple days. No issues with toe/heel drag so far as I could tell. I really enjoyed the Step Ons and how quickly I could get going after getting off the lift (not that it does that much good if you still have to wait for your fellow riders to strap in!). Of course, I’m in no position to speak to any performance trade offs with the Step-Ons.
As I started to progress a bit more over the days, I did notice a couple issues and I was curious whether you think it’s related to the board being a bit undersized for me or perhaps more about my still relatively low skill level.
Stability at speed — As I started getting more comfortable with the board and my skill level and picking up more speed, I found that whenever I pushed my speed to around 25mph it would feel harder to hold the edge and just generally didn’t feel as stable/locked in on the turn/traverse as it did at lower speeds. Once I hit around that speed, I was either slowing down quickly (since I wasn’t feeling confident in the stability) or catching an edge (thankfully only a couple times!).
Handling rougher terrain — One of the days was after a big storm and none of the terrain was groomed. It was a lot of fun experiencing powder for the first time, but as the terrain got bumpier later in the day I noticed that I was getting bucked around quite a bit and taking some falls on the bumpier parts of the runs.
I’m sure my still developing technique is playing a role here, but do you think either or both of these issues are related to the board being a bit on the small size for me? Perhaps a larger board should be in my future sooner than later if I want to get more consistently into the 25-30mph range and beyond?
Thanks again for all your advice!
Hi Terrence
Thanks for the update.
I think it’s probably partly down to both. A longer board would give you more stability at speed for sure. But some it will likely be technique too. In terms of rough terrain, a little more board could help you fly over top a bit more and have you bucked around less, but again developing technique particularly for those conditions will also really help. You might want to look into “down unweighted turns”. It’s quite an advanced technique, but it makes riding rough terrain much easier and more enjoyable.
Hi Nate
I am a complete beginner, only being out on rentals a couple of times.
Im 172cm and 190lbs. can you recommend a good beginner board and length. Also bindings?
I wear size US10 Burton Moto boots.
thanks
Hi Simon
Thanks for your message.
I would be looking at something around 155 in terms of size – and really anything on this list, given you’re a complete beginner. If you want to go with something versatile, then something all-mountain or all-mountain-freestyle.
With US10 Moto’s you should be fine on most with regular width – the only one that might be a little narrow in the regular width would be the Salomon Sight.
Hope this helps
Thanks very much for your help. I have been looking at the arbor foundation. But the store only had 156mw
Do you think this size type board would be suitable.
Had looked at the union flite pro bindings with it?
Thanks again for your help
Hi Simon
With US10s, I wouldn’t go wide in the Arbor Foundation. The 156MW is too wide for 10s, IMO. Arbor boards tend to be wider at the inserts than their waist suggests as well – so it’s wider than the 260mm suggests as well. Not sure why they call some of their sizes mid-wide’s, when they tend to be wider at the inserts than some other wides. The 155 would work well size-wise for you, IMO.
The Flite Pros would be a really good match though.
Hello Nate
Thanks for your reviews they are super helpful, especially for someone starting in this world .
I’m debating between two boards. I have read reviewed about both but I’m still debating which one would be better.
Burton Process Flying V
And
2022 RIDE AGENDA
I would really like to read your thoughts when you compared this two snowboards. Thanks again for all your help!
Cheers
Hi Luis
Thanks for your message.
The Process Flying V is a little more advanced than the Ride Agenda. It’s still a really easy ride, but it’s a little stiffer and a little more technical. For a complete beginner, the Agenda would be the best option, IMO. But if you’re more high-end beginner, then the Process Flying V would be a really good choice, IMO.
More specifically performance wise, the Process Flying V will be a little better at speed, a little better for carves, better in powder, better for jumps – pretty much most things. The Agenda easier to ride, a little better/easier for riding switch – and a little easier to butter.
Hope this helps
Great site and reviews! Keep it up!!! 🙂
Thanks Franky. Appreciate it! Thanks for visiting and happy riding!
Hey nate starting new thread from our previous chats. Thanks for all your input. Fantastic site you have going on.
Haven’t been able to find any of your previous 5 intermediate boards recommended in my price range which is making me consider just going new, which makes me want to get all my questions out of the way.
– YES Typo
– Capita Outerspace Living
– Slash Brainstorm
– Rossignol Resurgence
– Arbor Element Rocker
I live in AZ so my most common riding spots are 2 mountains in-state, and big bear mountain in California. I’m thinking all 3 mountains in your edge-hold scale would be the top 3 (firm,hard,icy) . So i wanna make sure I get somethng with stronger edge hold.
so which of the 5 above have better edge-hold , or do you have a different set of 5 youd recommend with more hold? I read the rossi resurgence has serrated edges. Does that put it as the top of the 5 or do all of those 5 have some sort of serrated edges?
Hi Derek
In my experience, the order of those boards in terms of edge hold in icy conditions would be:
– Rossignol Resurgence/YES Typo
– Slash Brainstorm
– Arbor Element Rocker/Capita Outerspace Living
Hey Nate,
Great post!
I am a true beginner who only snowboarded twice and am thinking of getting my first snowboard and bindings. I am 5’5 135lbs boot size US7. May I ask you if you recommend the combo Rossignol Circuit 150cm + Burton Moto + Union Flite Pro Size Small?
Thanks for any help in advance!
Ken
Hi Ken
Thanks for your message.
I think that would be a very good beginner setup. Ideally size-wise, I’d put you on something a little smaller than 150 for your specs, but the 150 would work. I would put you on a 150 as your “standard all-mountain” size, but would recommend sizing down a little for your first board.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
First of all, thanks for your great job!
I’m a beginner that wants to buy full equipment to start rising snowboard.
When I was young I used to skate, also ski few times and ride snowboard couple of them.
Now I’m 35yo and want to enjoy a bit of time with this!
5’95”, 170lbs and 10us size. Important note: I use Ortho insoles for running (it’s like 1+ size because of this fully insole”). I assume I’ll use them also in snowboard boots. Otherwise maybe size is reduced.
Do you think Salomon sight 156 would be ok? Maybe better 155W?
I was thinking on a burton moto boa boot to reduce a bit “boot size”. Not sure if would be enough.
Thanks!
Hi David
Thanks for your message.
I think probably 155W in this case, unless you end up in smaller boots than US10. You’d probably get away with the 156, unless you were going to be carving quite deep early on, but the 155W is the safer bet and it’s closer to a regular width size than a typical wide size. The Moto Boa is low profile, which does make the 156 more doable, so if you wanted to risk it, then I think you’d probably be OK. But if you wanted to play it safe the 155W is the safer option – and it’s not like it’s super wide for you or anything.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
Finally I bought ThirtyTwo STW double boat boots (US11 size). Today was first day with them & renting board!
They gave me again 151 size board as per beginner. It was easy to turn both directions but I felt so insecure when speed increases.
I’m going to wait few weeks to find special offer on boards as the season is ending and I don’t really need last version.
I will try to find 155W as per your recommendation.
Thanks!!
Hi David
Thanks for the update.
Yeah with US11 boots, you’ll definitely want to go wide with the Sight now.
Even as a beginner 151 is too small for you. I would put your “standard all-mountain” size at around 158. As a complete beginner it’s a good idea to take 3-5cm off that – which would put you in a 153-155 range, with 156 certainly doable, particularly if you’re fairly athletic and/or coordinated. 151 is too small even as a beginner, IMO, which would account for some of that unstable feeling at speed. Longer will always be more stable at speeds, all else being equal and shorter typically easier and faster to turn, all else being equal. So, I think even just going to the size 155W will make a big difference. Hope you can find a good deal. Happy riding!
Thanks Nate!
I’ve found stock of older version (19/20) at 250€.
Till now no more deals on 155W seems a usual size all sold. It doesn’t matter what season we talk about.
As per your above review I understand it’s virtually the same (you talk about 2020, not sure if it means 19/20 or 20/21).
I’m trying to find now stock of bindings seems a bit complicated to find Union Flite PRO (L) on stock.
I will continue searching them.
Thanks again,
David
Hi David
Yeah if I say 2020, that translates to 19/20. 20/21 would translate to 2021. It can get confusing, for sure!
But yeah, Sight hasn’t changed a lot over the last few years – though it does change quite a bit for the 2023 (22/23) model.
Hi Nate,
I’m looking for my first snowboard. I’m a beginner i’m 6’0 weight 180 lbs and i wear a Nidecker Ranger boot size 11 (EU44,5 and 29cm). I already have the bindings Head Nx One size large. I bought a Head Rush snowboard 156W. The width of the snowboard is 260 but i feel that i have too much overhang on the toe. On the heel edge i have underhang on the binding it doesn’t go to the limit of the board. The binding angles are +15/-15. I want to change for a Salomon Sight but i didn’t know which size take between 155W and 158W and if it will be good for me knowing that the width is smaller on both. I thought at the Nitro Prime but i want a true twin.
What’s the best for me ? Do i have to change board or i stay on the one that i already have ? If i change do you have any other recommandations ?
Thanks for your time Nate !
Hi Yahya
Thanks for your message.
It sounds like you’re boots aren’t very centered on the board – too much toe overhang and not enough heel overhang. I haven’t tested Head boards before, but with a 260mm waist, I imagine it should be good width for size 11s, if you can get your boot centering right. I also haven’t tested any Head bindings, but often with bindings you’ll have the option to run it either horizontal or vertical. If you can run it vertical, then you should be able to setup the bindings closer to the heel edge.
If you did change to Sight, I would go 155W if you’re a complete beginner – but if you’re a higher end beginner, then 158W. The Sight’s wide sizes aren’t super wide for a wide board, but as a beginner with size 11s, I think you’ll be fine on them. Note though that the Sight isn’t a true twin – it’s a directional twin – but it’s really close to a true twin.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Ok thanks for your response ! So to have my boots centered i have to run my bindings at the vertical ?
Thank you for your time !
Hi Yahya
Yeah, it sounds like you will need to with your setup. I don’t think Head bindings have a heel cup adjustment function. Running the disc vertically reduces the stance width options, but hopefully you can get into a stance width you are comfortable with with the disc vertical.
Hi Nate
Im a beginner in the world of snowboarding. Im leaning toward the Salomon sight. Im 5’11” 175 lbs. size 10 -10.5 shoe. Can you give me a few recommendations for boots and bindings?
Hi John
Thanks for your message.
For the Sight, I would say the 156 is your best bet. Though if you end up in 10.5 boots, it could be a little narrow – you’d probably still get away with it as a beginner, but the 155W is also an option if you were worried about the 156 being too narrow. If you went with lower profile boots, then you should be good on the 156, so long as you didn’t end up in 11s. And with your foot/boot size, it’s never a bad idea to go low profile. Particularly if you end up in 10.5s, you’ll often be on the cuff between wide and regular widths.
So for boots, I would look at something low profile of the following:
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
Look at the reduced footprint part of the score breakdown to get an idea of how low profile (5 being the lowest profile, 1 being the builkiest).
For bindings, check out:
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
Or if you wanted a step up:
>>Top 5 All Freestyle Bindings
But I wouldn’t go over 4/10 flex.
Hope this helps
Thank you!!
You’re very welcome John. Happy riding!
Hey Nate. Is there a difference between starting learning with a wide board and the same length and model as the standard? I found the right length of snowboard for beginner but wide. My boots size US 8.5-9, EU 41-42. Is it worth buying wide or better to look for standard ones.
Hi Gediminas
Thanks for your message.
I definitely wouldn’t go wide, unless you have the boot size for it. And with your boot size I wouldn’t go wide. With your foot size on a wide board, your feet will be quite far inside the edges, which makes it more difficult to get leverage to the edges. So it’s not only physically harder to initiate a turn, but the turn often has a feeling of being a little bit delayed. For an experienced ride who likes a bit of extra width and gets used to it, some can end up liking that extra width (though I never have unless I size down for length to compensate and even then it doesn’t always work) – but particularly as a beginner, I wouldn’t go wide.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate! I’ve recommended this website to all my boarding friends, keep up the great work and thank you!
I’m a true beginner, learning on my own, went twice so far and used my friends K2 Standard 159W. I’m looking for my own board now, I’m 6’2, 185 Pounds, I use my Burton Ruler Boots. Size 13. The Board options i have right now are :
Salomon Pulse
Salomon Sight
Rossignol District (Twin Tip)
The K2 standard 159W did feel a little heavy (I have long skinny legs ) I prefer duck stance kind of aiming for more a true twin tip board but not super necessary, something really to help me progress to turn properly and occasionally go in the trees/side hits in the future. Is there a big difference between the Pulse and the Sight? Would a 156W be too short for me? Also what Burton Bindings would be the best match for my boots and one of these boards? If you can answer all these questions it would greatly appreciated, thanks!
Hi Nick
Thanks for your message.
Salomon boards tend to be light, so if you’re looking to go light, I think that’s a good way to go. Both the Sight and Pulse are Directional Twins but the only thing that makes them not true twins is a small setback in the stance, so they are very close to true twins, so I think you’re good there. The boards certainly aren’t the same, but they are similar – and both would be suitable for what you’re describing.
Size-wise, for your specs, taking into account your a beginner and see yourself doing trees and sidehits in the future, I would be looking at something around 156-158. With 13s you’d need to go wide as you likely already know. The 156W District would be within range size-wise, if you wanted to go there. Likely heavier than the Pulse and Sight, though, even taking into account going 158W with the Pulse or Sight – which is what I would recommend for those 2. And between those 2, I would look at the Pulse – reason being that the Sight isn’t that wide even in the wide sizes – i.e. I think the 158W would still be too narrow for your boots. So, I’d go either Pulse 158W or District 156W, but would be leaning Pulse, given that it sounds like you’re after something light.
In terms of bindings, I would be leaning either Genesis or Mission. Obviously with the latter being considerably more affordable. The Freestyle would certainly work too, but it’s something you’d definitely have to upgrade from if you were to upgrade boards. The rest in the Burton lineup would be too stiff, IMO.
Hope this helps
This Definitely helped! Thank you for the quick reply, I’ll most likely pull the trigger on the Mission bindings along with the Pulse 158W although The Salomon Craft recently went on sale 156W, do you think that would be a big jump from the Pulse when it comes to learning?
Hi Nick
The Craft is a bit of a step up. It’s still nothing super advanced or anything. The camber profile is friendly enough, but it’s a bit stiffer than the likes of the Pulse and Sight, so would be a steeper learning curve or sure. The 157W would be a suitable size though, IMO.
Hey nate,
I posted a lengthy message yesterday and now i’m not seeing it anywhere. Does that mean you’re working on it, or did it get removed for some reason?
thank you
Hi Derek
Thanks for your messages. Messages are always moderated, and I don’t typically do it until I reply to the message – but it should notify you, but I don’t think it’s working properly.
I haven’t ridden the Burton Royale – was before my time testing, so I can’t give a score for it. Looking at the specs it doesn’t look super wide or anything – boards were a little narrower back then, so they considered it a mid-wide because of that, I guess. Looks like it was a mid-flex board, but I couldn’t find out the camber profile – because it was 2007, it was most likely traditional camber, because other profiles were really only coming in around then. Good chance that it’s heavy though, given the year and if it wasn’t a high end board at the time? Size is also really important. It could be that you got a size too big. If you could let me know the size you have, that would be great.
I don’t know anything about brands like Camp Seven, but if you wanted to go cheap, I would look at past season gear or even used gear. If you could find one of the following in a past season option, it should work well for what you’re describing, IMO:
– YES Typo
– Capita Outerspace Living
– Slash Brainstorm
– Rossignol Resurgence
– Arbor Element Rocker
These are all what I would consider boards that are good for that lower intermediate level. But if you wanted to go more beginner and cheaper, then something like:
Salomon Sight
Rossignol Circuit
Arbor Foundation
Nitro Prime
Salomon Pulse
Would all be good options and are all under $350 – if you can find an appropriate size in a past season model, you should be able to get it for significantly cheaper as well.
Hope this helps
Awesome reply thank you. My burton royale was a 158.
And i’m 5’8 and my weight varies from 180-210, and my boot size is 10.
Hi Derek
I don’t think the Royale was necessarily too big. Assuming 5’8″ 180lbs it’s a little big for your level – and certainly would be big, IMO, for a beginner with your specs. At 210lbs, I think it’s a good size. Taking an average of around 195lbs, I think something around 156/157, particularly if you’re looking for the board to be easy going.
Hey nate
do you have your ratings in an excel/database anywhere? so like if i want to compare boards that have the same flex i can show all boards with a flex=4 for example?
Hi Derek
I do have a spreadsheet with all that info in it, but it’s not something I like to just give out (it’s the result of a lot of hard work – A LOT goes into it!) – but I can arrange a list with all the flex 4 boards if you would like – if you want to send a message via our contact form, I can reply via email with a list.
Hey nate,
Thank you for your quick replies. I will be sending a message that way for some comparisons from your data.
New question, My local board shop didn’t have any of your recommended boards for rent so i had to pick some other ones to try.
I will be trying the following two boards this weekend:
-Salomon villain 158
-Arbor system rocker ( i was told this is arbor rental model, and is similar to the arbor foundation rocker)
Can you tell me where these boards fit in comparison to the 10 boards you suggest to me previously which for easier reference are:
lower intermediate:
– YES Typo
– Capita Outerspace Living
– Slash Brainstorm
– Rossignol Resurgence
– Arbor Element Rocker
beginner:
Salomon Sight
Rossignol Circuit
Arbor Foundation
Nitro Prime
Salomon Pulse
Hi Derek
I would say the Villain would work for lower intermediate – though it’s not something I’ve ridden, so I couldn’t say for sure – but based on specs, I think it would be lower intermediate suitable, but not beginner. So certainly in that first list. If the Arbor rental is similar to the Foundation, then certainly added to the beginner list there.
Hey nate,
I’m 5’8, weight 180-210, boot 10. I’m a level 5 all mountain snowboarder. I been riding for years on a 2007 burton royale snowboard.
I’m not fluent in snowboard terms, but i just felt like this board was a little out of my league. Maybe a little too stiff, or little too heavy, or maybe cuz i read somewhere that burton royale was a wide board, and also a freestyle board instead of all mountain.
Questions:
1. What would your score breakdown be for a burton royale?
2. What is the cheapest allmountain snowboard you’d recommend that would be like 1-2 levels easier to ride than the royale? I ride greens and blues all day, hit very beginner jumps like once every 10 trips. I avoid blacks and parks.
by cheap, I’m also willing to look into amazon brands like camp seven and stuff like that.
I don’t get to go often so just looking for a board that i can ride rest of my life and not spend a fortune.
I’m also looking at getting step-in/on bindings like the burton step on (expensive) or the system/flow step in bindings (cheap), if you want to recommend a board that would fit with those.
Thanks!
Hi Nate,
I really appreciate the work you do with these rankings and reviews. I was wondering if you would be able to give me a near complete setup recommendation. I read your interpretation of snowboard levels and I think that I am a level 4 but not quite a level 5, though I plan on continuing to snowboard far into the future. For reference, I am 6’1″ ~165 pounds. What would your recommendation ($10 wiggle room) be for a snowboard under $400, bindings under $200, and boots under $250 (10.5), jacket under $250, and pants under $200. The aim is to get some quality gear that I can move up to a higher skill level in.
Thank you so much,
Andrew
Hi Andrew
For that price range I would look at:
Board
– YES Basic 155 or 158
– Slash Happy Place 156 or 158
– Salomon Craft 155 or 158
– GNU Money 156
To confirm sizing, if you could let me know your boot size. Also if you could let me know how/where you want to ride i.e. fast? hard carves? trees? park? butters? etc. Anything would be helpful for sizing and for going with the best option there. Also consider a past season board, as you could get that cheaper, and could get something that’s usually more than $400 for $400 or less. Some great options for what you’re describing, would be:
– YES Typo
– Capita OSL
– Slash Brainstorm
– Ride Wildlife
Bindings
This would depend on the board you go with. But some good options for roughly $200. Which one would depend on which board:
– Arbor Hemlock
– Burton Mission
– Union STR
Again, if you went past season, you could expand that search.
Boots
Like with bindings, it would partly depend on the board you went with, but some under $250 options:
– Vans Hi-Standard Pro
– Salomon Launch Lace Boa SJ
– DC Mutiny
– K2 Darko
– Burton Ruler
– Ride Triad
– Adidas Samba
Jackets
>>Top 10 Jackets under $270
Pants
>>Top 10 Pants under $200
Hope this helps
Hi Nate, I ended up buying the K2 standard 158 because I found a great deal on it. I know you say that this won’t take me as far through my progression but I would still like to hear your recommendations based on that board for what I’m trying to accomplish. I am size 10.5 US for boots.
Hi Andrew
For boots, anything in that list I gave in my previous reply would still work, but because you’re on a softer board, you could also go for a whole host of others, but if you want your boots to outlive the board, then that list is still good, but if you wanted to go for something cheaper/softer, you could also look at:
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
For bindings, I think the:
Arbor Hemlock would be your best bet from what we previously looked or you could look at some cheaper options like:
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
I returned the board. Any new recommendations seeing as I would either go for the Slash Happy Place or Salomon Craft? Thank you!
Whichever board and bindings you think are the absolute best then that is what I will go with, keep in mind I had to buy the Ride Triad because they were the only ones in stock.
Hi Andrew
If you want to err on something more freestyle, then go with the Happy Place. If you want something a little more versatile, then go Craft.
If you go with the Happy Place, then I would go with the Arbor Hemlock. If you go with the Craft then either the Burton Mission or Union STR are good choices.
Hi, is it ok to be a little heavier than what the board is weighted for ? I bought the Rossignol Circuit, 161W. Evo.com had that at 150lbs-210lbs and I weight around 215lbs and 6 feet tall. Will the 5lbs matter? ALso, when I got the board, the paper stuck to it by Rossignol said that the max board weight is 120lbs – 175lbs! That is a lot lower than what Evo.com suggested. Should I be worried? Thanks!
Hi William
I wouldn’t be worried about the weight recommendation being up to 210lbs. For your specs, the 161W should be a good size for you, IMO.
As for the sticker – either they slapped the wrong sticker on the board or they need to look at their weight recommendations more closely, IMO – a 161W only being rated up to 175lbs is not something I’ve come across I don’t think.
Hope this helps
Awesome! Thank you very much. I’ve set my bindings at +18 (front left foot) and -6 for the back as well, with a 21.5 inch stance. It felt most comfortable. I’m bringing a screwdriver to the hill just in case !
Hi William
Very good idea bringing the screwdriver, so you can tweak your setup if you need to. If you think of it at the time, let me know how you get on.
Hello Nate,
Just found out about your site as I was doing my research on buying a board, congratulations on your dedication and knowledge.
I am 6,4 and weight 210lbs and I have snowboarded some times (6-7) over the past years I would say a beginner- beginner + level. I own the Burton Ruler size 13 (US) boots. Not looking to hit the park or powder, just casual resort riding.
I am looking to the K2 Standard which I can find fast here in Greece and other K2 models. I suppose I should be looking only Wide models in the range 158W-162W.
Should I go for it or would you suggest a more intermediate board? Also is the length right? Thanks in advance 🙂
Hi Petros
Thanks for your message.
If you wanted the board to last longer through your progression you could look at something more intermediate, but for right now the Standard would probably be fine. The Raygun is still a very beginner friendly board, but would take you further through your progression than the Standard, IMO.
Width-wise, you would need a wide for sure.
In terms of length, I would be looking at something in the 160-162 range, given you’re a higher end beginner. For the Standard you could go to the 163W. Though the 159W would also work. For the Raygun, I’d go 160W.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
First of all, great site you have!
Could you give me some advice on getting new board? Currently I own Burton Amplifier 154 cm (I`m 183 cm/80kg), and I`m OK with that board, but I think I have outgrown that board.
What would you recommend? I would like board that is easy to handle (not to have will of its own). Preferably Burton (to keep same bindings, only for that), but suggest some other brand if you think there are better solution.
Thanks!
Hi Dario
Thanks for your message.
To keep an easy going feel, but in something that can give you a little more than your amplifier and in a more appropriate size, I would look at the Burton Process Flying V in the 157. You could also ride the 159, for sure, but erring on the smaller size helps to keep things easy going. If you wanted to step up the flex a bit, but still have a nice easy going camber profile, then the Custom Flying V is also a possibility (158, but could even go 156 to keep things more chill).
There are other nice easy going Burton boards, but you’d probably be taking a step back from the Amplifier to go with something like the Instigator or Ripcord. If you want to take that little step up, but still go for something really easy going, I’d be leaning Process Flying V 157.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate, thanks so much for the amazing reviews. First off I’m 177 lbs 6’0. I’ve recently purchased step ons as I am tired of bending over at my age. I used to be a size 13 in burton rulers but given that step ons fit smaller, I had to bump up to size 15 (which are honestly just a smidge bigger than my old 13 rulers) I just installed the xl step on bindings (15 degree – 15 degree) on my old k2 159w flat true twin original board when I first started. I’m not anything special of a rider, just go down a little quick, turn, avoid super steep hills. Still learning every day, would like to learn switch (would like catch free and true twin for that) and progress to maybe the odd jump but basically just enjoy going down long runs and carve. I went out yesterday for first time with size 15 photons and xl step ons and the k2 159w. I luckily didn’t get a toe edge drag because of the 1.5″ boot overhang but I don’t carve super deep to the point of touching snow with hand (maybe one day). I was thinking of getting salomon pulse 162w as it has a good width and seems like a great board to progess and learn the things I would like to learn. Thoughts on this board or should I go to something different? Thanks so much in advance
Hi Nate,
First of all, I want to thank you for your advice on what direction to go.
In my local Burton shop, I have rented Custom Flyng V 158 cm, and I am thrilled!
The board itself is easy going and (I think) quicker than my Burton Amplifier.
I was little concerned on length (158 vs my Amp.154 cm), but it was easy to make turns with it. I guess if it was good for me, there is no need to try Burton Process Flying V, as you suggested?
Anyway, thanks for your advice!
Hi Dario
From how you’re describing your experience, it sounds like the Custom Flying V is the way to go and not necessary to try the Process Flying V. No harm if you wanted to, but I think you will be happy with the Custom Flying V, based on what I’m hearing.
Hi Nate,
What I forgot to tell you is altough I was really happy with Custom Flying V, there is problem with hard (packed) snow and icy bits of piste. Here where I use board (Slovenia, Austria) there is lot of that, and I am going to rent Burton Custom Camber to try it (Custom Camber is supposed to be better on hard parts).
If there is more powder where I board Custom Flyng V would definitely be my first choice.
Hi Dario
Yes, the Flying V tends to not do as well in icy conditions. The camber version should feel better for that. And yeah the Flying V model is better in powder – but if you get more ice than powder, then the camber is probably the better option – if you don’t find it too aggressive or catchy. Interested to hear how you get on with the Custom Camber.
Hey Nate!
Beginner snowboarder here looking for some advice.
I’m 6’1” and weigh 205lbs. Size 12 Boot
Looking for a suggestion on the ideal board, brand, size and width????
Thanks in advance!
Hi Dennis
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, in terms of size, I would be looking at something in the range 158-160 as a beginner. You could ride more like 162/163 as your “all-mountain” size when you’re more advanced but for now that’s the range I would be looking at.
With 12s, you’ll need to go wide.
If you want to keep the board versatile, either because you think you’ll want to do a bit of everything, or because you’re unsure how your riding style will evolve and want to keep your options open, then going with an all-mountain board (or all-mountain-freestyle, if you’re not worried too much about powder performance) is a good idea. If you’re pretty sure you’re going to like riding freestyle, then a freestyle board can be a really good option, because it can teach you the fundamentals of riding fine to start with and then when you want to upgrade to a better all-mountain board, you can keep your beginner freestyle board as your park board, if you want – or sell it – it gives you options.
Sizing can sometimes differ depending on the board. But I would be happy to offer specific sizing if you were able to narrow it down to 3-4 choices. Anything from this list will work well for a beginner, IMO. So it kind of depends on which way you’re leaning in terms of going freestyle, all-mtn or all-mtn-freestyle.
Hope this helps
What’s your opinion on the nidecker boards? Score and Merc?
Hi Dennis
Both are a little stiffer than what I would consider ideal as beginner boards. However, I think you’d get away with the Score, which looks like the more beginner friendly of the two. And with your specs, I think you can get away with the more mid flex of the board. Still not what I’d call ideal, but could work. The 159W would be the size I’d go for.
Hi Nate,
This is a killer write up. Super helpful for a complete beginner. Recently went out on my first snowboarding trip and fell in love, now I’m looking to get my own gear as I can already tell I’ll want to ride as often as possible. Total beginner, but picked it up pretty fast. Was able to link turns from jump, and by the end of the day I was confident in my ability to weave between other riders – on the bunny hills. Still have loads to learn.
I’m looking at the Arbor Foundation, Nitro Prime, Rossignol Circuit, and Salomon Sight. They’re all on this list, so I’m kind of assuming that they’ll all perform roughly the same for me as a beginner. What I’m most interested in is sizing. I’m 6 feet, roughly 180, with a size 10 shoe. I wore a size 11 boot when I rode as they were a little more comfortable, and they gave me a 155 board. I thought that was too small for me, but it seemed to work well. Should I stick to that 155 range or go a little longer? And with a size 11 boot (somewhat assuming here, I’ve done no boot research yet) do I need a wide board?
Lastly, between those four boards, do you have a recommendation other than which ever one I think looks the most rad? I live in the midwest so mostly it’s just really big hills, but will also be taking trips out to Maine during the year for “real” mountains.
Cheers, and thanks
Hi Mark
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, in terms of sizing, I think something between 155 and 157 as a beginner is a good bet. When you get more advanced, you can ride longer than that for sure, but for now, that’s the range I’d stick too, particularly if you’re mostly riding at smaller resorts.
In terms of boots, typically if you’re a size 10 in shoes, you would be anywhere from a 9.5 to 10.5 in snowboard boots – and it also depends on the brand. I’m a 10 in shoes and for some brands I’m a 9.5 in snowboard boots, and a 10 for most others. But some that are fine in a 10.5 as well. If you’re having to go into an 11 to make it comfortable, then it might be the case that the particular brand didn’t fit your feet well or that you have wide feet and were in a regular width boot. Some things to help you when it comes to choosing boots:
>>How to Size Snowboard Boots
Sizing Snowboard Boots: The Different Brands
Wide Snowboard Boots for Wide Feet
And as a beginner, you’ll want to look at something relatively soft. At least no more than a 5/10 flex. Some good beginner options include:
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
I know you were mostly asking about boards, but establishing the boot first is often a good idea as board sizing depends, in a lot of cases on the boot.
Assuming you can get into a 10.5 at biggest, I think the following sizes for the boards you’re looking at:
– Foundation: 155
– Prime: 155
– Circuit: 155 – but it’s pushing it width-wise. If you were in 10s or 9.5s, this size would be all good. If 10.5s or 11s, you’d probably need to go up to the 156W. Which is then bordering on too wide.
– Sight: 155W – this is quite narrow for a wide board, and would be a good size. The 156 would be too narrow for 10.5s. You might get away with it with 10s, but it’s still pushing it. Would be fine with 9.5s. But the safer bet is the 155W and like I say it’s not overly wide and actually a really good with for 10.5s.
Hope this helps
This is very helpful, thanks so much. I’ll start with boots and go from there. Cheers!
You’re very welcome Mark. Good strategy starting with the boots, IMO.
Quick follow up. Is there a case to be made for the Arbor Formula of the Foundation, as it appears to have a little bit of a longer tail on it in terms for progression? Or by the time I’m going to want to upgrade will the difference between the two become negligible?
Hi Mark
The Formula Rocker will certainly last you a little longer through your progression, I would say, but is still beginner friendly. If you wanted something to last longer through your progression, it would be an option for sure. I wouldn’t say the difference would be negligible when it comes time to upgrade – just that it would that time to want to upgrade will likely be a little later. Not going to be years later, but it would hold you a little longer, I would say.
Hi Nate,
Thank you for all the useful information.
I have been snowboarding a few times over the past few years. I think I am still a beginner. My height is 5’9.5″, my weight is about 180 lbs and my shoe size is 9.5-10 depends on the brand. What size board do you think fit me?
I am considering the yes basic. Which bindinig do you think will work with the board?
Thank you.
Hi Ron
Thanks for your messages. And apologies for my slower than usual response – busy time of year with family and Christmas.
If you’re looking for something versatile, then anything All-Mountain from this list is a good way to go or all-mountain-freestyle if you don’t think you’ll be seeing much deep powder. If you think riding the park is in your future, then getting a freestyle board is a good idea and you can keep it as your park board even if you upgrade to a more advanced all-mountain or freeride board.
Size-wise, I’d be looking at something in the 155 to 157 range and in a regular width. Happy to give specific sizing, if you narrowed it down to 2-3 boards.
Hope this helps
Thank you for the reply and merry christmas.
I am considering the Salomon Sight. Should I get the size 156? What is a good binding to match?
Thank you.
Hi Ron
Yeah, I think the 156 would work well for you, for the Sight.
I also missed that you mentioned the Basic in your previous message. For that I’d be leaning 155.
In terms of bindings, I’d look at something at least 3/10 flex, but not more than 5/10 flex. Ideally 3/10 or 4/10 flex for the Sight. If Basic, then 4/10. Something from one of the following, in that flex range, would work well, IMO:
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
>>Top 5 All Freestyle Bindings
Hi Nate!
Thanks for all the information.
I have been snowboarding a few times over the past few years. I still consider myself as a beginner. I want to get my own board and really get into snowboarding.
I am 5’9.5, my weight is between 175-185 lbs and my shoe sizes is 9.5-10 depends on the brand.
Which board and size do you think that is best for me.
Thank you.
Hi Nate,
I’ve only snowboarded twice and that was 26 years ago!
Now at 46 I’m looking to give it another go!
I’m 5’11.5″ and about 212lbs.
I wear a size 10.5 US.
As a true beginner at my age, what would you recommend?
To be honest, I just want to get out on the snow and stay upright, and have a good time!
Thanks in advance,
Chris
Hi Chris
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, in terms of size, I would be looking at something around 158-160 taking into account your specs and skill level. With 10.5s, there will be some cases where a wide board is more appropriate and others where the regular width will work better. Will depend on the board. I’d be leaning towards something 4/10 flex. I think anything 2 or 3/10 in flex might feel a bit soft for you. So, the following and sizes would be your best bet, IMO:
– Arbor Formula Rocker 158
– YES Basic 158 (though bordering on too narrow – that said, assuming you weren’t going to be doing any deep carving anytime soon, it’s probably going to be fine, width-wise). 159W also a possibility. On the wider side, but still in a good range for 10.5s, IMO.
– YES Typo 158 – bit of a step up from the the Basic, but doable. Would be a steeper learning curve though.
– Nitro Prime 158
– Slash Happy Place 158 or 159W – like the Basic, it’s borderline too narrow at 158, but would probably be OK. And 159W is on the wider side, but still in a good range, IMO
– Salomon Sight 158W – the wide versions of this board aren’t that wide, so I think the 158W would be best.
– Ride Manic 160
– Never Summer Snowtrooper 159 – a little bit of a step up from the beginner boards, like the Typo, but could be doable
The only reason I didn’t include the Raygun, is that I think the 159 is a little narrow and the 160W is a little wide.
Hope this gives you some options
Hello, I am looking to purchase my first board. I’ve rented a few times now. I classify myself as a quick learner looking for a board to help me solidify my beginner status and get me into intermediate. Ideally I want to get a board that I won’t feel the need to upgrade for a few seasons. The I’m trying to decide mainly between the sight, foundation, nitro prime, yes basic and Burton instigator. From everything I’ve read the sight and foundation are great first choices but no one really describes them in terms of later down the road how fast you’ll likely want to upgrade. It seems the Yes basic gets referred to as a very good all around board that can be a beginner board and allow for a good amount of progression while being good at a lot of things but not great at anything. What would be your recommendation? Also on sizing I’m 5’5” tall and weigh about 170-175 with a size 9.5 shoe. What sizing would you recommend?
Hi Zack
Thanks for your message.
From those, I would say the Basic and Sight are the boards that would take you furthest through your progression. If you feel you are already a high-end beginner, bordering on low intermediate (you could use this to help determine), then you could also check out:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
But the Sight and Basic should work well for you, IMO.
Size-wise, I’d say something in the 152-154 range for your specs, so for the Basic I’d be looking at the 152. The 155 doable, but as a beginner the 152 would offer an easier/faster progression, IMO. For the Sight, I’d go 153.
Hope this helps with your decision
Nate, really appreciate all the info and comments. I am a high end beginner (second season) riding in the northeast. 6’2” 185lbs, size 13 boots, fairly athletic but at 37 years old I’m not looking to do a lot of jumps or get in the park. I was ready to pull the trigger on the sight for my first board but comments concerned me that the wide would still be narrow. I think I have overanalyzed and now I’m stuck. I would love a recommendation for setup. Much appreciated!
Hi Mike
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, the Sight isn’t overly wide, even in the wide sizes. I’d say 158W for you would be a good size, length-wise (as a beginner), but it’s pushing it and probably too narrow for 13s. I mean you might get away with it to start with, until you start really getting up on the edges for carving, but since you’ll probably be likely wanting to do that sooner or later, I think going with something wider is a better bet.
Some options below. Given you’re a high-end beginner, I’ve included some options that are high/end beginner/low end intermediate suitable as well (i.e. from this –>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards – all options are either all-mountain, all-mountain-freestyle or freeride, since you have no interest in the park. Sizing is based on putting on around 161 as an advanced rider – so taking off a little in terms of size, to be more appropriate for your level.
– Capita Outerspace Living 159W
– GNU Money 158W
– Never Summer Snowtrooper 160X – bordering on a little big. The 157X is also a possibility, but the extra width of the 160X would be safer for 13s, IMO.
– Ride Wildlife 158W
Or if you wanted something more pure beginner, then:
– K2 Standard 159W
– K2 Raygun 157W
– Salomon Pulse 158W
– Burton Instigator Flat top 160W
Hope this helps with some options
Thanks! Some of those weren’t on my radar so its been super helpful. Leaning towards the Capita Outerspace Living, the other one I had on my list was the Yes Typo from your intermediate list, seemed to have a better edge hold rating on hard and icy snow – any big differences between the two?
For the rest of the setup I was thinking the Vans Auro Pro boot for something low profile (and a little cheaper) and Burton Cartel bindings. Would be great to know if I am on the right track. Thanks again!
Hi Mike
Only reason I didn’t include the Typo was that it’s also not super wide for a wide board and with 13s, I think it’s a little too narrow.
I think the Vans Aura Pro would be a great choice – a good flex match to the Outerspace Living (and would work with any of those options really) – and, like you say, low profile, which is never a bad thing, particularly if you’re in 13s.
The Cartel would definitely work for the Outerspace Living and for you, IMO. For some of those options, probably getting a bit too stiff for them. But for the OSL it works and for a couple of the others too.
Hi Nate,
Amazing list! Thanks for putting it all together.
I’m looking at the Rossignol Circuit the 2021 model (162 cm). I am 5’10” and around 175-180 lbs. I have a 10.5 size shoe. Also I’ve only snowboarded twice.
My friend that snowboards says that board would be good for me, but he isn’t sure about the proper length for me . He recommended a waist width of 25cm-26 cm.
Could you please tell me what do you think about that board, the length of the board, and what size boots would be good?
Thanks for everything.
Hi Erik
Thanks for your message.
In terms of length, 162 is too big for you, IMO. Even as advanced rider, I’d say around 159 for a “standard all-mountain size”. As a beginner. I’d say you’re better to look at around the 155-157 range. Actually looking at the sizes there isn’t a 162 – there’s a 160 and 161W. But I think the 156W would be your best bet for that board.
In terms of width, if just looking strictly at waist width, I would go 254mm minimum and up to 261mm (assuming 10.5s). If you know your binding angles and know that you’ll have something like +15/-15, and if you get low profile boots, then you can get away with going narrower than that. Looking at specific boards it’s more useful to look at width at inserts (which is where you’re boots will actually be), but that’s not published, unfortunately, so we have to guess a little bit.
In terms of size of boot, can’t say for sure (trying on is the best way to decipher size), but this might help:
Sizing Snowboard Boots: The Different Brands
I’m a 10 in shoes typically, and in boots I’m often a 10, but sometimes 9.5 and sometimes 10.5 depending on brand.
If you do get a chance to try boots on, check out the following so you know what kind of fit you’re looking for:
>>How to Size Snowboard Boots
If you end up getting into 10s, then you can go a little narrower and would be on regular width boards most of the time. 10.5s is right in the middle and will sometimes be regular width and sometimes wide.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate thanks for the response!
I went for the 156W board. I got to try a 155W this past weekend and felt good.
Being a 10.5 size shoe would you recommend medium or large bindings?
Hi Erik
It depends on the brand. In some cases you’ll have the option of medium or large. If you’re in between sizes like that, then I would err to the larger size for you. Being on a wider board, you’ll get that little bit of extra leverage on the edges with a longer baseplate on the bindings. For a list of sizings for several brands check out >>Snowboard Binding Sizing
Hey Nate,
Thank you for putting this list together – super useful! I have snowboarded maybe 5-6 times before and was looking at getting the sight.
I had 2 questions , I noticed on their website that there is also a sight X, wasn’t able to discern the difference between the sight and the sight X, which so you recommend?
Also I am 5”9.5 and 175 lbs , what size do you recommend for the board? I usually wear size 11 US shoes.
Thank you so much!
Hi Ryan
Thanks for your message.
Sight and Sight X are the same board – the Sight X is just a different graphic.
Size-wise, I would go 155W. With 11 shoes, you’ll likely end up in 10.5, 11 or 11.5 boots. Even if you end up in 10.5s or 11.5s, the 155W would still be the most suitable, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thank you for your response! I will go with the Sight 155W then. what is your recommendation on bindings and boots?
I see that evo has a package for the Rhythm Bindings and Faction Boa boots. Any good or do you recommend something else?
Thanks!
Hi Ryan
The Rhythm and Faction Boa both match the board, IMO, and are both beginner suitable too. If you were being really fussy, then I’d say a fraction too soft for the Sight, but that would be really fussy, I think that setup should work well. Don’t expect anything amazing in terms of quality from the Faction or Rhythm, but in terms of being a flex match for both beginner and for the board, they should work fine, IMO.
Thanks Nate – would you say the the sight board plus the Union Flite Pro bindings and Ride Rook boots is a better combo than the pre-packaged deal? They are about the same price!
Hi Ryan
Yes. In my opinion, that’s a really good combo. Both setups would work, for sure, but I’d go Flite Pro/Rook over Rhythm/Faction Boa.
Hey Nate, I really like the Salomon Sight 2022. I’m 5’ 9.5” and 135lbs. There’s a 150 and a 153cm. I’m brand new rider and I’m all for buying what suits me best now and upgrading later. That said which size would be best for me?
Hi Akhil
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, I would be leaning 150 in terms of length. The biggest question is whether it’s wide enough for your boots. If you can let me know your boot size, that would be great. Or if you don’t know your boot size, your shoe size is fine.
Thanks for the quick reply Nate! Apologies for making two comments. I made a detailed one here but it wasn’t clear if it went through.
My shoes size (running shoes, hiking boots etc.) are all typically US mens 8. I have not owned any snow gear before so I don’t know what boot size I’ll end up getting, but i’m sure it’ll be close to 8.
I saw your comments about the Union Flite Pros, and they seem solid. Do you think they’re a good fit? And I’d be curious to hear what boots you’d recommend to go with the board and bindings. I definitely want BOA.
Hi Akhil. All good, I approved that comment as well – comments just need to be moderated before being posted, which is probably why you didn’t see it initially.
With 8s, you should be all good on the 150. Even if you ended up in 8.5s, you’d be fine. If somehow you ended up in 9s, you should be OK in most scenarios, but would want to probably have a bit more of a think about it and what binding angles you might end up riding and looking at low profile boots. But chances are pretty good you’ll be in a range between 7.5 and 8.5 for your boots, so you should be all good on the 150 width-wise. I think that’ll be a really good size for your first board.
The Flite Pros are great as beginner bindings and match the board well, IMO, so they’d be a great choice, IMO.
In terms of boots that would be a good match to that board/binding combo and good for beginners, and BOA, I would look at:
– Ride Anthem
– Ride Rook
– Thirty Two STW Double BOA (or STW Boa, if you wanted something cheaper and happy with single BOA)
– Vans Aura OG
– K2 Raider
– Burton Moto Boa
– DC Scout
If you are able to try on in person, then that’s definitely preferred – the best way to know if the boots have a good fit. If you’re not sure of what a good fit is for snowboard boots, check out:
>>How to Size Snowboard Boots
And if you can’t try on in person, then this might help:
Sizing Snowboard Boots: The Different Brands
Hey Nate,
Thanks for all this info, it’s super useful. I’m going to see if I can try on some of those boots in person.
Another board that’s come up in my research is the Arbor Foundation and I am strongly considering it as well given it’s #3 on this list. If I went with this, would the 152 be ok? And would the flite pros still be a good pairing? Thanks!
Hi Akhil
Flite Pros definitely still a good pairing, IMO.
Size-wise, I think the 152 would work but on the bigger side as a beginner – I think it’s good size for you as a more advanced rider. Doable for now, but will be a slightly steeper learning curve than the shorter length. The 148 would be an easier board to progress on. The 152 would be a little harder to progress on, but would also last you a little longer through your progression, if that makes sense. Ideally for fastest progression, I’d go 148, but 152 certainly doable.
Hey Nate, first off thank you for putting out all this amazing content for free! I’m in the market for my first ever board after going on two rides with rentals. I’ve decided to commit to buying all my own gear, and i’m currently leaning towards the Salomon Sight 2022. I’m 5’ 9.5” and 140lbs, and I’m a brand new rider, and I’m all for buying what’s the right fit for me now and upgrading later if I need it.
What size board would you recommend for me? Also, are there any considerations I should have regarding width? I imagine that’s less in our control and will be factored in based on the length of the board I buy. From what I’ve learned 150 or 153 seem to be the right range, and leaning towards 150 might be the move, but I’d love to hear your thoughts. Thanks!
Hi Nate, I’m 5’8″ at 144 lbs, shoe size 8.5, boot size 9 (depending on the company). I’m also a beginner.
22′ Salomon Sight 153 looks like the best option to me since I can’t find a 21′ on sale in my size (156 for $280 on evo), but I am not sure. I noticed you mentioned that its waist at 246mm is a little too narrow for a 10 boot size but doable. Do you think it would be do wide for 9s?
I live in the midwest but am planning to ride in CO this winter, so the edge-hold would most likely matter.
Are there any previous season boards I can consider?
Hi Nik
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, I wouldn’t go to 156 – too big, IMO. The 153 should work well though – and in terms of width, I think it’s in a really good range for 9s, so I think you’re good width-wise with that size.
Everything in this list are suitable for beginners – so if you see something in a past season model from this list, then that will work – you don’t have to go with the Sight, if you’re looking for something cheaper.
Given that you want something with good edge-hold, I’d probably be looking at the Arbor Formula, Rossi Sawblade, GNU GWO, Salomon Pulse, YES Basic, Rossi District, Nitro Prime, Arbor Foundation, Rossi Cicruit or Salomon Sight. But unless you think you’ll see icy conditions a lot, the rest should be fine too.
Hope this helps
Thank you, Nate! This is very helpful. Appreciate your help. Buying a snowboard can be very stressful and time consuming. Your website and comments help with the process!
I think I’ll go for either the Rossi Circuit or the District in that case, since the 2021 model is available online.
You’re very welcome Nik. Hope you have a great season!
Hi Nate,
I’m 6’2, 220lbs, and US size 11. I’m would say I’m right at Beginner level 3-4. I wanted to get a board that will last me more than a couple of seasons as I progress as well. Could you recommend me a board from your list with the size? Reading from previous comments, sounds like I should go a bit smaller than the recommended size for my build?
Hi Jae
Thanks for your message.
Given that you want a board that will last more than a couple of season’s, and given that you’re more of a high-end beginner, by the sounds of it, I think you could also check out >>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards.
In terms of size, I would say something around 160/161 for your specs – it’s going a little shorter but not too much shorter, so that it doesn’t become too small after a couple of seasons.
Width-wise, with 11s, you’ll need to go wide in most cases. There are some boards that you won’t have to go wide on. If there’s a particular board you’re not sure about in terms of width, let me know and I’ll be happy to give my opinion.
And in terms of flex, I probably wouldn’t go as soft as 2/10 or 3/10 flex, as might be the case for some beginners. With your specs, I’d be looking at 4/10 or even 5/10. I wouldn’t go stiffer than 5/10 at this stage, but I think you should be fine with 5/10 and that’s something that won’t feel too soft for you in a couple of season’s when you’re likely riding faster.
From that intermediate list, or if you go for something from this list, have a think about whether you think you want something versatile or if you’re happy to go with a more freestyle oriented board. Typically, if you’re looking to hold onto the board for a while, I would go freestyle only if you think you’ll want to ride park/freestyle in the future (in which case you can keep the board indefinitely and use it as your park board, and later pick up a more all-mountain or freeride oriented board).
Hope that makes sense and helps you to narrow down some options. If you narrow it down and still can’t decide, let me know what your weighing up and I’d be happy to help you decide.
Hi Nate,
Thank you very much for your advice. Since I’m mostly going to be riding resorts and don’t really see my self riding park/freestyle, I decided to go with the Slash Brainstorm 163 W. 163 W is the biggest it seems to go, and it looks like its for 165 – 215lb. I’m currently at 220-225 range but it should be ok?
I also got Ride Jackson snow boots and Burton Cartel Bindings to go with it. What do you think about these choices to go along with the Brainstorm?
Hi Jae
I think the 163W is all good for you. I wouldn’t worry too much about being over that weight recommendation. In fact the weight recommendation on it used to be 160-220+, and the board hasn’t changed that much. Those weight recommendations can be a little arbitrary at times. 163W is well big enough for you, IMO, as a beginner. In fact that’s the biggest I would recommend you go at the moment.
The Ride Jackson and Cartel bindings should be a good match for the Brainstorm, IMO and even thought they’re a little stiffer than ideal for beginner boots/bindings, I think they should work well for you – a. because it sounds like you’re a higher-end beginner and b. at 220lbs, you can go a little stiffer with boots/bindings and they won’t feel as stiff as they would to someone lighter.
Thank you very much for your help Nate!
You’re very welcome Jae. Hope you have an awesome season!
Hi Nate,
I ordered the slash brainstorm but the order got delayed and won’t arrive in time for when I got snowboarding.
I’m looking at the YES Standard but was wondering what size would work best. They don’t seem to have a W option but I don’t think it’s needed for this board? Would you recommend 162 or 167 for this board?
Hi Jae
Yeah, the Standard is a wider board, so you’d definitely have no issues with width on it, with 11s. The 167 will be too big for you, IMO.
The 162 would be a good size, IMO. It’s a good bit wider than the Brainstorm (at the waist, the inserts and the contact points), so I think it’s on the slightly too wide for your boots/feet side of things. But it’s a little shorter than the 163W Brainstorm (both overall length and effective edge). So I think it works. It’s right on the edge of how big I’d go for you though. And just to note, that it’s a touch stiffer than the Brainstorm – and just a little more advanced. Still intermediate friendly, IMO, but just a little more advanced than the Brainstorm.
Hi Nate,
Thanks for the feedbacks!
No worries Jae. Let me know how you get on.
Hey Nate!
I’m 5’8 155lbs, US size 8 shopping for a new board. I’m a beginner and would probably be riding it mostly down resorts. Looked around some local shops to see what’s available and found a 21′ Sight and 21′ Banana with pretty good discounts. Only issue is the sizes available (the Sight starts at 156+ and the Banana only has 154 available). Other options I’ve found were the Yes Basic, Nitro Prime Raw and the 22′ Sight that has all the sizes available.
I was thinking to possibly learn on the Basic or Banana as a do it all board and keep it for a while. What are your thoughts on these options or what would work best?
Cheers
Hi Evan
Thanks for your message.
I think the 156 Sight is too big and the Skate Banana 154 is a bit too big as well. I think as a more advanced rider you could ride something up to 155 if it was narrow enough. If you were able to get the 150 or 152 Skate Banana I think that would work. The Basic would be a great option if you can get it in the 152. I think the 149 would work too, but if you wanted it as something to stay with you for longer, then the 152 will take you further through your progression.
For the Prime Raw, the 152 would be best.
For the Sight 22, probably the 153, given this is a narrower board, I think that size would work best, but the 150 also an option.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hey Nate,
Thanks for getting back. I think I’ll end up going with either the Prime Raw or Basic since the sizes are a better fit with me. Would the Union Contact Pros and Vans Hi Standard or Aura OGs be a good pairing with either boards?
Cheers,
Allan
Hi Evan
Contact Pros would be a great match for either board, IMO and work well as beginner bindings (but are still really good quality, and not strictly beginner bindings by any means). And the Hi-Standard OG and Aura OG are also a great match and also work great for beginners, IMO.
Hi Nate!)
I want to buy beginner snowboard, but I choose only from two companies, capita or libtech, can you tell me which models to pay attention to from these manufacturers? I plan to ride on prepared slopes)
Hi Max
Thanks for your message.
The best options for beginners from those brands, IMO, are:
– Capita Pathfinder Rev (not to be confused with the Pathfinder camber – the Rev is a better beginner board. Though the Pathfinder camber is still good for low intermediate – or you could look at Outerspace Living for low intermediate as well.
– Lib Tech Box Scratcher
– Lib Tech Skate Banana
Make sure to get the size right too – very important in choosing your snowboard. If you want a sizing opinion, I would be happy to give one. Would just need your height, weight and boot size. And if you could also let me know if you are a complete beginner or if you’ve been riding for a while?
Ty ,Nate)
I have little experience in 2020-2021 season,about 5 days on rental deck, I’m
5.10, 140-150 lbs,with boot size 8,5-9,0(26,5 cm)
in fact, I have a new nitro prime 2021 board, still in film, I plan to put it up for sale, I just go crazy at the sight of capita and lib tech boards)
Hi Max
Thanks for the extra info.
For the fastest/easiest progression, I would go either Capita Pathfinder Rev or Lib Tech Box Scratcher. But if you want a board that will last you longer through your progression (but with a steeper learning curve), then Skate Banana or Outerspace Living.
In terms of sizing:
Pathfinder Rev: 151
Outerspace Living: 154 (152 is probably the better length, given you’re a beginner, but it’s borderline in terms of being too narrow)
Box Scratcher: 151
Skate Banana: 152
Hi Nate)
Thank you very much for your help, I constantly follow your website and instagram, I wish you success in the new season and even more interesting information and new products)
You’re very welcome Max. Thanks for visiting and following!
Hi,Nate
I cant find in my country skate banana 152 size and capita pathfinder reverse 151.
I find only gnu gwo 153 and capita reverse 153, and still have a nitro prime 155 which for some reason I bought that year, the season is coming soon and I can’t decide on the board.
in all stores, sellers generally offer a size 155-158 for me (
Hi Max
A lot of stores still go off height, and it’s understandable why – it’s easier, because you can just look and see – and it avoids asking people their weight, which can be a sensitive topic. But for your weight, I wouldn’t go longer than 155 – and only that long if you are more advanced. 155 would be a good advanced level all-mountain size for your specs (if in a good width for your boots), IMO. But as a beginner, you’ll want to size down from there. Also boot-size is really important for sizing. Typically people only take into account boot size for whether you should go wide or regular width. But I like to be more accurate than that – and sometimes if a board is a little too wide, then sizing down is also a good idea. There’s quite a lot to consider when sizing.
I didn’t mention the GWO previously because I was only looking at Capita and Lib Tech for you. Didn’t realize that you also had GNU as an option (I know they’re both Mervin but it’s surprising how many retailers have either GNU or Lib Tech and not both). The GWO is a very good beginner option, and I think 153 would work size-wise. The Capita Pathfinder Rev 153 would also work size-wise. I think 151 is more optimal, but 153 still works. I’d try not to go bigger than that though.
Nate,thank you so much)
gwo was actually offered to me in the store, they said that it was the same banana skate and it was in size 153, there were either no bananas at all, or it was 156+, with capita pathfinder reverse there is a similar story in size 153, but pathfinder camber is in almost all sizes)
I have 3 more weeks before the first trip, maybe the assortment will increase in stores)
You’re very welcome Max. Yeah the GWO is very similar to the Skate Banana. Hope you have an awesome time on your trip!
Hi Nate,
My son has just started out snowboarding. Hoping to gift him a package for his 18th birthday. He is 6 feet tall and 230 lbs. What size board would you recommend and do you have a favorite for someone that size? He would be boarding on man made and natural snow.
Thanks!
Melissa
Hi Melissa
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, in terms of sizing, I would be looking at something around 159-161. He could ride longer for sure, when he’s more advanced, but that’s the size range I would be looking at now. But I would also need his boot size (or shoe size) to determine whether he would need to go wide or not.
Anything from this list that works size-wise, would work well, IMO, but I would be leaning towards something with a 4/10 flex. Anything less than that might be too soft flexing for your son’s specs. If he’s quite strong/athletic, then something 5/10 flex would also work – and for some at that flex level, but still OK for beginners, you could check out:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
But if you wanted to keep things as beginner/easy to ride as possible, then this list makes the most sense, but I would be leaning towards one that’s 4/10 flex, rather than one of the 2/10 or 3/10 flex boards.
Hope this helps
Hello Nate, first let me congratulate you for the awesome work you do with the web site and videos. Id like to ask you for advice regarding my situation. Ive never snowboarded, but all my friends are boarding or skiing and i decided to start on of them. Snowboarding was the choice because i find it to be more fun and also the learning curve i understood is more forgiving and easier. After spending some time on your site i came up with this setup:
board – Salomon Sight regular 156-159
bindings – U Contact Pro
boots – Burton Moto
My stats – age,42(ultra beginner as i said), 5.839 tall, 209lbs(overweight), my feet are 26.5-27cm so i dont think i need the board to be wide.
Is there anything regarding this setup that you would change for my case?(if i would lose the weight i should be around 169 lbs.)
thanks
Hi Sergiu
Thanks for your messages (I got the other ones too, but deleted them for tidiness. All messages need to be moderated before being published – I typically moderate them as I reply).
That sounds like a really good beginner setup to me. I wouldn’t change anything in there. Size-wise, I would say go 156 for the Sight. It’s quite small for your current weight, but as a beginner it’s a good idea to go a little smaller. Makes it easier/faster to progress. If you were to loose weight as you progressed, then the 156 would then be a good size for your more advanced, but lighter self, if that makes sense.
The Sight is quite a narrow board, but assuming you end up in 9s or 9.5s for the boots, which is most likely, then it should be a good width in the 156.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate, I ‘ve read your articles and I find them so thoughtfully researched. It was a lot of information to chew though :). But thankfully you have provided a list of snowboards for beginners. Eventually I settled on getting the Salomon Sight. But the only available length at Evo right now is 153 and 159 cm. I am 5’11”, 165 lbs with a 11.5″ boot. I think the 153 is a good choice but the size chart in Evo says that 153 cm allows for a boot size of up to 9.5″. Should I wait until the 155W becomes available or could I take this 153?
Thanks!
Fernando
Hi Fernando
Thanks for your message.
With 11.5 boots I wouldn’t get the 153. Too narrow, IMO. It’s probably good length-wise, given you’re a beginner but definitely too narrow. I think the 155W would be a great size for you, and if I was you I would wait for that. The 159 will be too narrow too, and IMO too long as well.
Hope this helps
Hello Nate,
First of all it is really amazing the depth information and the help you are proving here for snowboard enthusiasts.
I am 35 Years old. I am currently living in Japan but originally from Germany. I am 5’9” around 210 lbs (quite heavy 🙂 but also muscular, soon going down min 200lbs). I already made experiences with wrong equipment and should have found your homepage earlier. I had three years ago my first boarding experience with rental equipment (1.5 days). Was kind of OK (initiating first turns). Now I got some equipment, partially from friends and everything used but in very good condition (Nitro Team 157, Burton Custom Binding, Burton Moto Boots). After now 3 years I felt like almost starting over. I had group lesson with a good teacher for 2 hours and I could learn quickly and by the end of the day, I was able to drive green courses and partially red courses with S turns. Biggest problems were my boots. I had a lot of pain. Even a part of my feet getting numb (the Burton Moto are 10,5 and I am 26,8 Mondopoint, so it should fit in length). I was struggling a lot and needed loosen the boots but then having less control. Second day was not really good due to the pain in my feet and the icy conditions. I definitely need first of all the correct sized boots for my feet. Sadly on the trip home the binding broke in the highback during transport. So I am considering buying completely new set up: 1. Boots 2. Binding 3. Board (Nitro is pure camber) since I am really motivated and I want to push hard for progress. I realized that the success on board is essential for motivation and progress .
I am 35 so might not go crazy into park but who knows. Maybe some tricks and small jumps, also powder I could imagine but mainly piste driving, so All Mountain might be the best start. I do not mind to spend money for better equipment (especially speaking for the binding).
My idea for set-up:
Boots: Adidas Response MC3 in 9.5 (I have wide feet, MP27.8), but I will try different ones as well
Binding: Burton Cartel, Union Strata, Union Contact Pro
Boards: Favorites: Salmon Sight, Yes Basic; Maybe: Capita Horroscope, Gnu Money, Salomon Pulse, Ride Warpig, Jones Mountain Twin (recommended in other forums but imo not enough flex for beginner board, even I really like it)
I would highly appreciate if you could give me some thoughts on a set-up. Also considering my weight for a size recommendation (once I have the boots I will cross check if I need a wide version). Please feel free to add your comments /ideas.
Cheers,
Dominik
Hi Dominik
Thanks for your message.
Yeah boots are tough to figure out sometimes. But 10.5 in Burton boots sounds too long if you have 26.8cm feet. But sometimes the length of the foot doesn’t match the mondo of the boot. And often some brands fit certain feet better than others. So it could just be a case that you’re better off in a different brand. With Adidas, I would imagine, assuming they’re a good match for your feet, that they would fit in a 9.5 or possibly even 9. I find with 27.3cm feet that they fit the 9.5 Adidas well – so based on that I would say probably 9 for you (but feet are weird, like I say). The Adidas Response is a wider boot, so that should hopefully be good for your wider feet – and that may well be part of the problem in the Moto’s. I would say, just based on foot-length, that you should probably be a 9.5 in Burton boots or at most a 10, so if the 10.5 was feeling too tight, then they’re either just not a good match to your feet or not wide enough. It is also the case that if a boot is too big it can sometimes cause foot pain, because it’s working too hard because it’s moving around too much in there – but in this case it sounds like it’s pain from pressure (but correct me if I’m wrong).
As a beginner, I would be leaning Contact Pro for the bindings. But if you wanted to stretch yourself, the Cartel and Strata are certainly doable. The Contact Pro are good quality bindings, they’re just softer flexing.
For the board, the Mountain Twin isn’t ideal. It’s doable for a high-level beginner/low intermediate. Certainly an easier start, IMO, than the Nitro Team Camber. Whilst the Team Camber isn’t like the most technical/stiffest board going around, I would be more inclined to go on the Mountain Twin as a beginner than the Team.
I think the Sight, Money and Pulse and possibly the Basic (or you could go Typo) would work well. The Horrosrcope is more of a freestyle board, which is fine if you think you’d want to keep it later as your park board when you upgrade (which is certainly not a bad strategy, if you see yourself riding the park a little later on). But going with something like the Sight, Money or Pulse, gives you something a little more versatile to learn a bit of everything on. Ride Warpig probably wouldn’t recommend for a beginner personally.
Size-wise, I think around 156-158 is a good way to go for you as a beginner – to progress as quickly as possible. I don’t think you’ll need to go wide. If you can find the right fitting boots, with a 26.8cm foot, you definitely shouldn’t need anything longer than a 10.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate,
Thank you so much for your detailed answer and all your advices!
For the boots I will do as you say. I will check out the Adidas in 9 and 9.5 for my feet. I will also check other options but for what I read in most cases they are a really good option for wider feet. Yes you are right. It has been pressure problems. Therefore could almost not tighten the lower zone.
For the boards I think I will focus on the Salomon Sight and the Yes Typo (nice recommendation). I addition I saw the Nidecker Score but I think I will decide between the Sight and Typo. For the Sight I might take the Contact Pro since the board has a lower flex and with the Typo maybe with the Strata/Cartel since it is a little stiffer. Regarding the size I think the Sight is a quite narrow board but since you say with 9 to max 10 sized boots (especially the Adidas with reduced footprint) it should be fine and I do not need to go wide. I am more concerned regarding the weight. I will be targeting around 200 lbs and also go lower for next season (190, previous weight).
I read I should chose the board regarding the weight rating of the manufacturer and then size then down 3-5 cm. I have a few questions regarding the sizing:
Is it better for the weight rating to take a wider but shorter board also into consideration compared to a longer non wide board?
Is there a formula to calculate the minimum waist for the board in relation to the footprint size of the boot?
Can give me a direct recommendation for the size of the Typo and the Sight and maybe also give me a final recommendation amongst these two boards?
Kind regards,
Dominik
Hi Dominik
Good reasoning IMO re going with Contact Pro if you go Sight and Strata/Cartel if you go Typo.
Size for size, a wider board will accommodate a heavier rider better, but for the likes of stability at speed it’s more the length, since you should be on an edge most of the time anyway, so a longer board should always be better for stability at speed, which is one factor to take into account for sizing. Wider will give you more stability for landings on jumps, so that’s something else to consider. Also going wider is less of a concern for a heavier, particularly if more athletic as well, because you can apply more pressure to the edges, even if your feet are inside the edges. For lighter riders it’s more important to have your feet reach the edges of the board, for better leverage, or a board can feel slow/an effort to turn. But that certainly doesn’t mean you have to go wide.
For the Sight you could go wide, because it’s not an overly wide board, but assuming you end up in 9s or 9.5, then I would still go regular width. If it was right now with you current boots, I would say 158W for Sight, but with 9s or 9.5s, it would be between the 156 and 159. In the case of the sight I would be leaning 159.
For the Typo, I would go 158.
I think I would go Typo for you. Mostly because you have some experience riding and you are used to the Nitro Team. The Typo will feel forgiving versus that, and I think you’re likely at a point you can handle the Typo and it would last you longer through your progression than the Sight, IMO. It’s a board that could stay with you for a long time.
Hey Nate,
awesome! Really, thank you so much!! I highly appreciate your support. This helps a lot.
I am now focusing on a Yes Typo in 158. Sounds like a very promising solution! I just figured out it is kind of difficult to get in Japan. I will keep searching for deals for it but may I allow a last question?
Many times I found here in shops the Nidecker Score. What do you think about it comparison? Just saw good deals on it and was interested in your opinion.
Thanks and regards,
Dominik
Hi Dominik
I don’t currently test Nidecker boards, but on paper, the Score looks like it would certainly be suitable. But don’t know how it rides in reality, having not had any experience with it. Probably 159 if you went with that one, but 156 would be doable too.
Hi Nate,
Thanks for all the work you do and support you give in the snowboarding community! I was wondering your opinion. I am 51 yo 5’10” weighing in around 195 – but determined to be 180lbs by next season! 🙂 I wear a size 12. I have boarded a decent amount over the years but never so much in a season to feel like I have taken the progression to the next level. Never hit the park, never gotten into tricks but I would like to. I can make it down most blues pretty well, but definitely have a lot of room to grow in the comfort/confidence department with them. I have relocated very close to some mountains in upstate NY and the opportunity to spend more time riding is here! I am leaning towards a “beginner’s” board (unless you think I might benefit more at this point with a intermediate board. I know I definitely need a wide board. From this list you’re so expertly curated, I’ve narrowed it down to either the K2 Standard (Love the graphics!) and The Sight. However in these comments you’ve mentioned that the Sight W is not that wide. Should I not bother with that one? And are the boards (in this list or not) that are more wide. Any recommendations are greatly appreciated!
Thanks!
Hans
Hi Hans
Thanks for your message.
From what you’re describing, I think you would benefit from a more intermediate board. That said, the Sight is still pretty good for intermediate. But I do think that the Sight is probably a little narrow for your boots, in the length that would be most appropriate, so that’s a potential issue if you were to go Sight.
Length-wise, I would say around 156-158 would be a good bit, so the 158W for the Sight, but the 158W is going to be borderline too narrow for you. The K2 Standard 156W would work though – or even 159W if you wanted to go a little longer.
If you wanted to look at something more intermediate, you could also check out:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps
Thanks so much Nate! Tempted to pull the trigger on The Standard 159W! However, I have now come across The K2 Broadcast and it’s really caught my eye (they make a 158W too) Any experience with this model? It is a step up price wise, but is it considered an intermediate or still in beginner classification? Is it the carbon that is the big difference between the two? Also, last question, as far as prices/sales, should I pull trigger now or wait until April/May? TIA!
Hi Hans
K2 Broadcast not a beginner friendly board, IMO. It’s too stiff and not very forgiving of skidded turns. I would say you’d want to be upper intermediate for that board. Sometimes, for some models/brands, things get cheaper again in April/May, but if it’s already on sale, it’s not going to get that much cheaper – and availability in specific sizes will become scarcer and scarcer. I’ve found that retailers are happy to hold older stock to sell off in the fall, pre-season and around Black Friday, so aren’t desperate to get rid of it in the April/May/Summer, so nothing drastic will change in pricing most likely. If you’re looking at something 2021 model and it’s still full price and hasn’t been discounted at all yet, then it will be discounted soon, so in those cases the price will go down.
Hi Nate I have now narrowed it down to:
Formula Rocker 156MW
Formula Camber 157W
How do I decide! lol Just got off phone with a shop near me and the guy said they don’t even sell Rocker boards, it’s like dumbing down a camber. I know it’s one person’s opinion but it made me take a step back. Any advice is appreciated!
Thanks!
Hans
Hi Hans
There aren’t a lot of all-rocker boards these days. Arbor does them and Lib Tech/GNU have there Banana rocker, which still has some subtle camber in it. Arbor’s rocker boards aren’t really full rocker either, or at least don’t feel that way. Their camber boards also don’t feel full camber (they way their “system” camber works). So whilst their rocker boards are looser and easier to ride they’re not really full-rocker. They’re camber boards are doable for an intermediate rider for sure – as they’re not as unforgiving as full camber. And the Formula being a softer board, is pretty forgiving, even in the camber version. It’s not something I would recommend to a complete beginner at all, but if you’re technique is decent and your more of a low intermediate rider, then it’s definitely an option.
Some people like to spurt sweeping statements because of personal biases. Like “everyone should only ride all-camber boards, because that’s what I prefer, so they must be the best!”. Not saying that’s the case here, but I hear it all the time. Everyone has difference tastes and preferences and there are boards out there that are more or less suitable depending on the rider. What’s amazing for one person could be completely wrong for someone else, so I tend to not listen to anyone who has a really polarized view about snowboards, as there’s an obvious personal bias/preference in there. That’s my take anyway.
Hi Nate,
First of all I should thank you for your great and useful reviews. I really interested in Salomon sight for buying as my first Snowboard after a couple times of renting boards. I have checked the web and there is two variants of it, Sight and Sight X. Which I don’t understand the different between those boards And I am really appreciate if you can help about it?
Regards, August
Hi August
Thanks for your message.
The Sight X is the same board – it just has different graphics.
Hello Nate,
Thanks for the 2020-21 update. First and only board has been 2008 burton clash 155 bought used of course. Used for last 2 years and have progressed from green to easy blue. I’m 54 years old, 5’8”, 160lbs. Safe fun, and stable is better then fast and freestyle for me. Getting excited about Sight or Foundation. Thoughts on which might be better for my situation? Thanks, Mitch
Hi Mitch
Thanks for your message.
I think I would be leaning Sight, just because it’s got a bit of camber in it – and that will help with stability. But it’s still a really easy going board – nothing that will make you need to ride fast or anything. Both would certainly work, but I’d be leaning Sight. And most likely the 153. The 156 also doable. The 156 will be more stable, but the 153 easier to ride at slower speeds. If you didn’t want to go shorter than your current deck, then 156 is certainly in your range. But if you could also let me know your boot size, to make sure it’s going to work width-wise.
Great feedback Nate…thank you. I wear size 9 boot so the standard width should fit well. I was looking at the Salomon website and it doesn’t list the 2021 sight as being available. Are they still making the sight for the 2021 season? If not are there still a lot of new 2020 versions available? Since we are getting towards the end of the season, my season is over, should I wait for online sellers to try to get rid of the 2020’s and maybe get a better deal or get one now if the prices won’t change much? Thank you for your thoughts, Mitch
Hi Mitch
Yes there is a 2021 Sight. For some reason they aren’t showing it on their website, but they did bring one out. I think a lot of them are sold out, but you might still be able to find one in your size. They are bringing out a 2022 Sight as well (which should become available sometime between spring and fall) – so if you can’t find your size available now, then you should be able to get it in the 2022 model. If you can find the 2021 model, then you should be find it at a discount, either now, or in the next little while. A lot of 2021 stock is now being discounted and if it’s not already it should be within the next month or so.
And yeah with 9s, you should be good for the regular widths.
Nate,
I was also looking at the Salomon rhythm bindings to go with the sight board. Do you agree or would you recommend a different binding? Thanks, Mitch
Hi Mitch
The Salomon Rhythm should be a good match to the Sight, IMO.
Thanks Nate,
One last question regarding binding. What is your opinion of the Union Contact Pro binding with the Sight board? Sight with Rhythm or Sight with Contact Pro? Thank You!!
Hi Mitch
I think the Contact Pro would be a very good match to the Sight. Maybe even slightly better than the Rhythm, partly because it’s a better quality binding, IMO – and partly because it’s a slightly better flex-match, IMO. The Contact Pro around that 4/10 flex, versus the Rhythm more like 3/10, but both would definitely work.
Hey Nate,
I just noticed your beginning bindings review. You have the Union Flite Pro ranked #1. Which would be better for the Salomon Sight 153cm board we talked about above? The Union Flite Pro or the Salomon Rhythm? Thanks, Mitch
Hi Mitch
I think I would prefer the Flite Pro, but they are both a good match for the Sight and both would work really well. You might not notice that much difference, but if I had to choose, I would say Flite Pro (or Contact Pro as per other reply, if you wanted to step it up a bit).
Nate,
Thank you so much for your thoughts. Decision made, with your input of course. I have already purchased the 2021 Sight 153cm from The-House outlet and I am going to pair it with the 2021 Union Flite Pro, because it has a better ankle strap then the 2020 and previous versions. When I buy my first intermediate board in a couple years I may choose the Union Contact Pro at that point.
I really appreciate you sharing your knowledge and thoughts with those of us who don’t have your level of experience. Thanks again and happy boarding. Mitch
You’re very welcome Mitch. Happy riding!
Nate,
No question here, just a comment. This site is awesome and your commitment to answering everyone is remarkable. I was scrolling through all of the comments and noticed you’ve been going strong with detailed answers for about 6 years on this page alone! I’ve only been snowboarding for a month and was overwhelmed with all of the factors to consider when buying boots/bindings/boards. Newbies really need to look no further than your site. I found the following comment that describes me to a T (age included), and echoes my sentiments exactly.
“Paul Walsh says
February 25, 2017 at 7:10 pm I’ve been coming back to this site over and over again. I’m a newbie. And at the tender age of 43 I’m really putting myself outside my comfort zone. This particular comment got me – I’m never going to another site again. This is it. Your reviews are second to none and your responses to comments are incredible.”
Thanks for what you do.
Tom
Hi Tom
Thanks for your words. Very much appreciated. Happy riding!
Hi Nate, looking to get a board for my son. He is 14 (about to be 15 this would be for his birthday in March) he is about 5’8” and 118lbs and had only ever ridden just a couple of weeks ago. He went with a friend of mine and is a super beginner. However my friend said he did so well that he had forgotten it was his first time and took him down some intermediate hills. He rented boots and said the size 10 fit best. He is like an 11 sneaker, but he used a 10and a half the second time he went and said the 10’s were better. I’d like to get him a board he can use for a while but again he is a beginner.
I was thinking the Salomon sight. My friend also recommended the capita horror scope at 155cm. What board (not just the two I listed) would you think is the best for him and in what size. Also, I was thinking of getting him the clip in bindings as opposed to the strap in’s is there one you like better than the other. The thought process there is that he could always take the bindings off and put them on any new more advanced board. So, again, looking for board, binding, boot recommendation as I have no idea what features are coveted. Thanks, Scott. Email would probably be best as I no longer have any social media and what not.
Hi Scott
Thanks for your message.
I think the Sight would be a good choice for what you’re describing, but size-wise, don’t think it will work.
I would say your son’s size is around a 148 currently. I would typically take off 3-5cms as a beginner, but given that he’ll be growing, I presume, he will outgrow something like a 143-145 very quickly. So I would probably go around 148, 149, as I think it strikes a good balance between something that he should be OK riding now, but something that he’ll still be able to ride for a good while as he puts on weight. So for the Sight that would be 147, or maybe 150. Both of which are probably too narrow for 10s.
The Horrorscope on the other hand is a wider board in the smaller sizes, so size-wise that should work really well. The 149 is what I would be leaning towards. The Horroscope is a more freestyle focused board, but still good to learn general riding on – and then can be a good option if he gets into riding park/freestyle. If you wanted a more all-round board, then looking at something all-mountain or all-mountain-freestyle is a good way to go. But the Horrorscope would, IMO, last him a good while just for general riding anyway. But if you want some other options, I can look deeper at more options that will be good as a beginner board, with a wide enough width at around that 148/149 length (often they’re a bit too narrow for 10s at that length, but there are some options that would certainly work).
For bindings, I don’t currently test clip-in bindings, just strap bindings. But from what I’ve hear the new Burton Step-ons are the better option for clip-ins. K2 is the other one I can think of off hand, but I’ve had no experience and heard very little about them. If you did go with Step-On, then you’d need to also get Step-On boots – so most likely Burton, though a couple of other brands have now made step-on compatible boots. From Burton, I would go with the Swath or the Ruler. The Ion and Photon are too stiff for a beginner. The only other suitable option I can think of would be the DC Control Step On (and make sure you get the step on model), which would be about the equivalent flex of the Ruler and the Swath. They’re still probably just a touch stiffer than ideal for a beginner, but doable and those would be the best options available that I know of.
If you did decide to go strap-in, then you might want to check out these options:
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
Hope this helps
Thanks that helps a bunch. As for looking deeper at other options that would be great. I never snowboarded or even skied so I’m really winging it here. The funny thing is, all 4 of those boots (step on) are ones I have looked at. I liked the swath and the ruler but when I tried to select his size it made me pick the teal color over any other options so those were out. The only two that allowed me to choose black or grey or even white were the ion and the photon with the photon being the cheaper option. So that’s good to know not to get them (they were kinda pricey anyhow in the package) they were like $800 for the boots and bindings. Not sure if other places have them available but all day today I struck out on available boards and boots.
So, I guess I’m open to either type as long as they are good. I don’t want to buy something that’s not very good simply because it’s cheap. That’s kinda what led me to look at the step on’s in the first place. The strap on’s were like $230-250 for the bindings and the step on bindings were $269, so not that much different. I must kind of be on the right track because the DC boot is the other one I looked at since it was the only one that let me pick a color I would be ok with ( or better yet he would be) I will take a look at those links you sent now and hope I can figure something out. The previous combination I wasn’t really able to find anyone that had all the pieces in stock that I could get now. Even from house or EVO. I guess that makes me more open to any combination that will work for him and he would be happy with. He isn’t really interested in park riding even when he gets better. He said he is more into just mountain riding maybe a little jump here or there but no rail riding and such. He said even if he was better that’s not what he likes to do. Hope that helps narrow it down a bit. That was kind of why I was leaning towards the sight over the horror scope. But if shoe size is an issue I’ll have to be open to it. Thanks again.
Hi Scott
Some options that would be wide enough in a good length, good for a beginner, and good for all-mountain riding:
– YES Typo 149 (248mm waist – just wide enough probably but borderline – but a little wider than Sight)
– Burton Instigator Flat Top 150W – easily wide enough, without being too wide – and would leave a little room to grow into it, if his foot size goes up at any point
– Never Summer Peacemaker – it’s costlier but one that I think would work well
– Arbor Formula Rocker 148 (247.5cm waist). Borderline width wise, but it is wider at the inserts (where the bindings go) than the waist suggests, so a little wider than the Typo above
Just an update to my earlier reply after going through your binding and boot list. I actually had my sim go through them as well to get his opinion on look and style. For the bindings I think the union flight pro would work. Looks like medium? Decent price as well. And his number one boot was the thirty two STW double boa in white/black. But he also liked the burton Moto in camo (he said if I could find that with the boa he would like that as well. I know they make it but seams all sold out in his size and color choices) the third one he mentioned was I believe the Salomon launch accept he didn’t care for the yellow in it lol. Kids. Anyhow I hope that helps.
As for the boards on your top list I did have him go through those and he also liked the Solomon pulse and the nitro prime and the arbor. But those were just the ones from the list and as far as he knows just the look not the performance. A few others I’ve seen are maybe the capita paradise or the 2018 camp seven drifter. I don’t know anything about those boards though. Not sure if any of them would be wide enough. So, I will wait to see what you have found and what you recommend.
Probably will go with the Union bi dings and thirty two boots though if that helps.
Hi Scott
Capita Paradise is a women’s board, and is definitely be too narrow for 10s. The men’s equivalent of the Paradise is the Capita Outerspace Living, but unfortunately that’s also quite narrow in the 150, so too narrow as well, IMO.
I don’t test Camp Seven gear, so I’m not sure about that one.
The Pulse also too narrow in the right lengths unfortunately.
As per my other comment the Arbor Formula Rocker 148 could definitely work. You could also go Arbor Foundation. But the Formula Rocker would last him a little longer through his progression.
The smallest Nitro Prime is 152, which would be wide enough, but pushing it being too long, IMO.
The Union Flite Pro and ThirtyTwo STW Double Boa would make a really good beginner setup – and if he likes the looks, then that’s a bonus! The Launch would be a small step up in quality, IMO, and still good for a beginner, but if he doesn’t like the color….
Thanks a bunch. I showed him all of those options and he really seamed to like the peacemaker. So, I will probably go with that.
Only problem is, now he may have to wait till Christmas or next birthday because no matter what option I tried to pick (from the sight, horrorscope, burton, peacemaker, and even the yes) every single one on every sight I could find says sold out. Sigh!! I can never seam to win. I don’t really understand the shortage. I even tried changing sizes a little bit but no luck. Thanks again, I at least have a direction and a set up for when they are available.
You’re very welcome Scott. Yeah, I think production this year was affected by Covid. Everything was slower coming out and seemed to go out of stock faster. Hopefully back to normal for next winter. But yeah, getting around them when they first come out is more reliable for getting particular sizes. Typically new season boards start coming out between July and September. So 2022 boards should start hitting the shelves (at least online) around then.
Hi Nate,
Im a beginner snowboarder, looking to buy my first board to have a full season with and have been looking at the capita outerspace or burrton flying v. Im 6’2, 175lbs and wear a 12 or 11.5 at best for my shoe size. Ive already purchased a low profile pair of boots but will I need to go with a wide board as well, and what size would you recommend? 159, 159w?
Thank you!!
Hi Alexander
Thanks for your message.
Yeah I would still go wide for most boards, with a 12 or 11.5. You might get away with regular width now, for some boards, but as you progress and start to lean a little deeper into your carves, it could cause boot drag.
For the Outerspace Living I would go 157W and for the Process Flying V the same – 157W. If you didn’t have low profile boots the 157W Process Flying V might even be too narrow, but with low profile, I think you’ll be fine there.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate!
Looking into buying my first snowboard, and like a lot of people here I am struggling a bit to figure out what size to go for.
I am 33, about 186cm tall and use size EU 46. I consider myself a beginner, but I have good control of my riding down the mountain. What I want now is to progress my riding, start to play around with Ollies, just having fun down the hill. I like that feeling of freedom it gives me! Not looking into hitting the park really.
I think I have decided to go for the Salomon Sight, seems like a board that suits my needs, unless you have a better recommendation?
What size should I go for? I was thinking about 158W or the 162W. Do I need wide? I’ve tried both with the boards I’ve been renting/borrowing. Must say I liked the stability wide gives me, but I don’t want it to hurt my fun in riding down the line if it makes sense? Don’t even know if I will notice the difference either.
Anyway, thanks for the help and very informative articles!
Best regards from Norway!
Hi Erlend
Thanks for you message.
With EU46 boots I would go wide. You might get away with a regular width board now, but once you start getting up more on your edges with carves, you’ll likely experience boot drag on the regular versions of this board.
In terms of length, if you can let me know your weight as well. I like to take height into account, but weight, boot size, riding style, and ability level are all more important for board sizing than height, IMO.
Thanks for your reply Nate!
I meant to include my weight also, but seems like I forgot.
My weight is around 95kg, so about 209 pounds.
When it comes to my riding style, as mentioned I like to cruise down the hill, catch some speed, and eventually start doing some ollies and play around.
Don’t think I will hit the park, it’s not really my thing and i’m just too scared to injure myself.
Everytime I’ve been up at the resort, I’ve always rented the same boots which is a pair of Salomons, but I don’t know which model, just that they are size 46EU.
Thanks again!
Erlend
Hi Erlend
I would go 162W for that board for your specs and how you’re describing your riding. The Sight isn’t super wide even in the wide boards and with your boots and particularly for this board, I’d go wide for sure. The 158W would be doable but I think you would grow out of it quite quickly, particularly if you’re going to be picking up more speed and aren’t interested in the park.
Thanks a lot for your help Nate!
Just need to save up now!
You’re very welcome Erlend. Thanks for visiting the site and happy riding!
Hi Nate,
As a total beginner I am looking to buy my first board + Bindings + boots for all mountain rides.
I am 5’8″ about 185lb usually wearing size 10 US shoes. Leaning to buy Salomon Sight board . should i go for 156 or 156W will better suit me?
What bindings and shoes would be the best choice for me in your opinion?
Thanks
Mike
Hi Mike
Thanks for your message.
I think 156 is the way to go length-wise for the Sight for you. Width-wise, with 10s, assuming you end up in size 10 boots, in most cases I would say go regular width (depending on a few things), but in this case, I would go 156W. The Sight is a narrower board and even the wide size isn’t that wide and would work well for 10s, IMO. You might get on the 156 fine, but the 156W is the safer bet in this case, IMO. If you end up in 9.5 boots (which there’s a chance you will), then I would go 156. If you can get boots first, then I would try to do that.
In terms of bindings and boots, I would look for something around 4/10 flex, to be a good match for the board and also a good match for a beginner. Some options to check out:
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
>>Top 5 All Freestyle Bindings
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Just got Burton Moto BOA 10 .It seems too small and i will probably end up with 10.5. If so will 156 Salomon Sight be still ok for me or i should go for 155W?
Thanks
Hi Mike
I would go 155W for this particular board with 10.5 Motos.
Hi Nate,
For a person who is new in this area and don’t know where to get right information to start your advises are priceless and really appreciated.
Now, looking for bindings I came across Flow Nexus Snowboard Bindings. Considering I am going to get Salomon Sight 155W board and Burton Moto 10.5 boots. Would you recommend these bindings or you think they don’t suite my needs as a beginner?
Sincerely,
Mike
Hi Mike
I don’t currently test Flow bindings, so I couldn’t say based on experience, but on paper the Nexus look like they could work for a beginner and for that setup. On flows website they seem to have a flex rating of around 4/10.
Hi Nate,
Burton Freestyle bindings are in your list but i am a little confused by the sizing . The chart says that Bindings size M fits buts sizes 8-11.
Do you think they really will fit Burton Moto 10.5
Mike
Hi Mike
Yeah you should have no issues with a 10.5 Burton boot in Burton Medium bindings. In fact I’ve had the 10.5 Moto in a Medium Burton Malavita and it works well.
Hey Nate in a beginner snowboarder looking to buy my first board I’m 5’9.5″ and weigh about
165-170 pounds and am shoes size 9-10. Was wondering what the best setup for me would be?
Thank you !
Hi Rubin
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, I would be looking at something around 154/155, as a beginner. And boards in that range should be good in terms of width for your shoe size. But it’s a good idea to get boots first, if possible, to more accurately size for width for the board. If that’s not possible, I think you will likely be fine width-wise, particularly if you end up in a 9 or 9.5.
Hope this helps
Hey, thank you for creating this informative site. I recently started learning snowboarding and decided to buy my own board. I looked at sight, 156 has weight range of 60-80kg and 159 has weight range of 65-90kg. I am currently at 83kg but my general weight has been below 80kg. I am not sure which board to buy. My snowboarding boot size is 9.5 and I am 5’10.5″ tall. Would really appreciate your input on this.
Hi Ruturaj
Thanks for your message.
I think at an advanced level, the 159 would be a better size for you for an all-mountain board, but as a beginner, I think the 156 is better. This is based on 83kg. So, I would go 156 if I was you.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate
Great post, I’m searching for a beginner snowboard I ended up with 3 choices
1- Burton Ripcord 150 cm
2 – k2 standard 147 cm
3- k2 Raygun 150 cm
I really don’t know which one gonna be the best for me as a beginner who doesn’t know what’s gonna be the riding style
Btw I’m 171 cm and 55 kg
Thanks for your great and detailed post
Hi Reza
I would go K2 Standard 147 for a couple of reasons:
a. it’s the best size for you out of those options. 150 is just a little on the big side for you, IMO.
b. If you’re not sure of your riding style, the Standard is a good option. A “do-it-all” kind of board. As is the Raygun, but the size of the Standard is better. The Ripcord is more of a freeride board, and if you get into trying more freestyle stuff, it’s not as suitable for that.
Hope this helps
Thank you for your help, I bought the K2 standard today, 😊
I live in West Vancouver, Whistler is a little bit far for me, among cypress, Grouse Mountain and Seymour which one is the best ski resort in your opinion?
Thank you
Hi Reza
Awesome that you have decided on your board!
My personal favorite of those 3 would be Seymour, just because I like the chilled feel of the resort as a whole, but Cypress in terms of the amount of terrain. I like the terrain at Seymour, but there’s more at Cypress. I’ve only been up Grouse a handful of times. It’s fine, but I do find the Gondola a bit of a pain – i.e. not being able to have your car parked up there. If you’re not driving, then it’s not as big a deal, but I find that a pain. The terrain itself is fine, good terrain parks from what I remember (though that was a couple of years back and might have changed). But I would prefer Seymour or Cypress personally.
Hello Nate, thanks so much for your helpful articles. Please, can you help me? I’m total beginnger, 5’10” and big weight – 225 lbs (46 years old). My shoe size is US 10-10.5 (rather 10.5, my mondo is 280 cm, but US size 10 RIDE Rook BOA boots felt to small). I am looking for all-mountain (verstaile, do it all) snowboard. Something what last me longer through my progression would be fine, but I’m really total beginner…:)
K2 Standard 158W? Or some better option?
(As for binding I’m thinking about UNION STR, size L…(??) Hoping that the base plate wouldn’t be too long to board)
Thanks!!
Hi Pat
Thanks for your message.
Yeah I seldom see someone fit into their mondo size, so I’m not surprised that the 10.5 is a better fit for you.
In terms of width, there’s a chance you fit on a regular width 158 Standard. It’s borderline, but if you ride with +15/-15 binding angles or similar and given Ride boots are relatively low profile, you might get away with it, but the safer money would be to go wide. And I think at your weight going a little wider shouldn’t affect leverage too much. So I would be leaning 159W over the 158 for you. I think you would get away with the 158 now, as a beginner, but as you started to get into some proper carving, might end up being too narrow.
Anything all-mountain on this list would be suitable, IMO. If you wanted something that would last you a little longer through your progression, then the K2 Raygun (160W) or Salomon Sight (158W) are both good options.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate, thank you so much for your response!
If I would go for K2 Standard 159W, what binding would be better choice – UNION STR or UNINON Contact Pro (or something else)?
One more idea. What about boards like Gnu CARBON CREDIT (159?) for me? Or would be K2 Standard 159W more suitable for my beginnings?
Thank you!
… possibly LIB TECH Skate Banana…
Hi Pat
The Skate Banana is similar to the Carbon Credit, and more of a freestyle option. It’s a little stiffer (but still soft enough to be beginner friendly for sure) and slightly different specs, but quite similar. Again, you certainly don’t have to ride it freestyle, and if you were wanting to ride switch it’s a suitable option. Just not what I would call an “all-mountain” board.
Hi Pat
The Carbon Credit is more of a freestyle board, IMO. It doesn’t mean you have to ride it freestyle, but it’s designed that way, so less versatile than something like an all-mountain board. If you wanted it as your first board and wanted to learn riding switch from early on and then keep it as your playful fun board or sell it later, then it’s doable, but it’s certainly more freestyle oriented. I think you’d get away with the 159 width-wise. Lib Tech boards tend to not be as wide at the inserts as they look at the waist, so it’s not quite as wide as the 255mm waist would suggest, so it’s also borderline width-wise, but might be doable.
Hi Nate,
thak you very much!!! I think K2 Standard 159W would definitely be better choice for me…
What binding would be then better choice? UNION STR, UNINON Contact Pro or Burton Mission?
And what do you think about boots Burton Moto Boa? I tried on many boots today, and I found that the Burton Moto size 10,5 US fit me the best. But they are really soft. Would that be a problem?
Hi Pat
Typically I would say Contact Pro and Moto would be a good combo for the Standard. And I think it would still work in this case. But I think the better choice would probably be STR or Mission (both good options) as they are a little stiffer and a little better suited to your weight, IMO. For the boots, going with something slightly stiffer would make sense for your weight too. I still wouldn’t go more than 5/10 flex, as a beginner setup, but I’d try to go at least 4/10. I’d say the Moto is more of a 3/10. Not saying it wouldn’t work, but I would go a little stiffer ideally.
Hi Nate,
I am a beginner-Intermediate all mountain rider. I haven’t been on a board for 5 years bc of back surgery but want to get back into it. I am about 6’3 210lbs with a shoe size 13. I am looking at buying the Salomon Sight 162W, but wasn’t sure if it was the right size. What size would you recommend? Thanks for your response.
Hi Chuck
Thanks for your message.
I think the 162W is the best size for your in the Sight. Length-wise I think it’s just right. The only concern would be in terms of width. Even though it’s a wide it’s potentially not wide enough for size 13s. If you end up in 12s for your snowboard boots, then you’ll be fine. If you end up in 13s, then it might be OK if
a. you get low profile boots
b. you ride with angles similar to +15/-15 – just so that there’s a bit of angle on each foot, which reduces the amount of boot overhang
c. you don’t ride super aggressively – i.e. don’t get really deep in your carves.
If those things are all in place, then I think you’d be fine width-wise even in 13s. But if you think you want to get into deep carves, then you might want to go a bit wider. If you’re concerned about width, let me know and I can look at some wider options in a similar length that are still beginner/intermediate friendly.
Hope this helps
Hello Nate, I am 16 years old and I am 160 lbs, I am around 5’10/5’11 and I am about an 11 or 11.5 with normal shoe size. I am inquiring about boot sizes I should look into as well as a good beginner snowboard that would last me several years even when I’ve become more advanced. I would really appreciate this! By the way, thanks for the list.
Hi Caleb
Thanks for your message.
I would say for snowboard boots, that you’d probably be around 11, if your typical shoe size is 11 or 11.5, but it’s hard to say for sure without trying them on. And fit differs between brands. If you have no way to try on, then this might be helpful:
Sizing Snowboard Boots: The Different Brands
And here’s more on sizing and fit:
>>How to Size Snowboard Boots
In terms of board size, I would be looking at around 153-155 as a beginner with your specs. However, given that you’re likely to still get bigger in the next couple of years?, then I would probably look at the higher end of that to strike a balance between the perfect size for now and a size that you won’t grow out of too soon. So probably 155-157 is a good bet.
In terms of the board, from this list, the best bets would be K2 Raygun, or Salomon Sight for an all-mountain board, if you wanted it to last a little longer through your progression versus the others. Or, if you think you will get into freestyle riding, then one of the of the freestyle options.
If you’re wanting something to last even longer through your progression, but with a bit of a steeper learning curve, you could also check out:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps
Hi Nate. I appreciate your help for all these folks here. From your advice, I’m looking for a Salomon Sight. Does the year make a big difference? Also, for the size. I’m 5’10” and 172lbs. My shoe size is US 9. I’m a beginner.
Thank you so much.
Hi Jay
Thanks for your message.
The Sight hasn’t changed much over the past few years. At least going back to 2017, maybe some minor tweaks here and there, but very similar. Going much older than that, I don’t know though. But if you go 2017 or more recent, I think you’re good, in terms of not being much different to the 2021 model.
Size-wise, 156 would be the way to go, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate, thanks for this list. I’m a beginner (went about 5 times last year) still on greens and looking to get my first board. I am 6ft and 145-150lb, so fairly weak compared to other people my height. I was wondering what length board/flex you would recommend for me? When I rented last year I was given a 160cm but found it fairly difficult to turn and seemed to be heavy. I’m planning on getting soft flex bindings and soft/medium boots since this seems to be the recommendation for beginners. I have also done some research and have a few boards in mind:
Salomon Sight
Salomon Pulse
Salomon Sleepwalker
Bataleon Disaster
Bataleon Blow
Do you have any recommendations based on this list? These were in stock online and had a soft flex so thats why I have chosen them. Thanks in advance!
Hi Alex
Thanks for your message.
From those I would be leaning Salomon Sight or Pulse, but the Sleepwalker is also doable, but it’s a more freestyle oriented board. If you were looking for something freestyle (which can be a good idea if you think you want to get into freestyle later, as it’s something you can keep as a park board and is still fine for learning basic technique on to begin with), then the Sleepwalker is an option. With the Bataleon options, I couldn’t say for sure, as I have yet to ride any Bataleon gear (hoping to this season, if I can get my hands on some). They look like they’re probably suitable. The 3BT is supposed to make them less catchy than a full camber board would otherwise be – and from what I’ve heard that holds true, but don’t have any first hand experience with them.
Note that soft is definitely good for learning but not the only thing. Camber profile is also something you’ve got to look out for and also there are some other things, like sidecut etc. But I think you should be fine with that list.
In terms of size, I think 160 is definitely too big for you. A lot of rental places still, unfortunately, just size based just on height (and often they also take ability into account, but nothing else), which is a really old school and not very accurate way to size. I think it’s largely because it’s the quickest and easiest way for them to do it. Whilst I like to take height into account the more important factors for sizing are weight, boot size, ability and riding style, IMO.
For you I would be looking at something in the range 152-154 ideally. But it would also depend on boot size. You may have to compromise a little on length to get something wide enough depending on boot size. But I’d go no where near 160. Some boards won’t come in wide sizes in that 152-154 range (though some do as well). But yeah, if you could let me know your boot size, then I can give a more accurate opinion on which sizes in those boards would suit best.
Hope this helps
PS: I removed the links in your comment, just for tidiness sake.
Thanks for your response! I’m still unsure if I will go into freestyle riding as I’m still doing groomers and becoming more confident in my riding. I may go with the sight or pulse based on that. My boot size is a 10-11 based on company. I’m still trying some boots out so not sure yet. I’m assuming its on the cusp of needing a wide board. I will definitely try looking for a board around the length you recommended. Would you recommend a hybrid style instead of straight camber like the bataleon boards?
Hi Alex
I would certainly recommend a Hyrbid style versus a full camber board as a beginner. Bataleon boards are a little different with their 3BT bases. It’s supposed to make them less catchy than full camber otherwise can be. But as I haven’t ridden them before, I don’t know from experience how they feel to ride.
Yeah, with 10-11 you’re on the cusp of needing wide and with something like the site, the likes of the 153 is probably too narrow even for 10s. So the 155W is probably your best bet there. And given that it’s not super wide for a wide board, it’s actually a good width for someone on the cusp between wide and regular. A little longer than ideal, but pretty close.
If possible, it would be a good idea to choose the boots first, so you know what size your dealing with and then can size the board accordingly.
Hey, complete beginner here. As in never even been on a board. I’m 34, 220 pounds but losing weight with a goal of 190 to 200 pounds. 6 ft even and likely a size 11 boot as most my shoes are that size. Idk what kind of riding I’ll want to do. Likely a little bit of everything. I don’t expect to desire to hit crazy massive jumps ever but maybe small kickers to 180 and 360
Off of as well as boxes, rails, etc. sorry idk terminology well. I live in NC and have app ski resort, beech mtn and sugar mtn within 90
Min of me so I’ll be going there exclusively starting out. What board do I get based on what I told you as well as size and width. Idk if it matters but I’d like to use Burton step on bindings and there boot to match. Thanks for any help.
Hi Ricky
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, based on around 200lbs, I would be looking at something in the range 157-159 for length. For width, assuming you end up in 11s, you’ll likely want to go wide. Not for every board, and it does depend on the board, but for most boards the regular width will likely be too narrow. But if you get a shortlist of boards, then I would be happy to give my opinion on sizing for individual boards.
I’ve never ridden out those ways, but from what I know it can be quite icy a lot of the time, so going with something good in icy conditions is highly recommended. So I would be looking at something like YES Basic, Rossi Sawblade or GNU Carbon Credit. That said, the Arbor, Salomon & Nitro boards on this list are also pretty good in those conditions too. And the Basic, Sawblade and Carbon Credit are all quite freestyle focused. Which isn’t necessarily a bad thing, if you were to go with something freestyle oriented to start (because they’re still all good for learning general technique) and when you progressed upgrading to a more all-mountain or freeride option and having your beginner board as your dedicated freestyle/park board down the line.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate,
I am 6’1 and 205lbs. Top end beginner to intermediate. Shoe size is US 11-12. What would be your recommendation for board size?
Hi Austin
Thanks for your message.
I would look at something around 160-161.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate! Great job with the snowboarding profile! really enjoying reading it!
I myself is a beginner 4 turning to intermediate 5 snowboarder. I only ride on the piste. I don’t snowboard often, so I like a forgiving board that helps me to get in it every season after long break.
I set my eyes on Solomon Sight. I am 173cm and 62kg. Can u advise me what size of the board is suitable for me 😘?
Hi Angus
Thanks for your message.
I think the 150 is probably the best bet, with the 153 being doable. But if you could let me know your boot size as well, then I can give you a more accurate opinion.
Hope this helps
Oh yeah, forgot that. my boot size is US 10, thank you!
Hi Angus
It’s tight on the 150 or 153 Sight, with 10s. I think in some situations you get away with it, but it will depend on a few things.
1. How aggressively you ride. If you ride quite casually, then you’ll probably be OK, but if you like to really lean into your carves, then it’s probably too narrow.
2. If you ride +15/-15 angles, that gives you some leeway, but if you do carve aggressively, still not enough to make it wide enough, IMO
3. If you have low profile boots that also helps. What is the brand/model of your boots?
If you feel like you will get away with the width, depending on the things above, then I would go 150, as I think it’s a better length for you – and the very small bit of extra width on the 153 probably not going to be a huge difference.
If you don’t feel like you’ll get away with that width, there are certainly other options around that 150, 151 length that will be a little wider. From this list the Burton Instigator has a 150W – which is quite rare to get a wide board in that length – but it’s not super wide either, certainly suitable for 10s, IMO.
Thank you Nate.
I am pretty casual snowboarder at the moment, as I am still not confident with caving on steep slope. My SB boot is Burton Swath Step on, is that a low profile one?
So for a SB that I can practice and improve caving and other skill, a shorter one (150) would be the choice?
Hi Angus
Yeah for your specs and how you describe your riding, I would go 150.
hey nate hope you’re doin good and thanks for the snowboard profiles man, 🙏 good work
recently saw people snowboarding and i’m just in awe at how epic it is, im 16 yrs old and i was just wondering if i can still snowboard even if i’m on the heavier side?
im 5’6” and a pretty heavy dude, at 230lbs.
i was just wondering what would be a good board for me
Hi Axel
Thanks for your message.
Yeah man you can definitely still snowboard with those specs.
In terms of size of board, I would be looking at something around 156-158, taking into account your specs and the fact you’re a beginner.
In terms of the board, it kind of depends how you want to progress. If you don’t ever see yourself riding freestyle (e.g. going in the park for jumps, boxes, rails etc) then an all-mountain or all-mountain-freestyle board is your best bet to get started. But if you think you’ll want to do freestyle stuff, or ride a lot of switch (riding with your non natural foot forward), then going for something freestyle or all-mountain-freestyle would be a good idea.
If you narrow it down to a few boards, I would be happy to give my opinion on the sizing for the specific boards.
Hope this helps
Thank you so much for the reply man 🙏
i want to learn a bit of everything, but right now i feel like i’d prefer freestyle (tricks and stuff) later on after i gain experience on the mountain… so maybe i’ll go for an all-mountain-freestyle board.
i like the K2 standard, YES basic, Arbor Foundation, and the Arbor Formula Rocker… they seem lime good fits, yet again i’m pretty new to this so i’m not 100% sure.
my hope is to have a board that lasts me a bit more into the intermediate and maybe even advanced phase since new snowboards are a bit pricey for my budget, but i’m willing to invest for something that’ll last me.
thanks a bunch for the reply 🙏
Hi Axel
Given that you’re looking for something to last you a little further through your progression, and looking to get into freestyle, I think the YES Basic and Formula Rocker are your best bets out of those 2 options. Size-wise, I would be looking at the 158 for both of those boards for you. The 161s would be more of your advanced level length, but better to stay a little shorter if you’re just starting out. Also, just to make sure the width will be appropriate, can you let me know your boot size?
Some other options, if you wanted to step up a little:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Just note that the learning curve on some of those options will be steeper, but they will last you a little longer, in terms of progression.
Hey, I’m 5’ 11” and 135 pounds, and I really like the Arbor foundation and the Solomon sight boards, Ive been snowboarding a few times over the past few years and i think I’m ready to buy one and get more into the sport, i would still consider myself a beginner-intermediate, and i just want a good board i can master and have fun riding down the slopes on, which of the two boards would you recommend, and what size? Thank you!:)
Hi David
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, I would be looking at around 149-151 in terms of length for your specs and as a beginner. But if you could let me know your boot size as well (or shoe size if you’re not sure of your boot size yet), so I can see if those will be a good width for you as well.
Both boards are certainly suitable, but I would be leaning Sight, because I think the 150 would be the best length. The 152 Foundation would definitely work though, so that certainly wouldn’t be a wrong choice. That might change depending on boot size though.
Hope this helps
Incredibly helpful article!
I narrowed down my choice to 2 boards. Burton Ripcord and GNU Carbon Credit. I am 191cm tall and 91kg with a boot size 43 EU. I am a beginner with about 5 days on the track. Would you recommend 159 GNU or 162W Burton?
Hi Darin
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, with your specs and as a beginner I would say 158-160 is a good length to get started on. Once you’re more advanced, then 162/163 or there about probably more appropriate, depending on the style of riding you’re doing. But for right now, I think the 159 is the better size, so I would go with the Carbon Credit if those are your 2 size options. With EU43, I don’t think you need to go wide either, so I think the 162W Ripcord is both too wide as well as not the ideal length for right now.
Hope this helps
Perfect.
Thank you so much.
Massively appreciate the help
You’re very welcome Darin. Happy riding!
Nate,
Good afternoon from Virginia. I’m looking to get into snowboarding as something to do with my 16yo son. As that said, I’m going to be a beginner at 46. I’m trying to find something that’ll be good for me starting out.
I’m 5’9″ and around 217LBS. Shoe size is about a 10, of course depending on the brand of shoe.
Thanks for your advice and look forward to seeing what you recommend.
Joseph
Hi Joseph
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, in terms of size, I would be looking at something 157-159, as a beginner and assuming you’re not going to be riding too much freestyle/park (but let me know if I have that assumption wrong), then I’d look at something all-mountain or all-mountain freestyle (the latter of which you don’t have to ride freestyle at all). More all-mountain if you think you’ll be riding in fresh powder a fair bit and either all-mountain or all-mountain-freestyle if you’ll be mostly sticking to the groomers.
With a 10, you shouldn’t have to go wide and I wouldn’t recommend going wide unless you really have to.
So, something like:
K2 Raygun
Arbor Formula Rocker
Salomon Pulse
Nitro Prime
Burton Instigator
K2 Standard
Arbor Ethos
Rossi Circuit
Salomon Sight
I know that’s a lot of options, but anyone of those would be a good bet, IMO, in that size range.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
I want to echo everyone else’ comments, thanks for the beginner list. It’s been very informative in my search. I was hoping you could provide further guidance on board suggestions/sizing. I’m just over 5’3″ at about 125 pounds, size 7 boot.
I’m brand-new to this (a couple days on the slopes), but I’ve liked it enough to pick up a season pass to the local resort and expect to progress quickly. I might also be jumping the gun, but freestyle really seems to be whats motivating me. I’ve been using a rental at 140cm (haven’t tried the next up at 150). If it makes any difference, I’m in the Midwest so most of my time will be spent in a Wisconsin park where the trails are nothing too crazy. Maybe I’m not understanding the styles correctly, but I’m thinking this means a more aggressive board is of less use anyways?
Based on my own research and from the comments below, the Yes Basic seems like a great option. It’s offered in the size range that makes sense for me, 143cm and 146cm. Any suggestions for one over the other? I’m open to other suggestions as well and more than willing to consider children or women’s boards. The longer it’ll last me, the more I’m interested.
Thanks,
Hi Elias
Thanks for your message.
From what you’re describing, I think the Basic would be a really good option. And it’s something that will last you longer than some of the others on this list, particularly if you’re leaning towards freestyle riding.
Size-wise for right now, I would say the 143 would be the best bet. As an advanced rider you could certainly go 146, but as a beginner the 143 makes more sense. Also for predominantly freestyle riding the 143 would also be the best choice for your specs, IMO, so if you do go predominantly freestyle you wouldn’t have to size up later. If you did later want a board for riding faster, this board would still be a great park board for your quiver and at 143 would be a great size. In that event you could go a little longer with your other board. So, I think 143 makes the most sense. Even if you don’t end up going for something else in a few years and just stay with a more freestyle/playful style, this size will remain good for you, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hello from Russia, help with the choice.
My parameters are 182/75/43 (10), Begginer / Pre-intermediate level.
I can choose between: ride Wildlife (160) (2018/2019) and rossignol district (159) (2019/2020). Thank you
Hi Sergey
Thanks for your message.
I think ideally a little shorter in length as a high-end beginner, but if those are your only choices, it’s going to depend on how you see your riding progressing. If you think you’ll get into freestyle/park riding in the future, then I would go District. If not go Wildlife.
Hope this helps
Thank you very much for your reply!
I am thinking of making a choice on the Nitro PRIME OVERLAY 158. What do you think?
Yeah, I think that’s a slightly better size. And it’s a versatile board too.
Hi Nate thanks for this list, its a great place to start my research.
I’ve been snowboarding about 5 times last year and rented my equipment every time. I’m looking to get my own stuff for the first time. My main question is regarding the stiffness of the board and how it relates to boots and bindings as well and wanted to get your opinion on what I should be looking for.
Im a really skinny person (6ft 1in, 150lbs on a good day) and not really that strong. I looked at some articles online and it seems a softer flex board would be better since it requires less strength to turn and control. I have no interest in doing park or anything. Just want to cruise down the greens/blues for now to get more confidence.
I have a boot size of 10.5 so when I rented I was given a 158W but it was really stiff and felt heavy. Would you recommend soft to medium for the board, boots and bindings or get stiff boots and a soft board for best control when learning to turn and cruise?
Thanks for your help!
Hi Shaq
Thanks for your message.
As a beginner and given your weight and what you’re describing, I would be looking at something medium-soft to soft for the board. Similar for boots/bindings. But for boots, you could go as stiff as medium, if you wanted – like a 5/10 flex at most – or like a 3/10 or 4/10 flex too, depending on the board. I wouldn’t go softer than the board in the boots, if that makes sense. E.g. if you went with a 4/10 flex board, then I would go 4/10 or 5/10 flex boot. But if you went 3/10 flex on the board, then more like 3/10 or 4/10 on the boot.
With a 10.5 you’re on the cuff of wide and regular. In a lot of cases you would fit on a regular board just fine. Particularly if you’re not going to be riding really aggressively and getting high up on your edges, which is unlikely to happen as a beginner. Having a board that’s too wide can make it particularly hard to initiate a turn, particularly if you’re not a heavy guy. So, in most cases, I would be going with a regular width board for you. Does somewhat depend on the particular board, but in most cases for you, I wouldn’t go wide.
Also, IMO 158 is too long for you, so a combination of the length and width of that board was definitely too big, IMO. A lot of rental places still size on height even though weight is a more important factor for sizing. As a beginner I would say to be looking more at the 153-155 range. Also rental boards tend to be heavier in general (built to last as many days as possible, not so much for performance, typically), so I think getting on a smaller narrower board and something lighter is going to make a big difference for you.
Hope this helps
Thanks so much for the information! I will definitely look for smaller length boards based on this. One more question I had was which profile (camber/flat/rocker/hybrid) would you recommend to try and look for? Would it make a huge difference in a beginner board or should I try and get one specifically? Thanks again!
Hi Shaq
For a beginner board the main thing is not to have too much camber. If there’s a big bow of camber and not a lot of rocker going on it could feel catchy. A little bit of camber is fine though and is often a good idea if you’re thinking camber for the future – just so you get used to the feel of camber, without having so much that it makes it too catchy. But anything like hybrid camber, hybrid rocker, flat-to-rocker works well, IMO, for beginner boards. All rocker boards work too – certainly in terms of being easy to turn – but they can lack a little bit of stability. When talking Hybrid Camber, Hybrid Rocker though, there are big variances. One Hybrid Rocker or Hybrid Camber might be super easy going with lots of rocker and more subtle camber and another might be predominantly camber, which would be less suitable.
Hi there.
Could you please advise me about snowboard size? I think I am on Begginer/Pre-intermediate level, 180cm height and 92kg weigh. Your size chart/table in prevorious article shows to me go for 161 cm board but iam wondering about 159cm Rossignol District, what do you think about it?
Thanks
Peter
Hi Peter
Thanks for your message.
As a beginner going on intermediate I think it’s a good idea to shave a couple of centimeters off that 161 length, so 159 is a good length for you, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate!
Thanks for so understandable information!!
I have never rided snowboard, but I have a desire of learning.
I am going to have 8-10 lessons with instructor in the park firstly, then I am going to mountains two times (7 days each) this season.
I have bought all necessary equipment except snowboard.
I am 183cm, 73-75kg, boots size is 8.5 US (Salomon Launch).
I want to buy a snowboard to improve my skills faster, but I don’t want to upgrade it next season if it’s possible.
I think about burton ripcord 157cm, but it seems to me that I want to update this snowboard very soon.
Give your advice please.
Hi Bogdan
Thanks for your message.
The Ripcord is more freeride focused. If you’re going to be riding in the park early on, then I would go with a more suitable board for that kind of riding.
I would probably be looking at something like the YES Basic, GNU Carbon Credit Asym or Rossignol Sawblade, if you wanted something more freestyle focused (but can still ride on the mountain as a beginner for sure). Those will be boards that will help with progression but that you shouldn’t grow out of too soon.
If you wanted to go a little more all-mountain, the Salomon Sight would work well and you shouldn’t have to upgrade too soon on that. If you really wanted to step it up – and have a steeper learning curve, but have something that lasts longer through your progression, then you could also check out:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
But given that you haven’t ridden yet at all, this list might be more appropriate.
Hope this helps
Thanks Nate!
157cm is good size for me?
Thanks Nate!!
What size of Salomon Sight is better for me 156 or 159?
Please give an advice about the best Binding for Salomon Sight..
Thanks in advance!
Hi Bogdan
For your specs, as a beginner, I would be looking at something in the range from 154-156, up to 157 at most. So, for the Sight, I would go for the 156.
I would check out the following for a good binding match for the Sight. I would try to go with something around a 4/10 flex, to match the Sight well and as a good beginner flex.
>>My Top 15 Men’s Snowboards for Beginners
>>My Top 10 Men’s Freestyle Snowboards
Thanks Nate!
Union Flite Pro has a 3/10 flex, it can be ok for Salomon Sight?Or it is much better to choose more expensive binding with a 4/10 flex?
Hi Bogdan
The Flite Pro would certainly work on the Sight, IMO. If you wanted to be really fussy you could go up to a 4/10 flex, but the 3/10 on the Sight would work, IMO.
Thanks so much Nate
There is not a reply button at your last message, so I reply on your previous message.
Sorry for asking a lot of questions, but I have an offer to buy burton process flying V + burton mission 155 in used condition (but good) with the same price Salomon Sight + Union The Flite Pro in new condition.
All of my friends tell me, that burton process is much better and i will want to upgrade (change) Salomon Sight in the middle of this season.
Pls write your opinion
Hi Bogdan
The Process Flying V is a pretty easy going board, so it’s certainly not going to be a really hard board to learn on. Learning curve slightly steeper maybe, but definitely doable – and something you can keep for longer. It’s also suitable for freestyle riding, so if that’s where you see yourself going, which it sounds like it is, then it would definitely work. The Mission is stiffer than ideal for a beginner, but doable too. Again, just going to be a slightly steeper learning curve, but definitely nothing too major. The 155 is a good size for you too, so that’s going to be fine, IMO. The Process Flying V is on the intermediate list I sent you – so it’s definitely not a highly advanced board or anything, so I think it’s doable, if you’re wanting to have something to last you a bit longer, with a subtly steeper learning curve.
Nate, thanks you so much!!!
I have another offer from my friend.
He sold his YES Libre 156 + Burton Mission for very good price.
But Is YES Libre too stiff for my level?
I wrote your review for this snowboard, You meant that this is quite OK for newbie.
Hi Bogdan
The Libre is pretty easy going board. It used to be in my Top 10 Intermediate list until they discontinued the board. But yeah, in terms of ability, I think it’s in that same realm as the Process Flying V. Not pure beginner, but doable for a high-end beginner – and something that you wouldn’t have to upgrade for a long time.
Hi Nate,
A couple of years ago I reached out to you with questions regarding the best beginning snowboard for my son. We held off on purchasing a board at that time as we wanted to make sure he actually liked snowboarding. He loved it!
After reading the updated list of your recommendations, can you please narrow down the best board, shoe and bindings option for him? He is very athletic, has some boarding experience, and is a bit of a daredevil on the snow:) I would still consider him a beginner though. He is 6’2, 180 lbs and wears a size 10.5-11 shoe.
Let me know if you need any other information. Thank you!
Hi Kelly
Nice to hear from you again. I looked back over the comments from a couple of years ago. Your son certainly has grown since then! So definitely looking at something different in terms of sizing! The other thing is to potentially consider something from this list – >>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards – which could be more appropriate depending on how he has progressed so far. It certainly sounds like he has the confidence.
Size-wise, I would be looking at 157-159 in terms of length.
In terms of width, he is bordering on wide boards now, depending on the boot size he gets into. Certainly with 11s, he would be wide for most boards – though for some the regular width will be enough. Kind of depends on the board a lot of the time. With 10.5s he would be right in between. Do you think his feet are still growing?
From this list, I would look at the K2 Raygun, Arbor Formula Rocker, Salomon Pulse, Nitro Prime, Burton Instigator or Salomon Sight. Just to look at something that’s a bit of a “do-it-all” board so can he can progress in whichever direction he wants (rather than going with something that’s more freestyle specific or freeride specific).
But given he’s athletic – and high-end beginner maybe? If so, then that intermediate list would also be appropriate. Something like the Ride Wildlife, Rossignol Templar, Burton Process Flying V, Never Summer Snowtrooper, Capita Outerspace Living or YES Typo.
Sorry, I know that’s a lot of options, but there are a lot of suitable options out there. I would be happy to recommend specific sizes for each board if you’d like, if you narrowed down to a few of those that stand out for you (certainly some are more costly than others, if cost comes into play here).
Hope this helps
Thank you, Nate!
We have decided on the 2020/2021 Burton Instigator! His weight is 180 lbs and the Burton size chart recommends size 160 cm for weight 180+. Should I follow those guidelines? The board measurement for 160 CM: 30.2 / 25.6 / 29.7 centimeters. Will this be a wide enough board for 10.5 to ll shoe size?
Would love your recommendation as far as bindings and boots for this specific board. Or is a matter of comfort when it comes to boots?
Thanks so much for your help!
Hi Kelly
Weight guidelines can be useful but I like to take into account a number of factors (weight being one of the important ones, but height, boot size, ability, riding style I also like to take into account).
In this case I think probably 160 is the best bet. Like I said 157-159 is a good range to look at – so 160 is the closest to that for the Instigator. The only other size I would consider is the 155W.
Width-wise, the 160 should be fine for 10.5s for sure, and should still be good for 11s, in most cases. If he ends up in 11s, I would try to get a low profile boot, which would give him more leeway. Even in 10.5s it wouldn’t hurt to go in a low profile boot. The 160W, I think is getting on the wide side, particular with the combination of that length and width.
The 155W is an option. It’s wider but also shorter – so that reduced length will bring back some of the maneuverability lost for being on the wider side. But it’s also not as wide as the 160W. I would still be leaning 160, but 155W is doable.
In terms of boots and bindings:
Bindings: I would try to match or go a little stiffer than the flex of the board. So something with around a 3/10 or 4/10 flex would be a good way to go. I would check out the following for some options:
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
For boots, again, in terms of flex, a similar flex to the board or slightly stiffer than that. So again, I would be looking at 3/10 to 4/10. Comfort is really important in boots, but getting the right flex is important too. Like I mentioned earlier, getting something low profile would make sense for your son, particularly with a 10.5 to 11 boot size. It’s right on the cuff between regular and wide widths and getting something low profile would make for a better fit on regular width boards.
Some options here to check out:
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
Hey Nate,
Thank you for your suggestions, it really helped me narrow down to a small range to hunt.
Could you please recommend the boards for me and my gf based on our sizing, it’s difficult to choose the right one as beginners, we live in Toronto, Ontario:
Me: US 8.5 M, 183cm, 65kg
My girlfriend: US 7.5 W, 166cm, 52kg
Your help is much appreciated.
Hi Sam
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise for you, I’d go for something in the range 151-153, as a beginner. You could ride up to 155, 156 as a more advanced rider, depending on the board and your style of riding, but as a beginner, I would go 151-153 for your specs. And with 8.5 boots, I wouldn’t go too wide, but in that length range you should be fine there.
For your gf, I would say 139-141, ideally. Again as a good range for a beginner.
In terms of particular boards, these are all good for beginners, but assuming you’ll mostly be riding locally? I would get something that’s good in hard/icy conditions. Something like the YES Basic, Salomon Sight, Arbor Formula, GNU Carbon Credit Asym, Nitro Prime Rossignol Sawblade.
For women’s, the GNU Chromatic, YES Emoticon, Arbor Ethos, Nitro Lectra.
I haven’t checked those for appropriate sizes, but if there’s nothing there with appropriate sizing, I can widen my search.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate!
I hope you are having a great holiday season. I just have a few questions. I am 176.5 cm, 63.5kg with a shoe size of 9.5M US. I have snowboarded for a couple seasons now, for just a couple days each season, but I am pretty comfortable on the board and can link turns pretty well. I am 17, pretty fit and athletic and am looking for an all-mountain or all-mountain freestyle board. I have been looking at the Arbor Formula Rocker (152) as a possible option. I spend most of my time in the snow at Tahoe resorts.
1) What size board do you recommend? 2) Would the Arbor Formula be a good option? 3) Any other recommendations for different boards?
Hi Alejandro
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, generally speaking I would say something 151-153 for your specs. For your specs, I would often say more like 148-150, but given that you’re athletic, have picked it up quickly by the sounds of it and probably have some growing to do at 17?, then going a little longer is a good idea, IMO. So for the Formula Rocker, I think the 152 would be a good bet. Should be good width-wise for 9.5s too.
In terms of being a good option, I think the Formula Rocker would certainly work for you right now. If you are planning to go just a couple of days again this season, then I think it’s a good way to go. If you were planning on going up considerably more this season, then you could potentially find that you grow out of the Formula Rocker too quickly (in terms of needing a more advanced board). E.g. if you were going to be spending 20-30 days up there this season, then you might want to step it up as soon as next season, or earlier, kind of thing. But if you were only going a couple of days again the next couple of season’s, then I think it’s a great option.
Hope this helps
Thank you so much for the advice, it is much appreciated and super helpful!
I am planning on going up a decent amount this season, but not quite that much so I think the formula rocker will serve me well. I did have one more quick question though: Since I will likely need a M/L binding for a size 9.5 boot, will that work, in terms of fit, on the 152 size Formula Rocker board?
Thank you so much again!
Also, if you have any recommendations for maybe a high-beginner leaning intermediate board, that would be much appreciated!
Hi Alejandro
I would check out the following for some good options, that fit that criteria:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Hi Alejandro
Yeah you should be good for most bindings that will fit a 9.5 boot, on the 152. Arbor boards tend to be quite wide at inserts compared to waist width. The only bindings I would probably not look at are like the Union Strata, which has quite a long baseplate even in the medium – and some of the NOW bindings in M are quite long in the base plate too. But for most you should be good.
Hi Nate ..
Big fan !!
Your videos are actually really helpful for noobies like me :).
I just started last season sadly it was cut short due to pandemic but thankfully I did start linking turns on greens n some easy blues.
Based on your advice, I am planning to buy my own gear.
I would love your opinion on length n board n bindings.
I am 5’9 and 190-195 lbs.
I am considering Gnu Carbon credit n sight/sightx and for bindings bent metal and trigger x respectively.
What would you recommend ?
Hi Joy
Thanks for your message.
In terms of length, I would be looking at something in the range 155-158 for your specs and ability level. For the Carbon Credit, I think the 156 would be your best bet – or the 156W, depending on boot size. For the Sight/Sight X, the 156 or the 155W. If you can let me know boot size (or shoe size if you’re not sure of boot size yet) and I can let you know whether to go wide or not. Between the Carbon Credit and Sight, it will depend on whether you think you’d prefer a looser/surfier feel (Carbon Credit) or a slightly more stable/precise feel (Sight).
For Bent Metal, I would go Logic or Joint to match with the Carbon Credit/your ability.
The Trigger X, I think are doable. I haven’t ridden them, so not sure how they feel flex-wise. Potential they could be just that little bit too stiff for beginner bindings, but if their medium rating is accurate, I think you’ll be fine with them, with your specs.
Hope this helps with your decision
Thanks for your reply. Clears a lot of confusion. I recently tried Salomon Dialogue what were 9.5 and they had very nice comfort and heel hold.
How do you think are those shoes for beginner like me.
Trigger X suggest medium flex but have no idea.
Would I need a Wide board for 9.5 boots.
Hi Joy
Thanks for the extra details.
Firstly, don’t go wide. I would go with either the Carbon Credit 156 or the Sight/Sight X 156.
With boots, I think ideally a little softer flex. However, a good fit is the most important part when it comes to boots, IMO. And going a little stiffer with the boots, isn’t that big a deal either. If it was board, I would be more fussy to not go that stiff for a beginner, but there’s more leeway with boots, IMO. If you were looking at a 7/10 or more flexing boot, I would recommend against it, but I think you just get away with something like the Dialogue Boa, given that it fits well. Also, if you were a lighter rider, I would probably also discourage them, but with your specs, I think they are doable.
Thank you for all the information Nate :).
I like the Dialogue focus mainly for two reasons:
1. I have a wide feet, Dialogue wide is really relaxing on the feet with 9.5 and Sidas custom foot bed. I tried the K2 raider and Ride Anthem but they felt too loose on my ankle and when I tried to raise my heels the boot wasn’t as responsive as the dialogue.
2. Also, There is an offer running and getting these at 200$ for 2020 model :).
Hoping to have fun this season.
You’re very welcome Joy. If you think of it at the time, let me know how you get on with your new setup, once you get a chance to get it on snow. Hope you have an awesome season!
Hi Nate,
Asking this for my brother and his friend as by no means I’m experienced or qualified to give them any answer and no other better person than you that I can think of 🙂 So thanks in advance!
According to your article to determine which experience level a rider is, they are at this level currently:
“Beginner Level 4: You can now link turns in both directions (i.e. from your heel edge to your toe edge and your toe edge to your heel edge) on green (beginner) and intermediate (blue) slopes. Your turns are now becoming “S” shape turns. You can now control your speed well. ” or maybe Intermediate level 1.
They have not consciously learn how to use their legs independently to use torsional movements to turn the board. Currently they are just using their shoulder/hip/legs to Link their turns. So that’s where they are at currently.
They are seeking for advice on a Board that they can progress on and better their fundamentals and riding. They mainly want to focus on: 75% groomers, 15% learn how to ride POW (if they go to Japan), 5% learn side-hits/off piste, 5% Park jumps (no rails or whatnot)
Current choices are:
1) YES BASIC
2) Solamon Sight X (not sure whats the diff between ‘X’ and non ‘X’)
3) K2 Raygun
4) Rome Party Mod (new in 2021)
They are roughly the same size as I am ranging from 176lbs-180lbs, 5’9″, US8.5-9.5 boots
And they would also like to ask for your recommendation on sizes as well as other boards that you would also recommend other than the 4 mentioned above.
Thank you for your time!
Hi Daryl
The Basic would be a good choice, but since you mention powder, it’s not great in powder, so that would be something to consider there.
The Raygun and Sight would certainly work for what you’re describing. There’s no real difference with the Sight and Sight X. The Sight X just has a different graphic.
I don’t test Rome gear, so I don’t know much about the Party Mod. On paper, it could work. Depending on how accurate Rome’s flex ratings are, it’s potentially on the stiffer side, for a high-end beginner/low intermediate. But if it’s like a little softer than the stated flex, then it’s probably fine.
You could also check out:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
I think they sounds like they would fit this list too. Sight X and Raygun would certainly be suitable, IMO, but these are worth checking out too, particularly looking at the all-mountain models.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thank you so much for your prompt reply and sharing of your knowledge and advices.
So essentially the Raygun and Sight would be better than the YES Basic to be a more well-rounded board in Groomers, Off-Pistes and Powder?
Understand about ROME, will advice them to stick to your recommended list than venturing onto other boards are their level of experience.
Can I also check what would be your CURRENT updated ‘Off-The-Top’ of your head, TOP 3 snowboards for 2021 season for Beginner as well as Intermediate, so I myself and them could look at various options further before going all in.
Thanks again!
Hi Daryl
Yeah I would say Raygun and Sight a little more rounded for off-piste and powder.
The Top Beginner and Intermediate lists for 2021 are going to be:
Beginner
1 Salomon Sight
2 Rossignol Circuit
3 Arbor Foundation
4 K2 Standard
5 Burton Instigator
6 Nitro Prime
7 Rossignol District
8 YES Basic
9 Salomon Pulse
10 Ride Agenda
11 Arbor Formula Rocker
12 Rossignol Sawblade
13 GNU Carbon Credit Asym
14 Burton Ripcord
15 K2 Raygun
Intermediate
1 YES Typo
2 Capita Outerspace Living
3 Never Summer Snowtrooper
4 Burton Process Flying V
5 YES Basic
6 Slash Brainstorm
7 Rossignol Templar
8 Endeavor Ranger
9 YES Dicey
10 Ride Wild Life
Hi Nate,
Thank you so much!
Will keep these in advices in mind for my brother and his friends.
Once again! Appreciate your time and effort!
Cheers!
You’re very welcome Daryl. Happy riding!
Hello, I am 182 cm and 77 kg, intermediate level, shoe size US10, what board length (Yes Basic) would be right for me?
Hi Deli
Thanks for your message.
With the assumption that you’re a beginner (based on the post your commenting on), I would go 155 for you for the Basic. You could do 158 at a more advanced level, but I would go 155 for you, assuming beginner.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate! First off I just wanted to say your articles and guides have been an absolute gold mine of info for me! Thanks so much for all your time. I’ve been struggling to learn the basics of equipment and your posts help so much. Sorry for the lengthy post! Had a quick question:
I’m still currently a beginner trying to master the basics – only tried mountain, possibly interested in trying freestyle later on after I improve.
I’ve narrowed my choices down to two boards: (5’6, 145-155 lbs – 8/8.5 Men’s Boot)
1. 153 Salomon Sight
2. 150 Rossignol Sawblade
I’m leaning towards the Sight since I’m not sure what type of riding I’d enjoy yet (so far I think I’d enjoy all-mountain the most), but looking at it frugally, a Sawblade would be a nice option for me since if I got a shorter beginner board geared towards parks I wouldn’t waste a board after I progressed to intermediate as I could use the 150 Sawblade at the parks. However, would my development, riding on green and blues in the Northeast, take longer if I went for a 150 Sawblade (park-oriented rather than all-mountain) vs a longer 153 Sight (all-mountain oriented) since I’m assuming the 153 Sight would be better in the more icy Northeast mountain conditions that I live in. The 150 Sight seems to be sold out.
For the life of me I can’t remember the board I rented last winter. I think it was a soft flex rocker ~150-154 in length so both sizes seem doable for me. Thanks so much for your help!
Also – I know the well rated Union Contact Pros are more of a medium flex (4/10) vs the softer flex of the boards – would it still be compatible? I’m looking for nice bindings that I could use as I progress to a more intermediate-advanced board.
Hi Stan
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, I would be looking at closer to that 150cm size at this stage. You could certainly ride 153-154, but more appropriate at a more advanced level, IMO.
I would say they would be quite similar in icy conditions. The Sawblade has serrated edge tech on it, which helps it to grip in hard/icy conditions, so I wouldn’t be too concerned there. And like you say, if you went for the Sawblade, you’d be able to have it as a good little park board, in a good size for the park, once you upgrade to a better all-mountain board. In terms of development on groomers, it would eventually hold you back, if you continued with it for too long, but for your initial progression it would be fine. The Sight may take you a little further in terms of groomers, but is something that you’d want to upgrade from not that much longer.
The 153 Sight is doable, but just not ideal, IMO. It wouldn’t be a big mistake or anything. But I would be leaning towards going 150 Sawblade and then you’ve got the start of your quiver too. I mean you could always sell the Sight if you went that direction, but given the better size of the Sawblade (IMO), and the fact you can keep it in your quiver as your future park board, I would be leaning that way, personally.
Hope this helps
Thanks Nate! Sorry one more thing:
I got a chance to dig deeper into all your reviews haha… and two boards really stuck out to me which you seemed to favor were:
1. Never Summer Snowtrooper (152)
2. Never Summer Funslinger (149 / 151) (you mentioned it might be tough as a beginner with its camber profile)
I looked up their availabilities and while more expensive – they look absolutely sick in terms of design and seem “a lot of fun” as I improve and ride more intermediate-advanced groomed runs.
Do you think I’m getting ahead of myself here and should just focus on my fundamentals on a more forgiving board before I get into a “true” intermediate board? I think I’ve fallen into the classic “analysis paralysis” and have been overthinking and been reading way too much into it… haha …
Hi Stan
I would consider the likes of the Snowtrooper a “high-end beginner to intermediate board” which is what all the boards in this following list are for.
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
For those who are either high-end beginners or low-end intermediate, looking for a board that won’t be out of range to ride now, but can last until their advanced. I rate the Snowtrooper very highly as one of these kinds of boards. The kind of board you can learn on, but won’t hold you back later either. If you’re going to end up riding fast/aggressive, then eventually you would need to upgrade if you’re looking for more performance at speed etc.
So, it’s really whether you consider yourself high-end beginner, or more beginner-beginner. This could help you decide:
>>Snowboard Skill Levels
As a real beginner, something like this would make progression a little slower than something like the Sawblade or Sight, IMO. But still not something should be so hard to ride that it would knock your confidence too much or make progression impossible or unenjoyable.
The Funslinger I would put in the same kind of area, but just that little more technical a ride. It’s got more aggressive camber sections. It’s just a touch softer than the Snowtrooper, which is in it’s favor for beginners, but I think overall that extra camber makes it just that slight bit more challenging for a beginner to ride vs the Snowtrooper. Also note that the Funslinger is being replaced for the 2021 season with the Proto Slinger, which has even more camber than the Funslinger – the last model year for the Funslinger is the 2020 model.
Anyway, if you were to go Funslinger, then I would treat it almost the same as going with the Sawblade, in that it’s a freestyle deck. So I would be looking at the 149 for you. The difference is that you would have a much more premium freestyle deck. Also, it’s a board that performs better on groomers, so it’s something you could stick with for longer before upgrading to a better all-mountain ride.
The Snowtrooper is an all-rounder than can ride anywhere. Nice and versatile.
Hope this gives you more information to go off for your decision (and hope it doesn’t add to that analysis paralysis!)
Hi Stan
Oh yeah, and the Contact Pros. I think they would be fine with either of those boards. Not an exact flex match, but I would be happy going that little bit stiffer on the bindings. The Contact Pros are just softer than medium, IMO, so they’re not like super stiff or anything. I think that match up would be absolutely fine.
Hi Nate!
Thank you for the great review,
could you also possibly help me with the direction of choices?)
I spend a week snowboarding and taking some lessons, I can link turns and usually don’t catch edges, however I’m a beginner sure thing.
What I’d like to – to learn riding in switch, learn some ground tricks, a little bit of carving and try to go small backcountry;
and here I’m afraid if I take a deck to learn the tricks – it will be not good for carving and freeride ))
First of all, I thought about decks with preferable rocker profile and twin shape. I believe they are great for tricks, but not really for carving/freeride or some pow :
– GNU ASYM CARBON CREDIT BTX
– CAPiTA Horrorscope
– Lib Tech Skate Banana
– Arbor Formula Rocker
After spending some time here reading the comments, I thought maybe some hybrid profile could be ok too. Here I’m afraid will be harder to learn tricks, besides, they might be above my level:
– Yes Basic, Libre, Typo
– Never Summer Dipstick
– Burton Process Flying V
Budget doesn’t matter, and I’m ready to change the deck after a season or two.
Could you head me to a right direction, help to narrow the list and/or add something to the list I have probably overlooked?
Thank you )))
Hi Nick
Thanks for your message.
If you went with something like the Basic or Never Summer Dipstick, I don’t think you’d have any issues learning tricks on boards like those, if you wanted to go with that Hybrid shape. The Libre, Process Flying V and Typo are just that little step up. Not far off being doable, but just that little bit higher level.
But at the same time, those rocker options aren’t going to stop you from learning to carve – they’re just not going to be as good for it, particularly as you progress. But for your first full season, they would be fine. But you would want to upgrade and get some camber involved sooner rather than later, when you really wanted to ramp up your carving skills.
If you wanted to start out with some camber in there, to be used to that camber from the beginning, then certainly something like the Basic or Dipstick are definitely good beginner options.
Hope this helps
Nate,
thank you for fast reply!
And if went with rocker profile, what you’d recommend from the list or outside the list?
Hi Nick
I think the ones you’ve mentioned are all possibilities, i.e.:
– GNU ASYM CARBON CREDIT BTX
– CAPiTA Horrorscope
– Lib Tech Skate Banana
– Arbor Formula Rocker
They’re mostly freestyle focused options (the Formula Rocker a little more all-mountain-freestyle), but given that you’re happy to upgrade after a season or 2, that’s not a big issue. They will be fine for learning basic technique and will be easier for learning tricks on. Lib Tech Box Scratcher is another very freestyle focused, similar option.
But if you did want to go for something a little more all-mountain, you could also look at the following flat-to-rocker options:
– Nitro Prime
– Burton Instigator
– K2 Standard
Nate,
one more question )))
Never Summer Dipstick’s profile looks a bit similar to “banana” BTX at the website, can we consider it as a still rocker and a bit more all-mountain option?
Can we say it’s harder for learning tricks than rockers, but easier than flat-to-rocker options?
As well as Nitro CINEMA’s “Gullwing Rocker”, is it something somehow still rocker and easier for tricks than flat-to-rocker options?
Thank you so much !
It’s really hard to choose even after spending a looot of time reading and watching reviews )))
Hi Nick
The Original Rocker camber is more rocker dominant than Never Summer’s other profiles (like the Ripsaw Rocker) but there’s still more camber there than the BTX profile, IMO. The camber in BTX is so subtle that it’s hard to tell it’s there at all. The Original Rocker Camber, the camber is more evident. But there is certainly a healthy amount of rocker there. The Dipstick is still very freestyle oriented – not any more all-mountain oriented than the likes of the Skate Banana I wouldn’t say.
Also I wouldn’t be too concerned about having camber in there for learning tricks, particularly when that camber is subtle. Something like the Dipstick is a very friendly board to ride, despite the camber. Also, camber is something a lot of freestyle riders can’t live without. Camber provides better pop – so certainly once you’re past the basic freestyle phase, camber becomes very important for freestyle riding. And I wouldn’t be too worried about having a little bit of it there for when you’re starting out either. It’s just that you don’t want too much camber as that can make things more difficult. I wouldn’t be worried about it on the Dipstick at all though. There’s more there than on a BTX, but it’s still not overly aggressive camber – and it’s quite a soft flexing deck, so it’s a very friendly ride all-round.
If you’re looking for something more all-mountain by Never Summer, the Snowtrooper is a more all-mountain option with that Original Rocker Camber. It’s a little stiffer than the Dipstick, but it’s still a friendly flex – 4/10, IMO. So that’s an option. Probably what I would consider a more “high-end beginner” type board.
Hi Nate,
Thank you so much for helping me out with all the options )))
Could you also help me with size?
I’m about 180-185 lbs, 5.10, 11 us boot size (I’ll probably go for Burton, they declare small shell profile),
so all the mentioned somehow suitable options might be:
= GNU ASYM CARBON CREDIT BTX – 159 regular (255mm waist)
= Lib Tech Skate Banana – 159 regular 255 waist
= Arbor Formula Rocker – 158 252 waist (too small?..), 159MW 261 waist or 161 253.5 waist (still too small?)
= Never Summer Dipstick – 159 256 waist
= Never Summer Snowtrooper – 159 254 waist, 162 256 waist?
= Nitro CINEMA – 159 256 waist
= K2 Standard – 158 251 waist (too small?) 159W 265 waist (too big?)
= Nitro Prime – 159 256, 162 258, 159W 270 (too wide?)
= Yes Basic – 158 253, 159W 261, 161 254
Thank you so much again, it’s a huge help, sorry for asking so many questions )))
*** sorry not 5.10 but 5.9 = 180 sm
Hi Nick
180cm is 5’11”, but I can work in cms too.
Generally speaking in terms of length, I would say to look at the range 155-158 for you, as a beginner.
Width wise, with 11s, if you go Burton’s then you can probably get away with going as narrow as around 254mm at the waist, depending on binding angles. If you’re riding +15/-15 angles, then I think you would be good at about that waist width. That’s very general, as boards differ in terms of width at the inserts as compared to the waist width – so a board with a 254mm waist, could be as wide as 270mm at the inserts or as narrow as 258mm (which would be too narrow for 11s, IMO). I have added some comments in bold to your sizes below:
= GNU ASYM CARBON CREDIT BTX – 159 regular (255mm waist) – I would say 156 is probably the better length for you at this stage. But I’d be concerned over width with either the 159 or 156. Even though the waist is at that 254mm level, this is on of those boards that isn’t that much wider at the inserts
= Lib Tech Skate Banana – 159 regular 255 waist (same comments as above in terms of length and width)
= Arbor Formula Rocker – 158 252 waist (too small?..), 159MW 261 waist or 161 253.5 waist (still too small?) I’d go 158 for this one. The 159 and 161 too long at this stage, IMO. The 158 is boderline too narrow. But in it’s favor it’s wider at the inserts vs the waist than normal. Potentially still too narrow, but could possibly squeeze on this one width-wise. Wider at the inserts vs the 2 above
= Never Summer Dipstick – 159 256 waist – I’d go 156. And the width at inserts is relatively wide vs waist, so I think you just get away with that 254mm waist. Still on the narrow side, but my guess is that it would be doable.
= Never Summer Snowtrooper – 159 254 waist, 162 256 waist? – again 156 would be the preferable length. This one is a little narrower than the Dipstick though, so a little more risky in terms of being too narrow
= Nitro CINEMA – 159 256 waist I haven’t ridden or measured this board
= K2 Standard – 158 251 waist (too small?) 159W 265 waist (too big?) I’d say 158 too narrow and the others too long. The 156W would be best bet here
= Nitro Prime – 159 256, 162 258, 159W 270 (too wide?) 158 would work well here, IMO length and width
= Yes Basic – 158 253, 159W 261, 161 254 – 156W would be a great size for you, IMO. It’s not overly wide for a wide and at a good length and width overall, IMO
Nate,
thank you for all the details!
It looks like size options available is a serious selection criteria …
It looks like best not risky (really don’t want to risk with my first board…) options are (considering I guess I will ride not only +-15, but 0° as well)
= Yes Basic 156W
= Nitro Prime 158
= K2 Standard 156W
= Never Summer Dipstick 156 on the narrow side (probably too risky for me)
I don’t know how I forgot the CAPiTA Horrorscope, but it looks like 157 258 waist should work well?
In your opinion, should I also consider
Rossignol District 156W 262 waist and Rossignol Circuit 156W 261 waist?
And the last one (I hope so, thank you for your patience!), is it reasonable to consider Arbor Element Rocker 158MW 260.5 waist instead of Arbor Formula Rocker – 158 as a better option?
Again, thank you so much for your time and patience )))
Hi Nick
I think you could certainly also consider the 156W District and Circuit and the Horrorscope 157. The District and Circuit as well as the K2 Standard being on the wider side, but still doable. The Dipstick on the narrow side, but I’d say still doable. The Basic, Prime and Horrorscope the best options in terms of width, IMO – wide enough without being too wide.
Hi Nate!
I believe, I’ll go for a twin in general,
so I’m reading back and forth your reviews of Basic and Dipstick (there is no full review of the Horrorscope (((( ),
While Dipstick 156 is on the narrow side but still doable – should I consider the Dipstick X (wide) 157 260 waist; it’s on the wider side, but still doable – or it’s too wide, or maybe it’s closer to “best options”?
In general I stuck choosing between Basic, Dipstick and Horrorscope, and since there is a full review of the first two – probably choosing mostly between them.
If Basic’s size is optimal and if Dipstick’s is “on the narrow/wider side”, I’ll probably take the Basic, even though I probably like your description of the Dipstick a little bit more.
Thank you again, you are really helping me a lot ))))
Hi Nick
The 157X Dipstick is certainly doable. For perspective, I would say in terms of width at inserts, roughly:
– YES Basic 156W = 268mm
– NS Dipstick 156 = 265mm
– NS Dipstick 157X = 271mm
– Nitro Prime 158 ~ 266mm
– Horrorscope 157 ~ 268mm
– K2 Standard 156W ~ 273mm
– Horrorscope ~ 268mm
– District 156W ~ 273mm
– Circuit 156W ~ 272mm
So, I wouldn’t say the Dipstick 157X is too wide. It’s a good width for 11s. With 11 Burton’s I think you get away with down to 265mm fine and really anything there is within range, going up to 273mm, but those around that mark are just at the wider end of the good range, but nothing there is excessively wide for you or anything.
Hey Nate!
Thanks for great review. I find it very helpful. I’m a beginner (about 7 days on board,
I deal with corners and gain speed and confidence) and preparing to buy my own gear. I was thinking about YES Basic (as it would serve me for several seasons I suppose), Rossignol CIRCUIT, K2 Standard and Burton Instigator.
My problem is in sizing. I’m 183cm tall, but my weight is 69-70 kg, boot size 43. I was searching for 155 board (as for my weight), but also was thinking about 160 (as for my height). Would you help me please? 🙂
Thanks in advance
Dominik
Hi Dominik
Thanks for your message.
I wouldn’t worry too much about going 155 at your height. The weight and boot size is more important, and 155 isn’t excessively short for your height or anything. It may end up being the case that you go with a slightly wider than reference stance (or maybe not, depending on what you like and what the reference stance on the board is) but otherwise, I wouldn’t think too much about height, especially when looking at a size around 155.
I would say anything around 154-156 would be the best size range for you to look at, and 157 doable. So 155 I think is a good fit for you. I certainly wouldn’t go as long as 160.
In terms of the boards you’re looking at, certainly the YES Basic would take you a little further through your progression vs the other options, but they are all good beginner options, IMO, and all come in appropriate sizing for you too (I think they all have a 155).
Hope this helps with your decision
Hey brotha about to pull the trigger on a board probably burton ripcord or instigator since they are priced so well. all the rentals i have been on are 150s and i am 5’9. Am i good to buy a 150 or should i get something in the 153-155 range? thanks
Hi Tim
Thanks for your message.
Weight and boot size are the most important factors for board sizing. Whilst I like to take height into account, it’s less important these days. If you could let me know your weight and boot size, that would be great and then I can give you my opinion for sizing.
Hi Nate,
Thanks for the article its very helpful. I just completed my first snowboard lesson and it went well, I was completing j turns, got in some s turns, and I even rode switch a few times, (mostly by accident lol) and I’m curious to know your advice on a good beginner board. The board I rode was the Burton Process Camber (size 157) and I thought it was good, ( I caught a few edges but I guess that’s to be expected on your first lesson). Anyways, I was looking at the Burton Instigator, the Process, ( either the Camber or Flying V) and the Capita Horrorscope for my first board. I’d like to ride a bit of everything, from groomers to eventually park with maybe some pow here and there. I’m 6’2″ and 155 pounds and I believe the size calculator said 155-156 would be good. Any advice would be greatly appreciated.
Thanks,
Sammy
Hi Sammy
Thanks for your message.
Yeah I think something around 155-157 would be a good size for you to look at.
As a beginner, I would look at the Process Flying V, Instigator or the Horrorscope over the Process Camber. Since you felt OK on it, it’s not completely out of the picture. Apart from the camber profile it’s otherwise OK as a beginner deck, but will be a steeper learning curve vs the others, IMO.
The Horrorscope is quite freestyle oriented – a good option as something to learn on and then keep as your park board later, when upgrading to a better all-mountain board. It’s a great option if you wanted to do it that way – but if you’re wanting something more versatile, then the Instigator or Process Flying V are the better options, IMO. Between them, the Process Flying V is a slightly more advanced board – still easy to ride and suitable for a beginner, but something that’s going to take you a but further in your progression, IMO. Note that it is quite a loose feeling board. If that’s something that you like the sound of (some people like loose, some prefer more stable), then that’s fine, but just so you know. The Instigator is a more pure beginner ride, but will certainly take you as far as intermediate and is quite versatile.
I would go 155 for either, with 157 being a possibility for the Process (or 157W, depending). If you could let me know your boot size, just to check to see if you need a wide board or not.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
I was hoping to get some advise. I just started snowboarding and am definitely a beginner. Just started last weekend for 3 days and The rental board they had me on was a diff size each day between 154-159. Which after reading your size chart is quite small.
I’m leaning toward the Salomon Sight, don’t want to do anything sexy just cruise greens anfld maybe work my way to blues or even blacks by the end of the season. I just wanted your Rec on sizing and if you think the sight is a good bird for me?.
Height: 6ft
Weight: 240lbs (athletic)
Boot: Salomon Synapse 10
I obviously felt it easier to maneuver the 154 rental board but understand that’s too small, but it did however make the 159 feel massive. I’m sure I could get used to anything at the beginner stage tho. Would the Salomon Sight 159 regular width with Synapse sz 10 boots be an okay set up for me.
Thanks
Hi Mike
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, I think the Sight would be a great option for you. And good call getting your own deck – and you pointed out one of the biggest benefits of having your own (though there are quite a few) which is consistency. Very hard to learn when you’re always on different sized boards. And in some cases you can end up on a different board altogether.
Size-wise, I would put you on around a 165 as an advanced rider. As a beginner, as a rule of thumb, it’s a good idea to go 3-5cm smaller than that. Based on your experience with the boards that you’ve ridden it sounds like you like things on the smaller side. Certainly wouldn’t go as short as 154, but I think 159 (which is pretty close to that 3-5cm range) would be a good bet for you. Particularly when you start to get more fluid and pick up a little more speed, you would find anything around 154 lacking.
I would go regular width too, with Synapse 10s. Don’t need to go wide in that case, IMO.
So yeah, 159 Salomon Sight is a good bet, IMO.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate!
I commented about 2 years back, asking about gears, I finally got my gear and went to Japan again to board!
Snow was bad this year except a day where it dumped!
My stats :
Height : 167cm
Weight : 72KG
In the end, got the following gears :
2018/19 K2 Standard 152
Burton Moto (Speed Lacing)
Flux TT (they didn’t have the DSL, only PR or TT)
Honestly, after 2 years, I’ve forgotten most of the basics and was quite fearful of doing turns and facing forward. After a few days, it felt great! (Still afraid to go fast though)
The greatest change vs. rental equipment to me is the boots! So much more comfortable and light!
There’s still loads of room to work on, till next season!
Thank you so much for the help and your website man!
Next thing on my buy list are iron, wax and a freaking stomp pad!
Cheers man!
Hi Iching
Thanks for your message and the update. Always good to get follow ups. Awesome that you’re gear is treating you well and that you’re progressing well now. Onward and upward next season!
Hey Nate,
Could you explain a bit on the differences between the Rossignol Sawblade & District? I’m trying to look at the specs but I can’t seem to find much difference except for the flex rating and base?
Thanks!
Hi Ronald
Thanks for your message.
There are quite a few similarities – like same wood core, same camber profile, both trues twins, to name a few.
But there are also a few differences – the flex and the base being two of them. A couple of other things are:
– The that the Sawblade has “serrated edges” for better grip in hard/icy conditions, which the district doesn’t have
– The Sawblade has a tighter sidecut radius. For example looking at the 155s for both, the Sawblade 155 has a 6.6m sidecut radius vs the 7.5m radius on the District.
– The Sawblade is a little wider overall
– The District has more effective edge vs overall length. Not by a lot, but there’s a difference there
So yeah a few things that make these boards relatively different.
Heya Nate,
Thanks for your response! I’ve checked with the board shop but they don’t carry any Rossi boards unfortunately.
I rode the Horrorscope last year and loved it, but I’m looking to try a more high end begineer/intermediate profile this year. Had the chance to try a couple of hybrids like the Process Flying-V but did not like how loose it felt at all! (even the Horrorscope to a certain extent)
So I think some mild camber underfoot to rocker towards the tip/tail would suit me best..I have the Outerspace Living in mind at the moment, was wondering if you could suggest a couple more options to choose from? My ideal size would be around 145-150 max
Thanks again and great job with the site!
Hi Ronald
First board that sprung to mind in the YES Basic, partly because it’s a great option for that high-end beginner level, but also because I know that it comes in shorter sizes. Also, because it’s a stable feeling board, and it sounds like you’re not keen on that looser feel. That’s a reasonably wide scope size-wise – I would be happy to give a size recommendation, if you’re looking for one. I would just need your height, weight and boot size and if you have any preferences on how you ride yet – i.e. tricks, powder, speed etc.
Certainly others come in that size range too (like the OSL you’re looking at), but it would be easier to narrow things down with a slightly more precise sizing preference.
The OSL is certainly one that’s at that high beginner/low intermediate level too, and also has a stable feel, IMO. So certainly an option too.
For more also check out:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
If you’re curious about any others on that list and want to know if they have a more loose or more stable feel, let me know.
Hope this helps
Hi again Nate,
The YES basic was actually my top choice, but the resort where I’m going doesn’t carry that board unfortunately 🙁
They do however have the YES Hel Yes which judging by the stiffness might be too aggressive for my level?
I’m about 174cm / 110 lbs..(not very big I know) , boot size of 7.5 US.
Some other boards that I have been considering is the GNU carbon credit or GNU money…But these are still rocker dominant which I fear might me a bit loose since the profile is similar to that of the Process FV?
Besides that I’ve also shortlisted the Burton Name Dropper/Descendant or Public General Public purely based on the profile and size available/flex rating.
Anyway, I do appreciate your expert opinion on what would suit me the best..Thanks!
Hi Ronald
Thanks for the extra info.
Size-wise, ideally, I would say something around that 144-146 range, so that does limit the number of boards to look at, certainly in the men’s range. Given that you might be used to something a little longer, you could stretch that a little if you wanted. If you’re open to looking at women’s boards too, that would certainly open up a lot more options. But yeah, in terms of men’s I would say:
Carbon Credit is quite loose. Given how you found the Process Flying V, I think you might find that too loose. The Money is a little more stable. Still on the looser side of normal but not as loose as Carbon Credit. Might be that you find it looser. Size-wise I think the 144 would be a good size for you. You could go up to the 148 if you feel you need something longer – and that would give you a little more in terms of stability, at the cost of a bit of maneuverability. But again, not going to be massively less loose feeling than the Process Flying V, IMO.
The Name Dropper is an option. Certainly a little more stable. You’d need to go up to 148, but I think that’s doable. Just note that the Name Dropper is very good for jibbing, but not that much else. It’s fine to learn on, but once you get past a certain level, you might find it’s not enough for carving, speed, etc.
The Descendeant is a little more advanced than the Name Dropper (but still beginner friendly). It’s also less specialized. Certainly still park/freestyle oriented, but less wanting in other areas. Still not great for speed, carving, powder etc though.
I don’t test Public boards currently, but on specs, I think it looks suitable and in sizes that would work for you, but don’t know anything else beyond that.
Another option could be the Slash Happy Place 146 (or even 149, if you wanted to go longer) or the Never Summer Peacemaker 149.
You could try the Hel YES, but yeah it’s a little more advanced. If you’re able to try it though, it could be worth a try.
Having said that, I’m not totally opposed to giving the hybrid rockers another try. Currently for these profiles I have the Gnu money or lib tech box scratcher in mind..
What do you think?
Hi Ronald
Further to my other reply, I think the Money is doable, though I don’t think it would feel significantly less loose than the Process Flying V. With the Banana profile on the Box Scratcher, I think you would find that as loose as the Process Flying V, most probably.
Great insights again Nate, thanks a again! I think I know what to look for now.
You’re very welcome Ronald. If you think of it at the time, let me know what you go with. Happy riding!
Hey Nate,
Quick update! I’ve been on the DOA for the past 3 days and it’s been great so far. Conditions haven’t been that great with some slush and ice but it has handled everything so far. Will be trying the Wired Drift tomorrow so excited to see how that goes. My buddy will be on the Typo and I’m really curious how that fares as well. Your tips on sizing and profiles have been spot on! Thanks
Hi Ronald
Thanks for the update. Look forward to hearing how you get on with the Wired Drift and Typo
Hi ! Thanks for all the great information. I am 5’10” 175 lbs Size 9 foot. I am 52 years old and have skied since I was a teenager. I am new to snowboarding. Just looking for some advice on size. 155 ? 158 ? 160? … Also would the answer depend on the snowboard. These are the five I am looking at. Thanks !
Salomon Sight
Rossignol Circuit
Arbor Foundation
K2 Standard
Burton Instigator
Hi Mike
Thanks for your message.
As a beginner, with your specs, I would be looking in the range somewhere between 154 and 156. It does sometimes depend on the board for sure. For the boards you’re looking at though, I think something in that range would work well. For each, I would say:
Salomon Sight 156
Rossignol Circuit 155
Arbor Foundation 155
K2 Standard 155
Burton Instigator 155
Hope this helps with your decision
Thanks Nate !
So for me a 52 year old who just wants a board to just cruise down the mountain, a board that is easy to turn and easy to learn on. I won’t be jumping on rails. Just want to keep it mellow. Which one from my list would you go with ? I ski in the East and an occasional trip to power country….
Thanks
Mike
Hi Mike
Since you’re out East, I would be leaning towards the Salomon Sight or Arbor Foundation. Likely to have the best edge-hold in harder/icy conditions vs the others.
Hi Nate,
If I am 187cm tall and have big foot (US11)
should I choose Rossignol Circuit 156W or 160?
Thanks,
Leo
Hi Leo
Thanks for your message – and apologies for the slow response. Bit behind at the moment after vacation.
If you could also let me know your weight that would be great. Weight is an important factor for length sizing.
In any case the 160 is probably risking it being too narrow – so it would be between the 156W and 161W, depending on weight, I would say. As a beginner, if you were happy upgrading later once you’ve progressed a bit, then you might get away with the 160 for now, width-wise – just because beginners aren’t typically getting that high on the edges and therefore are less likely to encounter boot drag.
Hope this helps
Hey man, first off i’d like to say thank you for posting so many reviews and putting so much effort into helping people find the right gear for them. I am currently looking to stop renting all of my gear from the resort and would like to buy my own. I am pretty torn between the 2019 Rossignol district and the 2019 Flow Merc. I would like to visit the park one day but no quite at that level yet. If you could give a little more of your master knowledge and which board you would choose it would be greatly appreciated. Thanks for being a bomb dude and spreading the passion of snowboarding to others, I’m hooked!
Hey AJ
Thanks for your message.
There isn’t really a bad choice there. Both are good as beginner boards and both are geared towards freestyle – so that when you do start to hit the park, you’ll have a board for it. So both good choices for what you’re describing, IMO.
The choice maybe comes down to camber profile. The District has a “hybrid camber” profile – camber between the feet and rocker towards tip and tail, whereas the Merc has a “hybrid rocker” profile – rocker between the feet and camber towards tip and tail. Hybrid Camber is typically more stable feeling. Hybrid Rocker typically feels a little looser but is, depending on other factors and the type of hybrid rocker it is, typically really easy to initiate turns on. The biggest issue with the looser feel, is sometimes it can feel a little unstable coming off the lift, but that’s something you get used to after a while.
So, I think if you think you’d prefer a slightly looser feel, then go Merc and if you think you’d prefer a slightly more stable feel, then District.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
Thanks for all the great reviews, I love the site! Any tips on what board to buy for a casual (5-10 outings per year) 42 year old, 6’2”, 235 lb male who’s only goal is to enjoy making it down hard-packed and icy Ontario runs without catching an edge? I learned to ride on the SIMS Destiny over the past 5 years and just want to enjoy the days while minimizing wipeouts. Would the Burton Ripcord or K2 Fuse be good options (Saw them at a local store) or would you suggest I head to a specialty shop for something more specific?
All the best
Hi Dave
Thanks for your message.
The Ripcord could be doable, if you’re looking for something very easy going. It’s a very soft flexing, easy going board. The 162W would be a good size for you, IMO – depending on your boot size. If you could let me know your boot size that would be great. My biggest concern is that it’s going to feel too soft flexing for you – and that it’s not that good in hard/icy conditions. I’m not that familiar with the K2 Fuse, but in my experience K2s aren’t that great in hard/icy conditions. Since you’re in Ontario, I would be looking for something that grips ice better.
I would check out those in this list that are labelled “HARD/ICY OPTION” or those with that option on them from the following list:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Size-wise, in general, I would say around 166cm would be a good length if you were a more aggressive/advanced rider. But since you like things casual, then going shorter is a good idea, so anything 161-163 is probably a good range to look at.
Hope this helps
Thanks a million Nate for the great advice.
You’re very welcome Dave. Hope you have an awesome season!
Hi Nate,
am a begineer/ low level intermediate All mountain rider. Trying to make a decision about my first gear . Confused between Salomon Sight and Nidecker score which would you recommend. Also can you tell me if Salomon sight x and salomon sight are the same?
Hi Anand
Thanks for your message.
I don’t currently test Nidecker gear, so I couldn’t say for sure, but I imagine that the Nidecker Score would be suitable for your level, looking at the specs.
As far as I know the Sight X is literally the same as the Sight, but just has a different graphic.
But yeah, I think so long as you get the size right, either of those boards would be suitable. Not to throw a spanner in the works, but you could also check out the following if you wanted:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate!
There is a lot of awesome reviews. Thanks for that, it’s really helpful.
I am beginner this will be my second season. And I want buy my own snowboard set.
I am man 178cm, 78-82 kg, and 41 EU size boots.
I think about Salomon Sight 19/20. 156 cm.
And bindings I can’t make choice what will be better:
Burton custom re:flex 19/20 m size.
Salomon District m size.
Burton freestyle 19/20 m size.
K2 mach 19/20 m size.
And with boots the same problem 🙂
Salomon Faction boa
Burton moto boa
Nitro Thunder TLS.
Can you help me to make choice?
P.S. Sorry for my bad English:)
Hi Vlad
Thanks for your message.
I think the Sight is a good choice – and the 156 is a good size for you too. So that’s all good, IMO.
In terms of bindings, everything there would certainly work, so there’s not really a bad choice. I don’t really know the K2 Mach, but just taking a quick look at the specs, they look like they are beginner appropriate. I would be leaning towards the Burton Custom Re:Flex, but they all look suitable. For all those brands I agree that M would be the best size for your boot size.
In terms of boots, I don’t test Nitro gear, so I can’t say much about the Thunder TLS, but the Moto Boa and the Faction Boa are both good choices. If it’s at all possible to try them on in person that would be the best way to find out. Fit is the most important thing for snowboard boots, IMO. If you can’t try them on in person, check out the following to get some idea:
>>Sizing Snowboard Boots: The Different Brands
Not all boots within a brand fit exactly the same, but usually fit similar within a brand.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hello,
Really appreciate all of the amazing advice. I am looking to grab two beginner boards – one for me and one for my son. I am 5’11’ and 180lbs and he is 5’7″ 130lbs. Both of us would be beginners. I am looking for free riding on groomed mountain resorts with the idea of later doing powder. I don’t see either of us doing park moves. Ultimate desire would be to learn to carve and speed over time. With that, I think I’d prefer the surfy type experience as I have surfed and skated before.
Looking at the Arbor Formula, Bataleon Disaster, and Ride Agenda as beginner boards. For a step up potentially (buy once and grow into) maybe the Arbor Westmark. Both Formula and Westmark in the rocker version.
What are your thoughts? Also, can you recommend sizes and bindings. He wears a 9 and I am a 10 US.
Cheers!
Hi JCW
Thanks for your message.
Firstly size-wise, I would go:
You: 155 to 157 – going at the higher end of that range, or maybe up to 158 would give you a bit more “grow into”. Going 158 would be a slightly steeper learning curve, but doable. This is roughly speaking too, as it can sometimes depend on the board.
Son: 146 to 148. Again, same thing in terms of going at the higher end of the range. And assuming he’s still growing? That can be a good idea. Just be careful not to go too long – as it can make things less enjoyable and more difficult to progress. I am usually a little wary of “grow into” because if you take it too far, then it can negatively affect the experience.
So, for the boards that you mention, I would say:
Formula: 148 for your son. 155 or 158 for you
Disaster: 148 for your son. 157 for you
Agenda: 149 for your son, 155 or 158 for you
Westmark Rocker: 149 for your son, 155 or 158 for you
Those sizes should all work for your boot sizes too.
Just to note, that the Disaster, Agenda and to a lesser extent the Westmark Rocker and Formula are quite freestyle oriented boards. Based on what you’re describing, they might not be that suitable, if you’re looking to keep them for a while, especially as you start to look for speed and float in powder. Fine if you’re just looking to learn the basics on them and then upgrade, but if you’re looking to hold them for a while, then I think going with something more all-mountain would be better. Something like the:
Salomon Sight
K2 Standard
Burton Ripcord
Burton Instigator
Nitro Prime
Rossignol Circuit
As beginner boards. Or if you were looking at going a step up, then something like the:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Never Summer Snowtrooper
YES Typo
YES Libre
Rossignol Templar
But from the 4 that you’ve got in your list, I would probably be leaning towards the Formula Rocker.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Salve Nate!
I’m a 35 year old male, 180 cm, 82 Kg, 10 US (275 mondo) beginner+. I’ve ridden 10 days 15 years ago, 2 days 10 years ago and 2 days 4 years ago, all rentals.
Due to unrelated knee injury and lack of funds, I’ve not been able to fully dedicate myself. After reading trough your advice I came up with this list:
K2 Standard 158 (there was no 156/157 option and 155 was the lowest in my range)
Union Flite Pro M (I’m right in between sizes, and I thought the low profile of the Burton Moto will go well with M)
Burton Moto 10 US (Flexy, cheap, will go with speed lace as oposed to single BOA)
Please share your opinion,
Thank you
Hi Kitz
Please refer to my other response.
But yeah in terms of size for bindings, I would go M for Union bindings with US10 boots. I ride US10 boots and always go medium with Union bindings. Union bindings tend to have quite long base plates too, so going with Large can sometimes mean the bindings can get be borderline too wide for regular width boards. So yeah, I’d definitely go M in your case.
Salve Nate!
I’m a 180 cm, 82 Kg, 10 US (275 mondo), 35 years old male beginner+ (did 10 days 15 years ago, 2 days 10 years ago and 2 more days 4 years ago). Always liked it, but unrelated injuries on one knee and lack of funds kept me away from fully dedicating.
And after reading almost everything on your site I came up with this, could you please give your opinion?
K2 standard 158
Union Flite Pro M
Burton Moto 10 US
Thank you, have a great day.
Hi Kitz
Thanks for your message. That sounds like an awesome beginner setup to me. You’ve obviously done your research. The one thing I would consider is going for the 155 K2 Standard. I think that would be a better beginner length for your specs. Certainly when you’re more advanced you could move to something more like 158-160, but to begin with I like the sound of the 155 for you better. Especially so, since the K2 Standard actually has a good bit of effective edge compared to overall length. That’s the only thing I would change with your setup.
Hope this helps
Hello,
Being based in eastern eu, there is a scarcity of options regarding the K2 2019.
I’ve found the 158 for 205 $ (last one 45% OFF, usually it goes for 350 $) , there is no 155 around, I could get one from UK or DE for something 300-320 $.
Now the thing is, how much will this impede me? Do you have any tips to mitigate this? Should I return it and go for the 155, or an 155 of a different brand?
Thank you for your time.
Hi Kitz
I think 158 is doable for you, especially with some boards. Just that the K2 Standard has that longer effective edge. It will still be a good learning board, but ideally the 155 would be better, the 158 just going to be a slightly steeper learning curve.
In general, ideally something 155-157 as a beginner with your specs. You would get away with 158 in some boards. It’s just with the K2 Standard in particular, that it has that longer effective edge, that makes the 158 less appealing. If you can find a good deal on something in that 155-157 range or a 155 K2 Standard, that would be preferable. I mean, you’ll likely be OK on the 158 Standard – just maybe not ideal.
Hello again,
I’ve managed to try on a Burton Moto size 10.5 US and 11 US.
Size 10.5 makes my toes push against the toe box on flat and slightly so when flexed on the toe edge.
With size 11 there was no issue, and I did not sense any heel slippage.
Will they break in? should I go with 10.5 or stick to 11? Also , it s safe to assume that I should go with Union Flite Pro size L as Moto 10 Us will not fit?
Thank you.
Hello,
Another possible issue, going for Burton Moto size 10.5/11 and Union Flite Pro L will still make the K2 Standard 155/158 still viable width wise or should i look at 156W?
155 has 249mm waist width and the 158 has 251mm, the 156W is at 262mm.
Thank you, hope I’m not abusing.
Hi Kitz
To answer your first question. Yes there is some break in, so going snugger than you think is a good idea. However, if you’re having to bend your toes in the 10.5 and if there still touching with a bit of pressure when you flex as if going into a toe side turn, then it might be a bit too snug. I like to size so that if I’m standing straight, then I want my toes touching the end, but without having to bend my toes at all to fit them in – and when I flex into them, the toes should come away slightly from the edge or only ever so slightly brushing the edge. That’s what works for me. So, it depends how much they are pressing the edge in the 10.5s. If they are touching but aren’t forcing your toes to bend, then that might be the better size, but if there’s a lot of pressure or they have to bend then 11 will be better. Were your toes touching at all in the 11s.
If you get in the 10.5s, then I would still go medium for the Flite Pros. However, if you end up in the 11s, then it’s probably safer to go to the L.
To answer your second question. If you end up in 11s, then it would be pushing it for the 158 being too narrow, and the 155 even more so. For 10.5s, I’d say you would still be fine on the 158, but maybe pushing it on the 155 but you might just get away with it. On 11s, I think the 156W would be the safer option, but you could squeeze the 158, but there’d be some risk of toe drag there, depending on how aggressively you ride. The 10.5s, 158 would be fine, 155 would be some risk of toe drag, depending on how aggressively you ride.
I can usually get as narrow as 255mm at the inserts, with US10s. But I wouldn’t go any narrower than that, and even that’s pushing it. That’s roughly the equivalent of 260mm in 10.5s and 265mm in 11s. The Standard 158 is likely around 262mm at the inserts and the 155 likely 260mm at the inserts. The 156W is likely around 273mm at the inserts. I haven’t measured the Standard at the inserts, so this is just an estimate based on typical K2 boards.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate,
Just wanted to start off by saying thank you for putting all of this effort into creating these reviews and guides! So I am relatively new to snowboarding but picked it up pretty quickly. Last season being my first I rode a Burton rental a few times and really enjoyed it. Shortly after I picked up a skate banana locally and found that I absolutely hated how loose it felt on the snow. Now, hopefully you can help me out with this next part.
I went into my local shop and got sold on a 2020 Burton Process Flying V, but am considering swapping it out for a Process camber as many reviews of the Flying V still say it is very loose underfoot and I am looking for something that is more stable/confident to ride. I wanted to ask what your thoughts were on the Flying V and if it is significantly different to the skate banana in how it feels. Right now, I am between keeping the Process Flying V or swapping it out for the Process w/ purepop camber, or the Yes. Basic as the cam/rock seems to give the best of both worlds.
I am located on the east coast and most of the time the conditions are okay at best but can definitely be icy. First trip will be to Mount Snow or Okema in late December even though I am located in VA and mainly head to Snowshoe or Whitetail for a weekend trip. Will only be doing resort groomers and not confident enough to hit anything in the park so just looking for a board that I can feel more in control on, isn’t super catchy, but isn’t squirly either. I’m 6’2″ size 11.5 boot, and 200-210lbs depending on where im at with dieting/exercise.
Any recommendations/advice you can give on my situation is much appreciated! Thank you in advance!
Hi Tyler
Thanks for your message.
The Process Flying V is quite a loose feeling board. Not to the same extent as the Skate Banana, but still quite loose feeling. If it’s on the smaller size for your specs, then that would contritbute to an even more squirly feel.
The Process Purepop is certainly more stable feeling, no doubt. But it’s whether it’s a little too far into the catchy side. I don’t find Purepop super catchy, but there’s a little bit of catch in there if you get off your game. I’d say it’s doable for you, but I think the YES Basic or similar would be a good bet for you at the moment. Since you’re not a fan of that loose feeling, then certainly something either flat or camber between the feet/under the feat – and then rocker towards tip and tail (so it’s not too catchy). Going with rocker between the feet again (like with the Process Flying V) often gives a looser feel.
Size-wise, I think something 159-161 would be a good range for you as a beginner. If you think you’re closer to the intermediate end of that, then maybe 160-162. Not sure what size your Skate Banana was, or the Process Flying V you picked up, but generally speaking that’s about the size range I would look for you. Width-wise with 11.5s it’s wise to go wide.
So, for the YES Basic the 159W is probably what I would go with. Though the 163W is almost within range too. If you really felt you wanted more length/more stability again, then that’s an option. Though I think the 159W is probably the better bet for now. The 163W a steeper learning curve. In either size the Basic will feel more stable than the Skate Banana and Process Flying V. Size-wise for the Process (Pure-Pop) I would say the 159W again. Again could consider 162W but given that it’s already going to be a steeper learning curve with that Purepop, adding length would also add to the learning curve.
If you feel you’re closer to hitting intermediate, then you could also look at the following:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps with your decision
Thanks for the response Nate!
After talking to a Yes rep I ended up going with the YES. Typo which I’m pretty excited ahout.
Last question would be bindings to pair eith the Typo and if you have any suggestions. Looked into the Union Strata’s or Contact Pro’s, but also have a set of Burton Missions I could use as well. The YES rep recommended NOW bindings (assuming they have a partnership). Just wanted to know what you would pair with the board given the same situation/conditions in my initial post.
Again, thank you for the help!
Hi Tyler
Awesome that you got a board! The Typo is a great board – certainly high-end beginner to intermediate suitable and certainly a more stable feel than you would have got from the Skate Banana.
In terms of bindings, I always like to get the flex close. So for the Typo (which I rate at 4.5/10 for flex – YES rates at 6/10, but IMO they usually overstate the stiffness of most of their boards). I would say something around 5/10, 6/10 flex would be a good bet.
The Contact Pro (which I rate at 4/10 for flex) would work, but I usually prefer to go for either the same level of flex or a little stiffer for bindings. So it’s an option, but personally I would go Strata over the Contact Pro for the Typo. But the Missions (also 6/10 by my feel) would be a good match too – and they’re solid bindings as well, so if you wanted to save money and use those, they would work fine, IMO. Probably ideally, I would say 5/10 flex, just because you’re only in your second season, but 6/10 certainly doable, especially if you’re picking it up quickly – and also for your specs I don’t think you’d have any issues with that flex level. If you were a lighter rider, then I’d probably say to go softer, but I think you’ll be good there. So, if you didn’t want to change bindings, the Missions will do the job fine, IMO.
YES & NOW are associated. NOW bindings are OK, I tried them for the first time last season. My biggest thing with them is that they don’t have that great a board feel. But they do have lots of good qualities – like next level shock absorption, and are fairly responsive. The NOW X YES, and the NOW Pilot and the NOW Select would all match the Typo well. But yeah, I’m always stoked on most YES boards. NOW bindings not to the same extent. I would go with Burton Mission over the NOWs, but I really like to have good board feel and Burton bindings have that, so they would certainly be my preference.
Hope this helps with your decision
First off, just want to say your site is amazing and thank you!
I’m currently a low level intermediate rider on a 2011 154 Taipan. I do pretty well on the steep runs but still need to get better at going faster especially on cat tracks. Still find that I’m either checking up too much (and end up walking)or feel sketchy at higher speeds and catch an edge. Wondering if getting a newer board would help me progress. Not looking to ride switch or do tricks just want to cruise at decent speeds through all conditions.
Guy at a local shop recommended a 156 Snowtrooper because of the camber(currently have pure rocker), and it was 40% off. From your review that seems like a good fit but just curious if think another board would be much better. BTW I’m 5’8” 160-165
Hi Kelley
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, size-wise, I think anything 154-156 would work well for you. So 156 is fine in terms of size, and if you’re looking to keep speeds up, then going at the longer end of that range is a good idea.
Certainly having camber in the profile is going to really help with stability at speed, edge-hold and just speed in general, so I definitely agree that camber is a must if you’re looking to progress/improve your performance at speed. Having a well waxed sintered base is also going to help you to cruise more easily.
The Snowtrooper definitely an option. It’s got some camber, but it’s not camber dominant – it’s on the more playful side still. But definitely a great low intermediate option. It features on my list, which you can check out for more options too, if you’d like:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
And also check out my Snowtrooper review.
I wouldn’t say it’s a “bomber” in terms of speed, but should add a bit more vs your all-rocker board. Though it’s softer than the 2011 Taipan. But yeah in the 156, I think it would suit what you’re describing. If you’re looking to get a bit more speed performance, also check out some of these options (most should be fine for a low intermediate, though I wouldn’t go for anything stiffer than 6/10):
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
But I think the 156 Snowtrooper would work and sounds like you can get a good deal on it. But just wanted to give you some other options to check out, so you can weigh all the options.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate
Your articles are fantastic and packed with great info and tips
I am a beginner rider (only 10 hours so far) and am looking for my first board
My height is 180 and I am 95 kg with a mondo boot size of 29.5
To be honest I’ve been “umming” and “arring” over all sorts of boards (Arbor Foundation, Ride Agenda, Burton Instigator etc) but I keep coming back to the Lib Tech Skate Banana BTX 2020 as it sounds really fun
I wakeboard and surf so a loose feeling may be more my thing but I’m not sure I would actually end up doing freestyle and in Europe I will certainly be on the groomers more in my first season or 2 plus a lot of indoor riding to get skills up
Is this in your humble opinion a sensible option?
Am looking at the 159W for my specs
Mark
Hi Mark
Thanks for your message.
The Skate Banana is, IMO, a suitable beginner option. It’s an easy going, easy turning board. Certainly a loose/surfy feel. It’s quite similar to the GNU Carbon Credit Asym but just a touch stiffer (4/10 flex as opposed to 3/10 on the GNU – but still beginner friendly flex). It’s certainly a freestyle focused board, but as a beginner it’s also a good option for riding groomers. It’s not going to be a charger on the groomers at all, it’s going to be a casual groomer board – but pretty much any good beginner option isn’t going to be a hard charger. Even if you don’t end up using it for freestyle and if you end up changing boards, this is still something you could use for casual days riding, riding with beginners/kids etc, if you didn’t end up selling it.
Size-wise, for your specs, I would say to go for anything 157-159 in terms of length and with mondo of 29.5, then wide is definitely recommended, so yeah, I agree that 159W is a good size for you.
Hope this helps
Thx for the reply Nate! I went with the Salomon Sight at the end since I haven’t find out what style I’d like to ride in the future at that point. But while waiting for my board and working on my skill I think I might try out freestyle in the future now so would like to have your opinion on at what point should I get a new board, once I hit the description of intermediate level or passed it?
And also if I want to try out freestyle do you have any recommendations on which board will help me progress learning freestyle?
I’ve been using the advice on this website about sizing but would definitely want you opinion on this too, my height is 180cm and 72kg with boot size of 8.5.
Thx again for all the advices!!
Hi Tommy
Yeah, I would say once you’ve hit a point where you feel like you have a solid and smooth technique and are at around an intermediate level.
In terms of learning freestyle, going with something quite soft, quite short and a true twin with a centered reference stance is a good way to go. Something like:
– Slash Happy Place
– Lib Tech Skate Banana
– Never Summer Dipstick (or Warlock)
– GNU Carbon Credit Asym
Or if you’re looking at a cheaper option, something like the Agenda or
– Rossignol District
– Capita Horrorscope
– Rossignol Sawblade
Size-wise, for something all-mountain like the Sight, I would say go something in the range of 154-156, as a beginner, and then closer to 159 as a more intermediate rider. Width-wise, something like the Sight is good as it’s a little narrower, which works well for 8.5 boots, in my opinion. Trying to go no wider than 250mm would be ideal. And depending on binding angles you could go as narrow as 240mm with quite a bit of angle on your back binding or down to around 244mm with a very straight back binding angle.
For a freestyle board – as a beginner learning freestyle, you could go as short as 152 – something like 152 to 154. But if you start to learn freestyle at the point that you’re already at a solid intermediate level otherwise, then you could still go as short as 152, if it was a dedicated freestyle board, but up to 156 would be fine too, if that makes sense.
Appreciated Nate! The board you mentioned actually are some of the choices I’m considering haha, I’ll see which one I prefer.
And if it’s not too much trouble I actually would also like your opinion on the stance width and angle of the binding set up, I’ve read the article about it but I think your advice will be more accurate to me personally.
Also should I get separate boots and binding if I’m getting a new board for freestyle in the future?
Again thank you for taking the time I know it’s quite alot of questions…
Hi Tommy
In terms of binding angles, I think going +15/-15 is probably a good starting point for you, since you are interested in riding freestyle, this will help you to learn riding in both directions from the get go. For stance width, this mostly comes down to feel, IMO – what feels best to you. But for your height, it’s likely that it will fall somewhere between 21″ (530mm) & 23″ (585mm). It also depends on the reference stance of the board. I like to go close to the reference stance when I can. If that’s too far off a stance width that I am comfortable with, I’ll go wider or narrower to accommodate but generally as close to that reference stance as is comfortable for me. For when you’re riding freestyle, a wider stance can be better.
In terms of boots and bindings – typically, if you’re just going to be learning freestyle, then the same boots and bindings that are suitable for beginners will be suitable – and a good flex match for the boards discussed in the last post. You can certainly step up the quality of gear if you wanted to, for riding freestyle, but when you’re just learning freestyle not completely necessary. There are some factors like shock absorption and board feel that become more important for riding freestyle vs beginner gear, and that could be something to think about once you’re advancing your freestyle riding, but to begin with you could certainly start out using what you have as your beginner gear.
Thank you so much for all the help Nate, really saved me a lot of time and effort choosing my gears!!
You’re very welcome Tommy. Hope you have an awesome season when winter rolls round!
Nate, there’s one more matter that I would like to ask you about, is protective gear aside from helmet such as knee and impact shorts and even body armor a must during snowboarding? Do you have any brand recommendations on this matter?
Hi Tommy
I think it’s down to personal risk tolerance. A helmet is a must, IMO. Anything else is down to your own assessment.
I personally wear impact shorts – which is largely due to breaking my tail bone a few seasons back. I’ve never worn body armor or knee pads, but if that’s something you feel you want that’s up to you.
As a beginner, something like padded shorts can help, if you’re falling backwards a lot, especially if you’re riding in hard/icy conditions. Can help with confidence.
The only impact shorts I’ve tried/owned are Demon Flex Force D30 Padded Shorts – you can check out my review on them here. I have nothing to compare them to, but they work well for me.
Hey Nate it’s me again, I had a look at the freestyle boards you recommended and I’m thinking about getting the Skate Banana because I think I’m more towards learning butters and ground tricks and the banana rocker profile is better I think? Please correct me if I’m wrong lol. But aside from the profile the Skate Banana has a medium flex rating (a 5/10 I think?), will this affect doing the freestyle tricks I mentioned?
And also in your previous replies you mentioned upgrading new gear for learning freestyle isn’t completely necessary and beginner gear could do the job, is the Salomon Sight I bought fit in this case, can I be using it for learning freestyle?
Hi Tommy
Firstly, you could learn freestyle on the Sight. It’s not ideal though. It’s soft flexing, which helps. But ideally you would want something that was true twin with a centered stance.
The Skate Banana is, IMO, a great option to learn freestyle on. And though it’s rated medium flex, my experience with it is that it’s always been medium-soft – I would say 4/10. So not the softest ever, of course, but softer than what it’s rated at, IMO. And it’s really easy to butter. It’s a really easy going board all round, and I think it would be a good choice.
hello Nate,
First I’d like to say thank you for this amazing article because im a reader from China and there arent that many good article about snowboards in chinese.
I’ve just picked up this sport and wanted to buy a beginner snowboard, also have the budget to upgrade to a more advance board sooner or later.
I’ve read some article in this website and narrowed it down to the Salomon Sight and the Ride Agenda and wanted to ask your opinion on which one I should get. I was planning to get the Sight but then I read the review article on Ride Agenda and seems like both are pretty close the the perfect beginner board.
changing board when I hit intermediate level wouldnt be a problem and I have no preference on the style at this time, so only considering to make quick progress and get into the sport, which one should I buy?
Hi Tommy
Thanks for your message.
There isn’t really a bad choice between those two boards, especially given that you’re looking to upgrade when intermediate. The Sight is more versatile and the Agenda is more freestyle oriented, but if you’re going to upgrade at an intermediate level anyway, then that doesn’t matter too much.
One thing to think about is if you went for the Agenda, then you could hang onto it as a park specific board for if/when you want to try riding some park/freestyle, then when you buy your intermediate board, you could get something more all-mountain oriented. But if you were looking to sell your initial board, then either would be good choices.
If you can’t decide then sizing might be one way to decide – picking the one with the most ideal size for you. I would be happy to give my opinion on sizing for you, if you’d like. I’d just need your height, weight and boot size.
Hope this helps
Hi, I am considering to buy the Salomon Sight as per your review at the Evo. Seems like they only have Sight X available. What is the different between the Sight and Sight X? Just want to be sure that it is the same before buying.
thank you so much for your advise.
Kind regards
Thanit
Hi Thanit
Thanks for your message.
The only difference between the Sight and Sight X, as far as I can tell, is that the Sight X has a different graphic (made specifically for evo). Otherwise I’m pretty sure it’s the same board.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
first of all, thanks a lot from Spain. You are being a great help when choosing equipment.
After reading you for hours, I think I’m going to choose the Yes Basic.
I am still learning (just 8-10 times with a traditional camber), I am 1’75 m, 68 kg and I have a 10 US boot (Burton Moto).
I’m not interested in park so far.
The cheapest I found are the 155 for 260€ and the 152 for 290€.
According to what I read so far I guess you would recommend me the 152 one, but is it worthy paying those extra 30€? Do you think is 155 too much?
And one more question, I read the top 5 beginners bindings but I’m not sure I’ll get them at a good price. Is any of these even similar?
– Drake King 90€
– Salomon Rhythm 96€
– Head NX one 90€
– K2 sonic 97€
– Nitro Staxx 97€
– Rome United 104€
THANK YOU!!!
Hi Carlos
Thanks for your message.
IMO sizing is really important and it’s worth spending a little more to get the right size. It will make your experience that much better. Worth the extra, IMO. And yeah, I would say 152 is the better size for you. 155 isn’t way off, but as a new rider, I think you will enjoy the 152 more, and it will be better for your progression and confidence. I would spend the extra if it was me.
From the bindings, I don’t deal with a lot of those brands, so not familiar with a lot of them, but the K2 Sonic and Salomon Rhythm were very close to making my beginner bindings list, so I think they would be solid options, if you’re looking to save some money. But the likes of the Union Flite Pro and Burton Freestyle retail for the same price as the Sonic and Rhythm, so you might be able to find one of those at a cheaper price too.
Hope this helps
Thanks!!
I found the Contact Pros at a very good price and after reading all your replies here and the Blindings Top’s 10, I finally got them as you considered them a good option for beginners too and higher quality.
So I got a Yes Basic + Contact Pro pack.
Shame I’ll have to wait a few months to test them.
Thanks so much!
You’re very welcome Carlos. Sounds like a great setup for a new rider to me! If you think of it at the time, let me know how you get on, when you get a chance to get them out on snow.
Hi Nate,
Brilliant, article, thanks. Admittedly, as a complete N00b, I’m still struggling with the sheer breadth of choice out there.
My experience on the slopes totals a week skiing when younger and a week snowboarding (with lessons) in the alps a year ago. We were at the end of the season, so all the rental boots were that ‘well-used’ that I bought my own half way through the week (Flow Aeros). I figure for next year, I’ll buy a board and bindings as well and get some practise in before hitting the slopes again.
I’m 5’11, size 9.5(uk) feet, 80kg on a bad day, 76kg on a good one. On the last trip, I rented a 156cm 2016 Salmon craft, which I liked (much better than the initial 162 lump they gave me, anyway) so was looking at the options for that. But then I’m seeing options for the K2 standard and Salomon Sight, which also look pretty decent.
Any recommendations? Obviously as a beginner, I’ll be limited to groomed slopes for some time yet – probably longer than the board will last, at any rate.
Cheers,
Tony
Hi Tony
Thanks for your message.
The Standard and Sight would definitely work well, IMO, for what you’re describing. I didn’t consider the Craft for this list as it looks like it’s more medium flex (not a board I’ve ridden, so couldn’t confirm that, but just going off it’s flex rating), which I don’t usually recommend for beginners. But if you got on well with it and didn’t have any trouble, then that’s certainly an option too.
Size-wise, I would be looking in the range 155 to 157 for you, so I can’t definitely see why you preferred the 156 Craft to a 162! So yeah, if you go Craft I think the 156 would be a great size.
For the Sight, the 155W might be the better option. The 156 might be a little too narrow for UK9.5s.
For the Standard, the 158 is probably your best bet – it’s a little longer but the 155 is borderline too narrow, and the 156W a bit too wide, IMO.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
Definitely helps, thanks. I’m not going to overestimate my ability, so will go with the Sight 155W and trade up in a couple of years if I outgrow it. Doubt I’ll be off the blue runs next year, so can’t imagine I’ll push it anywhere near its limits.
Just one last thing – I got a very good deal on a set of flow fuse hybrid bindings – will that make any difference to board choice?
Hi Tony
I don’t currently test Flow bindings, so I couldn’t say for sure, but I think they will be fine on the Sight. It looks like they’re around a medium flex – so not quite a perfect flex match (assuming that rating is fairly accurate) but doable. The Fuse GT (which looks like it’s a bit stiffer) wouldn’t be as good a match though. So yeah, not a perfect match but doable.
Hey Nate! Thanks for keeping up with these recommendations. I’m wondering if you have some time for a personal recommendation for me.
I’m a beginner, gaining confidence on green slopes and connecting my turns. I don’t have any aspirations to get into park riding, just sticking to the trails and would be very happy mastering blue runs.
I’m 6’3″ and 275 lbs.
After doing some research here and other recommendation lists, I think I’ve narrowed it down to 2: Burton Instigator, and Salomon Sight.
I’m leaning towards the Sight, but concerned about some reviews saying that it’s not the most stable option and can tend to lose it’s edge in aggressive turns.
Also, is there any difference between the Sight 2018 and Sight 2019? Also, what’s different about the Sight X 2019 other than the graphic?
Wondering if you can help me gain confidence in a decision and recommend a size?
Thanks for the help!
Hi Ty
Thanks for your message.
Nothing from this list, or any board with softer flex like most on this list, will be great for aggressive turns at speed. These boards are rated for how well they ride for beginners and doesn’t take into account aggressive riding. I would say that the Sight is probably a 2/5 for speed, and maybe 2,5/5 for carving. But those aren’t things that I take into account for this list. To get something better for aggressive turns, you’re going to be getting something that is less suitable for a beginner level. There’s always a trade off with these things.
Between the Instigator and the Sight, I think the Sight would be your best bet, but just don’t expect it to be a bomber. It’s something that’s good for progressing quickly on, as a beginner rider.
The Sight 2018, 2019 and Sight X are all the same, as far as I know, apart from the Graphics.
Size-wise, generally I would say something around 164 to 166 for you, as a beginner length. So for the Sight it’s likely to be the 166W (depending on boot size). You could probably get away with the 162W if you really wanted to go shorter – but that would make it even less suitable for speed and aggressive turns – but make it a more easy going ride. But if you can let me know your boot size, I can confirm if they would be an appropriate width or not.
If you’re looking for something with a bit more performance, but still fine for high-end beginner to low-end intermediate riders, you could also check out:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Another thing to note, is that if you’re a little over the weight recommendation for a particular board, then that board is likely to feel a little softer flexing. So if you’re over a weight recommendation you could go a little stiffer flexing if you wanted. I would particularly recommend this if you wanted to go for something a little shorter than that 164-166 range.
Hope this helps with your decision
I wear an 11-11.5 boot (depending on brand).
I’m not looking to go super aggressive with turning yet, so sounds like the Sight is what you’d recommend? There’s a 162W on sale on evo right now, but sounds like that might be a bit small? I’m completely fine with an easy-going ride for now until I get (a lot) more confident with my turns.
Thanks for the help!
Hi Ty
Yeah I think the Sight would be a good choice for fast progression – getting your turns confident. It’s something you’d need to upgrade on, once you become more advanced and do start riding more aggressively – and you would want to size up from 162W as well, IMO. But for right now, I think the 162W Sight would work for you. The width of that should be good for your boot size too.
Hey Nate,
After days and nights seeking for my first snowboard , I finally think that I will follow one of your suggestions and go for a Burton process ( non Flying V).
What do you think? Am I doing a good choose?
Said that.
1) Is there any difference between 2017-18-19 Burton Process? Because for 17 and 18 I saw a LTD(limited Burton Process Process) – that is cheaper but I don’t know whether is the same as Process. https://www.sportchek.ca/product/332351809.html#332351809=332351819.
2) What would you suggest as not so expensive(please), bidding( EST) and boot for it?
Thanks!!!
Hi Ivan
Previous to the 2019 model, the Process was traditional camber. It’s changed to PurePop camber for the 2019 model. Traditional camber will be more difficult to ride than PurePop camber, IMO. So, I would say you’d need to stick to the 2019 model unfortunately. The LTD model might be Flat Top though – mostly flat camber profile with a little rocker towards tip and tail. If this is the case, then it would be a really good option for you, IMO. According to the link you sent, it’s flat top, but I’ve been unable to find any official info on it. And when looking at the previous LTD version from 2016-17 on the Sport Chek website it says it’s camber (though I wouldn’t trust Sport Chek for specific snowboard know how that much, to be fair). But I did find evidence that it might be Flat Top from a couple of other sources. If it is Flat Top. If you can confirm that, then I think it’s a great option.
As far as bindings go, for a good priced Burton EST binding that would fit the Process well, I would go with the Custom EST. It’s the cheapest EST binding they have and should match the Process and it’s a great beginner/intermediate binding too. Or if you wanted a bit more performance you could look at the Mission EST as well. The Genesis would also work well but is likely more expensive than what you’d want.
Hope this helps
HiNate
Actually, now I’ve gotten little confusing.
I thought that flat top boards were for begginers and that I would lose this board as long as I grow for my end begginer, start intermediate level
If I not wrong this flat top is the same of the ripcord that you said that would be too much begginer for me.
That’s why I was looking for a hibrid/tradicional camber, then, I found this purepop tbat I understood that is a kind of playful traditional camber.
Correct me if I wrong, please
And again, sorry to keep inundating your feed with questions.
Hi Ivan
Apologies for the slow response. I was out testing boards all weekend.
Flat-to-rocker (or what Burton terms “Flat Top”) is a good profile for beginners for sure. But it’s not necessarily just for beginners. And there are several factors other than just the camber profile that determines what’s a good option for beginners, intermediate etc. One of those things – and it’s one of the biggest things, besides camber profile, is flex. The Process isn’t really stiff by any means, but it is noticeably stiffer than the Ripcord, which is really soft. It’s more the softness of the Ripcord that you would grow out of quicker than the Flat Top.
PurePop camber is certainly easier going that traditional camber, but I found it to be more catchy than a typical hybrid camber (rocker-camber-rocker) board. Not saying that it wouldn’t be fine. But just wanted to point that out. You could certainly go for the 2019 Process, which is purepop camber, but just know that it isn’t as easy as some other profiles to ride. Also remember that the 2018 and earlier Process models were Traditional Camber and not PurePop.
Hope this helps
Nice!
Gotcha!
Yeah.
, I’ve decided to try this purepop camber process 2019.
I rided flat boards an would like to try at least a “softer” version of camber, even that you said that is a little bit catchy .
I hope not!
Regarding bindings, i found a mission
Est biding cheaper than custom.
Should I go with mission even that it is stiffer than custom?
I mean, process 2019 + mission binding,.
Ain’t I pushing too much hard myself?
Tks
Hi Ivan
I think the Mission would work on the 2019 Process. In terms of for you, since you are nearly at an intermediate level, I think you can probably handle it. It might be a little bit of a steeper learning curve overall with that setup – but it’s not like crazy by any means. It will likely push you a little bit, but hopefully not too far. It’s always to hard to say for sure without knowing your level for sure.
Or K2 series for the same purpose( all mountain) intermediate?
Hi Ian
Thanks for your messages.
For Endeavor boards (which I just tried for the first time this season), for an intermediate level, all-mountain board, I would look at the Pioneer. A really nice board and good for an intermediate rider, IMO.
For K2, you could look at the Manifest (though personally I did find it stiffer than it’s rated, so probably high-end intermediate and up I would say) or the Raygun (though not a board that I’m a huge fan of, but more low to mid level intermediate friendly).
But also understand that my meaning of all-mountain is. All-Mountain to me is a board that can do a bit of everything. Other definitions define all-mountain differently, but that’s how I define it. K2 probably call some of their volume shifted boards all-mountain, but they don’t fit there, by my definition.
Hope this helps with your decision
HI,
What do you think about the Endeavor Boards?
Which one is ideal for all mountain rides?
Tks!!!
Hi Nate,
First thing first, congrats per your site, it is the best and one of the only good place to learn things about snow sport.
Second, I know that you already replied a lot of times the same question, but unfortunately, I still have a question.
I am searching for my fist snowboard and willing to take advantage of the sales of the end season.
This season was the first season that I could grow as snowboarder( I went to dagmar and st louis in Toronto 3 times), last year I could’t even do turns.
This times I felt confident to do the turns and go into good speed on any blue and green.
In St Louis I did a lot of black ones, sometimes without fell and sometimes only falling when I tried to do the “turn swing” in the beginning of the hill that is normally very high and I end up to get too much velocity.
So, said that, I think after reading your article regarding level, that I am a level 3.
My descriptions are: 1,70m , 70kg, they always give me 150 rented snowboards
“My dream” is to do black downhill the more smoothie as I can.
I was willing to buy a ripcord as it is playful, but I saw that you said that it can limit my grow, in the other hand I concern to buy a board ahead my experience and got frustrated.
So, what would be a good snowboard for me?
I know that you listed some of below:
K2 standard
Salomon sight
Burton ripcord
Burton instigator
This one is one that I afraid to go ahead my experience and also because I checked that it is not good on ice snow:
Burton Process Flying V
thanks
Hi Ivan
Thanks for your message.
Very well though out – definitely don’t want to go too far above you’re ability. But also, I can see how you would want a board that would stay with you for a while.
Based on what you’re describing, I think you could take a little step up vs something like the Ripcord. The Ripcord would still serve you well at this stage, but I feel it might be something you’d want to upgrade from after perhaps just 1 more season. For a board that can last you longer than that, I would check out:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Since you’re looking for something that will do well on icy snow and since it sounds like you would be best with something all-mountain, I would say that the:
– Rossignol Templar
– YES Libre
– YES Typo
Would be your best bets. With the GNU T2B & Arbor Whiskey & Never Summer Snowtrooper also being good options (just not quite as good in icy snow, but still good).
Size-wise, I would say to look at the range between 150-152 for your specs, as a high-end beginner rider. So, for the boards mentioned that would be:
– Rossignol Templar: 153 (smallest size it comes in)
– YES Libre: 152
– YES Typo: 152
– GNU T2B: 152
– Arbor Whiskey: 152
– Never Summer Snowtrooper: 152
Hope this helps
Perfect tips man!
Helped me a lot.
Just a last question(I promise), because I went to a store, explained my thoughts and the vendor said that he would recommend `Burton Descendant, because its shape is a rocker/flat/camber/flat/rocker and it is a All mountain freestyle and flex and playful 152.
what do you think?
And also if I choose a Burton board I could use a channel binding once that I like the ideal of feel more the board.
I don’t know if it makes so difference.
Or if it wouldn’t worth compared with a yes board with normal biding that you indicated to me.
Hi Ivan
You could go with something like the Descendant. That rocker/flat/camber/flat/rocker is what Burton call PurePop camber. From my experience with PurePop camber boards, they aren’t as catchy as something like traditional camber, but still could be a little catchy feeling, if you don’t quite have your technique down yet. Also, it’s what I would consider a park/freestyle board, rather than an all-mountain-freestyle board. It’s too soft, IMO, to be an all-mtn-freestyle board. But that’s just my opinion. But since you say you want to get better at riding smoother on black runs, that said to me that you’re looking for something more all-mountain, than freestyle oriented. Once you get more confident riding at speed and start to ride fast down those black runs, the Descendant might start feeling a bit wobbly, IMO. For now it’s probably fine (if you don’t find it too catchy) but yeah, I just think it’s more freestyle, than all-mountain or all-mountain-freestyle. But if you did go with it, I think the 152 would be a good size.
If you were looking to go for something more freestyle, and wanted to go Burton, I would actually look at the Amplifier (150) for you – more beginner friendly, IMO. And probably actually closer to all-mountain-freestyle than the Descendant, IMO.
If you do like the sound of PurePop camber, though, then I would actually look at the Burton Process (non-flying V). That’s PurePop camber but not as soft, and more all-mountain oriented, than the Descendant. Again the 152 would be a good size, IMO.
In terms of using EST bindings with the channel system – yes the EST/Channel do provide great board feel, but using Burton’s Re:Flex bindings (which can be mounted to non-channel boards as well as channel boards) or something like Union bindings that use a mini-disc (like the Contact Pro, which would be a good choice for you at a beginner going on intermediate level), will also provide good board feel. IMO EST on a channel board is very good for board feel, but Re:Flex bindings have great board feel too – on the channel or otherwise, and so do some other bindings, so I wouldn’t use that as a determining factor, if I was you.
If you really want to go Burton and use EST bindings on the channel, then the Descendant would work, but I would be more looking at the Amplifier or Process (purepop camber version).
Hope this helps
Hi Nate
Great article and very helpful.
I am a beginner and now I decided to buy a board, my wife presented me with binding burton step on to motivate me even more, what board would you indicate for these binding, I have 184 cm, 83 kg and boots 12.
Thanks a bunch!
Hiro
Hi Hiro
Thanks for your message.
Since Burton Step Ons can mount to any board, everything in this list is still an option. If you’re not sure of your style, then something all-mountain is a good bet, to keep it versatile. If you still wanted to go Burton anyway, then the Instigator would be a great option.
Size-wise, I would be looking at something in the range 157 to 159, for your specs, as a beginner.
Hope this helps
Thank you so much for the help.
You are the best ..
Thanks Hiro! And you’re very welcome.
Hello!
I am beginner (stage 3) 181 cm, 75 kg. Foot is 295 (mondo). Local store gives good discount of Burton Ripcord 18 (339 -> 183 eur). But there is only 157 cm and 162w. I think my foot size needs wide model but is 162 too long for me?
I think that I am gonna find some powder in the future but that is little tricky here in Finland… Ripcord suits this?
Does wide model feel different than normal (is it more difficult to turn than normal) ?
Is directional model with little setback difficult for beginner or is there much differens vs centered stance anyway?
Store is Burton mission reflex and Nitro Staxx bindings… is those okey ?
Is there anykind of model to beginner with tapered shape?
I forget one very interesting model. Investigator 155w. Is that perfeckt size for me or is it too short ? This one is good discount too..
Hi Pasi
This would be a good beginner size for you, IMO. It’s at the shorter end of the range, but it would work for sure. Definitely the best option for you vs the 157 and 162W Ripcord, IMO.
Hi Pasi
Thanks for your message and apologies for the late response – been out testing a lot of gear the past few days.
Yeah unfortunately I think the 157 will be too narrow – and the 162W too long. Ideally, I would be looking at a range of 155 to 158 for you, in terms of length.
A wide model only difficult to turn for those with feet too small to turn it. Ideally you want your feet (without boots on) to go edge to edge on the snowboard. Too far inside the edges and it’s hard to get leverage on the edges to initiate a turn. Too far over the edges and you risk boot drag (this largely depends on the overall length of your boots though – but feet going a little over the edges is fine. Short/wide boards are the exception but I won’t go into that. In any case, with 295 mondo feet – you shouldn’t have any trouble on a wide board for turns. But you would likely (depending on the boots you ended up in) have boot drag issues on a regular width board.
I think that being centered and twin is a plus for beginners – as you can learn to ride in both directions from the get go – but it’s definitely not a must. And in some ways, if you only want to ride in one direction or if you want to get your one direction riding really dialed in, before trying to ride switch, then being directional and set back is a good thing. So, depending on your goals, it’s fine.
Yeah the Ripcord is definitely suited to powder. But fine for groomers and just riding too. Not as suitable for riding park/freestyle though. The Ripcord does have a tapered shape, and is a beginner board. There aren’t many beginner boards with a tapered shape – but the Ripcord is one of them – the Instigator from Burton is another (those are actually the only 2 I can think of).
Out of those 2 bindings, I would say that the Staxx is the better bet as a beginner binding. The Mission is a little stiffer. I don’t test Nitro gear currently, so I couldn’t say for sure, but just going off the specs, the Staxx is likely your best bet there.
Hope this helps
Hello, Nate, thank you very much for these awesome reviews. Your articles have been very helpful for a newbie like me. One question. I’m really interested in the Arbor Foundation. Since I currently live in Korea I’m stuck ordering online. My question is, that size would you recommend? And do you think the foundation is a good choice for my stats below?
I am 5’9″ and hover between 175 and 180 lbs. I just ordered size 9 thirtytwo lashed boots. This past season was myfirst time snowboarding and I learned how to do j turns both ways and started carving in five days. For what it’s worth I’ve been surfing for over 20 years so boarding is pretty natural to me. Since I will still be in Korea next season I’ll spend all of my time on groomers. Thank you for your help!
Hi Justin
Thanks for your message – and apologies for my slow reply – it’s middle of demo season for me, so I’ve been out testing a lot of new gear the last few days.
I think the 155 would be a great size for your for the foundation.
In general something around 154 to 156 would be a good bet for you, IMO.
Just to note – the Foundation is a very good board to learn on, but something that would likely want to upgrade from, once you’re past the intermediate phase. IMO that’s a good way to play it, buy a really good board for learning on now, then upgrade. But, understandably, a lot of people want a board that will last them a lot longer without having to upgrade. So, depending on how often you plan on going riding, and how willing you are to upgrade after a couple of seasons, then it’s a great choice, IMO. But if you’re going to be riding a lot and don’t really want to upgrade for a good while, then you could check out this list for some good options:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps with your decision
Hey Nate,
want to leave a HUGE THANK YOU!!! Spend about 5 hours today to read through all your articles. Got the feeling that I can trust your opinion! Awesome work!!! Nice to see such dedication!
Hi Paul
Thanks for your message. Appreciate your words! Thanks for visiting the site and I hope you found what you were after.
Hi Nate:
I’m 5’7, 170 pounds, size 9 shoes (not sure about boot size yet), looking to buy my first board. I’m still trying to get down carving, so fairly beginner.
From looking online, it seems like I should be aiming for something around the 153-159 range with regular width? What boards would you recommend?
Thanks so much!
Hi Brian
Thanks for your message.
I would even narrow that size range down to 153 to 155. As a beginner with your specs, I think going up to 159 would be too big.
In terms of width, definitely regular width assuming boots anything from 8.5 to 9.5.
Anything on this list should be suitable and most should have something in that size range. To narrow it down, you might want to think about how you want to ride. Do you see yourself riding powder anytime soon? Interested in learning tricks? Want to keep your options open?
Also check out the following, if you wanted to look at something a little more, depending on how far through the beginner phase you feel you are. If you think you’re still very beginner, then stick with this list, but if you think you’re like, high-end beginner, then these might work too. Something from this list will also work for a high-end beginner though – and are likely a little cheaper.
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps
Hi Nate:
I’m 5’11, 155 pounds, size 11 boots, looking to buy my first board. This is my first season, and I’m pretty comfortable linking turns on easy runs and starting to play in the park a little bit.
I’d love a board I can grow into and have for at least a couple seasons. What size and type of board would you recommend?
Thanks for your help! -Erik
Hi Erik
Size-wise for your specs/ability level I would be looking at something in the range 153 to 155. In that length-range, with size 11s, you’ll need to go wide, which will mostly put you on 155, as most boards under 155 don’t come in wide sizes. But since you’re already linking turns and want it to last for at least a couple of seasons, I think around 155 is a good length to choose anyway.
Most boards here should be good to take you to an intermediate level fine, and should be good for 2 seasons (depending on how often you go – if you’re going to be going like 30-50+ days per season, then you might progress faster than that. If you’re concerned about that or you’re looking to be riding a large number of days, and happy to take a slightly steeper learning curve, also check out:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
Beginner here. 180 lbs, 5’10” with a size 10.5 boot.
I am looking at the Outerspace Living and the Capita DOA.
I see the Outerspace Living 156 is only 25.0 waist, I am concerned about toe drag with size 10.5/11 boots. Seems like 158 would be the better choice.
Also, curious why the DOA is not a good board for beginners? Loving the graphics this year. Would it be a big mistake to get that as my first board, or just a slightly steeper learning curve compared to the Outerspace Living?
Hi Sam
Thanks for your message.
The DOA is the kind of board that if you haven’t got your technique locked down yet, then it can be on the catchy side, which could get frustrating if you’re still learning. Ultimately it’s up to you, but as a beginner I wouldn’t go for it. It’s the not the most catchy board going around for sure, but not that beginner friendly either. And a little stiffer than ideal for a beginner too, IMO – which makes it more difficult to maneuver at slower speeds. I wouldn’t say it’s the worst board for a beginner but not great either. The problem with going for a board that’s a little too advanced, IMO, is that you can develop a crude technique just to get down a run without falling.
The Outerspace Living is also a little too stiff to be ideal for a complete beginner, but is the better beginner option out of the two. It’s just a touch softer and it has a more forgiving camber profile. Size-wise, I would probably look at the 155W. I would predict that the width at inserts on the 155W would be around 269mm at the inserts (based on measuring a different size) which will be fine for 10.5s and would also accommodate 11s. The width at inserts on the 156 is 259mm which is probably too narrow for 10.5s, unless you’re always at +15-15 angles and have low profile boots. The 158 would likely be 262mm at the inserts – that would give you a little more leeway for sure, but still pretty narrow for 10.5s, unless you’re on low profile boots and wouldn’t be accommodating to 11s. Also, I think the 155W is a better length than 158 for you at this stage.
Hope this helps with your decision
Thanks for the information Nate. I think I am going to go with the DOA. Would 10.5 boots fit on the 156? Also, what bindings would you recommend for this board? Appreciate the help!
Hi Sam
Thanks for your message.
I measured the width at inserts on the 156 DOA at 260mm. I had zero issues with 10s on it, but I have low profile 10s. With 10.5s, I would say you would get away with it, if you have binding angles like +15-15 (or at least a reasonable amount of angle on the back foot) – or if you have a low profile 10.5, then it should be fine regardless, I would say. Do you have boots yet? If so, what’s the brand and model?
For bindings, I would say to look at something around 6/10 in terms of flex, even 7/10. But given that you’re a beginner, I probably wouldn’t go too stiff – but also to match the DOA I wouldn’t go too soft either. So probably around 5/10 or 6/10 flex for you, IMO. Check out the following for some good options in that flex range.
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thanks for the feedback. I do not own boots yet, but I did try some on yesterday at my local shop. The Salomon Launch boots size 11 fit me best, but they didn’t have many other options in my sizes (10-11)
Seems like the best combination would be the DOA 155W with Burton Genesis bindings and size 11 boots.
Appreciate the help
Hi Sam
Yeah, if you end up with Salomon Launch 11s, then definitely the 155W would be your best option, IMO. And the Genesis would match that setup too. For Burton bindings make sure you get the Re:Flex model as their EST models won’t fit on the DOA. And I would go with size Large. Even though you’re technically within the range (with 11s) for either Medium or Large, those sizes are based on Burton boots, which tend to be lower profiles than Salomon. So, with Salomon 11s, I would go with Large in Burton bindings.
Hi Nate,
I’m a beginner at 5″10, 180 lbs, leaning towards all mountain.
Which one of the two would you recommend?
Rome Factory Rocker or Rossignol Templar
I was thinking 155 cm for my weight.
Thanks!
Hi Tom
Thanks for your message.
Yeah size-wise the 155 for either of those would be your best bet, IMO. The Templar is what I would call an intermediate board – but doable for high end beginners. If you’re a complete beginner it will be a steeper learning curve. I don’t currently test Rome boards, but from what I can tell from the Specs and description, the Factory rocker is probably more intermediate as well. Sounds like the rocker section in the Factory Rocker is pretty subtle which means it probably has a mostly camber feel to it.
The other thing is that the Templar is more all-mountain oriented and the Factory Rocker more freestyle oriented, so based on the fact that you’re leaning more all-mountain, I would say the Templar is your best bet.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
I’m a beginner who’s just starting to link turns together. Weigh about 110lbs and wears a US7.5 bootsize.
Considering boards from Burton/Capita (the proshop at the resort I’m headed to has a lot of these brands in stock). Currently have my sights on the Insigator/Amplifier/Horrorscope. I’m afraid the directional nature and slightly backward stance of the Instigator would be too much for a beginner to handle? Appreciate your advise on the best options for me.
Thanks!
Hi Ron
Thanks for your message.
Having a setback stance and directional shape shouldn’t, IMO, be too much for a beginner to handle. It would be unsuitable for a beginner who wanted to feel comfortable riding switch from the get go. If you feel like you want to learn to ride in both directions from early on, then the Amplifier/Horrorscope would be better options, but if you just wanted to learn to ride well in one direction, and weren’t worried about switch or learning anything freestyle at this stage, then the Instigator is a very good beginner option.
Size-wise, I would say that the 140 Instigator is likely the best for you, in terms of length and width, with the 147 for the Amplifier and 145 for the Horrorscope if you really wanted to go with one of those but I think 140 is going to be a better size. But if you could also let me know your height as well, as I like to take that into account for sizing too.
If you do really want to go with a twin though, there are likely some other options, which I could look into, though I’m not sure there are other Men’s Twin Burton and Capita options shorter than those 2 (that are suitable for beginners). But again, if you could let me know your height and then we’ll have a better idea on sizing.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thanks a lot for your detailed reply. I’m about 5’8″.
If there are other more suitable boards that you know of from other brands would be great as well, I can check with the resort if they have em’ in stock.
Thanks again! Cheers
Hi Ron
Thanks for the extra info.
Taking height into account, length-wise, I think something in the range 142 to 144 would be a good range to look at for you, so the 145 Horrorscope would actually work, I think. It’s on the wider side for your boots, but it’s an option, if you’re looking for a beginner friendly twin.
The Lib Tech Skate Banana is also an option, in the 145 (239mm waist), and would be a better size for your boots, if you had availability on that one.
Or the YES Basic 143 (245mm waist) – on the wider side, but a great length for you, and a great beginner option. Availability will be the biggest issue with this one.
But yeah, if they have the Horrorscope available in the 145, then that would be a good option, I think. If you weren’t against the idea of looking at women’s boards, then there would be a lot of options in that size range. Some of them come in fairly neutral colors.
Hey Nate,
Thanks again. Definitely not against the idea of wmns boards if they better suit me. Would appreciate if you can recommend a few for me to take a look.
Thanks again.
Hi Ron
Check out the following for some good beginner options:
>>My Top 10 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
From Capita the widths look like they’ll be too narrow in the lengths that we’re looking at, so we can skip those (with the Horrorscope on the men’s side still being an option).
From Burton the Burton Stylus 142 (241mm waist) would be an option, but this is quite soft flexing so the only thing would be whether it was a little too soft flexing. Or if you wanted just a bit of a step up, but still beginner friendly, there’s the Yeasayer or Yeasayer Flying V (not on the list above, because I would say it’s more high-end beginner, to low-end intermediate). For the Yeasayer and Yeasayer Flying V I would say 144 (242mm waist) would be a good size).
Hope this helps and gives you a few more options to weight up
Hi Nate,
Thanks a lot for this amazing platform. I keep coming back to it to read and learn more.
Would you recommend Bataleon boards for beginners too? For me stability and speed control is very important especially when I get off the lift.
I am deciding between Gnu B nice, Capita astrology (or female version of it), and Bataleon (Feel Better or Spirit) Trying to find a good board for me and my husband. I can do some turns but hate it when It’s slippery and feels unstable.
Really appreciate your help.
Thanks a lot
Hi Azzie
Thanks for your message.
Not sure if you got my reply from your other message, but I’ve pasted it again below for your reference. B Nice and Chromatic will likely feel the most unstable/loose out of the options below – so if that’s something you don’t like, then the other options are likely better for you.
I don’t really deal with Bataleon boards, but from a quick bit of research I would say that the Chaser or Blow would be your best bet for men’s and the Spirit for women’s.
For Capita, the Space Metal Fantasy for women’s and for men’s the Horrorscope – the next best beginner options would be the Paradise and Outerspace Living, IMO.
For GNU, the Chromatic and B-Nice for women’s and the Hyak and Carbon Credit Asym for men’s.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
This website is a blessing for beginners! Thank you for all the time and effort you put into helping everyone!
I recently moved to Canada and am looking to learn a winter sport, which lead me to snowboarding. I am looking to kit-up for next season and have narrowed down my choices to:
Salomon Sight
K2 Standard
Burton Instigator
My measurements are:
Height: 179 cm
Weight: 150lbs
Boot Size: US 9
I believe a 155 cm should be good for me, but not quite sure about the width. Please could you recommend the width and what boots/bindings would be good for a complete beginner on the snow? Also if the above board choices are the best ones to target.
I would’ve loved to start this season but from what I have read the sale for snowboarding equipment is usually from April to June?
Thank you again for all your help!
Krish
Hi Krish
Thanks for your message.
Length-wise, as a beginner, I would look at something in the between 152 and 154. Something around 155, 156, would be a good size for you once you’re more advanced, but it’s a good idea to go a little shorter, when you’re just starting out – makes the board easier to control and learn on.
In terms of width, with 9s, I would say to look in a waist width range between around 245mm and 250mm.
The boards you are looking at there are all very good options for beginners, IMO. The sizes that I would choose for you, would be:
Salomon Sight: 153
K2 Standard: 152 (if you really wanted to go 155 you could, but I think the 152 would be a better size as a beginner)
Burton Instigator: 150 – probably the best size based on length and width. Unfortunately, this board only goes up in 5cm increments, which is a bit annoying. 150 probably a little short for you, but 155 prob a little long to be ideal, especially with a wider waist.
In terms of gear going on sale, current season gear usually goes on sale a little earlier than April, but if you can find 2018 models, then they will already be on sale, but there might be limited availability, is the only thing – in terms of finding a suitable board in a suitable size.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
Thank you for all the reviews and replies to the questions. I’ve spent a lot of times on here already and still coming back for more information.
I’m about 5’6 and a half, 160 lbs. I’ve had probably about 4 days on the mountain, so very beginner still. My cousin has a 2018 K2 Standard 152 that I can buy for a good price. The K2 Standard board is obviously on your list and I think it’s a very good option, I just want to make sure if you think the size 152 would be good for me? Also he has a pair of boots, Ride Jackson boa, and it looks like a stiffness level of 5-6, I haven’t worn it long, but is there any reason it wouldn’t be a good pair for me to start?
Another question I have is for my brother, who is 5’5 and around 155-157 lbs. He only had 1 day of snowboarding lesson. I want to get him something used and doesn’t cost too much until he decides he wants to stick with the snowboarding. The options I currently see around me that are decent price are: Burton LTR (148, 150), Rome Garage Rocker (151). I’ve been looking for some other boards on your list but they’re a little bit more than I would like to spend on. Is 151cm too long for him? What’s the ideal length for him to start/learn on? or any other recommendations you have.
Thank you for your help,
Dan
Hi Dan
Thanks for your message.
The K2 Standard is a great one for you start out on, IMO. And 152 is pretty much the perfect size for you, for right now, IMO. So if you can get that cheap off your cousin, then I would go for it.
I would say the Jackson are around 5/10 in terms of flex. Ideally, a little softer as a beginner, but they’re certainly not way off. And if they’ve been used a bit by your cousin, then they probably would’ve softened up a bit. So, if you can get them cheap, they are certainly a doable option, IMO.
For your brother, size-wise I think something around 148-150 is best as a beginner. So the LTR in 148 or 150 would be a good bet, IMO. The 151 Garage Rocker is also doable, certainly not way too big or anything. Only thing would be if it’s a mid-wide. The more recent 151 Garage Rockers (2015, 2016 models) were mid-wide’s in the 151 model. If so, then I would say it’s likely going to be too wide for your brother. Assuming a boot size less than size 11. So I think the LTR would be the safer bet.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thank you for your reply.
I’ll go for the K2 and the boots! So it’s generally better to have a softer boots as a beginner right?
You’re right, the Rome Garage rocker is a Mid-wide. I will get him the LTR then.
And I just posted another comment because I didn’t see this one and thought my computer messed up, please disregard that one. Sorry I’m a bit anxious since we’re gonna go this weekend and I want to get it ready by then 😛
Thanks again.
Dan
You’re very welcome Dan.
Yeah generally better to go softer for boots as a beginner. Hope you have an awesome weekend!
Hi Nate, let me start by complimenting you on the amazing website – there’s a ton of very useful info! Well done!
As a low-end intermediate that has 14+ days on groomed trails and can comfortably do blue runs (even though my S shape turns are not as crisp as I would like and my self-preservation instinct makes me slow-down when riding at higher speed :), what do u think would be a good fit? After a bit of research I came up with the following list:
Salomon Sight – 158W 258ww
K2 Standard – 162W 256ww
Arbor Foundation – 158 252ww
Burton Instigator – 160 256ww
Rome Reverb Rocker – 157 254ww
Nidecker Merc – 159 255ww
Aarbour Formule – 161 253.5ww
and I am struggling to make up my mind. What would you recommend (doesn’t have to be any of the above tbh)? Any tips on board size will be greatly appreciated as well:
weight: 84 kg = 187.4 lbs
height: 187 cm = 6’1
shoe size: 45EU = 10.5UK = 11US
Thanks in advance!
Hi Miroslav
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, size-wise, as a low end intermediate rider, I would be looking at something in the range between 158 and 160.
With US 11 boots, something at least 254mm at the waist, but that would be the absolute minimum, IMO, and only then if you ride with binding angles like +15/-15 or similar. Otherwise, a little wider is better.
Of those boards, the first 4 are the most beginner, and the Arbor Formula Rocker too. I don’t test Nicker and Rome currently, but the Merc and Reverb Rocker certainly look like more intermediate to high intermediate options. Not to say they are necessarily out of reach for you, but just for your info.
Size-wise from that list I would say:
Salomon Sight – 158W 258ww
K2 Standard – 159W 265ww
Arbor Foundation – 159MW 261ww
Arbor Formula Rocker – 159MW 261ww
Burton Instigator – 160 256ww
Rome Reverb Rocker – 160 255ww
Nidecker Merc – 159 255ww or 159W 263ww
You could also check out the following, for more options:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps with your decision
Hy man and congrats on all your cool guides. This is GOLD!
I found recently a great deal on a NITRO Stance, 2018 model.
What do you about this one, compared to the others on your list (eg: Salomon sight).
I am a beginner, so I want to have a great beginning board but one I might keep for a few seasons.
I am 1,83 m, and 41 in boots (26.5 cm), and 71 kg, so probably I should aim for a 156, right?
And also, for boots I was looking for something with double Boa, maybe K2 Maysis, as I can wear them after I pass the first beginner stages. Would you recommend something else (preferably with double boas as well).
Many thanks,
Raul
Hi Raul
Thanks for your message.
The Stance isn’t a board I looked at for this list, but looking at the specs, it looks like a very good beginner board option. And I agree that the 156 is the best size for you.
The Maysis are stiffer than I would usually recommend for a beginner. Some options that are double boa, more beginner friendly but something that will still last you beyond the beginner stages:
~ Burton Swath Boa
~ Vans Aura Pro
~ Thirty Two Lashed Double Boa
~ K2 Renin
~ Ride Lasso
~ Ride 92
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
I am 6ft tall, 228lb with boots size 11.
What size shall I go for? I am a true beginner.
Reading yr recommendations and doing my own research, I am down to
K2 standard
Salomon sight
Burton ripcord or instigator
What do you recommend pls?
Thank you for the help in advance!
Novo
Hi Nova
Thanks for your message.
Length-wise, I would look at something around 160-162.
Width-wise, at least 258mm, in terms of waist-width, would be a good bet for 11s, as a beginner, without having to know your binding angle preference.
So for the boards you’ve mentioned, the following would work best, IMO:
~ K2 standard – 159W
~ Salomon sight – 162W
~ Burton ripcord – 162W
~ Burton instigator – 160W – or could possibly get away with the 160 (non-wide)
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Reading all the comments and yr advices got me convinced to ask you.
I am 197cm tall, 98kg with boots size 48 (sorry for the European measurements).
What size shall I go for? Certainly wide, but what length pls?
Not a true beginner, but still learning how to feel fully in control on the board.
Reading yr recommendations and doing my own research, I am down to
K2 standard
Salomon sight or pulse
Burton ripcord or instigator
Arbor foundation.
What do you recommend pls? Open to throw out above list if needed. 🙂
Thank you for the help in advance!
Balazs
Hi Balaz
Thanks for your message.
Length-wise, something between 163 and 165 would be a good range to look at, IMO.
In terms of width, 48EU can translate to a few different US sizes (13-15) depending on the brand. My head works in US sizes. But assuming a US14, I would say you’d want something with at least a 268mm waist width. So that discounts the Salomon Sight, Salomon Pulse, Arbor Foundation and the Burton Ripcord.
Which leaves the K2 Standard 163W (268mm waist) and the Burton Instigator 165W (270mm waist). Either of those would be your best bet, IMO.
Hope this helps with your decision
Thank You Nate! The boots are actually size 13.5 (mondo 31.5). Would this change yr recommendation?
Rating myself an intermediate (4-5) or beginner level 3+ (but not yet 4), would u still recommend a beginner board (I understand, no grow-into attitude)?
I really appreciat yr help!
Balazs
Hi balazs
With 13.5, I would say the same in terms of width as the 14. Pretty much the same anyway.
At a high-end beginner/intermediate level, you could look at something at more of an intermediate level. You could still go beginner for sure, but if you wanted you could take a little step up. I still wouldn’t recommend going anything too far ahead, but something from the following, would be within your reach, IMO.
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Thank You so much Nate! I appreciate yr helpful and quick reply.
You’re very welcome. Hope you have an awesome season!
Sorry Nate, me again. 🙂
I need one more advice pls.
Both the Burton Instigator and K2 Standards have flex 2.
In yr article, You say that the best flex for a beginner is 3-4. You reason that “beginners don’t want to go too soft or edge-hold could be compromised too much.”
Given my size (boots 13.5, weight 98 kilo and height 197 centi), what board with flex 3-4 would You recommend? Or do You still recommend the earlier boards with flex 2?
Appreciate yr help and sorry for taking yr time again!
HI Balazs
2/10 flex is easier to manage, in terms of maneuvering the board, but too soft can affect edge-hold and stability at speed. So, if you’re a complete beginner, it’s fine. But if you’re a high-end beginner, then going a little above that is a good idea. And if you’re a bigger guy not a bad idea either, particularly if you’re going to be above the weight recommendations (which tends to make a board feel a little softer).
The slightly tricky thing is finding something suitable for 13.5 boots. But if you wanted to look at something a little more stiffness, and still suitable for your boot size, I would look into:
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper 164X
Still an easy going board for a beginner, but a little more flex to it. Borderline width-wise, but should be just wide enough. Something like the YES Typo 163W would also work, but it’s a bit narrower and might be a bit too narrow.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
I cannot comment our last correspondence, so I am replying to an earlier discussion.
Sorry for not coming back to you earlier, but i had some tough choices to make. 🙂
I disregarded Yes Typo for its size. The Never Summer Snowtrooper costs twice as much here (in Switzerland) as the Burton or the K2. So I decided to stay with these boards.
Then comparing and reading reviews about these two, and talking to my friends… I ended buying the Burton Instigator. Size-wise I feel this is the best, I like the graphics, and all the advices said: Burton is the snowboard brand.
I also bought the Burton Freestyle binding (they actually came in a package on sale :)) and will receive them this week. I am hitting the slopes on Saturday!
Nate! Thank you again for your quick advice and your patience. I really appreciate yr help.
Kind regards,
Balazs
You’re very welcome Balazs.
Hope it treats you well and you have an awesome season! If you think of it at the time, let me know how you get on, once you’ve had a chance to get it out on snow.
Hi Nate!
So it happened and I spent my Saturday at Praz de Lys. 🙂
Man, am I happy to have listened to you! Size-wise the 165W just fits my feet and my snowboard boots overhang appropriately. With anything narrower I would have an issue.
I love the Burton Instigator! So easy to control and the right amount of edge to make carving feel so simple (not on the black slopes of course!). It may not be the most responsive board, but easy to get the edge “bite the snow” and from there it goes by itself. Maybe a little too soft, but I did not have a problem with it.
Thank you Nate for yr help! With yr advice I got myself a board that really satisfies me. I will be coming back in about 2 seasons on how to upgrade that fits my feet! 🙂
PS: the Burton Freestyle rocks! It feels very comfortable; I like the many possibilities to customize and it keeps yr feet secured to the board without crushing it. Thanx!
Balazs
You’re very welcome Balazs.
Thanks for the update. Awesome to hear the Instigator and Freestyle’s are working well for you!
Hi Nate,
I was wondering if you could help me out after reading your amazing webpage!
I’m 5’10, about 82kg and have size 9 (UK) DC scout boots.
I’m a beginner I guess and hit the blues and the occasional red.
I was thinking of a K2 standard, Salomon sight or instigator in that order. Which would you recommend? and height/width? I was thinking of 155.
Something that can handle ice well and give me the option to switch stance in the future would be a bonus but the most important is that’s it’s easy to use and lots of fun. I hit the pistes more than anything else.
Many thanks man,
Stuart
Hi Stuart
Thanks for your message.
I think the Salomon Sight would work best for what you’re describing, just because it’s probably the best in hard/icy conditions out of the 3. Otherwise, they would all be great options.
Size-wise, something between 155 and 157 is a good bet for your specs, IMO.
So for the Sight I would go 156. The 155W is also an option, but I think you would be fine on the 156 for width.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hey Nate,
Thanks man, much appreciated ????
You’re very welcome Stuart. Hope you have an awesome season!
Hi Nate,
First of all, I’d like to say that you’re doing a great job helping people with a kind of information that is really hard to come by. It’s hell to try and figure everything out, especially if you aim to get your money’s worth, and I highly appreciate that you re putting your time into this.
I’ve been trying to wrap my head around board specifics and I feel a bit confused, given that I weigh more than I’m supposed to (100kg with a height of 190 cm)
I would think that a good option would be a 165 cm wide board (I wear about 11 US size) but I’m not pretty sure if I got it correct.
Should I go for 162 – 165 or is 165 a minimum, given my weight?
Also,
About begginer boards, wouldn’t it be counterproductive to get a forgiving board, like a rocker (e.g. the Arbor element which I really like), given that it may hide your mistakes? Was thinking that a camber or a camrock would throw you off if you made a bad move and, that way, you would easily find and correct what you’re doing wrong…
I really like that Arbor Element board but am a little afraid to buy it only because its a plain rocker. What is your take on this?
Thank you in advance!
Hi Vlad
Thanks for your message.
I would say that something around 165 would be a good advanced level length for you. But as a beginner it’s a good idea to go a little shorter (3-5cm as a rule of thumb). So I would look at something between 160 and 162. With a US11 boot, you would likely be wide in most instances but for some boards you could be a regular width.
In my experience – both with snowboarding and other endeavors, that if the tool you use is too advanced that you develop a crude technique, just in order to survive. So, in a snowboarding context, if the board is too difficult to ride, then you do what you have to just to get down the hill without falling, which can lead to poor technique. It can also really effect confidence. Going with something more forgiving allows you to build confidence and practice good technique with less fear of nailing yourself. I can totally get your logic though, but from what I’ve seen a more forgiving board leads to faster progression.
That’s certainly not to say that it has to be all rocker – hybrid boards are often a good solution and I don’t usually recommend all-rocker boards, though arbor is an exception. Their rocker system, feels closer to a hybrid rocker, compared to other full rocker boards, as the amount of rocker reduces towards the contact points. But if you’re worried about it, there are plenty of good beginner options that aren’t full rocker.
Hope this helps
It actually helps a lot! Many Thanks, really appreciate it!
In this case, I’ll probably go with Yes Basic 163w, given that my weight may make the flex seem softer and it seems like a great medium flex camrock.
Thanks again 😀
Hey Nate,
I haven’t snowboarded in 13 years. I would call myself a beginner. I used my roommates Lamar 158w board at that time for about two seasons (total of 6-8x). I rented a board this past week and realized how much I still enjoy it. I’m comfortable with toeside but had trouble with heelside. I’m looking into grabbing a snowboard/boots/bindings. Your rankings are really helpful. I’m 6’0″, 220 lbs, 11 in. Looking at your comments I’m assuming around a 155-158W for beginner board. I was looking at the Salomon sight x. What do you think about signal boards? Also any specific boot/binding recs? Had trouble with boots in past due to hot zones around tongue and toes but I had really cheap boots.
Thanks!
Hi Hasan
Thanks for your message.
Length-wise, for your specs, I would be looking at more around 159-161. But if you felt more comfortable with 158, that’s also doable. But I wouldn’t go as short as 155.
When you say 11″, is that the size of your foot? In which case, you would likely be in 10.5 boots, possibly 11s, which would put you on the cuff between wide and regular width and would largely depend on the particular board, and also on the brand/model of boots (some have a lower profile than others).
For boots, it’s a really good idea, if possible to try them on, as different brands and models tend to fit differently and it’s hard to say what will fit well for each foot. If you’re unable to try on in person, for some idea of some of the brands, check out the following:
Sizing Snowboard Boots: The Different Brands
Ideally if you know the size/brand of boots, that helps with snowboard choice too, in terms of getting the right width.
Some good beginner boot and binding options:
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
The Sight would certainly be a good choice, IMO, and the 158W or 159 would be good options, depending on what boots/size of boots you ended up with.
Hope this helps
Thanks Nate,
My shoe size is 11. I’ve tried 10.5 before and had issues depending on the brand. Thanks for the brand/sizing link, I’ll have to check out a local shop and try some boots.
Also just wondering if you’ve heard about signal boards and if so how are they compared to the big brands.
You’re very welcome Hasan. I have heard of Signal boards, but I haven’t tried them, so I can’t compare them at the moment.
Dear Nate,
Thanks for your thoughts. I was actually looking myself at slightly shorter than 164, let’s say the 160-164 range.
At first glance, several models of Rossignol seem attractive (Templar, One LF, Circuit), and they are generally not expensive, but I yet have to find one which is rated for 100 kg. They all seem to end at 90 kg at the most (and the sizes that suit me sometimes even at a lower weight). So I fear I have to skip this brand. Or do you think I’m overly cautious there?
Based on your lists I was actually drawn to the following:
ROME Mechanic 161MW
Burton Process Flying V 162 or 162 W
YES Libre 161W
Yes Basic 163W (Presently my favourite based on what I read here and elsewhere)
Capita Outerspace living 160 (Would be my favourite, but perhaps a bit short for me, but then again 160 is the longest they sell, so perhaps this board is intended to be shorter than average?)
Salomon sight 162W (but only rated to 95 kg, not 100kg)
Any preference among these (or any definite NO’s?), considering my level/intended use and the fact that I have to regain my confidence?
Happy New Year to you!
Bert
Hi Bert
I think that’s a good list of boards to look at.
Rossignol are typically light on their weight recommendations. I wouldn’t worry too much about it, if you’re a little over their weight recommendations. The One LF 161W would be fine for your weight, IMO. The Templar 162W as well, should be fine too, IMO. The Circuit maybe not though. And also, the Circuit not as suitable for hard/icy.
The Outerspace Living, being an all-mountain-freestyle, is the type of thing that I like to ride a little shorter, so for a style incorporating freestyle, that would certainly be a good size. But even for you that size would be doable, if you think you would be confident with the waist being wide enough. However, not the best I’ve ridden in hard/icy conditions.
The Process Flying V, in my experience, isn’t great in hard/icy conditions, so you might not want that if you’re not feeling confident in those conditions.
The YES Basic or maybe even better, the YES Typo (which is the Basic, a little souped up), would be great options – and really good in hard/icy conditions. The Libre also good in that area too, IMO.
I would be weighing up between:
Rossi One LF
Rossi Templar
YES Typo
YES Basic
YES Libre
If I was you.
Hi Nate,
You’ve been giving so much great advice to people, I wonder if you could dispense some to me as well.
I’m looking for a new snowboard, and I wonder what to buy.
I am a 100 kg, 1m85, 52 year old man. Not too athletic, I enjoy the good and relaxed life, but I do try to get some exercise during the year. US boot size 11.5
I’ve been boarding for 15years now, one week per year. On your skill ranking, I suppose I am a 4 or 5. I definitely was a solid 6 ten years ago or so, but well, you know, advancing age and only boarding one week per year… You get the picture.
At that time I bought myself a board, a Forum Roost (2007 model I think), 164 length.
Over time however, my boarding has gone downhill, made some nasty falls, confidence dropping, probably some errors of technique getting worse, no longer the strength and flexibility of young age to compensate for those. End result is: I am not enjoying it much anymore. My biggest problem is: lack of confidence on very hard slopes/icy patches. On the heel edge my board just suddenly slides from under me in those conditions, causing painfull falls on my lower back, leading to a very cramped style.
So basically, I am looking for a board to get the pleasure back. I do mainly groomed runs, with a bit of powder here and there. No fun park tricks or extreme wilderness for me.
Surprisingly, last weekend I rented a basic rental board (HEAD Rocka FW 4D, 163cm length, 266 mm width), and within an hour I had a level of confidence in the board that I haven’t had for many years. I rode relatively icy slopes and realised that I would have struggled and probably fallen using my own board, but yet with this basic board it was actually fun! The HEAD board was less suitable for higher speeds, and it is difficult to find as it is (apparently) only sold into the rental market, so it is not a realistic option to buy, but it made me realise that I need a new board.
I am not really looking to progress much. Considering my age and slope time that is unrealistic. I just want to enjoy the fresh mountain air and get down the slopes safely and without stress of falling.
As far as width goes, your width guide makes me aim for a 260-266 mm width (front: 15 degrees, back: 5 degrees), but my present board has only 251 mm, and it is OK, my boots are not touching the snow, but it is a close call. So anywhere from 255 -266 width would be fine, I suppose.
I was looking here at your beginners recommendations, but I wonder if I shouldn’t select a more intermediate board.
What do you think?
Hi Bert
Thanks for your message.
I think a more intermediate board, would be a better option, to get a bit better in terms of stability at speed. And there are certainly intermediate appropriate boards that would be more more forgiving than the Forum Roost (not a board I know but based on specs). You could check out this list:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
The boards that I consider the best in hard/icy conditions are labelled there.
Or look at something like the following, which I would consider intermediate appropriate, and on the more forgiving side, and still good in hard/icy conditions:
~ Slash Brainstorm
~ Nitro Team Gullwing
~ Rossignol One LF
With 11.5s, I would look at at least 260mm at the waist, but yeah if you’ve been OK with your current board, you might have a bit more leeway there.
Length-wise, around 164 would be a good length for you, at an advanced level, IMO. You could go a little shorter, if you wanted, which would also make it more forgiving.
Hope this gives you more to go off
Hi Nate, great article and very helpful.
I am about 180cm/90kg
I have a UK10 boot (11 US I’m guessing)
Going to be riding a few times this season in France and would like to get my own board.
Going to riding mostly groomed runs for now but wouldnt mind trying some park in the future. An all rounder would be cool.
What would you recommend?
Thanks
Ryan
Hi Ryan
Thanks for your message.
If you think you’ll also like to try something off-piste with the board at some stage, then I would go with an “all-mountain” option. If not, then something all-mountain-freestyle would be your best bet – and more suitable for the park.
Size-wise, something between 157 and 159 would be a good bet, IMO. And in terms of width, with UK10/US11, you’ll be wide/mid-wide for some boards, and regular for others, depending. But more likely wide.
So, I think the following, depending on how likely you are to go off-piste whilst on this board:
All-Mtn-Freestyle options
~ YES Basic 158 or 159W – with binding angles around +15/-15 and low profile boots, I think you would get on the 158, but the 159W is the safer bet, and would allow to experiment with binding angles more, and be less restrictive for boot choice.
~ GNU Hyak 157 or 157W – again same kind of debate as with between the wide and regular as with basic
~ Arbor Formula Rocker 159MW
~ Arbor Foundation 159MW
All-Mountain Options
~ K2 Standard 159W – though this is getting pretty wide for US11s.
~ Salomon Sight 158W – a really good size, IMO both length and width
Or you could also check out the following, if you’re looking for something a little step up, depending on the experience you have on a board so far.
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps and gives you some good options
This is the best site! You keep helping me and some friends. Thank you for the tips!
I have a question: I Will buy my first board and Its the Burton Instigator. The old Burton clash is still available and much cheaper. Is it worth it to get a clash for 250 vs a 350 Instigator?
Hi Emerson
Thanks for your message.
Whilst the Instigator and the Clash aren’t exactly the same, they are quite similar and are both good first boards, IMO. So, if you can save that much, I’d go Clash – but only if you can get an appropriate size for you. I would pay the extra for an instigator in a suitable size vs the Clash in an ill-fitting size.
If you’d like a size recommendation, I’d be happy to give one. Would just need your height, weight and boot size.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Your site is awesome and very informative for a true beginner like me! I’m 5’10”, 220lbs foot size 27cm (wears US 10 sneakers). I do wakeboarding and hope it’s easier for me to pick-up snowboarding. After reading reviews from your site and other sites, I’m interested in the following boards and would very much appreciate your further advice:
1.Rossignol District
2.Ride Agenda
3.Arbor Formula
I am interested to tryout kickers and ramps sometime later so it would be nice if it’s an all mountain freestyle board. So of the 3 options above which board and size would you recommend?
I’ve noticed there’s Arbor Formula Camber and Rocker available for the 2019 collection. Should I pick the Rocker or Camber version? Or just to go with the earlier models to save the hassles and save some bucks?
For bindings I’m thinking of Union Flight Pro or Burton Custom. Any advice?
Many thanks!
Hi Benny
Thanks for your message.
As a beginner, I wouldn’t go for the Arbor Formula Camber, just because, with that much camber it can make for a catchy ride, especially for beginners.
The Formula Rocker would be a good choice, IMO and would be the most all-mountain-freestyle of the 3 above, IMO. The District and Agenda are more freestyle, but that’s not to say they’re not good options. Still good for learning the basics, without having to ride freestyle with them initially.
Going for the past season’s Formula Rocker (so long as there’s an appropriate size) is fine, as there aren’t too many differences, if any, for the 2019 model. Just so long as you get the Rocker version.
Size-wise, I would be looking at something between 157 and 159, as a beginner. More like 162 as a more advanced rider, but as a beginner it’s a good idea, IMO, to take off 3-5cms in length.
If you wear 10s in sneakers, then you should be pretty close to 10s, and I’d say no more than 10s with 27cm feet, so you should be fine on any regular width board in that length range. For the boards mentioned, the following sizes, would be a good choice.
District: 159
Agenda: 158
Formula: 158
Can’t go wrong with either the Flite Pro or Burton Custom, IMO. If you go for the Burton Custom, then make sure you get the “Re:Flex” model, as the “EST” model won’t fit on non-burton boards.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate – this is an awesome site! I am relatively new to snowboarding. I’ve been a hand full of times over the course of 2 years (beginner). I wanted to purchase my own equipment, but have a few questions. I am 5’10” 180lbs size 11. I live on the east coast so conditions are usually on the icier/groomed side. I have been reading up on camber/rocker etc. I keep seeing how rocker is better for beginners but camber offers more stability which is what I would like I would imagine. I have been looking at the Arbor Foundation board but not sure if it’s the right one for me. Also what size board would you recommend? Need some guidance! Thank you in advance!
Hi Mo
Thanks for your message.
I’m a fan of going with something hybrid for a beginner board. Rocker makes turn initiations easier for sure, but having some camber or flat sections in there helps with stability. More rocker than camber is usually a good way to go though. Whilst the Foundation is all rocker, Arbor’s rocker system, feels less like traditional full rocker as it gradually reduces the amount of rocker towards the tip and tail. And Arbor boards typically have decent grip in harder snow, even the rocker versions. Though not as good as some of the boards on this list.
So, it’s certainly an option for you, IMO. But if you’re worried about grip in hard/icy conditions, check out those that have “HARD/ICY CONDITIONS” in their descriptions.
Size-wise, I would go for something between 154 and 156, so for the foundation, the 155 would be the best length for you, IMO. However, probably too narrow for size 11s.
I think the GNU Hyak 154W would be a good bet – good in hard/icy, and a good length and width for your boot size.
The YES Basic 156W would also be a good size and is also really good in hard/icy.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate – great article and site!
I wanted to see about some board advice :
I’m in my early 40s and in decent shape. 180lbs, 6-1”, and size 12 boot. I’ve boarded about 5-7 times and consider myself a decent beginner. I’d like to ride switch and do (for now) mostly groomers and just be maneuverable/agile — maybe basic park eventually. I’ve seen a few deals around but I’m concerned about getting a board that is too small or a bad match for me:
– used 2018 Burton Amplifier 156W (too small?)
– new 2018 Gnu Hyak 157W (too small?)
– used 2015 Gnu Carbon Credit 159W with 2015 K2 Formula bindings (too old or too expensive at $325US)
I’m interested in progressing quickly so am not opposed to getting a board that’s good enough for right now and then upgrading in the near future. Any insight would help!
Thanks!
Hi Joe
Thanks for your message. Apologies for the late response – on vacation, so a little slower responding at the moment.
I think something between 157 and 159 would be a good length for you as a beginner. As a decent beginner, you could extend out to 160 maybe, but also, given that you’re keen to progress quickly, that range is probably good. So, I’d say the 156W is just a little too small. The Hyak 157W would work, IMO as would the 2015 Carbon Credit.
The 2015 Carbon Credit is a little different to the current Carbon Credit Asym (firstly that there was a non-asym version but also some other differences). But I would still say it’s a good beginner option. I’d say at least 50% of full price for 2015 gear would be about right – so it’s not far off that for price. The Formula not ideal beginner bindings. Just a little stiff – but doable.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
Thanks- this is awesome insight!
Yes I read the older Carbon Credit does not have the Asym and is more comparable to the Hyak.
I’m leaning towards the Hyak for now but between that and the Burton Amplifier is there one you’d recommend? I’m on the east coast of the US so maybe the Hyak because magentraction? I might be splitting hairs.
Looking forward to digging into your binding and boot reviews for next steps, so to speak.
Thanks again!
Hi Joe
You’re very welcome.
Yeah, I would be leaning towards the Hyak for sure. For that exact reason, that it’s going to be better in hard/icy conditions – so if you’re on the East Coast I think you’ll appreciate that.
Hi Nate,
You have provided me with a plethora of beneficial information! I’m grateful for all of it and look forward to getting the kids up on the mountain this season.
All my best,
Kelly
You’re very welcome Kelly. If you think of it at the time, let me know what you go with and how your kids get on with their new gear. Hope you all have an awesome season!
Hi Nate! Thanks for the informative article…I’m still lost as to what to purchase for my kiddos as their first board/bindings/boots. Any input would be greatly appreciated! Oh, and we live in California and will be boarding mainly at Dodge Ridge (if that helps). I’m not particularly looking for the least expensive, but rather the best for learning.
17 yr old female (runner):
5’11
140 lbs
beginner
14 yr old male (very athletic):
5’11
145 lbs
beginner
Thanks a bunch!
Hi Kelly
Thanks for your message.
Really good idea to be looking for the best to learn on, IMO. Since I’m guessing they haven’t really developed any preference for how they like to ride, I think going with something all-mountain or all-mountain-freestyle is a good bet, to keep things versatile.
Size-wise, I would say something around 149 to 151, for your daughter and 151 to 153 for your son. These sizes have taken into account ability level. Since it sounds like they are quite fit, then looking at the higher end of that range is probably a good idea.
For Daughter, I think the following would work well as first board:
~ GNU Chromatic 149 – or could push up to the 152. Though the 149 would be easier to learn on, IMO.
~ YES Emoticon – again 149 but potentially 152
~ Arbor Poparazzi – 150
~ K2 First Lite – 150
~ Nitro Lectra – 149 – or potentially 152
~ Rossignol Gala – 150
For Son:
~ YES Basic 152
~ GNU Hyak 151 or potentially 154
~ Arbor Formula Rocker 152
~ K2 Standard 152
~ Salomon Sight 153
The Rossi Circuit and Burton Instigator would also work but only come in 5cm increments size-wise. The 150 being on the short side and the 155 being on the long side.
One more thing. If you could also let me know their boot size (or shoe size if they don’t have boots yet). Just so I can double check that those sizes will be appropriate width-wise.
Hope this helps
This helps immensely! Thank you!!
Daughter’s shoe size- Women’s 8
Son’s shoe size- Men’s 9.5
They don’t have boots or bindings yet. I welcome your input for these too!
Hi Kelly
You’re very welcome. Thanks for the extra info.
For your daughter, she should be fine on any of those options width-wise, IMO.
For your son:
~ YES Basic 152 – should be fine on this width-wise
~ GNU Hyak 151 or potentially 154 – pushing it too narrow, depending on the binding angles he uses. 154 would be a safer bet width-wise
~ Arbor Formula Rocker 152 – should be fine in most scenarios – i.e. most binding angles and most boot brands
~ K2 Standard 152 – pushing it too narrow, depending on binding angles and boot profile
~ Salomon Sight 153 – pushing it too narrow, depending on binding angles and boot profile
With men’s boots, some brands have a smaller outersole than others. Going with a low profile boot would give a bit more leeway in terms of width and make it easier to get on some of the narrower options there. To start check out the following:
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
In the score breakdowns it shows the extent of the reduced footprint (higher score = smaller outersole). The Burton Moto and Vans Hi-Standard would be the best options, IMO. If you have the chance, it’s definitely a good idea to try boots on in person, even if you’re going to be buying online. Every foot is different, so what is comfortable and fits well often depends on the person. But for ideas of how a boot should fit:
>>How to Size Snowboard Boots
Also if your son has narrow or wide feet, the following might be useful if you can’t try on.
Adidas – Wide
Burton – Mid-Wide
DC – Mid-Wide
K2 – Medium
Ride – Medium
Salomon – Narrow
Thirty Two – Mid-Wide
Vans – Medium
For bindings, check out:
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
And for sizing bindings (depends on brand of binding as to what size boots fits which sizes best):
>>Snowboard Binding Sizing
And for your daughter check out:
>>Top Women’s Beginner Bindings
>>My Top Women’s Beginner Boots
Hope this gives you some good options
What a great article!
Thanks Virgil! And thanks for visiting the page. Glad you got value out of it.
Hey there Nate!
Thanks for this amazing article, it really helped me to narrow my choice down to two boards. I am a beginner and I’ve used my friends board to learn basics. Now I have decided it’s time to step up the game and get myself my own snowboard.. I just can’t decide between Salomon Sense (153cm) and Arbor Foundation(152cm). I am 169cm and 65kg.
I already have my own boots sized 9,5 so I would go for M binding size. I am also thinking about getting Union Strata bindings (I know they are bit overkill for a beginner however I was thinking that I could use them even after I upgrade my board in the future) or would Flite Pro be a better choice for me?
Thanks for the advice!
Filip
Hi Filip
Thanks for your message.
Between the Sight (I assume you meant Sight and not Sense?) and the Foundation they are both great for starting out, IMO. But I would be leaning towards the Arbor Foundation 152 for you. And the only reason is that it’s going to be wider and with 9.5s, the 153 Sight might be pushing it too narrow. From the Salomon and Arbor boards, I’ve measured Salomon boards tend to have less difference between the waist width and the width at the inserts than Arbor. I haven’t measured those boards in particular but based on the others from those brands that I’ve measured, I would predict that the sight would be roughly 253mm at the inserts (at reference stance) and the Foundation would be roughly 261mm at the inserts (at reference stance).
You might get away with the Sight at +15/-15 binding angles, but it’s riskier in terms of being too narrow. The Foundation would give you more leeway, IMO, and would also allow you more freedom in terms of choosing your binding angles.
Ideally, I would say go with the Flite Pros over the Strata. That would give you a better chance of a faster progression. I can certainly see where you’re coming from, with wanting bindings that can travel with you to a new board, so it’s up to you. But ideally for learning the Flite Pro would be a better choice, IMO. The Strata isn’t going to be the most difficult binding to learn on but it will make things a little more difficult.
Hope this helps with your decision
Thanks! It surely helped!
And yeah I’ve meant Sight 🙂
If that’s your recommendation I will go for Flite Pro then.
One more question I forgot to ask. What binding size would you recommend for my boot size? it’s 27,5cm / 9,5US / 43,1/3
Will the M size allow further strap adjustments or is L safe bet for my size?
Thanks!
Hi Filip
I would go for the Medium Flite Pros (or any Union binding). I always ride medium (US10 boots) and prefer it. Also Union bindings have quite long baseplates on them, and the L would very likely (almost certainly) be too long for the width of the boards you’re looking at. So, in terms of snowboards compatibility I would definitely go M – which is fine as I would usually recommend M for 9.5 boots anyway.
Hello, Nate,
Your article is great!
I am 189 cm high, 86 kg weight man, my boot size is 47 EU (Burton Moto) size (14 US), level – beginner to intermediate, more all mountain rider, but more like to get into the powder.
I am thinking about Burton Ripcorn 2019 snowboard 62 W. What do you think, is that good for me (length and width)?
Thank you in advance,
Ugnius
Hi Ugnius
Thanks for your message.
I think the Ripcord would be a good option for you, based on what you’re describing. But I suspect that it would be pushing it too narrow for your boot size. You might be fine to begin with, but once you start getting more up on edge, you may well get boot drag issues. Even with low profile Burton boots, I wouldn’t want to go narrower than roughly 265mm at the waist for your boots.
I think the better option for you would be the 160W Burton Instigator. It’s a reasonable amount wider (265mm waist) and should give you a bit more leeway. Also I think the 160 is a good length for you at this stage.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
Super helpful article for a beginner like me. Just learned how to linking turns last season and plan to get my first board to the upcoming season. I already bought my boots last year( HEAD scout pro) which is really comfortable for me. Went through a lot of buying guides and got me really headache to pick up a beginner board. Will be really grateful if you could provide some advice.
I am 5’10 (around 178cm), 160 lbs ( 73 ~ 74 kg), boots size US men 9.5 (27.5 cm)
The first pick of my options is Salomon sight, it seems very suitable for a beginner to grow their skills and currently I don’t have any riding style preference, just want to learn.
I look at the size chart and have some options,
156 length, 248mm waist width
159 length, 250mm waist width
155W length, 256mm waist width ( maybe to wide for my boot size)
it looks like 156 length will be the better one for me, but then I read some articles saying that it’s ideal to choose a board with 250mm width or so for size 9.5 boots and saying 248mm maybe a bit narrower and may have a chance to drag on toe and heel edge on like doing carving or other more aggressive tricks.
so my question is will 248mm width be ok for my boots size?
I also checked K2 standard and have below options
155 length, 249mm waist width
158 length, 251mm wasit width
looks like 158 fits me well.
I just want to pick a right board and make a big progress this year, so could you help me and give me some advice?
Hi Andy
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise I would say something between 154 to 156 for you. So the 156 Sight or the 155 K2 Standard would be what I would choose if I was you.
In terms of width, with 9.5s, you should be OK with the 248mm waist. Typically I would say anything 251mm and up if you ride with a very straight back foot e.g. if you’re binding angles were +15/+0 or something like that. But with 6 degrees or more on your back foot and I would be confident that the waist on the 156 Sight and 155 Standard would be perfectly fine for you. Even with a completely straight back foot, you’d probably be OK too, especially as a beginner, but it would be pushing it more once you’re more advanced and riding more aggressive.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thanks. it helps me a lot.
Now I have a better understanding of how to choose a board, and your articles are really informative, great job!
You’re very welcome Andy. Hope you have an awesome season!
Hi Nate,
First, we wan to start by saying we love your website, it is very helpful.
We have been reading a lot but we can not quite decide what snowboards should we buy. We were wondering if you could advise what snowboards should we buy.
Boy: 78 kg 178cm and 9.5 boots (USA)
Girl: 57 kg 168 cm and 6.5 boots (USA)
I think we are high beginner to low intermediate level. We mostly ride blue and red slopes.
We are able to link turns and we want to gain more confidence in doing so. I would say we are improving pretty fast so we would want a snowboard that help us to progress.
We mostly ride in powder but sometimes in icy.
Not looking to do any park or jumps, just would like to enjoy powder when it’s available, carving and gain confidence to go fast sometimes.
We also want to start feeling better gaining some speed and backcountry.
Would you be able to recommend some boards and bindings for us? I think more of the side all mountain or freeride would be the best, right?
Thanks!!
Hi Carol
Thanks for your message.
By the sounds of it, I think you would both suit an all-mountain board well. And by the sounds of it, you are closer to an intermediate level than a beginner level, so something a little more performance oriented than a beginner board would be a good call, IMO. Particularly as you are going to be wanting some good stability at speed and for getting into the backcountry. I still wouldn’t put you on most freeride boards, just because usually they are for more advanced riders, though there are some exceptions to that.
I would check out the following for starters:
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
>>My Top 6 Women’s All-Mountain Snowboards
I am also looking at publishing a top 5 Intermediate snowboard list. I haven’t finalized how the rating system will work or finalized what boards would be long there, but these are some that I expect will be there.
Men’s
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper (all-mountain)
~ YES Typo (all-mountain)
~ Rossignol Templar (all-mountain)
~ Capita Outerspace Living (all-mountain-freestyle)
~ Burton Process Flying V (all-mountain)
~ YES Libre (all-mountain)
The other men’s option that might suit really well is the Ride Wildlife, which is kind of like a freeride board but more easy going and intermediate appropriate.
Women’s
~ Never Summer Infinity (all-mountain)
~ Rossignol Frenemy (all-mountain)
~ Capita Paradise (all-mountain-freestyle)
Size wise, I would say:
Boy: A good length range to look at, IMO, would be 156-158. This is taking into account ability level, so taking off a little bit of length – but not too much, since powder and speed are important factors. Width-wise, with 9.5s should be good at most boards in that length range, but roughly something with a waist width in the range of 249mm to 254mm would be a safe bet.
Girl: Length range between 144 and 146, again taking the same considerations into account. Width-wise, something between 225mm and 235mm would be a good range to look at in terms of waist width.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Hi Nate!
I want to start offf with a massive big up for all the great info on this site. It’s great for a newbie with all the guides and top lists.
As mentioned i’m a newbie with aprox. 35-40 h riding on a Völkl Steaze 158 with K2 Mach bindings. My boots are Vans Hi-Standard.
Although the board served me geat learning to ride it started feeling a bit unstable the last day of riding. As i started getting more confident i was riding faster and this is when the board started to feel a bit unstable and wobbly and as a result stopping me from going any faster. So the short version is that i need a new board 🙂
I’m:
43 year
1.83 m
76-80 kg
Not very athletic (yet)
US boot size 10 (Vans Hi-Standard)
I’m only gonna ride the slopes. At least for the foreseable future but i do want a board that can handle a bit of everything. I have a duck stance (i think its 18 – 15)
I have a brand new Rome Mechanic 156 (2018 model) but i think that might not be much more stable than the Völkl Steaze i feel is a bit to unstable. I’m also wondering if 156 is a bit to short and to narrow for my size 10 boots. I’m going to the Italian alps in december and probably wont get the chance of trying out my equipment before that.
Do you think i should bring the Mechanic 156 i already have, by a Mechanic 159 or somethinng completely different? And should i keep the K2 Mach bindings or do you think i should replace them as well?
/Magnus
Hi Magnus
Thanks for your message.
I don’t test Völkl boards, but based on the specs of the Steaze, I’m not surprised it’s feeling wobbly when getting up speed. It sounds like it’s a very park oriented board and not made for speed.
Unfortunately I don’t think the Mechanic would be that much of an improvement over the Steaze, especially in the 156, but again, this is just based on specs, and I’m not currently testing Rome boards either.
Since you have some time on a snowboard under your belt, you could step up to something like one of the following, which are more intermediate level boards and would give you a bit more in terms of stability at speed.
~ YES Typo
~ Capita Outerspace Living
~ Yes Libre
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper
~ Arbor Whiskey
Still suitable for a high-end beginner/intermediate level, but would give you a bit more stability, IMO. Or if you felt you were ready to step it up a little more, then you could also check out the following:
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
Size-wise, I think something around 157, 158 would be a good size for you, taking everything into consideration.
The K2 Mach must have been before my time with testing as I haven’t heard of them. But from the limited info I could find, they look like they’re beginner bindings. But without knowing much about them, not sure whether or not they would still be suitable.
Hope this helps
Yeah, it sure did help a lot!
Of the boards you mentioned i got really interested in the Outerspace living. It’s gotten rave reviews from riders of all sorts so i decided to go for it. Stumbled on a good deal on the Outerspace living 158 online so it should be on its way as we speak.
I realized the new board deserves new bindings and picked up a pair of Salomon District M (2018/2019). Also based mostly on great reviews from all sorts of riders.
I think thuis set-up should last me a couple of seasons. I might want to get a bit stiffer boots but this will do for now.
Yeah, my currrent board/bindings is probably not ideal now that i have some experience riding but i kinda needed to get a cheap equipment quick at the end of last season so …… And t.b.h. i’ve progressed faster than i thought i would so it probably was a good set-up for a beginner.
Last question 🙂 I’m guessing the board comes waxed from the factory even if it’s just some basic protective wax etc. Do you think i should wax it before first use. I’m gonnna ride it for 3-4 days in Cervinia/Zermatt in december. Is it worth the effort/prize getting it waxed or is the supposed basic wax enough?
/Magnus
Hi Magnus
Awesome that you have the new gear sorted. Always exciting.
As far as waxing a new board, you can but it’s not entirely necessary. If it’s a past season board that’s been sitting around for a long time, then it’s probably a good idea, but otherwise not fully necessary, IMO. I actually wrote a post about it a while back, you can check that out too, if you want.
>>Do I Need to Wax a New Snowboard
Thanks a lot for all the helpfull advice!
I’ve ordered wax, waxing iron etc. so now i should finally be set. I’s crazy how all the small bits and pieces add up to a small fortune.
I’ve said it before 🙂 but one last question. Should i remove the factory wax with a purpose made cleaning liquid and some hard graft before waxing?
/Magnus
You’re very welcome Magnus.
No real need to remove the Factory wax, in my opinion. Still give the base a good clean before waxing, but I wouldn’t go to the effort of removing the existing wax, if it was me.
Hi Nate
Your website is amazing and I really enjoy reading your reviews…:)
I’m a long time skier, but a newbie making a switch over to the darkside. I’m looking at some snowboards in my area that our on sale, but I could really use some great advice.
I have some Union Contact Pro bindings and I have some K2 Darko boots (size 10).
I’m 200 lbs and 5’10”.
I’m not really a park person, but I am looking for a fun playful board.
The snowboards that I’m looking at are;
– Slash Happy Place 158
– Step Child Weekend 159
– GNU Asym Credit 159
– GNU Gnuru 158
– Capita Outer Space Living.
Any advice or tips you can offer would be awesome and thank you!!
Hi John
Thanks for your message.
I don’t currently test Step Child boards, so I can’t comment there. But for the others on the list:
~ Happy Place – very freestyle oriented but certainly beginner friendly and playful – see my review here
~ Gnu Carbon Credit Asym – basically the same as above, except this is even more playful. A looser feeling board than the Happy Place
~ GNU Gnuru – a little more advanced than the first 2. Not un-doable at a beginner level at all, but I would say high-end beginner/low intermediate level would be more appropriate. A slightly steeper learning curve than the first 2 for a complete beginner (not sure if you’ve had any experience yet or not). On the looser, more playful side too, but not quite as loose as the Carbon Credit Asym
~ Capita Outerspace Living – again a more intermediate level board, doable for a high-end beginner. More of a stable, rather than loose feel. Still a little playful but the least playful of the four.
Size-wise, I think something around the 157, 158 length is a good way to go for your specs/level. So, I think the sizes you’re looking at are appropriate. And width-wise you should be fine on those with a size 10.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate
Thanks so much for your reply. I wasn’t sure about a couple of the boards and thought they might be to much for starting out.
It’s a toss up between the Slash Happy Place and the GNU Carbon Credit Asym or the regular Carbon Credit. Even though I’m not a park person, the Slash Happy place looks like a fun all around board, so I’m kinda leaning towards it.
I’m excited for the snow season…:)
Cheers
John
Hi John
You’re very welcome. Yeah the Happy Place is a fun little board, and whilst it’s park/freestyle oriented, it’s also a great beginner option, and good for casual/playful riding on the groomers. I’m also itching to get the season started! Hope you have an awesome one!
Hi Nate
I was wondering if you could give me some advice, I’ve been getting a mixed bag of advice from shop personnel and being in Canada don’t have many options locally when it comes to board brands sold or being able to purchase online like the folks south of me.
I went shop browsing the other day and was only really able to find the circuit in store everything else from your beginner list wasn’t really stocked and I inquired and was basically told it had to do with profit and the cheaper beginner boards weren’t stocked due to that. I was told I might be able to have something brought in but at the same time told I should just bypass beginner boards due to my size, which is 6’4 225-230lbs and that those type of boards would just be far to soft and wishy washy for me.
So I thought you might be able to shed some light on it for me.
I had sent my gf to a ski snowboard show to see if she could find something and they tried selling her a lib tech t rice board(699)to her for me… than someone tried to sell me on a k2 slayblade?
Than I was recommended a black board of death or something in a 163 or 164 and told it be great! So I’m really at a loss for what I should be looking at.
I have a few brands available here to me which are:
Arbor
Lib tech
Gnu
Jones
Salomon
Rossignol
Capita
Never summer
Nidecker
Niche
Rome
Ride
Yes
K2
Bataleon
Nitro
Quite a few, yet not one shop stocks any of the so called beginner boards for the most part so I’m unsure what I should be looking for tho most shops had the brands pricier intermediate and advance boards for all those brands.
Saw the higher end jones, capita, gnu, yes, arbor, lib and never summer boards but really don’t know much of anything cause I was looking for your basic beginner board from your list of 15, saw some higher up the list like 7-15.
So I’m hoping you might be able to give me a recommendation especially with being told being my size I should just skip beginner boards and go for something further up the food chain and with sintered base…
Can you help me out on this one?? Really would like to spend most of my free time in the mountains this year and have the option to do so.
Also on a side note… my gf got roped into some flow nx2 xl bindings for me.. lol any knowledge on said bindings? Would of preferred L cause I’m thinking I’ll be a 11.5 to 12 boot size not 14.
Also was talked into a gnu b nice board for herself and some flow omni bindings all of which I feel are a little advanced for her yet this man had 30 years shop experience and what not…
Anyways my apologies for the long winded post but just trying to nail down some info and what I should think.. seems almost as bad as buying a new car.
There is another ski snowboard show this weekend about a hr and a half away I thought I might take a look at so any feed back would be great tho I don’t feel rushed nor should you feel rushed to reply.
My experience isn’t much made the switch from skiing to boarding to make it easier for gf to get back into and learn with someone, did it once last year and by noon was linking large turns.
Thanks for your time Nate and any help.
Hi Brian
Thanks for your message.
I’ve heard and experienced a range of advice in stores, from very good to very bad, so it can definitely be a mixed bag – and sometimes you definitely get the feeling they just want to sell you something to make a sale, not to actually match you with the right gear.
That said, being a bigger guy, there’ something in the idea that you could get something too soft with certain boards, depending on the size you go for. If you’re above the weight recommendations for a board, then that board is likely to feel softer than what it’s designed too. So, in some cases, depending on the board, you might want to go for something a little stiffer flexing, if you’re over the weight recommendations (as it will feel softer). So you’re still essentially going to feel it as the same thing.
But stiffness isn’t the only thing that makes a board more advanced. Camber profile is another big thing. So, riding a more advanced camber profile is not going to be ideal for a beginner regardless of size, so I don’t agree with recommending boards like the T Rice Pro, Black Snowboard or Death or Slayblade. And there are other things (like sidecut, contact length to effective edge ratio etc, but I won’t get into that).
So, whilst going for something a little stiffer than would be normally recommended for beginners (and going with a sintered base is fine too), there are other factors that make those poor recommendations, IMO.
Starting from scratch:
Size-wise, I would look at something between 162 & 164 at this stage. You could go longer when you’re a more advanced rider if you were to change boards at some stage.
In terms of width, assuming you end up in a size 12, I would say look at something with at least 260mm at the waist width and that would be the bare minimum, IMO.
From what you’re describing, I would recommend (hopefully you have one of these options available):
YES Typo: 163W
YES Libre: 161W (a little outside the range in terms of size though)
Capita Outerspace Living: 159W would be the best size but probably too small for you, IMO.
Arbor Whiskey: 162MW
Rossignol Templar: 162W
Or you could even look at something like the following:
Jones Mountain Twin: 164W
Slash Brainstorm: 163W
Rossignol One LF: 161W
There are more options too, but those were what came to mind first. Hopefully you can find something from that lot.
In terms of bindings. Again, you could go a little stiffer than normal for a beginner, but I still wouldn’t want to go overly stiff.
I haven’t ridden flow bindings for a while, so I’m not sure how the NX2 rate in reality but based on their flex rating (8/10) that would be stiffer than I would recommend for sure. I’m not sure if you got a deal on them or not, but as far as retail price goes, you could have got something cheaper too. Something with a 5/10 or 6/10 flex would have been better, IMO. Something like one of these:
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
And there are some other slightly cheaper options of that sort, if you were wanting something cheaper.
Size-wise though, the XL are a good size for 11.5 or 12 boots, so size isn’t an issue, IMO.
For your GF, the GNU B Nice is a very good beginner option, IMO (assuming the right size) so no problem there, IMO.
But same goes for the OMNI in terms of bindings. I would have gone with something softer for her. Again, I haven’t ridden flow for a while, but based on flex ratings.
Hope this wasn’t too much info! And hope it helps with your decision
thanks so much for replying,last query is camber important?,from my copius research (aka google) I understand Rocker is where I should focus on,however some sources conflict this as say go hybrid?
what are your thoughts on that?
I’m simply not interested in speed but want to do greens and blues and maybe some park stuff(at least that’s the goal within 1 or 2 seasons).
Cheers
Hi Ravi
I prefer to recommend hybrid boards. But to be honest there aren’t that many pure rocker boards out there anymore. Certainly for a beginner board there should be some rocker in the profile. Rocker makes it easier to initiate turns, and makes a board less catchy. Going with a full rockered board is something that will make turns very easy to learn and should be really catchfree.
Camber is good for a few things. Stability at speed, edge hold when laying down a deep carve, pop for ollies, jumps etc. Mostly things that aren’t necessary for a beginner.
However, some stability in the board is still a good thing for a beginner, in my opinion. For a couple of reasons. As you get better and start to pick up speed that stability helps. And also it helps when one-footing off lifts. An all-rocker board can feel quite loose when one-footing off lifts.
That stability doesn’t necessarily need to come from camber it can also come from a flat section. A lot of beginners like the flat-to-rocker profile because the flat section between the feet helps with stability and the rocker towards tip and tail help with turn initiation. And you get that stability without the aggression of the camber. Beginner boards are often flat-to-rocker these days rather than fully-rockered.
But that stability can also come from camber, which is where Hybrid camber and hybrid Rocker profiles are good. The important thing for a beginner board is that the camber in these sections isn’t too pronounced and there is a good amount of rocker in there and not too much camber. Not all hybrid profiles are made equal. Some can be quite aggressive with a lot of camber.
So yeah, either a hybrid camber, hybrid rocker or flat-to-rocker profile are the best options, IMO. All rocker is an option too, but not ideal, IMO.
Hope this makes sense and helps with your decision
Thanks Nate,you are super helpful!
You’re very welcome Ravi. Hope you enjoy the rest of your season in New Zealand (if its still going)!
Hi Nate,
Firstly thanks so much for your articles,you have a style of reviews that are non judgmental and concise (especially to us newbies).Awesome stuff!
I’m going shopping for some second hand gear this week and wanted your advice please.
height:181 cm
weight: 92kg
shoe-size: 11US
I have only ever snowboarded 3 times and i’m hooked and I wanted to invest in a a board and bindings ( I have the 32 Prion boots).
My question is,what board would be good for me,I only go a few times a year (maybe 10-15 days max).
I’m after something forgiving and maybe good for doing green runs and some basic park stuff.happy to upgrade in the future but I do want a nice easy board to learn on.
Cheers from New Zealand.
Hi Ravi
Thanks for your message.
First of all, good choice on the boots. They’re a good beginner option.
From what you’re describing I think something that’s a nice easy board to learn on and is also a good option for learning some park stuff (so a freestyle oriented board) is a good way to go, especially since you’ll be looking to upgrade at some point.
Size-wise, I would look at something in the range 157-159, which would be a good beginner length and a good freestyle length for you.
Width-wise, with 11s, you’ll probably want to go at least 258mm at the waist roughly. If you knew your binding angles you might be able to go a little narrower, but I think that would be a safe bet at this stage assuming you’re not sure of the binding angles you’ll settle on.
The following would work well, IMO:
~ GNU Carbon Credit Asym: 156W or 159W
~ Capita Horrorscope: 157 or 157W
~ Ride Agenda: 157W
~ YES Basic: 156W or 159W
~ GNU Hyak: 157W
~ Rossignol District: 156W
~ Rossignol Sawblade: 155W – although this is probably a bit small for you
~ Arbor Formula Rocker: 159MW
~ Arbor Foundation: 159MW
Hopefully this gives you enough options to find something suitable from what’s available second hand. But if you need more options or if you find something and not sure if it would work, let me know.
Hi Nate,
Your reviews are just awesome and I want to thank you for all the great info.
I am 43 yo male and a complete beginner at snowboarding. This will be my first season. I am 6’ 2” tall and weigh 210 pounds without any equipment. Went into the evo store and got sized and tried a couple of boots. It turns out I am US 14 in the left foot and slightly smaller on the right. My right foot is also slightly wider hence my choice of a dual zone boot below. Please see the setup I am thinking off and hoping to order in the next couple of days:
– 32 lashed double boa in US 14
– Salomon Sight 162W
– Union Flite Pro in Large
Look forward to your feedback and thanks once again!
Hi Adi
Thanks for your message.
Length-wise, anything from 159 to 162 would be a good range to look at, IMO.
Width-wise, it’s tricky, with 14s. Ideally you would want something around 270mm at the waist, and only then with +15/-15 angles. As a beginner you can probably get away with something a little narrower but not sure that the Sight 162W would be wide enough.
Also going with a lower profile boot would help with a bit of leeway. If you were to go with traditional lace, that would give you plenty of adjustability for your two different feet. Check out the following for some good beginner options
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
Some of which are traditional lace and low profile (Burton Invader and Vans Hi Standard). Or if you really wanted to stick with Double Boa, then:
Vans Aura.
Or something like Burton Concord – which isn’t ideal for a beginner – a bit too stiff (but still not overly stiff – medium flex) but is low profile and doable for a beginner.
But if you want to stick with your boot choice as you know it fits well, I get that. A low profile boot would just give you that bit more leeway width-wise.
In terms of wider boards, that are still beginner suitable, the Burton Instigator 160W could be an option – 265mm waist.
The other option would be the Nitro Team Gullwing – not ideal for a beginner, a little too stiff to be ideal, so would be a steeper learning curve but doable – and the 162W would be a good length and has a 270mm waist width.
There’s a chance you’d get away with the width on the 162W sight, but I suspect you’d have too much overhang and would likely run into drag issues, especially as you started to get more confident on your turns.
Hope this helps
Thank you so much Nate. You are awesome!
Evo store is getting Lashed in size 14 delivered so I have not tried them on the board yet. But you are probably right on overhang. I would get Vans Aura but do not see them anywhere larger than US 13?
Would Burton Moto even though a single boa be an option? Really trying to stay away from the standard laces 🙂
Also I have checked out Burton Instigator 160W online real quick and I am sure Evo has it in store. Looks like a sweet board so I might switch my order to it.
Thanks again!!
Hi Adi
You’re very welcome.
Yeah the Burton Moto would be a good choice for you, IMO. But yeah the only thing to consider is that you won’t have independent adjustments that you can make for the lower and upper parts of the boot.
Hi Nate,
Looks like my first post didn’t actually get posted, hope it doesn’t post it twice now.
First off, awesome website! Your posts are really helpful! Big thanks!
I’m still not 100% sure what board to buy as my first board and would appreciate your input.
I always rented my boards before. This year I will be going to Aspen Snowmass for 8 days over Christmas and realized that I could buy a board for about the same money that a 6-7 day rental costs.
About myself, I’ve been snowboarding on and off since about 10 years but only about 20-25 days in total. So I’d still count me as a beginner. I went sand boarding earlier this year and noticed I had really problems with my turns during the first 1-2 hours, mostly in my head. Last time snowboarding was about 5-6 years ago and I didn’t have such problems, riding blues.
To keep it short, I’m about 6’1”, 180-185lb, US size 10 and am considering the following boards:
– K2 Standard 2018 158
– Salomon Sight (158-159 reg/wide depending on the model year)
– Burton Instigator 160.
After having read and viewed many reviews of these 3 boards I’m getting the impression that the Burton Instigator is geared even more towards beginners and would need to be upgraded even sooner. Is that accurate? If so then I’d cross that off of my list.
I’ll be mostly riding groomers and some deep snow/powder.
I was also looking at the Burton Custom Flying V and the NS Snowtrooper but I’m afraid I might not be good enough yet. Since I’ll only be snowboarding for about a week each year I’d like to enjoy it and make progress rather than getting frustrated if that makes sense.
Any recommendations? If you’d recommend the K2 Standard and/or the Salomon Sight, what are the main differences/negatives of each compared to another?
Sorry, this was way longer than I intended it to be.
Thanks in advance for your help!
Hi Sascha
Thanks for your message.
I got both comments. All comments are moderated before being published which is why it didn’t show up straight away. It’s supposed to give you a message that the comment is under moderation but it doesn’t seem to be working properly at the moment – something I’ll have to look into.
Yeah, the Instigator is very much a beginner board, but I would say the same about the K2 Standard. The Salomon Sight would give you a bit more time before feeling the need to upgrade but is still something you’d want to upgrade from at some point.
Since you have a bit of experience (all be it a while ago), I think you would be fine with one of the following, which I consider boards that are not quite there for a beginner, beginner, but great for a high-end beginner, going on intermediate rider, that wants a board that will stay with them as they progress. Which I think sounds a lot like you.
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper (as you mentioned)
~ Burton Process Flying V (you mentioned the Custom Flying V, but that’s a little stiffer and I think the Process Flying V would suit what you’re describing better)
~ YES Typo
I am looking to create an “intermediate list” shortly (when I can find the time!). And I would say that those 3 will be on it.
Size-wise, I think anything from 157 to 160 would be a good length for you, given your specs/ability. So I think you’re on the right track size-wise.
Hope this helps with your decision.
Thank you so much for the quick response, Nate! Definitely helps a lot, I was about to pull the trigger on the K2 Standard but now I’ll take a more detailed look at those intermediate boards again.
I’ll admit, I saw one review on YouTube of a person who literally called the snowtrooper a dead fish and boring board, you might know whom I’m talking about. Anyways that kind of threw me off. But I guess there are always lovers and haters and it’s personal preference too…
Thanks again! I’ll be looking out for the intermediate board list!
You’re very welcome Sascha.
I wouldn’t say that the Snowtrooper is full of personality, or the liveliest board going around but I certainly wouldn’t call it a dead fish! But yeah like you say everyone has personal preferences. I had fun on it, but you can’t please everyone.
Sorry Nate, one more question, almost forgot. I’m planning on getting a board for my gf as well. She’s 5’7” and about 100lb, shoe size 7/7.5. Was thinking the rossignol gala or the gnu b-nice in 143-147ish? Does that sound about right? Thanks!
Hi Sascha
Assuming your girlfriend is at a beginner level, then those would be good options. However, for her specs, assuming a beginner level, then I would say more like 139cm-141cm. 143cm would be a good size for her at a more advanced level.
So for the Gala, I would say 142cm would be the only size that would be suitable, IMO.
For the GNU the 139 would be a good option, although it’s a very narrow board – could be OK for 7/7.5s though, if she has reasonably angled binding angles. But if you didn’t want to take the risk you could move up to the 142. Or look at the GNU Chromatic in the 141 (similar to the B Nice).
Hope this helps
Hey Nate, thanks so much for your help and your time! I thought a little more about it and I think I’ll get the Yes Basic 158 for now. I’m a little afraid that the Burton Process Flying V could still be too advanced for me at this point. And it sounds like the Yes Basic is a board even an advanced rider can enjoy and I hope it’ll help me getting better. I’m thinking if I want something stiffer and more advanced in a year or two I’ll just get a new board then. Also considered the typo but not a huge fan of the graphic.
I think for my gf I’ll get the B-Nice 142 as you suggested. She’s a total beginner. We tried some boots for her and actually although she wears a 7/7.5 in normal shoes she’ll need a 8 in her snowboard boots. Tried the Burton Mint in 8 and she liked them. She could still feel the front edge with her toes a little bit when standing up straight but I guess that’s normal?
I’m still trying to figure out which bindings to get with the Yes Basic since I’m not a pure beginner anymore. Found deals on the 2017 Mission which I believe you said is a bit softer than the newer models. Also considering the Flux DS and the Burton Custom (too soft for me?)
I promise those will be the last questions ?
Hey
Yeah it’s fine if she can feel the front edge. That’s the perfect fit if her toes are just brushing the end. They should be touching but not having to curl up at all to fit. Note also that boots tend to pack out a little bit as you wear them. Not heaps but by just a little bit. So yeah, if her toes are touching but not having to curl up, then that should be just right.
Yeah, with 8s I woulnd’t go narrower than around 232mm, which is what the 142 GNU B Nice is, so that should be good. But yeah the 139 would be risking being too narrow for 8s. Burton boots are low profile so that helps a little – but I’d still stick with the 142 width-wise.
Hey Nate, I see my last comment hasn’t been posted yet, hope you weren’t already working out a response. I was actually lucky and after an intensive search I found the 2018 Yes Typo in 158 and ordered it. As I mentioned before, I didn’t like the graphics on the 2019 Typo so I didn’t really consider it. I even got a good deal, $315 and no taxes. Now I just have to find the right bindings for it, I guess a step up from bindings I’d get for the basic. I have a pair of 2010’s Salomon Faction (US size 10), I believe around a 5-6/10 flex. Only used them those 20-25 days I rode in the past so they’re still like new. I was browsing and browsing through your binding recommendations and I am thinking something a little stiffer than the beginner bindings but not too stiff either since I am still learning. Something with a flex of 5/10? Considering Now X Yes, Burton Genesis, Burton Malvita, Flux DS. Assuming Custom would be a little too soft for this board? Any personal favorites or something you think would be a best fit for me?
I really appreciate your help, thanks to you I am confident to make the right choices in this jungle of options!
Hi Sascha
Awesome to hear you got a good deal on the 2018 Typo!
In terms of bindings, yeah I think something around a 5/10 flex would be best for the Typo and something you should be fine with. Custom’s would be too soft to be ideal for the Typo, IMO.
I don’t currently test NOW bindings so I couldn’t say for sure but they look like they could work.
The Genesis and the DS would both be great options.
The Malavita would work too. Just note that it does have quite a stiff highback. The overall flex feel is around a 5/10 but it has a softer baseplate but stiffer highback. The highback on the Genesis is softer.
Hope this helps
I came here looking for answers and now i have only more questions! I thought I was dead set on getting a Nitro Prime as my first board but now I’m not so sure! I like the sound of the yes basic as hitting hard and icy patches was what I really didn’t like while learning, but this might just blow my budget… And the more I think about it the more I want a board that is good for riding switch though I’m more interested in riding the mountain than playing in the park. My local slope relys mostly on snow cannons so can be really hard but also when it gets warm its really slushy. Any tips or opinions (especially any thoughts on the Nitro prime would be much appreciated!
Hi Tom
Thanks for your message.
The Nitro Prime isn’t something that I rated for this list (I don’t typically test Nitro currently) but looking at the specs, it looks like it would be a good first board. So, if you’re budget doesn’t allow you something like the YES Basic, then the Prime looks like a good option.
Based on the only Nitro board I’ve ridden (Team Gullwing) that was pretty good in hard/icy conditions. Not as good as something like the Basic, but pretty good. The Prime doesn’t have any camber in the profile and that can sometimes make it less grippy on hard/icy snow, so it may not be at the level of the Gullwing, but I couldn’t say for sure, having not ridden it or any Nitro boards with the flat-to-rocker profile.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
First of all awesome site! I love the reviews and your dedication to providing quality answers to everyone’s questions is impressive. So naturally, I’d like to get your opinion on what I’m looking at.
My stats:
5’6″
125 lbs
8 US boot
I’m thinking of getting:
Yes. Basic 2019 (146cm)
Burton Cartel bindings (S or M)
Thirtytwo Lashed boots (US 8)
Does this seem like a good set up to you? Would these boots and bindings be too stiff for the board? Also, at a size 8 boot most brands have me falling between an small and medium binding, would you suggest going one way over the other? I’d sincerely appreciate your opinion.
Best regards,
Nate
Hey Nate
Thanks for your message – and great name!
I think the 146 would be a good size for you for that board.
If not matching flex I find it’s better to have the bindings and boots stiffer than the board, rather than the other way around. I find going with bindings and boots that are too soft, that there’s sometimes not enough power to drive the board. The Cartel are a couple of steps up (6/10) compared to the Basic (4/10) and that’s as stiff as I would go (or the bindings can start overpowering the board). In the case of the Cartel Re:Flex, I do find that they flex really well with the board, so in some ways they take on the personality of the board, which makes me more confident that they would work on the basic.
The Lashed are rated as 6/10 but I’d say they’re more like 5/10, so they should be a good match to the overall setup, IMO.
In terms of binding size, for Burton bindings I would go for medium, since you have 32 boots. The profile on 32s isn’t overly long, but they’re not as low profile as Burton boots – and since Burton’s binding sizes are based on Burton boots, in 32s you would be a little bigger than a Burton 8, if that makes sense. Also, Burton bindings tend to have a shorter baseplate than other bindings, so going medium will cover more of the width of the board for more leverage.
Hope this helps
Thanks Nate, really appreciate your taking the time to provide a thought out answer. I’ll definitely be referring back to this site in the future.
You’re very welcome Nate! Hope you have an awesome season this winter!
Hey man thanks for the in depth reply,
So I’ve spent some time looking at the boards you suggested. I really like the profile of the Burton Process Flying V and think this would suit the riding i want to do.
What sort of bindings would you pair up with these?
cheers mate really appreciate it.
Hi Mark
For Bindings for the Process Flying V – I would go for something that’s 4/10 or 5/10 in terms of flex. Certainly no softer than 4/10 and no stiffer than 6/10. Something from one of the following lists would work well for you, IMO.
>>Top 5 All Freestyle Bindings
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
Let me know if you have any questions about any of those
cheers Nate! So i’m looking at the Cartel. Would this be a good starting point?
Hi Mark
The Cartels are very solid performing bindings. Can’t really go wrong with them, IMO. They suit a wide range of boards and are good quality bindings. Not as nice, IMO as the Genesis or Malavita, but for the price, they are great option and probably better value for money.
Hey there Nate,
I had my first season this year on a 2013 Rome Reverb Rocker, paired up with some RIDE Capo bindings
I’m looking for something a bit more basic to ride. Although the first season went well and by the end of it i was coming off some kickers and jumps and was confident. it felt quite hard work to ride?
my stats are:
6′ (183CM) Tall
210lb
10.5 US boot size
I really like the Rome Mechanic or Burton Clash, instigator. But i like the price of the Rossignol boards maybe that could be an option?
what you recommend man, please helpppppppp
Hi Mark
Thanks for your message.
Yeah the Reverb Rocker is a bit misleading in its name, given that there’s only subtle rocker in the profile and its otherwise mostly camber (from what I hear – not a board I’ve ridden). Also the Capo bindings are quite stiff, which would also contribute to a less forgiving/more difficult ride, especially as it was your first season. I would certainly look at changing those to something more forgiving too.
The Mechanic would certainly be an easier going ride compared to the Reverb Rocker and the Instigator is super easy going – something that you would certainly progress quickly on, but you might also grow out of it quite quickly, given that you have a season under your belt and it sounds like you’re progressing well.
But yeah anything off this list (assuming they have an appropriate size) will work for sure, especially if you’re willing to upgrade relatively soon, they will help for a quick progression and certainly won’t be hard work to ride. But if you were looking for something that would last you a little longer, but still beginner friendly, you could also check out something like the YES Typo, Never Summer Snowtrooper, Burton Process Flying V, YES Libre, Capita Outerspace Living. These are all high-end beginner, going on intermediate and up. Typically a little more pricey than some of these beginner boards, but would be something you could ride for longer without having to upgrade. But yeah, if you’re willing to upgrade again after another season or two, something here would work as well.
Size-wise, I would say something between 159 to 161 would be a good length range to look at, at this stage. And something around 255mm in terms of waist width minimum (if you know your binding angles, and ride with a reasonable angle on the back foot, e.g. +15/-15 or something like that, then you could go a little narrower too).
Hope this helps get you on the right track
Hi. I’m thinking about new board, now I’ve DC Ply and i hate that board. I have much experience in snowboarding but I want to buy more balanced snowboard. I was thinking about K2 Standard and RIDE AGENDA (last year I used Ride Crook and it was great!)
What do you thing, which one will the better choice?
Hi Wojciech
Thanks for your message.
Since you enjoyed the Crook, I’d say that it’s a good idea to go with something similar. The 2018 Ride Agenda is quite a similar option to the Crook but the 2019 model has a different camber profile. If you can find a 2018 Agenda, then that would be an option. Also if you were able to find a Ride Crook. The Crook (which they aren’t making a 2019 model for so you’d have to find a 2018 model) is also a very beginner friendly board – it’s just on the more expensive end for a beginner board, but since you would be looking at a 2018 model, it will be cheaper.
In general, going for something with a flat-to-rocker profile, soft or medium-soft flex and is otherwise beginner friendly and I think you’ll fine with it. The DC Ply has quite a bit of camber in the profile, so it might be a good idea to skip the camber boards, to be on the safe side, given that you didn’t like the Ply.
So the K2 Standard would also be a good option for you, IMO.
From this list, the flat-to-rocker options are:
~ K2 Standard
~ Burton Instigator
~ Burton Ripcord
~ Capita Horrorscope
But like I say you could also look at the 2018 Agenda or Crook as well. The 2019 Agenda now has camber between the feet – more subtle camber compared to something like the Ply but if you wanted to be on the safeside, then the others mentioned here might be a safer bet for you.
Size is also important. It might be the case that you dislike the Ply partly because of the size you have. If you’d like a size recommendation, if you could let me know your weight, height and boot size and also the size of your DC Ply.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate! Im Santiago from Argentina. I want to but my first table, I was already practicing for 3/4 seasons and I think I’m at an intermediate level. Here i can buy a new Burton LTR wide 157 board
but I can not find details or analysis of it on the internet, can you help me?
Other option is the rossignol circuit 156 W or 165, i dont know witch.
Me: 1,75 m / 90 kg.
Thank you!!! (Sorry for my english)
Hi Santiago
Thanks for your message.
The Burton LTR is one of Burton’s rental boards – not one they actually sell, which is why info is hard to get for it. But from what I know it’s a very soft flexing board and easy to learn on. Maybe a bit below an intermediate level – really just for beginners as far as I know.
In terms of length, I think something between 156 and 158 is a good length for your specs, as an intermediate rider.
What width is appropriate would depend on your boot size.
But yeah if you were to go with the Circuit, then the 156W would be a better option than 165. 165 would be too long for you, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate, i want to buy my first snowboard, I’ve been practicing for 3 seasons and it could be said that I’m at intermediate level. Here thw store sell me a new board BURTON LTR wide 157, but I can not find details or analysis of it on the internet. Help Me please.
Me: 1,75 m, 90kg
Thanks (sorry for my english im from Argentina)
Hi Nate!
I struggled a lot reading from various sites and trying to understand what kind of snowboard should I buy! I ordered my beginners snowboard gear two days ago and only today I bumped into your blog! I wish I had found it earlier, it would have made life a lot easier and I wouldn’t have wasted hours and ours trying to figure things out! Everything here is explained thoroughly and in a way that a beginner like me can understand and appreciate! That said, it was a great relief for me finding out that I had made a good choice, since I ordered the K2 standard! At least, thanks to your “my n1 go to site from now on” choosing bindings and boots won’t be that hard! THANX!
Hi Jordi
Thanks for your message and I’m glad you find the site helpful and easy to follow – I’m also glad you managed to get a good beginner board!
Eyyyyyyyy many thanks for your quik reacction, do you think that anyone that you recomended in you post will be a better option than GNU ? i am open to follow you recomendations ..
Thank you again.
Kind Regards.
Julian.
Hi Julian
I would say that the GNU options (Hyak & Carbon Credit) are as good am option in terms of beginners as others on this list. The only thing that makes them maybe not quite as suitable is that they are quite loose feeling. This can make it trickier getting off the lifts. Apart from that they are very beginner suitable.
Hi, i am new in snowboard, and i am looking for a begginer board, can you tell me if GNU GNURU 2018 is a good option, or is it better one of this that you recomended. (180cm, 87kg and y use foot size 42.5 – 43 UE) MID WIDE version? and size ?
Thank you very much in advance.
Hi Julian
Thanks for your message.
I would say that the Gnuru is a “not bad” board for a beginner but I wouldn’t say its ideal. If you wanted to go GNU, the Hyak and the Carbon Credit would be their best beginner options, IMO. But the Gnuru would be the next best thing.
Sizing-wise, I would say, generally speaking to go with something between 156 to 158, as a beginner, for length.
For width, I don’t thing you would need to go for a mid-wise option with 42.5 to 43 EU. This is assuming a translation to US size of around a size 10. But different brands seem to have different conversions between EU and US sizes. But in any case, I think that 43 would either translate to a 9.5 or a 10 and with either you should be fine on the regular width. I ride US10s and have never needed a wide board.
So for the Gnuru, the best size for you, IMO, would be the 158. For the other GNU boards I mentioned, I would say:
Hyak: 157
Carbon Credit: 156
Hope this helps
Hi again, also i found a very nice offerts as follow:
Pack Snowboard :
*Rossignol – One LF (talla 159)
*Nitro – Zero Skate Or Die (talla M) pack 414€
and with GNURU:
*Pack snowboard Gnuru GNU
*Fijaciones snowboard Custom Black Matte BURTON PACK 414€
SAME PRICE WHAT DO YOU THINK ABOUT !!
this is my last cuestion thank you very much, i do not want to make mestakes on my first decision.
Regards.
Julian.
Hi Julian
I would say that the Rossignol One is more of an intermediate and up board. I’d rate it a 6/10 in terms of flex – so it’s stiffer than what I’d usually recommend for beginners for sure. It’s otherwise a pretty cruisey ride. But yeah, that stiffness wouldn’t be ideal. I don’t have any experience with Nitro bindings, but based on the specs it looks like the Zero are a 6/10 flex rating, which is a great match for the Rossignol One but again not ideal for a first setup, IMO.
The Custom bindings are a good beginner option, IMO. And we’ve already discussed the Gnuru. So, out of those 2, I think the Gnuru/Custom would be the better option for you.
Very good idea to get your first purchase right – and I’m happy to answer your questions to try to help you with that decision.
Hi there Nate,
So thanks to your guide i finally decided to get my own K2 Standard. Recently I’ve just found quite a good offer for a 2016 version of this board (a new one), which is about 30% cheaper than 2018 edition. In your opinion – does the newer one differ that much that I should pay more? Also – what’s the best choice of bindings to pair with K2 Standard/Burton Moto set?
Hi Bart
Thanks for your message. Not too much has changed with the K2 Standard in the last few years, so if you’ve found a good deal on the 2016 model, then that’s definitely an option – assuming its an appropriate size for you. If its a matter of compromising on size, then I would pay the extra for a newer model to get the best size.
In terms of bindings, check out the following that would all be a good match for that board and those boots (just keep in mind if you go with Burton bindings that you get the “Re:Flex” model as the “EST” model (Burton has 2 different styles of bindings) they won’t fit on the K2 Standard):
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
Hope this helps
Hello,
Thanks for the reviews… I’m planning to buy a board for YEARS to come (so I plan to get to advanced level with this one), I only ride like 10/15 days a year but grew tired of rentals.
I’m an intermediate rider, 80 kg and 8.5 US size. Looking for a do it all board, I might start going to the park but mainly it will be groomers and if lucky trees/fresh snow. I do like to do butters and ride switch. I guess I need a 155 or so.. I don’t want it to be too big.
I came up with this list with the current prices, is what I can get now… what boards do you recommend?
RIDE Machete 18 155 —> 346 EUR quiver of one
RIDE Burnout 18 155 —> 405 EUR aggressive park stuff
K2 TURBO DREAM 18 156 —> 410 EUR ? GOOD
K2 Raygun 156 —> 307 EUR —> GOOD but seems the turbo dream is better
K2 Bottle Rocket 18 156 —> 377 EUR —> GOOD FREERIDE Shifted.. maybe too big as 156
Burton Trick Ponny 154 —> 440 EUR —> maybe quiver of one?
K2 After Black 154 —> 432 EUR ??
Salomon Assassin 18 155 —> 350 EUR —> GOOD quiver of one
Salomon The Villan Claskics 18 155 —> 364 EUR Seems is bad
Salomon Ultimate Ride 155 —> 420 EUR —> Good one but aggressive/stiff
capita Scott Stevens Pro 155? > 400 EUR
Bataleon Evil Twin 154 > 440 eur
Burton Flight Attendant 156 > 450 eur
Burton Free thinker 157 > 480 eur
Burton Descedant 155w > 340 eur
Burton killroy custom 154 > 350 eur not good?
Burton deep thinker 157 > 490 eur
Keep up the good work.
Hi Damian
Thanks for your message.
Here are my thoughts:
I won’t say too much about length as you seem confident that 155 or thereabouts is good for you – and I don’t have your height.
RIDE Machete 18 155 – could be an option, but a little lacking for powder and carving, IMO
RIDE Burnout 18 155 – IF you are a strong, aggressive rider, this is an option. Weakest point is powder – RIDE Burnout Review
K2 TURBO DREAM 18 156 – Decent all round board as a one board quiver, biggest weakness is carving and pop – K2 Turbo Dream Review
K2 Raygun 156 – Yeah Turbo Dream better, Raygun more of a beginner board and sounds like you’re looking for something more advanced
K2 Bottle Rocket 18 156 – yeah, this is a short wide (Volume Shifted) – I would go down to at least the 152 for this for you, for this board (potentially shorter depending on height) also it’s more park/freestyle oriented (though not something I’ve ridden).
Burton Trick Ponny 154 – this would be a good option for a one board quiver, IMO
K2 After Black 154 – not a board I’m that familiar with but seems more park/freestyle oriented than do-it-all
Salomon Assassin 18 155 – a good option as a one board quiver, IMO. The freestyle end of the “do-it-all” spectrum, but still a good option, IMO
Salomon The Villan Claskics 18 155 – more park/freestyle oriented
Salomon Ultimate Ride – IF you are a strong, aggressive rider, this is an option. Weakest point is powder
capita Scott Stevens Pro 155 – really park/jib oriented, IMO. Wouldn’t be suitable as a do-it-all.
Bataleon Evil Twin 154 – not a brand that I currently demo, but looks like it’s mostly park/freestyle oriented, but could be ok for the rest
Burton Flight Attendant 156 – more Freeride oriented. Not going to be as good for freestyle stuff in my opinion – not what I would call an “all-mountain”/do-it-all kind of board – Burton FA Review
Burton Free thinker 157 – IF you are a strong, aggressive rider, this is an option. Weakest point is powder
Burton Descedant 155w – NOT in a wide, IMO. With 8.5s this will be too wide for you. Also more Park/Freestyle oriented than do-it-all, IMO.
Burton killroy custom 154 – I haven’t specifically ridden the Killroy Custom, but based on other similar Burton boards, this one would be an option. Probably weakest point would be powder (just based on it being full camber) and it will likely be quite aggressive. That’s either a good or bad thing depending on how aggressive your style is
Burton deep thinker 157 – more Freeride oriented – not really a do-it-all, IMO
Hope this helps
Thanks so much for taking the time to reply!
I’m 1,72m, on the muscular side :D.
You’re very welcome Damian.
Yeah something in that 155 to 157 range is a good length for you, IMO, so I think you’re looking at good sizes. Being on the muscular size helps when it comes to riding more aggressive boards, so they can come into play. But those boards are also more technical, so a solid technique also helps with aggressive boards. Also, if that’s the way you like to ride. If you prefer to ride more casual and playful, then aggressive boards not the way to go – but if you like ride fast and carve hard, then those boards would suit. If you like butters, then they can be more difficult on aggressive boards too – especially if they’re stiffer.
Hi Nate,
thanks for all the analysis! I’ve been doing a lot of it myself but this list is extremely helpful, mainly becuase I was falling into the mistake of going for an intermediate “grow into” board. After having read all of your analysis I am definitely sold on going for a beginner to intermediate board.
I have been doing some snowboarding over the last season, I’ve put together approximately 10 days overall, and I’ve gone through good progress in this timespan using various rented boards. The fact that I’ve done a lot of skateboarding in my early years (and still do when I can, even though I am now 48…) has probably helped me out a lot.
Having said this, I am looking to buy a new board for the season to come, and after all of my research I have narrowed it down to the following (I weigh 215 lbs, wear size 11 and am 5″10):
Salomon Sight 158W
Ride Agenda 157W
Rome Mechanic 156
K2 Standard 156W
Rome Reverb Rocker 157
All of these boards are on your list, so I’m assuming you’ll prbably tell me to go with any of these? That is all besides the Rome Reverb…and that is my main question: I’ve read a lot of comments that this is a suitable board for beginners, but I wanted your opinion on this.
Second issue: I will be looking to spend most of my time on the groomers and then maybe as I progress start soing other stuff, maybe a bit of park. Are any of the above boards preferable specifrically for groomers?
Thanx a lot for your help!
Nick from Verona, Italy
Hi Nick
Thanks for your message.
Yeah you’re right, I think any of these would be suitable. And I think you’ve picked some good sizes there too, except for the Rome Mechanic, you might be better off with the 157MW and for the Reverb Rocker the 158MW might be more suitable, with 11s. But the Reverb Rocker might be doable in the 157 but only really if you have binding angles like +15/-15 – or something close to that if you have low profile boots. If you have binding angles +15/-15 (or 15 on the back binding anyway) AND you have low profile boots, then the 156 Mechanic would also be doable.
The Reverb Rocker isn’t what I would call the ideal beginner board – but it is doable for a beginner, and in your case, given that you have 10 days under your belt, it’s the kind of board that would be fine for you.
Also, since, you’re looking to ride mostly groomers and then leaning towards park, then I think something like the Reverb Rocker would be a good choice for that. The Agenda is a more park oriented board, but can also handle the groomers. The others are what I label “all-mountain” and can also be though of as “do-it-all” so they are suitable as well for riding groomers and the park, but less park oriented than the Agenda and the Reverb Rocker. The Reverb Rocker better for riding the groomers than the Agenda, IMO – certainly once you start riding faster and do more carving. But the others will do both fine as well.
I’d say the Reverb Rocker would be a slightly steeper learning curve than the others though.
Hope this helps with your decision.
Hi!
Great blog. Big information.
Very much important.
One question though:
– would you say the Rossignol Jibsaw would be a good beginner board?
Thanks
Hi Miguel
Thanks for your message.
The Jibsaw wouldn’t be the worst beginner board on the planet – but also not the best. I would recommend it more for intermediate and up. It’s a little stiff to be a good beginner board – and probably a little too much camber there too. Doable but would be more for intermediate and up, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate, I just found this website. A lot of great info.
Well, I just started snowboarding last month. First time I went and I loved it, to the point that I went back 3 more times. Now the season in here is over (SoCal) but I’m already thinking about next season.
After reading your recommendations I really like the Burton Process Flying V and the Burton Instigator, but I also would like to know If you have had the opportunity to review the Arbor Foundation, as that’s another option I’m considering. What do you think about that board?
Hi Oscar
Thanks for your message.
I hadn’t tested Arbor boards until this season (2019 models), which is why the Foundation isn’t on this list, but it will likely be in next years list (2019 models). I haven’t ridden the Foundation itself, but I have ridden other similar Arbor boards (but with a stiffer flex) and the Foundation would, IMO, be a very good board to start out on. So yeah those two Burton options and the Foundation would all be good first board choice, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate, amazing site! Thanks for the info. Hope I had found it before…well, here my situation…
I’ve been boarding only this season but I’m hooked! I already have ~10 days overall and starting to hit the blue runs (Mammoth). I’m 5’6 and 162lbs (kind of athletic) and I think I’ll be all mountain. I like speed — reached 35mph this last weekend — but would also like to make some jumps here and there
After my first trip I got hooked and bought my boots — 32 Double Boa size 8.5, they were really tight at the beginning but after a few runs they fit like a glove.
Now I’m thinking about getting a board. Based on this article I’m thinking about these three boards:
Never summer snowtrooper
Yes typo
Capita outerspace
However if I remember correctly, all the boards I have rented have been 148-150 (Burton and Never Summer). I’ve never ride something longer and I can do good turns with the ones I had used so I don’t know if I should go for the longer ones as your guiding size recommends? Maybe one of the abovementioned boards in 152?
I would like to invest in something that lasts a few seasons and I can grow with it. What do you think?
Thanks!
Hi Luis
Thanks for your message – and awesome to hear you’re loving your riding!
I think those 3 would be really good options for what you’re describing and are the kinds of boards that are fine to ride as a beginner/intermediate rider but can still be with you as a more advanced rider.
In terms of size, I would usually say for your specs something between 150 and 152, as a beginner. As you seem to be progressing quite well, and because you want the board to last you a good few seasons, then something 152, 153 is a good bet, IMO. So the 152 for each of those boards would be the size I would recommend. But you could certainly still ride the 149 Typo and 150 Outerspace Living, if you think you’d prefer something shorter (Snowtrooper’s smallest size is the 152). But on balance I’d say 152.
Hope this helps
Sweet, thanks! Between those three which one do you recommend more? I think they are pretty similar based on your reviews but is one of them a standout or shall I just go based on availability/price/design?
For whatever worth I will be riding mostly western US (Tahoe, Utah, Colorado) and hopefully Whistler soon.
Much appreciated!
Hi Luis
Yeah they’re all fairly similar, performance-wise, but have a few differences.
1. The Snowtrooper has rocker between the feet and camber towards tip and tail, where the Typo & OSL have camber between the feet and rocker to tip and tail. This makes the Snowtrooper a looser feeling ride. The Typo and OSL more of a stable (but not locked-in) feel.
2. The OSL has a centered stance and is a true twin. The Typo is a directional twin with a very subtle 5mm setback and the Snowtrooper is a directional twin with a 15mm setback. So the OSL is slightly more freestyle oriented than the other 2.
Those are the major differences I can think of off hand. So, if anything there sounds preferable over the other, then go with that – otherwise availability/price/design.
Hey Nate,
Back asking after a few months. So I’m ready to pull the trigger and take advantage of the several options online (past season gear has good deals) for this incoming season.
But now I’m debating. Should I go for the NS Snowtrooper or the Yes Libre/Typo?
All three are available online for high $300s and in 152 size as you recommended
My biggest concern is the difference in cam/rocker/cam (NS) and rocker/cam/rocker (Yes). Do you think the Snowtrooper is less stable for this? I don’t want to catch edges and as you know this is my first board and is important to get something good for me.
For whatever worth — I’m leaning towards the NS Snowtrooper because: I like the design and the discount is pretty good!
Appreciate your comments!
Hi Luis
Yeah the cam/rock/cam profile tends to be a little looser in feel – so a little less stable feeling, but it’s a nice feel for making catch free turns, IMO. The rock/cam/rock is a little more stable but, depending on how much camber and how much rocker, is often quite catch free feeling too. I’d say the likes of the Snowtrooper would feel a little looser when one-footing it off the lift, but otherwise, it’s not like crazy loose feeling.
So yeah, if you’re feeling for the Snowtrooper, I think it’s a good option. It’s a really easy going ride, in my experience with it.
Hi Nate
Sorry to add another question before you’ve seen my earlier reply, but would think that the Gnu Space Case would be too advanced for me?
Thanks again
Dave
Hi Dave
The Space Case would be a step up from the other 3 (Basic, Gnuru, Snowtrooper). Sill intermediate friendly, IMO, but not really beginner friendly. It’s got what GNU call C2X, which is a little more aggressive a camber profile, compared to the others – it’s got more camber and less rocker. Whilst I wouldn’t say it was a catchy ride, it is something that you’re more likely to catch an edge on, if you get off your game, compared to the other 3.
Hi Nate!
Enjoying the board and binding that you recommended for me last year. Now, I need your advice for my husband. He’s a beginner 190lbs, 6ft height, size 11.5/12 boots. Don’t know if age is a factor but he’s 63years old. He’s been snowboarding for 8yrs but only riding 1-3times per season, until now he still has a hard time with beginner turns. It’s like his board has a mind of it’s own. Can you recommend a board and bindings for him? Thanks in advance
Hi Claire
Thanks for your message (and sorry for the delay in response – have been on vacation and still catching up).
Glad to hear your enjoying your new gear.
For your husband I would say to make sure not to go too stiff in terms of flex. I would say one of the bigger things about being an older rider is that the legs probably aren’t as strong as they used to be (but I’m only guessing) – and a stiffer board takes more power in general to turn. But since we’re also looking at beginner boards, softer flex is a good idea anyway.
So anything from this list apart from the Outerspace Living and the Templar and perhaps the Typo as well, would be a good bet in terms of flex, IMO.
Length-wise, I think something around 157 to 159 would be a good range to look at, as a beginner with his specs. Going on the shorter side is also easier to turn and makes a board feel softer flexing. Width-wise, with 11.5s/12s, he’ll need to go wide. At least 260mm at the waist, and a little more if he rides with a straight angle on his back binding (e.g. 0-6 degrees). In which case, probably at least 265mm.
So I’d say the following would be good choices:
~ Burton Process Flying V: 159W (260mm waist)
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper: 157X (261mm waist)
~ YES Basic 159W
~ Rossignol Circuit 156W (261mm waist) – a little shorter than the length range but still doable, especially if you felt he wants to go shorter
~ K2 Standard 159W
Do you know what the board he is riding is now? and the size? That might help to determine what he’s finding the most difficult.
He has a K2 Slayblade 163cm with k2 hurrithane bindings. Looked at the boards that you recommended. I’m looking at the Rossignol circuit. The Amptek auto rocker return technology caught my interest.
Hi Claire
I’m not surprised your husband has been having difficulties. The Slayblade is quite a stiff board and at 163cm would be quite hard to handle for a beginner with his specs, so I’m not surprised that he’s been having trouble on it. And the camber profile looks like it could potentially be quite catchy/relatively aggressive (all things that aren’t great for learning on!). In fact one review I read on it says it’s very stiff, very aggressive, which is not what you want starting out.
The bindings are also, IMO, too soft flexing for that board. So not a good match there either. They would however match the boards we’ve discussed very well – so no need to change the bindings, IMO.
Hi Nate!
Purchased the Rossignol Circuit 156W for him and tried it yesterday for the last run for the season. He felt that it’s a lot easier to turn with it compared to his Slayblade. Thanks so much!
You’re very welcome Claire. Awesome to hear that he’s having an easier time on the Circuit!
Hi Nate
Thanks for providing such a valuable resource. Having read through much of your site including recommendations for others, I still feel the need to ask for some guidance please.
Level – Beginner 3/Intermediate 4
Boots – DC Control UK 11
Height – 5″ 11′
Weight – 184lb
Although I have only been boarding 7 days in total, I feel that the above level is correct. I am confident linking turns on blues, albeit putting the brakes on a lot of the time.
Whilst I have now bought my boots, my experience has all been while using rental kit of varying quality and I feel the need to get my own to help me progress.
Most recently, I was given a Burton Progress 158W board with what appeared to be matching bindings set to +30/0. Although it is just as likely to be my own shortcomings, this board seemed slow to turn, easy to catch an edge and very difficult to control on hardpack snow (e.g. with as much heel edge as I could muster, I just couldn’t stop sliding down a blue run unless I sat down).
What I would most like from my ‘quiver of 1’ board and bindings:
Forgiving and less likely to catch an edge (it hurts too much when I highside)
Responsive and fast to turn
Suitable for switch, butters and ollies (I can’t do any of these yet but these are the sills I will work on over the next 12 months)
Decent edge grip (I will never be a high speed carver but need to feel I can use an edge to stop in hardpack)
As to cost, I don’t want to spend a fortune but like to get value for money and prefer to pay extra for good kit rather than buy budget stuff.
From what I have read, I am guessing that the Yes Basic is the board I should go for.
However, the following are the boards I really like the look of:
Capita Outer Space Living – All looks good, but I read that edge grip is limited
Gnu Gnuru – Asymmetrical may be tricky, I am guessing from what I have read that this will also be too loose and not confidence inspiring
Gnu Carbon Credit – Same as Gnu Gnuru
For bindings I am looking at Union Control
I would really appreciate your thoughts on the above, recommended widths etc. and would like to know what else there is that you may feel is more suitable.
Cheers
Dave
Hi Dave
Thanks for your message (and sorry for the delayed reply, have been on vacation)
Yeah, I think the YES Basic would be a really good option for what you’re describing. The Outerspace Living would be a really good option too, but the edge hold in harder conditions isn’t as good. Also, with UK11s, there aren’t sizes that would be wide enough (at least not for the 2018 model – the 2019 model is going to come in wide sizes).
The Carbon Credit is a very loose board, but the Gnuru not as loose – it’s still on the looser side – looser than the Basic and OSL but not as loose as the Carbon Credit. In terms of the asymmetry, that’s something that I really like, but not everyone does. I find it very quick to get used to, moving from a non-asym to an asym.
In terms of length, I would say something in the 156 to 159 range would be good for you – and in terms of width, if you’re going to have a back binding angle of 0 degrees, then I would say to go at least 266mm in terms of waist width. If you change to a more angled back foot then you could go as narrow as 260mm at the waist. 30 degrees seems like a very big angle on the front foot, so regardless of what you do with your back foot, I would bring that angle down – especially if you’re going to be trying to learn switch, butters and ollies. If that’s going to be your main focus, then I would recommend +15/-15 or something close to that – and that would also allow you to get on a slightly narrower board.
So for the YES Basic I think the 156W would be the best bet – it’s on the limit in terms of width, but should be doable, but only if you were to go with +15/-15 angles or similar. The 159W would also be an option, but would be more difficult for learning butters and ollies.
For the Gnuru, if you were to go for that option, the 158MW would be the best size for you, IMO. Also +15/-15 or similar is highly recommended for the width, and because it’s an asym, it’s even more recommended to go with something like that, as asym’s perform best with a mirror duck stance.
In terms of bindings, I’m guessing you meant Contact? If so, they would be a good option – but also check out the following for more if you haven’t already.
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
>>Top 5 All Freestyle Bindings
Hope this helps
Hi Nate
Thanks so much for the reply and advice.
I made a mistake with my boot size, I am UK10/US11 (29CM). Sorry.
Any chance you could advise on board sizes again for the Yes Basic and Gnuru?
Just to show how confused I am….
Reading your review in isolation of the Never Summer Snowtrooper rather than how it did in the comparison, makes this sound like the perfect board for me despite being directional (to narrow down my search I discounted anything directional). How do think that board may suit me?
Regarding bindings, you’re right I did mean Union Contact. Would this be a good choice for all these boards or can you suggest alternatives taking my medium flex boots into account?
Thanks again for all your time.
Dave
Hi Dave
With US11s, I would say you’d still want something at least 260mm at the waist if you stick with a 0 degree back binding angle. But if you were to go with +15/-15, then you could drop down to a 254mm at the narrowest. For the Basic the 156W would still be your best bet, IMO. And the 158MW is still a good option for the Gnuru – but if you wanted to, if you were to go with +15/-15 or similar, the 158 would be an option too, IMO.
The Snowtrooper would be a good bet too, IMO. It’s not as good in hard/icy conditions as the Basic and Gnuru, but it’s better than the OSL and the Burton Process, IMO. It’s in between those. In terms of riding switch, it’s not going to be as easy to learn on as the Basic and Gnuru, because of the shape and the setback stance, but it’s still definitely doable to learn switch on. In my experience it was easy to butter and not at all catchy.
For bindings, if you want something in that mid-flex range, check out the following:
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
The Contact would be a good match to these boards, IMO, and would work with your boots. A mid-flex binding would also work with these boards, but I wouldn’t go stiffer than that – both for progression reasons and because they won’t work as well with these boards, IMO.
Hi Nate
Thanks so much for this great list and really appreciate you commenting on everyone’s questions. In fact, you helped my wife pick her board a few months ago and (much to my chagrin) her skill level has far surpassed my own!
I started snowboarding about a year ago and bought a second-hand board off Craigslist. I didn’t know much about snowboards at the time and I was looking for something that was in good condition and cheap. I ended up getting a Salomon (157cm length by 25-30cm width) board that was much too big for me.
I’m roughly 5’8″ and weigh 158 lbs, my shoe size is 9.5 and my boot size is 10. I’d still consider myself a beginner (I can ride comfortably on greens and am getting better at blues), but I think my large board has held me back a bit as I struggle to make shorter turns and my edge catches a lot.
I’m looking for a board that will help me improve my turns on blues and start carving. I’ll be using it mainly for groomed runs and I would like something that will last me for a while. The Salomon Sight seems like a great fit, but it’s a little pricey and I’m looking to spend a little less for.
Would really appreciate your thoughts and suggestions.
Cheers
Abhi
Hi Abhi
Thanks for you message.
I agree that 157 is too long for you as a beginner. There could be other things with the board you chose (like stiffness, camber profile) that also make it harder to ride, but it’s hard to say without knowing the model. But yeah, I think something around 151-153 would have been a better beginner size for you. You could probably go up to 156 as an advanced rider, but for now that would be too long, IMO. Since you certainly sound like you aren’t a complete beginner, something around 152 to 154 is probably a good range to look at, at the moment.
And yeah, something that isn’t too stiff and has a camber profile that isn’t catchy. Those things should make a big difference.
For the Sight, I would go for the 153. In terms of the waist, it’s 246mm at the waist, so it’s on the narrow side for 10s. But you should be ok, if you ride with binding angles like +15/-15 – or something with a good amount of angle on the back foot (at least 12 degrees). It will also depend on your brand of boot. Some boots have a shorter outersole and some a longer outersole.
It’s probably the case with most boards at this length that they will be on the narrow end of the range for 10s. But you should fit on most of them, depending on your binding angles.
For the brands that I test, the Sight is actually one of the cheaper boards. To get something for less (without moving down to the budget brands), I would suggest looking at a past season board (which are usually discounted – and at the moment most boards should be discounted for the end of the season – I see the Salomon Sight at $297 on sale at the moment at evo.com). Or you could try to find something used, if you can find something with the right specs and in the right size.
The only other boards cheaper that I looked at for this list were the Rossignol Circuit and Rossignol District (both $299 but should be cheaper at the moment).
If you want more options, then I would say the following, assuming you are looking for something all-mountain:
~ Rossignol Circuit 155 (249mm waist) – this is a little longer than the range we looked at, but is still doable
~ K2 Standard 152 (249mm waist)
~ Rome Mechanic 153 (252mm waist) – more leeway in terms of width
~ Burton Instigator 155 (252mm waist) – again slightly out of the range we looked at, but still doable and a bit more leeway width wise
~ YES Basic 152 (250mm waist)
~ YES Libre 154 (249mm waist)
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper 154 (250mm waist) – though if you found the Sight pricey, then this is probably out of your price range
Hope this helps and gives you some options.
Hey thanks a lot for the great response Nate. Really appreciate the clarity!
Looking at all the options you mentioned, the Rossignol Circuit 155 looks the best as there are some good deals available for it at the moment.
I’m just concerned that:
(1) It’s a little on the lengthier side – will that be a problem?
(2) The reviews suggest it is an entry level to low-intermediate board. While I’m certainly not a full intermediate I wouldn’t want to grow out of this board in just a couple of seasons either. Do you think this board will grow well with me as I improve?
Hi Abhi
I’d say you’d be fine with the length of the Circuit 155, just because it’s a really easy going board, but if you are really worried about that length, then one of the other options might be better, so you can choose with confidence.
The Circuit, Sight, K2 Standard, Mechanic and Instigator are all boards you could ride to a solid intermediate level, but beyond that you probably want to upgrade, IMO. So how long that takes would depend on how often you went riding and how fast you progressed.
The likes of the Basic, Libre and Snowtrooper are boards that you could keep for longer, especially if you weren’t ever really interested in riding too aggressively. But obviously the price goes up too for those.
The Rossignol Templar is another option. It’s not something you would have to upgrade from – but it’s going to be a little more challenging to begin with than the others, but still doable for your level. It comes in a 153 (247mm waist). So that’s another option.
Hope this gives you more to go off.
Hi Nate
Thanks a lot for your help again. I decided to go with the Rossignol Circuit. I found a deal for $150 which just seemed too good to pass up. It’s a little bigger (as we discussed), but hopefully it should be fine.
Thanks again for your assistance!
You’re very welcome Abhi.
Let me know how it goes once you’ve have a chance to test it out.
Hi Nate,
This list is great! Thank you very much!
I wanted to ask you about my choice:
I’m 160 cm height and weight 56 kg, my foot size is 8 US and I think I’m at the beginning of the intermediate level (I’m comfortable linking turns smoothly).
I’ve choose to buy the Rossignol Circuit 145cm but don’t know if it’s more for beginners.
Do you recommend me this board? Do you know a better one for me? Also, what do you think about the size?
Thanks again!
Hi Mariano
Thanks for your message.
I think the 145 is definitely the right size for you for this board. A good choice size-wise, IMO.
As someone moving into intermediate level, I think the Circuit would be a good option. It’s something that you will likely want to upgrade from once you become a high-end intermediate to advanced rider, so I don’t think it’s the kind of board that will last you forever, but I think it’s suitable for your current level and one that should help you advance quickly – just that you’ll probably want to upgrade relatively soon from it.
If you’re happy to ride this for now and then upgrade once you’re more advanced, I think that would be a good way to go – but if you want something that will stay with your for a long time, I would check out the following – a lot of these But not all) would be appropriate for your level, but also be appropriate when you’re more advanced – but will be a little more challenging to begin with than the Circuit.
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
Let me know if you do want to go for something else, let me know what looks appealing and I can give you my opinion as to it’s appropriateness for your level. But I think the Circuit is fine for you for now.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thanks for the quick reply, you are the best!
As you said, I’m looking for something that will stay with me for a long time, I don’t see me going to an advanced level, just being in an intermediate level for long.
I checked both links you sent me but I couldn’t find any of those in my size 🙁
I saw in other comments that for intermediate you recommended the Burton Custom Flying V and I found this one in boy size:
Burton Custom Smalls Wide:
What do you think about using a wide boy snowboard? Would you recommend it? Is there any difference between boy and men snowboards besides the size? Is for some reason better to go for a men snowboard?
I think my height and weight could fit in a boy snowboard, but don’t know if there is another difference than the size with men snowboards.
Thanks again for your help!
Hi Mariano
I don’t know much about boys snowboards, unfortunately, but I have heard that they don’t feature as much tech as men’s boards, but like I say I don’t know much about them. The 145 Custom Smalls would be a good size for you though – and would certainly be quite cheap. My only concern would be weather it would have enough performance-wise (the men’s custom flying V seems to have a lot more features than the boys version) but it might be perfectly fine.
Another option is the YES Basic 146, if you could find one of those.
Or Lib Tech Skate Banana 145 – it’s more freestyle than all-mountain, but then so is the Custom Smalls – boys boards do tend to be twins with a centered stance.
Or Slash Happy Place 146 – again it’s more aimed towards freestyle though
Or GNU Carbon Credit 147 – again freestyle though (a lot of boards in a good size range for you, for men’s boards are freestyle oriented)
Or Never Summer Warlock 148 – also quite freestyle oriented.
If you’re ok with having a centered twin, then there are a few options there. Less options for all-mountain boards in the right size range.
Hi Nate,
Thanks again for taking your time to respond with a very detailed answer.
I did some research on those snowboards and they are a bit out of my budget.
I’m looking for something as 300 usd tops (sales season), so this is what I found so far:
– Rossignol Circuit 145:
– Burton Custom Smalls Wide 145:
– Salomon The Villain Grom Wide 145:
– Rossignol Retox Amptek 147:
– DC Focus 145:
– Rome Mechanic 147:
– Rossignol Retox 147:
– DC Ply 147:
Which one would you choose between those?
Do you have something else to recommend me on that price range?
Thanks again, hopefully I can decide soon so I can stop bothering you.
Hi Mariano
From that lot, especially if you think you’d prefer something all-mountain oriented, the Circuit is probably the safest bet. You could take a chance on the Custom Smalls or Villain Grom (but like I say I’m not that clued up on youth boards). I think the Retox is probably going to be a bit stiff at this stage, and the Circuit 145 is going to be a better size than the Mechanic 147, for you, IMO.
I don’t test DC boards, so the Focus or the Ply might be appropriate as well, but I couldn’t say for sure. Certainly the Ply looks to be the more advanced level board – and more of an all-mountain-freestyle option compared to the focus which looks to be mostly for freestyle. The Ply is full camber and looks like quite a bit of camber – so it’s possible that you might find it catchy.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thanks again for your help and patience to respond all the answers.
I finally bought the Burton Custom Smalls Wide 145. I’ll let you know how it goes as soon as I use it.
Thanks!
Hi Mariano
You’re very welcome. Look forward to hearing how it goes for you.
Hi Nate
Great page, I’ve read through so many of your posts, hopefully you’ll be able to help me.
I’ve just started snowboarding, I can link turns and feel quite confident. I primarily ride piste but have done some powder. I’ve not been in the park or off a jump.. yet.
I typically hope to ride at least once a year for a week in europe possible more times if money and holidays allow it.
I’d like a board which I can take out each year and not struggle on but also something I can progress on.
I have been borrowing a 2007 Ride DH 157cm. Quite a lot of camber and mid flex, the board is rated as intermediate to advanced which I though was too advance for me but I really like this board and got on really well with it so I would like something similar.
I am 183cm, 89kg size 9.5 burton boot
I’ve been looking at soooo many boards 🙂 I’d like to stick with Ride but I don’t want a flat camber.
I’ve looked at:
Capita Defenders Of Awesome 2018
Capita Outerspace Living
Never Summer West
Any ideas? Are you able to help recommend something 🙂
Many Thanks
James
Hi James
Thanks for your message.
Some people do just get on with Camber. Also, I would say that 157 is on the smaller size for you (which is a good idea when you’re starting out) which will make it an easier going ride compared to the same board in say a 162. Generally speaking in terms of size, I’d say something between 157 and 159 would be a good bet for you, as a progressing beginner, but as a more advanced rider you could be riding more like 161, 162 (if you wanted to, but personal preference also comes into it.
But, I would say if you do stick with something quite camber dominant, that you also stick to the shorter end of your length range.
The closest equivalents to the DH in the Ride line would be the Helix, Burnout and the Machete GT – but I would probably stay away from the Burnout at this stage. Given that you like the DH, the Helix or Machete GT would be doable for you – but I’d stick with the 157 for both, if you went for them.
The Outerspace Living would be a good call too – more forgiving than the DH for sure, but still camber under the feet and between the feet with rocker starting towards tip and tail. Size-wise, the 158 would be the best bet there.
The Never Summer West is more all-mountain (the others that I mentioned and the DH are all all-mountain-freestyle) – it has a directional twin shape and a setback stance. But that means it will be better in powder. But definitely a different feel to something like the DH. And it’s rocker between the feet and camber under the feet and towards tip and tail. 159 would be the best size for this board for you, IMO.
Capita DOA is mostly camber with some flat sections (and a small bit of rocker) – so since you like camber, by the sounds of it – it’s certainly also an option. 158 would be your best size, IMO. Though you could go 156 on this board too, if you wanted it to feel a bit more easy going.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Hi Nate
Thanks for you reply and coming back to me so quickly. I popped to my local snowboard shop last night and had a look at a few boards and the ones that kept coming out top were the Jones All Mountain Twin and the Huck Kinfe.
I think I prefered the jones board but the chap in the shop suggested the 158cm Wide variant. What do you think? I wasn’t sure I’d ever want to go for a wide version…?
Thanks
James
Hi James
In my opinion, you shouldn’t go wide with Burton 9.5s. The Mountain Twin wide models are quite narrow as far as wides usually go, so it wouldn’t be ridiculously wide for you. But the 157 would still be the better width for you for that board, IMO. I recently rode the 2019 model for the Ultra Mountain Twin (which is the same dimensions as the Mountain Twin) in the 157 and it’s plenty wide enough at the inserts (I ride 10s). In fact looking at my notes, if you ride it at the reference stance it’s actually 268mm at the back insert and 265mm at the front insert, which is wide at the inserts for a 253mm waist). I rode it with a 560mm stance width (as the 600mm reference stance is wider than I prefer, but even at that narrower stance, it was still 266mm back insert and 263mm front insert, which is still on the wider side for a 253mm waist. I usually ride boards that are between 258mm and 268mm at the inserts and have never had any issues. (sorry that was probably more info than you needed!)
So I think going 158W would be too wide to be optimal, even if it does run narrow for a wide.
I think Mountain Twin would be a good option for you – but definitely 157, not 158W, IMO.
Hi Nate
Thanks again for your reply, I’ve discounted going wide now so going to stick with normal. But just one final question…. Why do you suggest I go for a 157 when a 160 is more for my weight range? 🙂
Many thanks for all your advice, this is so helpful and been the best advice I’ve had also the fact that your not a snowboard shop just trying to sell me whats in stock! 🙂
Thanks
James
Hi James
I’d say 157, because I think it’s going to be the best balance in terms of width/length. Also, as a beginner/intermediate rider it’s a good idea to go a little shorter, IMO. Which is why I’d put you on a range of 157-159. You could certainly go to the edge of that range, as it sounds like you’re progressing really well, and so the 160 is definitely doable for you, I would say, but on balance in terms of ability, height, weight and width, I think the 157 is on balance likely to be the better option – but the 160 is close too. As an advanced rider you could even go 162 for this board, but for now, I think that would be too long.
The 160 is certainly doable for you, so if you think you’d prefer to go longer now so you have a board that can stay with you for longer, that’s an option, but it will just be a steeper learning curve to start with. Weight recommendations aren’t hard and fast rulers, IMO, they are guidelines and other factors come into it.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi there Nate,
Really great site man…
Let me do the basics :
Weight : 70kg
Height : 167cm
Shoe Size : US 9
Experience : Total Beginner, tried snowboarding once and loved it (rental equipment then)
I recently went to Japan to shop for a snowboard..I almost got the following combo :
Board : K2 Standard 147 (2017 Model); Price @ 27K Yen (~USD254)
Bindings : K2 Lien FS @ 20k yen (~USD188)
Boots : Burton Moto Speed lace @ 20k yen (~USD188); size @ 25.5
Questions :
1) K2 Standard is a Directional board, will this be an issue to beginners?
2) Am I right to not take the 147? Should I take 152 or 155? (they only had stock for 2018’s model for an additional ~USD50).
3) The combo with K2 Lien FS & Burton Moto, is it alright?
4) Is the price right?
5) Which country is generally the best place to buy equipment cheaper, can’t seem to find that info in your site. Currently based in Malaysia which sucks… no snow!
Thanks loads man, seriously your site is awesome!
Hi Ching
Thanks for your message.
1) Directional isn’t an issue for beginners for riding in your natural direction, but if you were wanting to learn to ride switch straight away, it will make it more difficult learning switch than a true twin board with a centered stance, but you can still definitely learn to ride switch on the Standard (directional twin and setback 20mm), just won’t be as ideal as learning it on a centered, true twin.
2) In terms of length, generally speaking I would say something around 153, 154 for your specs, if you we’re an advanced rider, but taking off 3-5cm as a beginner is highly recommended. So, something around 148 to 151 would be ideal. So, 147 and 152 are both doable sizes for sure – it would just depend – the 147 will be an easier board to turn on initially as you progress, but the 152 will be more stable at speed and be more suitable once you are a more advanced rider. If you want the board to stay with you for a long time, the 152 is probably the better bet, but if you would be willing to upgrade relatively soon, the 147 would be fine for learning on.
3) Lien FS and Motos are great bindings/boots for beginners, IMO and would compliment the Standard well, IMO
4) Those prices sound reasonable to me. From a quick bit of research I found them in the US with the following prices:
a. K2 Standard (2018 model) = $297 (if you’re 2018 model is $50 more than the 254, then it would be $304, which is pretty close)
b. K2 Lien FS (2018) = $199
c. Burton Moto (2018) = $204
5) I’m not really sure where is the cheapest country to buy. I think the US probably, but I’m only guessing.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thank you so much for the reply! Definitely a great help!
Most probably I’ll head down Tokyo a few days earlier to get the stuff before I go snowboarding. The prices seems reasonable for K2 stuff in Japan, other bigger names seems super expensive.
If I do that, do I have to detune or wax (machine or hand?) the board before I hit the slopes?
Hi Ching
I wouldn’t detune unless you are going to be riding a lot of boxes/rails. If you get hard snow (which you might not get in Japan, if the legends are true [somewhere I’ve never been but would love to go!] then having sharp edges is nice to have.
And waxing would depend. Usually you should be ok on a new board, just with the factory wax, at least for a couple of days, but sometimes if the board has been sitting around a long time (like a 2017 model), then a fresh wax can help.
For more on waxing a new snowboard, check out the following:
>>Do I need to Wax a New Snowboard?
I personally only ever do a hot wax, rather than a rub on wax, just because the rub on just doesn’t last long and you’ve got to re-wax so soon again. A machine wax, like a belt wax, as far as I’m aware, is the equivalent of a rub on wax – but maybe a little better as there might be a bit of heat applied which helps the wax absorb. But as far as I know a hand wax with an iron is going to be a better wax and last longer. But there might be a type of machine wax that does a better job that I’m not aware of.
Japan’s show is awesome man.. it’s soooo flulffyyy…maybe the correct term would be powdery..
Can’t compare with the rest of the world as I’ve never been anywhere else..haha
Yeah man.. been reading from your waxing page.. n your binding configuration.. stance page.. almost your whole site.. haha..
Can’t wait for end of the year/early next year to get my set-up n go boarding!
Thanks heaps dude.. will update on the set-up i end up with and how it feels like for a newbie like me
Cheers man! Try Japan! You won’t regret it.. i was in a a place called Nozawa-Onsen
Hey Ching
You’re making me want to go to Japan even more now!
Yeah, definitely let me know what you end up going for and how you find it once you’ve had a chance to test it out.
Ho there, great web site by the way, you must have a lot of work put into it! As a returning casual snowboarder from 15 years ago, I’m returning on the slopes this year and was considering a board that I did not see on you site. I’m a 6 foot tall 205 lbs rider wearing 12 size boots.
After many hours of read8ng and going into différents shops, a sale guy showed me a 2018 Arbor Black Element 162MW and I really like the sober style of it. This with union flite pro bindings that brings me on your site and since you put the #1 for beginners this year I’m curious how you see them in relation with the Arbor black element…
Riding will mostly be in the ski resort like groomed and having fun on the sides of the slope with my two starting kids (7 and 10) and my GF…
Thanks a lot
Hi Eric
Thanks for your message.
I think the Element Black is probably a good option for you. I rode the 2019 Arbor Element (non-black) and it’s a pretty easy going board, that would be a good ride for a casual rider, for the groomers and for someone coming back into the sport – and the Element Black is supposed to be just a little softer flexing. I found the Element felt like a 6/10, which is how they rate it, so I suspect that the Element Black would feel like the 5/10 flex they rate it to be. I would usually say a little softer for a beginner but since you aren’t a beginner but just coming back into, I think that’s a good flex, and you’ll likely get back into it quickly and appreciate that little bit of extra stiffness – but certainly still very easy going and the rocker system is a nice fun, easy going ride too.
In terms of size, I would say 163 at an advanced level and I’d usually say take off at least 3cm for a beginner, but again, as a returning rider, rather than beginner, I think the 162MW should be fine – and yeah with 12s, that width should be all good too.
In terms of bindings though, I would go for something a little stiffer flexing than the Flite Pro, to better match the flex of the board. So, something with around a 5/10 flex as well. If a binding is too soft for the board, I find it can sometimes have trouble tranferring enough power in there.
If you wanted to stay Union and stay on the more budget end of their pricing, then the STR would be a better match to the Element Black, IMO.
You can also check out the following, though price hasn’t been taken into account in this list:
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
If you want some more lower cost binding options, let me know, but yeah Union STR would work well, IMO, if you’re looking to keep costs low.
Hope this helps
Nate,
I’m a beginner trying to make the transition from skiing. I go mainly with my family to the Poconos/PA area. I’m trying to figure out what would be best as a first time snowboarder. I made an impulse purchase last year and bought a Burton Blunt 163W and Burton Ruler Wide boots in US12 (thought snowboard boots were same size as regular shoes). Since then, I’ve realized that the boots are too large as they packed out and are too roomy now and the board just felt too large and loose for me.
I have since purchased Burton Ruler Wide boots in US10.5 that fit much more snugly as they should. I’m searching for a better board to learn and something that I can progress on and was referred to a NS Snowtrooper by the local shop. I’m not sure on what size would be best for me. I’m thinking 160W, but would appreciate your input as well as if you believe there are any better boards to look at.
I am 5’9″, weigh 240lbs, and in a US10.5 Burton Ruler Wide boot.
Hi Calvin
Thanks for your message.
I think the Never Summer Snowtrooper would be a good option. It’s a good board to learn on, IMO, but can also take you past that beginner phase. It’s also pretty good in hard/icy conditions that you are likely to experience a fair bit in PA. Certainly should give better edge-hold than the Blunt in harder/icy conditions.
In terms of size, I think something around 158 to 160 would be a good beginner size for you – and going to the latter end of that range, is a good idea, given that it sounds like you a have some riding under your belt and that you can ski. So something around 160 is a great option, IMO. However, I don’t think you need to go wide, now that you are in 10.5s. Especially in Burton’s (which have a lower profile than average outer-sole). I think even if you ride with a relatively straight back binding, you would get on the 159. And even the 162 would be a better match than the 160W, IMO. Just that it’s getting on the wide side for 10.5s. If you ride with a bit of angle on your back binding, then I’d definitely say don’t go wide.
So yeah, I would go 159 or 162, rather than 160W. But I agree that the Snowtrooper is likely a good option.
Hope this helps
Thanks Nate. That helps a lot. I’ve ordered a 159 along with some Burton Cartel bindings as I think that might be best for the icy conditions we have here. Should get here mid next week and hoping to get on the mountain next weekend to try it out.
You’re very welcome Calvin. Let me know how you get on once you’ve had a chance to ride it.
Just wanted to follow up with an update. Was able to get out to Shawnee Mountain this past Saturday and the NS Snowtrooper was great. I felt so much more confident with the board and made some good progress. Even my wife was impressed with the progress so I think I made the right choice.
Thanks again for the assistance.
Calvin
Hi Calvin
Thanks for the update. Awesome to hear that the Snowtrooper is going well for you!
Hello Nate,
Thanks for awesome buying advice!
Could you help me choose my first snowboard? Im 170cm and 62kg. I was standing on snowboard 2 times before and I really liked it.
I was looking at K2 Standard and Salomon Sight. Can they last for longer time? Will one of these be good after I become better on it? Or should I choose something more advanced?
Thanks.
Hi Jacob
Thanks for your message.
In my opinion, the fastest way to progress is to get on something that’s super easy to progress on – and then, when you’re ready upgrade to something that can take you to the next stage. However, I understand that not everyone is willing to go through the process of buying another snowboard after 1 to 3 seasons (depending on how many days you ride in a season and how fast you progress) – or want the expense of it/the hassle of selling their old board. In which case, I still wouldn’t go too advanced – but there are some boards that are a good compromise of being easy to progress on but still suitable for a more advanced level.
Unfortunately I wouldn’t consider the K2 Standard or Salomon Sight to be one of those boards. They’re the kind of boards, IMO, that you would likely want to upgrade from once you become more advanced.
Some good compromises, IMO, of boards that will last you longer would be:
~ YES Typo
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper
~ Capita Outerspace Living
~ Burton Process Flying V
These aren’t strictly the only options but are really good options, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate, wow what a page! Well done. Really helpful for a noob.
The only thing I am struggling with is the width of the board, I am 6’0/(kinda athletic) 220lbs/size11. I guess I need a wide board? Also, I am someone who buys a wine by its label so I really like the Burton style. So do you recommend the Burton Instigator 160W for my size?
Thanks and cheers from Basel, Switzerland
Hi Normen
Thanks for your message.
I think something around that 160 mark (anything 159 to 161) would be a good length for you as a beginner – and the Instigator is a great beginner board, so the 160 Instigator is a good choice for you, IMO.
The only question is really around the width – with size 11 (and I’m assuming US11), you’re kind of on the cusp between wide and regular.
There are a lot of factors that can affect the width that’s right for you, but the main ones are binding angles and the profile of the boots you choose.
Binding Angles: with normal profile boots I would say width-wise, for your boot size I would say to look at something in the range of 254mm to 264mm in terms of waist width, if you ride with a reasonably angled back binding (i.e. 12-15 degrees) and between 261mm and 266mm at the waist, if you ride with a fairly straight back binding angle (i.e. 0-3 degrees).
Low Profile Boots: Some boots have a lower profile outer-sole compared to others. Of the brands that I deal with Adidas, Burton, Ride and Vans have the lowest profile outer-sole. In that case you can treat your boots as if they were around a half size smaller.
For more details on estimating waist width, see:
>>Snowboard Width Sizing
So, if you ride with a reasonable angle on your back foot, then the 160 would be the better bet, and if you have low profile boots, then the 160 would also be doable, even with straighter angles. Otherwise the 160W would be the better option.
If you mean UK11s rather than US11s, then ignore all of that and go with the 160W.
Hope this helps
Thanks so much for your quick reply, super helpful !!!
You’re very welcome!
Hey Nate, I ended up with a 2018 Burton 159W Flying V, 2018 Burton Cartel Bindings and some really cool Adidas Tactical ADV Boots. I think I’m gonna love Winter from now on 🙂
Thanks again for your great advice.
You’re very welcome Normen. Yep, you’re going to look forward to winter every year now! Hope the gear treats you well and let me know how you get on, once you’ve had a chance to ride with it
Hi Nate,
I was looking for some info on boards on the internet and came across your page – what a superb site with loads of relevant info, well done!
Right, so this is why I’m getting in touch… I have been snowboarding for 5 years now, only get to go away to the Alps for 2 weeks per winter. So I’d say I’m competent but not the biggest daredevil out there. For these years I’ve rented a board every time, getting anything from manageable to absolutely horrendous to the point of almost spoiling my holiday. I was in Alpe d’Huez a couple of weeks ago and so happened that the board I rented was a Burton LTR – now as you may well know, the LTR stands for “Learn To Ride” and is a beginners board that Burton does purely for the rental market and not for the general public. Although I was a bit apprehensive about renting and riding something so “basic” I had the best experience ever, after all these years! The board was a rocker which meant it was really playful and catch-free – which in turn made me more confident and more adventurous with my riding. Possibly the confidence boost I needed. So after returning from that holiday I got in touch with Burton who confirmed that the LTR is not available for public sale, although they recommended the Ripcord as being quite similar.
I am now determined that instead of continuing to rent boards, the way to go is to buy my own board – but I want something as playful and catch- free as the board I got in Alpe d’Huez to make sure I keep enjoying boarding more and more. And this is where your advice will be useful – what board should I get? I think I’ve narrowed it down to three contenders… 2018 Burton Ripcord (154?) £199 / 2018 Burton Instigator (155?) / 2018 Burton Process Flying V (152 or 155?) £259
Here’s a bit of info to make sure you get the full picture:
1.77m tall / 76kgs
regular +15/-6
I have a pair of 2017 Burton Ruler size 9UK
bindings: Burton Freestyle Snowboard Binding (mariner green) size M which I’ve just bought for £94
I ride mostly on-piste, All Mountain board would be the most suitable.
What would be your recommendation and why? What size?
I’m heading to Val Thorens in 10 days (this will hopefully be the last time I rent a board) and once I get back I’m hoping to make my mind up and purchase one of the above. In my mind the Ripcord is a strong contender – for its easy going characteristics (flat base + rocker at tips) plus its price point.
Really appreciate your help.
Thanks,
Tiago
Hi Tiago
Thanks for your message.
Normally I would say that you’d be in a position to go with the Process Flying V – and I still think you could – but based on your intention to get the most playful and catch-free thing you can – and the closest to the Burton LTR you can – then I would say that the Instigator or the Ripcord are your best bets.
The Ripcord and Instigator are quite similar in a few ways – they’re both soft flexing, both have the same camber profile (flat to rocker) and both have a similar shape. Both the Ripcord and Instigator have a directional shape – but the Instigator has a twin flex, and the Ripcord has a directional flex. So the Ripcord is a little more directional than the Instigator. They both have a setback stance of 25mm – so neither are ideal for learning switch but the Instigator is just that little bit easier to learn riding switch if that’s something you were thinking of at any point. Otherwise, there’s really not a lot between them. If I had to choose I would say the Instigator though – it’s just a little more versatile.
In terms of sizing I would say anything around 154 to 156 would be a good length range for you – so I agree with your size choices – Ripcord 154, Instigator 155 & if you did go process Flying V, then the 155 would be your best bet, IMO. With UK 9s and Burton boots, any of those widths are going to work well, IMO.
Hope this helps and hope you enjoy your trip and your new board once you get it!
Hi Nate,
thank you for a really competent website and advice. i have my own salomon sight 158 w (94 kg, 1 85 cm. 10.5 us, could get in 10 for some models ) . I have been progressing fast and while still a beginner I am looking for a narrower all mountain board mainly for next season. i won ‘t be doing any park stuff, trying powder and switch could be of interest in near future. any recommendation? i have been looking for yes typo or capita outerspace living? what would be your choice between the two? anything else to consider? what about size?
many thanks in advance
Hi Dimiter
Thanks for your message.
I think both the Typo and Outerspace Living would be good options to progress up to. The Outerspace Living is what I would call an all-mountain-freestyle board but it’s got a little more of an all-mountain feel than some other all-mountain-freestyle decks – on the all-mountain side of the spectrum. The Typo is what I would call an all-mountain board, but it’s on the more freestyle end of all-mountain boards – which makes them relatively similar in that sense, if that makes sense.
The Typo has a bit of a setback stance but it’s very subtle (just 5mm). I’d say that the Outerspace Living is margianally stiffer, in my experience, but there’s very little difference. I’d say Typo 4.5/10 and Outerspace Living 5/10. Both are very versatile boards.
In terms of size, I would say 158 for the Outerspace Living and also 158 for the Typo. They are both very similar in terms of width – and will be a little narrower overall, and particularly at the waist, than the 158W Sight. With 10s you shouldn’t any problem width-wise on them and even with 10.5s you shouldn’t have any problems with them – but they might be pushing too narrow if you have too straight a back binding angle (e.g. 0-3 degrees) but otherwise should still be fine – and as a beginner, you would probably get away with a straight back foot even in 10.5s, if you aren’t getting too high up on your edges yet.
You could also go up to the 160 for the Outerspace Living in terms of length – but it wouldn’t really be narrower overall than your 158W Sight and since you’re looking for something narrower, the 158 would be the better size.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thanks for the great advice.
I started snowboarding this year, took 5 lessons and I really enjoy it. I would like to get my own board for the rest of season and next year, but I’m still not sure about the board length.
I’m 5’8” and 143 lbs and interesting it Rossignol Circuit because of its price. But it only has 150 and 155 cm. Which one I should go?
Thanks in advance.
Hi Kritt
I think I answered this on the facebook page for you, but let me know if you have any other questions.
Hi Nate, thanks so much for making this post it has done wonders for me progressing.
I purchased a Rossignol circuit and the learning curve has been great! I am currently riding blues and linking turns well. I am looking into upgrading to my next board to keep up my progression. The Circuit feels a little washy on hard carves at speed. I was looking at the Never Summer proto 2 or snowtrooper. Do you feel that would be a good choice for intermediate level or is there something else that comes to mind?? Also, What size range? I have been looking at the 153-155 range.
I am 5’10” 170 lbs. Size 10 boot.
Hi Chris
Thanks for your message. Great to hear you’ve been progressing well.
Both the Snowtrooper and the Proto Type Two (PT2) are good intermediate options in my opinion, with the Proto Type Two being more of a step up, but probably the nest option between the two for you, IMO. But some things to keep in mind:
1. The PT2 is the better carver of the two, IMO – so if you’re looking to develop that, then that’s going to be the best choice. The Snowtrooper still a step up in that respect compared to the Circuit but not as good as the PT2.
2. The Snowtrooper is the better (i.e. less effort to keep the nose afloat) in powder of the two, IMO.
3. The PT2 is better in terms of speed, riding switch, jumps and just overall a more dynamic board.
You could also look at the following for some more options:
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
In terms of length, I would say something in the range between 155cm and 157cm, for your specs and ability, in general. The Proto Type Two is something you can size down for though, so you could 154 with that one. The Snowtrooper, I’d say the 156.
Width-wise, for your boot size I would say to look at something in the range of 254mm to 259mm in terms of waist width, if you have fairly straight back binding angles (e.g. 0-3 degrees) and between 247mm to 257mm at the waist if you have a more angled back binding [i.e. 12-15 degrees]. Add a couple of mms if you like to carve deep and take off a couple off mm if you have low profile boots (e.g. Adidas, Burton, Ride and Vans). For the Proto Type Two it is recommended to ride with a mirror-duck stance – so something like +15/-15 is a good way to go on that board anyway, so that would mean you could get on the 154 fine, if that’s the length you wanted to go with.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
I had my first snowboard lesson yesterday and I loved it. I’m 64 years old, male, 5′-10″, 225 lbs, reasonably athletic, wear a size 10 boot, and did pretty good yesterday in combining turns. The instructor put me on a 155 rental Burton. I asked why he didn’t go longer and he said the shorter board was easier to maneuver.
Anyway, I was looking at buying a board and like your advice says, I’m only looking for a board for the rest of this season and next year, then I’ll buy a different board when I progress up.
I’m interested in the best board and budget is not a main consideration. I want to progress fast.
I know I’m heavy for my height. What board and size do you recommend?
Hi John
Thanks for your message.
A shorter board is easier to maneuver but I think you could go a little bit longer. I think something around 156 to 158 would be a good range to look at. If you think you’ll be more comfortable on a 155 again, then you could go on that, but I think a little longer is the best bet. Don’t want to go too long yet, but I think that 156 to 158 would be a good starting range.
So, one of the following would be a good bet, IMO:
~ K2 Standard 158
~ Salomon Sight 156
~ Rome Mechanic 156
~ Ride Agenda 158
But if you wanted the closest feeling to the what you had your lesson on then the 155 Burton Instigator would provide that. So that’s an option too. And if you were happy to go with 155 again, the Rossignol Circuit and Rossignol District would also be good options.
Hope this helps and gives you some options to consider
Hi Nate,
I’ve never been snowboarding but I am about to take some lessons. At the slopes they have Burton learn to ride gear for rental. I’m debating whether or not to buy everything now so I can learn on gear that I’m going to be using for a while. I was looking around for Salomon sight and came across the Salamon sight SE, which says it is a special edition for beginners. Would you recommend the SE version over the regular?
I’m around 5’2, wear a size 8, and my weight fluctuates between 130-140. What size do you recommend?
Thanks in advance.
Hi Bryan
Thanks for your message.
As far as I know the only difference between the Sight SE and the Sight is that the SE (special edition) is that the SE has a different graphic. Both boards are suitable for beginners.
In terms of length, generally speaking I would say something around 148 for your specs, if you were an advanced rider – but as a beginner, it’s a good idea to ride something shorter – as a rule of thumb taking off 3-5cm. Which would put you in the 143 to 145 range. So the closest size to that for the Sight is the 147. I think you would be ok on the 147, but ideally a little shorter. But if you do go with the Sight (or Sight SE) then definitely the 147.
Hope this helps
Should I choose a different board that has smaller sizes? Which one would you suggest? I’m having trouble finding boards that go that small that aren’t kids’ or womens’.
Thanks for the quick response. Would you recommend I get a different board like the Burton Instigator that has a 145?
Hi Bryan
I think you would get away with the Sight in the 147, but ideally 145 would be better. The 145 Instigator would be a good option, IMO. That or the Rossignol Circuit 145.
Hi Nate. You our website is a godsend. Thank you!
There is so much marketing mumbo jumbo to navigate through with regard to finding an appropriate beginner snowboard that I was beginning to get discouraged. Then I somehow stumbled upon your site and now feel I have a decent grasp of the differences between the various board types.
I am a 47 year old beginner who lives on the east coast. I’m just shy of 5’ 7” and fluctuate between 147 & 157 lbs. I typically wear a size 8 shoe. I am just looking to progress to the point where I can make it down the mountain at a reasonable, but not fast, speed without falling. I don’t particularly see myself progressing beyond the intermediate level.
From reading your site I am assuming you would recommend for me the Yes Basic 149? If so, are there one or two other comparable options to cross shop? I am not opposed to buying used to save some money and that would limit my choices.
Thanks again and I’m really enjoying your site.
Best,
Craig
Hi Craig
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, YES Basic 149 would be my first thought for you in terms of a good intermediate board that’s also good in hard/icy conditions. I would say anything from 149 to 152 would be a good range to look at in terms of length for you – so you could either go 149 or 152 with the Basic – which opens out your options a little.
The same goes for the YES Typo – which would also be a suitable choice, IMO. And also comes in a 149 & 152.
Staying within YES (which are usually good in hard/icy conditions), the Libre 152 is also an option – though if you went used it would probably be hard to find as it was only introduced this season.
The Never Summer Snowtrooper 152 is another good option. Not as good in hard/icy as the YES options above but still ok.
Slash Happy Place 149 or 152 – again not quite as good in terms of hard/icy edge-hold as the YES’s but better than average.
A couple of other options that work well with Hard/Icy conditions that are also beginner suitable:
~ Lib Tech Skate Banana (though this is quite a loose feeling board, if that appeals to you then good but if not, then it’s probably not suitable).
~ GNU Carbon Credit 150 (also very loose – so ditto above)
Hope this gives you some more options.
Thanks again Nate. None of my local shops had any of the boards you recommended, but I was able to get a good deal on the #2 recommendation in your blog post, the K2 Standard 152 (including K2 Sonic bindings).
Hi Craig
Thanks for the follow up. Let me know how they go on snow once you’ve had a chance to test them out.
Hi Nate,
A bit late to the party with this article, but any advice you could give would be appreciated. After being boarding a few times I have been looking at what board to buy. I am 5’4-5’5, 62kg/135lbs, wear size 8 boots and do a bit of everything on the slopes.
I was considering the YES basic and Capita Horrorscope in your article, although I was wondering if the latter may be slightly too park orientated for me. What length would you recommend – 146cm or 149m in the basic? 147cm in the horrorscope? Are there any other Capita boards you would recommend that come in a suitable size – is the DOA too advanced?
Thanks in advance,
Richard
Hi Richard
Thanks for your message.
If you went for the Basic, I would go for the 146 for you. I think something around 145, 146 would be a good size for you to look at as a beginner. When you’re more advanced you could start looking at boards around 149cm but for now that would be a bit long for you, IMO.
If you went Horrorscope, I’d say the 145cm would be the best option. You could also get on the 147, but I’d go 145. The Horrorscope is very park oriented for sure. If you thought you might ride the park at some stage, this is the kind of board you can learn the basics on and then once you upgrade to a more all-mountain oriented board, this is one you can keep and use as your specialist park board. If you don’t think you’ll have any interest in the park, then this is still a good beginner board – but it’s probably something you would end up selling once you’re more advanced, if you weren’t interested in the park.
In terms of other Capita options, I’d say the next best beginner option is the Outerspace Living. It’s a little stiffer than ideal for a true beginner board – but otherwise is good for beginners. The other thing is that you’d have to go 150 (the shortest it comes in) – which I think you could ride at some stage, but think it would be too long for right now.
The DOA is too advanced for beginners, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate.
Thanks for the great advice.
I got the salomon sight.
Feels good but today there was some powder and felt not so stable.
Any idea about the stance width.
I have the reference one and feel I should probably make it wider but not sure by how much. Any idea about this one?
Thanks
Ps my angles are 15 degree on the front and 0 degree on the back.
Hi Dimiter
If you feel like you need to widen your stance, then I would go one hole wider on the front and one hole wider on the back. That would get you a wider stance but with the same amount of setback. But if you wanted to increase your setback (which is nice to do in powder) then you could leave the front binding where it is and move the back binding back one hole. This would widening it less overall, but would be increasing the setback stance. Also, it might feel more comfortable to widen it by just a little bit like that. But if you did feel you needed to widen it more than that, but still wanted to increase the setback, then you could leave the front binding where it is and move the back binding back 2 holes. This would then be quite a lot more setback, but doable if you’re in plenty of powder.
Hope this helps and gives you some options for widening your stance.
Hi Nate,
I am looking at a board for size 10.5 Boot.
I am 1.85 cm tall and 93 kg, i a beginner.
I have a choice of Salomon Sight 158W (cheaper but is wider) and Salomon Craft 158 cm.
Also yes basic 158 in the same ballpark as the Salomon craft.
I will be mostly riding in the Alps, snow is supposedly good.
I should probably not consider wides at all.
Any suggestions appreciated.
Regards,
Dimiter
Hi Dimiter
Thanks for your message.
With 10.5s it depends on a couple of things whether you go wide or not. The main one is binding angles. If you ride with your back binding (back binding will always be on a straighter angle or the same angle as your front binding) on a decent angle (i.e. -9 to -15 degrees) then getting on something like the YES Basic 158 is no problem with 10.5s – anything down to like 250mm at the waist. If you’re back binding is straighter (i.e. 0 – 6 degrees), then going wider is a good idea. Something around 258mm at the waist and up. In which case the Salomon Sight 158W would be a good width for you.
The other thing is that if you’re someone who likes to get really deep into their carves, then going a little wider is a good idea – but as a beginner that won’t be a thing yet.
The Salomon Craft 158 is actually wider than the Sight 158W – it’s just a wider board in general. Something around that 258mm at the waist mark can sometimes be called a regular width and sometimes a wide.
I think your looking at a good length range as well – something 158 to 160 would be good for you as a beginner, IMO.
So, if you’re not sure of your binding angles, then the Sight or the Craft are the safer bets. But if you know your angles and you have a 9 degree angle or more on your back foot, then the YES Basic is a good option.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate. There was a lot of good info on beginner board. I found a good deal on a 2017 salomon sight board and a 2018 k2 standard board and was trying to decide between the 2. I’ve gone snowboarding a few times but am still a beginner. Also what would your size recommendation be for someone 5’11” and 153 lbs for either board? Any help would be greatly appreciated. Thanks!
Hi Scott
Both of these boards would be a good first board for you. Some people do prefer to start out on a flat-to-rocker (i.e. K2 Standard) rather than something with Camber in it (i.e. Sight) but some are the other way around – and some find they grow out of flat-to-rocker faster. But either one is a good bet, IMO.
In terms of size, I would put you in a range of 153 to 155 as a beginner (as a more advanced rider closer to 158).
So for the Sight and Standard, I would say:
~ Sight: 155W or 156 – you could also go 153 but I suspect that your boots might be too big for the width
~ Standard: 155
But if you could also let me know your boot size (or shoe size if you’re not sure of boot size), just to make sure that you get on something with enough width too.
Hope this helps
Thanks for the info Nate. I’m a size 9.5 boot. I was also looking at getting the Union Flight Pro binding. I’m guessing I should go with the mediums for that right?
Hi Scott
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, I’d definitely say go Mediums for 9.5 boots. You might be able to get into Large, but I think Medium would be a better fit for 9.5s. I prefer them for 10s and would definitely ride Ms for 9.5s.
Hi Nate,
Thanks for all the good info. My last board was bought in a rush and I couldn’t even tell you anything about its flex or profile. I’m pretty sure it was a 165cm. What I do know the thing dang near killed me every time I went down the mountain. lol. I’m 6’2 and weigh 235. How important is it to follow the weight recommendations on length. I feel I would be more comfortable on a 159 or 160ish wide. What do you think? Thanks in advance. Derek
Hi Derek
That’s how a lot of people buy their first snowboard unfortunately!
Generally speaking for your specs I would say something around 165-166, if you were already at an advanced level. By the sounds of it you are more beginner/intermediate? In which case it’s a good idea to start out shorter – taking off 3-5cm as a rule of thumb. So, then you’d be looking at roughly 161 to 163. You could get on a 159 or 160 if you feel you have a preference for something shorter, for sure.
In terms of width – it depends on your boot size, but at 6’2 you’ll likely have the boot size that needs a wide, but if you can let me know your boot size that would be great – as even if you need a wide, it depends how wide you need to go.
Weight recommendations aren’t the be all and end all, IMO. They’re good to keep an eye on, but they’re not hard and fast rules in my book. One thing is that the board will likely feel softer if you are a good bit above the weight recommendations. So you’ve got to keep that in mind. For a beginner I’d usually recommend something soft up to medium-soft, but if you’re above the weight recommendations, by a reasonable amount, on a medium flexing board, then it will feel softer than that, so you can go up to a slightly stiffer flexing board if you wanted as it would feel softer to you. E.g. if you were to go 159W Templar – it will likely feel softer than the 4.5/10 flex and maybe more like a 3.5 or 4 (hard to say exactly how much softer), if that makes sense, which isn’t necessarily a bad thing if you’re a beginner.
Hope this helps
Thank you for your quick response. I would definitely put myself in the beginner category and wear a size 12 boot. Everything you said makes really good sense concerning my weight and flex. I’m an old guy (48) so I’m just looking to go from A to B with as little damage as possible. I would love to hear a suggestion for a complete set up from you(mid level pricing). Boots, bindings, and board. I originally was thinking flat to rocker. But after reading your profile basics. I think I may want to go with a hybrid/ camber. I can’t tell you how nice it is to ask a question and have a response so soon. Thank you for your dedication and work. Derek
You’re very welcome Derek.
Thanks for letting me know your boot size. For 12s, we’ll want to look at something at least 260mm at the waist – and only that narrow with +15/-15 binding angles (i.e. if you have binding angles with a reasonable angle on the back binding – with a straighter back foot, something wider would be safer).
Based on that, the following would be good board choices for you, IMO:
~ Rossignol Templar 162W (261mm waist) – assuming a reasonable angle on your back binding or you could go for the 159W if you felt like you’d prefer to go shorter. This board is also a good choice if you encounter hard/icy conditions regularly
~ Burton Process Flying V 162W (262mm waist)
~ YES Typo 163W (263mm waist) – or you could go 159W if you felt like you’ prefer the shorter size. Another good option for hard/icy conditions.
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper 160X (263mm waist)
~ YES Libre 161W (260mm waist)
~ Burton Instigator 160W (265mm waist)
For bindings and boots, I would check out the following:
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
If at all possible, I definitely recommend trying out boots before you buy to make sure you’re getting a good fit (each brand tends to fit a little differently). Even if you’re buying online it’s a good idea to try in-store first if possible. If it’s not possible make sure you’re buying from somewhere with a good return policy so you can return them if they don’t fit properly. For boot sizing and proper fit, check out the following:
>>How to Size Snowboard Boots
You also might find these useful for choosing bindings:
>>Snowboard Binding Sizing
>>Binding and Snowboard Compatability
Hope this helps
Hello Nate!
I just started sb´snowboarding last year. Since I had to take care of kids and roam around the mountain on skis I only got about four days of snowboarding.
In these days I progressed to doing basic carves and I could safely go most places around the mountain. My biggest issue was ice, but I suspect my board was really bad for that. I also had a lot of boot sticking out over the board…
I’m at 105 kg and 185 cm tall guy with boots at EUR 44-45.
I’ve been eyeing several snowboards since I’m thinking I should buy a decent snowboard that I could stay on for a while. Mostly I suspect I’m going to go down pistes at moderate speeds, but having the option to try going off piste for some powder sounds like a fun idea.
So far I’ve been looking at the Trick Pony, Super 8, Lobster Sender or Jones Explorer.
I guess I’m looking for a do it all kind of board.
Do you think these boards would be a bad choice? I find it hard assessing my skill and where I’ll be once I get going this season. I’m an old skateboarder and whatnot and I didn’t really have any problems getting down the mountain on my first run.
Hi Snowdaddy
Thanks for your message.
In terms of length, I would say something around 165cm would be a good length for you for an all-mountain board, if you were at an advanced level. For beginner riders, I usually recommend taking off 3-5cm as a rule of thumb – but as a fast progressing beginner/intermediate rider, I don’t think you need to take that much off. I would say looking at something around 162-164 is probably a good size to look at. And even when you’re advanced you could stick with this size if you wanted to.
In terms of width, it’s tricky with European sizes since they translate so differently depending on the brand. But assuming your boots translate to around a US11.5, then I would say you’ll need to go for a wide board. Looking at something between 258mm and 268mm at the waist – and only at the narrower end if you ride with angles like +15/-15 (e.g. a reasonable angle on the back foot). If you ride with a straighter back foot, then you’ll want to be at the higher end of that range.
In terms of the type of board you want, it sounds like you’re looking for an all-mountain board, and one that’s good in hard/icy conditions. Given that it sounds like you’re progressing really quickly, I think you are able to go to something with a medium flex. So something off the following list would work well, IMO.
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
I’d say that the Super 8 is probably a little on the stiffer side of medium and whilst you might handle that ok, it’s also got quite a technical camber profile, and I would consider it more of an advanced and up board. You might be alright on it, but I think it would be risking going a step too far. Edge hold in icy conditions around 4/5
The Explorer is also something that’s on more of the stiffer side of medium – more friendly in terms of camber profile though – probably still not ideal for you, IMO, but an option. The 164W would probably be the best size for you, assuming some things about your boot size. Edge-hold in icy conditions, I’d say 4/5
The Trick Pony is also an option. The camber profile is probably a little trickier, but not too bad – there is some rocker in the tip and tail – but it’s right in the middle of medium flex, IMO. For this the 162W would be your best size. Edge-hold in icy conditions, I’d say around 3.5/5
I don’t have any experience with Lobster boards – but just quickly looking at the specs, it looks like it’s more mid-stiff than medium flexing, which might just be a bit of step too far. Again, you might be ok with it, but I think sticking around medium would be a safer bet at this stage.
Some other options that I think would suit you well.
~ Rossignol One 161W (266mm waist) – going a little shorter but quite wide (depending on your binding angles and what your boot size actually translates to) – you could go up to the 165W as well – but that will be a steeper learning curve and a little wider again. 5/5 edge-hold in hard/icy conditions
~ YES Typo 163W (263mm waist) – I like this size for you. 5/5 in icy conditions. Not as good in powder as some of the other options though.
~ Jones Mountain Twin 164W (262mm waist) – I think this is a good size too and a great option overall – 4/5 icy conditions
~ Slash Brainstorm 163W (263mm waist) – again a good size and another great option overall, IMO – 4/5 icy conditions
~ Never Summer West 164W (266mm waist) – 4/5 icy conditions
Hope this helps and gives you some options
Hey Nate,
Awesome advice!
I definitively think I need a wide board if that is an option for the model. Buying a snowboard is hard work!
I’m you pointed me back in the direction of the Jones Mountain Twin… maybe that’s the one for me. I got to think long and hard on this, I don’t want my want for bombing down the mountain get in the way of my leisurely buttering around with my kids, and basically… I can only buy one board.
Thanks for the really good advice and thanks for this awesome website! I’ll get back to report on which board I bought and how many legs and arms I splintered.
You’re very welcome.
Look forward to hearing what you go with and how you liked it
Hello Nate,
I decided that the Jones Explorer was the board for me since I figured out a more directional board with good float in powder would really useful. The reviews also said that the Explorer was relatively easy to do sliding turns with. For greater control while riding with the kids. Turned out it was impossible to find my size.
I tried looking for the other boards, but the only one I could get hold of was the Super 8, and I chickened out on that one.
I ended up with the Salomon Final Call 162cm, Genesis X bindings and a pair of Burton Photon Boa.
The board looks amazing and I can’t wait to head up into the mountains to try it out. I’m a bit nervous I’m in over my head, but everything came at less than half price and I just couldn’t resist it.
Hi Snowdaddy
Thanks for your message.
Awesome that you got some gear sorted. Look forward to hearing how it goes when you get a chance to test it all out.
Hello Nate,
Naturally, I bought the Fist Call and not the “Final Call”… typo.
After a couple of days riding here are my first impression. I don’t have much to compare to since I’ve only been on a cheap rental board, but buying a board was the right first call. What a difference!
First Call is lively and easy to turn. I haven’t been able to go into powder yet, but it has a surfy feeling when the resort snow start to pile up. The carving seems pretty good, but I’ve managed to wash out a few times when I go fast and put too much pressure into the turns and really lean into the carves to run my hands along the snow. So far I’ve not been able to max it out for speed. It’s stable at high speeds and I’ve ridden it pretty fast. I will keep practicing my carves at high speed and see if the washing out is just my own lack of skill.
My first day it felt kind of catchy and I took a couple of really bad falls going fast down cat tracks. I’m not sure, but I think it’s just my noobishness at play. As long as I stay focused and concentrate it’s not too bad.
All in all, I’m really pleased with the board, bindings and boots. Maybe I’ll try to get a board even more suitable for carving and going fast down piste next year, but First Call will surely stay in my possession as a playful kind of resort/powder board.
I recommend this board to anyone that are over the first bump of trying to link proper turns and can lay down a basic carve. However, I think the board needs a bit of an aggressive approach when riding it.
Once again, thanks for your excellent website!
/snowdaddy
Hi Snowdaddy
Thanks for the follow up and sharing your experience with your new gear! Appreciate the detail there.
Hi there, Im here from Japan Im a your review is so helpful.
I am 26.5 cm size burton boot.
Im 175cm tall 65kg and I found cheap salomon sight 2016 on auction web but there is only 156cm with 248 waist left.
Do you recommend it?
Hi Nick
Thanks for your message.
I would put you on around a 154 for your specs, as an advanced rider. As a beginner it’s a good idea to go a little shorter – 3-5cm as a rule of thumb – which would put you in a 149 to 152 range, ideally. I think the 156 is getting a bit long for you. You’d probably get away with it as a more advanced rider, but as a beginner it’s going to make it a lot more tricky to ride.
The 248mm waist width is probably fine for your boot size, though a little narrower ideally, especially if you were to ride with binding angles like +15/-15 (i.e. a reasonable angle on your back foot).
Hope this helps
Hey Nate.
Huge fan of your reviews here. Brand new re-entry into the world of Snowboarding. Got into it at 15 but money always held me back. Now 27 with a great career and having rented gear x2 the itch and availability is at an all time high. I’m really interested in going with your Salomón Sight suggestion at 158W with your Union Flite Pro binding suggestion. I’m a 10.5US in the 32-Lashes boot. I weigh 185-192lbs. I’m 5’11”. How do you feel about me with the 158W and can you give any insight between the 2017 sight (black and white) roughly $250USD vs the EVO special 2018 Sight $300? Thanks for your time and putting together these reviews.
Hi Chase
Thanks for your message.
For your specs, I would say something around 160,161 for length, for an all-mountain board, if you were at an advanced level. As a beginner, taking off some length is a good idea – 3-5cm as a rule of thumb. So something between 155 to 158 would be good to look at. Since you have some prior experience going to the higher end of that range sounds like a good idea, so I think the length of 158cm for the sight is a great way to go.
In terms of width, the 258mm waist width should also work well for 10.5s. So yeah 158W definitely best size for you for site, IMO.
The 2017 and 2018 Sight are very similar. If you can get the 2017 model cheaper, I would go with that. As far as I’m aware the evo special edition model is just a different graphic, so otherwise the same board.
Hope this helps
This has been fantastic help. I may be a 10 boot in the 32- lashed now that I’ve gotten them in so I hope this doesn’t effect the recommendations. I come from an athletic background if that helps in utilizing the wide width for the boots.. I’ll be sure to continue to follow your posts as I progress through. Already booked 3 different week trips out there.
Thanks for all your help, time spent, and quick responses!
Chase
Quick last question. Union Flite Pro vs contact. And also for the Flite Pro. Riding in Size 10 boot… Medium or Large binding? Thanks again!!
Hi Chase
Usually I’d say Flite Pro is the best option for a beginner out of those, but given that you’re athletic and around 190lbs, I think the Contacts might be the better option in your case. They’re still on the softer side of medium in terms of flex, but they’re a little stiffer than the Flite Pros but I think that’s fine in your case and they’re certainly not stiff by any means. Both would work but the Contacts are a little nicer overall, and you get the bonus of the mini disc if you went with them. You get a better price on the Flite Pros, so there are pros and cons to both.
I ride 10s and I prefer Mediums for Union bindings. I can still ride with Larges, and you would definitely be able to ride with large but I personally prefer the Mediums – but I do like my bindings snug – and also Union base plates are quite long for their large and if I want to get on a narrower board it’s more difficult with Ls.
Hope this helps
Hi Chase
The 258mm waist is getting wide-ish for 10s, especially if you’re going to be using binding angles like +15/-15 – but in saying that, if you’re quite athletic, then you won’t notice the effects of being too wide as much. Being wider means that it’s more difficult to apply pressure to the edges. So I think the 158W is still suitable for you. If you’re worried about it being too wide though, the 159 is another option. You should be able to get on the 250mm waist on that – but that would depend on binding angles – if you’ve got a back foot angle of anything 9 degrees or more you should be fine on the 159 width-wise – but if your back foot is straighter (e.g. 0 – 6 degrees), then the 158W would be a better option.
Hope this makes sense and answers your question
Thanks again for all your help Nate. I’ll be sure to follow up your thread and visit it for rebuilding the fiance’s setup next winter.
In a recap to those like myself reading through all your comments on this thread.
My stats
5’11”
190lbs
Shoe Size 10.5-11
Beginner rider with some experience
Athletic background
Setup I went with
with Nate’s help
Salomon Sight 2017 board 158W
Union Contact Pro Bindings M
32- Lashed 2018 Boots size 10
Smith Camber Mips Helmet
Smith squad XL goggles.
See you all out there!!
You’re very welcome Chase!
Thanks for the summary. Happy riding!
Hi Nate,
I’ve been looking to buy my own board and I really need your help. I’m completely new to snowboarding and I know that I want to into a more freestyle riding style. I was wondering if you could recommend a few boards with centred stances that don’t break the bank.
I’m 1.78m tall, 88kg and Shoe size 10 UK
Thank You
Rhys
Hi Rhys
Thanks for your message.
In terms of size, I think that something around a 155 would be a good option for you. For your specs, I would say a good all-mountain board length, if you were an advanced rider, would be 160cm – but since you are a beginner, then we want to take off 3-5cm (as a rule of thumb). Shorter is also a good idea because you are looking to get into freestyle riding – you want a shorter board for that too.
In terms of width, with UK10s (assuming that’s the boot you end up in – these days it’s usually pretty close to your shoe size, give or take 1/2 a size), you’d want to look at at least 254mm at the waist – and that would only be if you rode with +15/-15 angles. If you had a straighter back binding (e.g. 0 – 3 degrees) then you’d need to go wider. You probably aren’t sure of your bindings angles yet, but since you are looking to get into freestyle, something like +15/-15. +12/-12 or something like that, is a great way to go as it makes it easier for riding switch.
Based on all of that the following would be great choices, IMO.
~ Horrorscope 155 (256mm waist) – or 155W, but I think the 155 would be wide enough assuming you go with a +15/-15 or +12/-12
~ Ride Agenda 154W (260mm waist)
~ YES Basic 156W (259mm waist)
~ Rossignol District 156W (262mm waist)
I think those would be great choices in terms of both being freestyle oriented but also easy to learn on. And if you ended up getting into more all-mountain, freeride type stuff and needed to get another board for that, you would always have a freestyle board you could use on days you felt like hitting the park/riding more freestyle in general.
Hope this helps
Hello Nate!
I’ve been reading your website for a few days in order to get the right equipment so start snowboarding. It is so helpful when you don’t know what to choose because of the lack of knowledge. So thank you for making life easier for us!
4 years ago I got my wrist injuried (was wearing no protection) and followed my mates wherever they were going (blue, red…). In 3 days I was doing turns (not very confortable in blues and reds, but I tried). Now that I got recovered I want to start again with my own equipment, because I want to get used to the deck and not changing it everyday by renting (also read your article about that).
I found a Salomon Sight for 235€ online, but I don’t know what’s my best size. I hope you can help me with that. I am 1,78m tall, 74kg and my feet 9.5-10UK.
Thank you so much!
Hi Javi
Thanks for your message.
I would put you on around a 158cm as an advanced rider. However, as a beginner it’s a good idea to take off 3-5cm as a rule of thumb. Since you’ve ridden a bit before, I think you could go at the longer end of that scale but I still wouldn’t go as long as 158 yet.
With UK9.5s/10s, I would say you would want to go with something with at least 250mm waist, and only that narrow if you’ll be riding with a reasonably angles back binding (e.g. 12 to 15 degrees) – with a straight back foot (e.g. 0 degrees, 3 degrees) probably around 258mm minimum.
Based on all that, I would say that the 155W would be a great size for you. If you ride with a flat back foot (o – 3 degrees) and end up in UK10s, then even this might be pushing it too narrow, but otherwise, this would be the perfect size for you for this board, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate!
Thank you for answering that fast. You are really helpful since tomorrow I’m going to the mountain and I will start snowboarding again. I decided to rent this weekend and buy my equipment next week in order to choose correctly.
I checked the salomon official website to compare the different Sight’s sizes. I got a little confused because the 155W is 256mm and you recommended me 258mm minimum. Wouldn’t be better to choose the 158W? If not, please tell me why (just curious and willing to learn from you).
About the bindings and boots, I think I have doubts between Flite Pro and Burton Custom. The price difference is 10€ so I don’t know which one to choose. I will try them on this weekend in order to know which is the best size for me, but checking the size guide I’ll guess the M for both will be ok.
Then, if I get the M of the bindings and boots and the “mm” difference I stated in the first paragraph, which deck would you recommend me between the 155W and 158W?
Thank you so much!!!
Hi Javi
I would only say minimum of 258mm waist width only if you ride with a 0 or 3 degree back angle and end up in a UK9.5 boot.
If you ride with any more of an angle on your back foot, then 256mm would be fine with UK9.5s. If you ride with a 15 degree back angle, then you could go as narrow as 250mm at the waist.
If you end up with UK10 boots, then you would want to go with at least 261mm at the waist with a 0 or 3 degree angle – but even on UK10s you would be fine with as narrow as 254mm at the waist with a 15 degree angle on the back foot.
So, whether or not the 256mm waist on the 155W is wide enough depends on what your boot size will be and your binding angles. It’s a good idea to get boots, as this means that you know what your size will be.
In terms of the 158W, I think this length is too long for you, as a beginner, and it’s also not that much wider – it would give you a bit more leeway but not a huge amount.
Hope this clarifies it.
In terms of bindings, if you end up with UK10s, then I would recommend Large for both Burton and Union. Even on UK9.5s you could ride Large Burton – but could also get in the Mediums, but if you’re not sure of boot size yet, then large are the safer option. In terms of Union, I would say go large regardless of Uk9.5s or UK10s. Their sizing is up to UK9 for mediums and Uk9 and up for Large.
Between the Flite Pros and the Customs, they’re both great beginner options, IMO. If you are able to try them out, then go with whichever feels most comfortable and fits best for you.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate!
First of all I’d like to thank you for all of these reviews, I read almost all of them and I wish had visited your website earlier. So much of information in one site it’s unbelievable.
Could I ask you one small question? I’m mid level beginner (I think) and thanks to your top15 I decided to buy Salomon Sight but the place I wanted to buy it sells only the 2017 version of it. I was wondering if there was any major changes in 2018 version of Salomon Sight.
Thank you in advance!
Adam
Hi Adam
Thanks for your message.
Very little difference between the 2017 and 2018 versions – so if you can find a 2017 version in size that’s good for you, then go for it – you should be able to get it cheaper than the current model too.
Let me know if you’d like a sizing recommendation (i’d just need your height, weight and boot size (or shoe size if you’re not sure of your shoe size yet).
Hope this helps
Thanks for a fast answer.My height is 6’0″ weight 200 lbs and boot size is 12 US so I guess I need Wide board.
I was also thinking of getting Union Flite Pro that my shop is selling. Maybe I will get both things with some kind of a discount.
Can’wait for your answer and thanks for your help!
Adam
Hi Adam
Thanks for the extra info.
Yeah you’ll definitely need to go wide with size 12s. In terms of length, I’d say something around 161, 162 would be a good advanced level length for you – but it’s a good idea to take off some length as a more beginner level rider. So in your case, I would go for the 158W.
Flite Pros are a great beginner binding option, IMO. If you can get them together at a discount that sounds like a good way to go.
Hey Nate,
Thanks so much for the information you have posted here. Has been an incredible helping hand as there is wayyyyyyyy to much information out there. haha. I am looking at buying my first board, have never snow boarded previously. I have skied twice previously many years ago. I have actually had one board catch my eye thats not listed in your top 5. I am looking at the 2018 Lib Tech Skate Banana board 156cm. As this seems to have rave reviews about being a good all rounder board, and good for learning on also. Wht are your thoughts?
My stats are:
height – 6.0″ (183cm)
weight – 185 lbs (84kg)
shoe size – 10 US
Any help would be greatly appreciated.
Kind regards
Simon Brown
Hi Simon
Thanks for your message.
The Skate Banana (SB) is a good board for beginners – but it is quite loose feeling. So if you think you like the sound of a loose surfy feel underfoot, then it’s definitely an option. But I usually recommend more stable feeling boards for beginners. It’s definitely an easy turning board – so great for learning turns on but can feel a little loose.
I would categorize the SB as a Freestyle board – one that’s most suited to riding the park – but can ride the rest of the mountain ok too. If you want more details you can also read more about the Skate Banana in my review below:
~ Lib Tech Skate Banana Review
In terms of size, I think the 156 would be a good size for you as a beginner and a good size as a freestyle board too. You’re pretty much the exact same specs as I am (6’0″, 185lbs, US10) and the 156 was how I liked this board. For an all-mountain board, I’d put you more at a 160, but for freestyle and as a beginner length the 156 is a great size.
So yeah, if you like the sound of a looser feeling board and think that you’d like to ride freestyle in the future then this would be a really good choice. Down the line, you may end up wanting a longer more all-mountain/big mountain oriented board – but this is the kind of board you could keep forever and use it as your park/freestyle board, once you were past the beginner phase.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate! Your notes and explanations are priceless for someone about to make some first purchases. Really appreciate your work here. I’m about to get my first owned gear. According to your guide I believe I’m a Beginner (level 3). Burton snowboards are easy to sell here at home so I will go that route. My most common use is to follow my son who skis green and blue tracks. I’m 5’10” and 163 pounds. 2 questions:
1. If money was not to be considered, what do you recommend between the Process Flying V or the Instigator?
2. What size should I get?
Thanks!!!
Fer
Hi Fernando
Thanks for your message.
The Instigator is softer and overall a better choice for a very beginner, in my opinion. However, the Process Flying V is still a good board for beginners – but it’s also better for someone more advanced than the Instigator. The Instigator is something that you would probably feel the need to upgrade from much sooner than the Process Flying V. Being a high level beginner, I would say you wouldn’t see that much benefit in going for the Instigator over the Process Flying V in terms of ease to ride, but it would last you longer. So taking money out of the equation, I would say Process Flying V for you is the best option.
Size-wise I would weight up between the 155 and the 157. I would put you on around a 158 for this type of board at an advanced level, but it’s always a good idea to go little shorter when you’re at a more beginner level. So, I think I would be leaning towards the 155. But if you felt like you could ride the 157 fine, then that’s a size that you could stick with indefinitely. If you have size 11 boots or up, then the 157W would be your better bet. If you’ve got size 12 or up, then you’d have to look at a different board. 10.5s would be on the cuff between 155/157 and 157W and 10s and under I wouldn’t consider 157W at all.
Hope this helps
Thanks Nate!
I’m 9.5/10 hence the 155 sounds good. Any big difference between the 2017 and 2018 model?
I’m assuming in the case of the instigator you would also recommend a 155, right?
Regards
Hi Fernando
With 9.5s/10s, then the 155 and 157 would be your best bets. The 157W would be too wide for you.
For the Instigator, the 155 would be your best size, IMO.
The 2017 Process Flying V is virtually the same as the 2018 model as far as I can tell (apart from the graphic of course). They changed their weight recommendations, but that seems to be just a change in their weight recommendations and not related to any changes with the board.
Thanks Nate!!!
While I’m still looking for a good deal on any of the boards you recommended a new doubt arised: How relevant would be to get EST Burton Bindings vs Non-EST for these boards? I was planning to go with the Burton Custom Bindings size M.
Regards!
Hi Fernando
Both the EST and Re:Flex versions of Burton bindings would be fine (or other brands of bindings that are channel compatible). You tend to get a bit more in terms of board feel from EST bindings and setup is pretty easy, but it’s definitely not a have-to on a Burton board. Re:Flex models also have pretty good board feel and going with that option would allow you to use them on other boards, if you went with a different brands sometime in the future but wanted to stay with the same bindings.
So there are pros and cons, but definitely not a must to go with EST.
M is the right size Burton binding for your boot size – so yeah definitely go with the M, IMO.
Hope this helps
Thanks Nate! I followed your recommendation and ended up getting the Burton Instigator 155 + Custom Re:FLEX. Now in the search for boots. Any idea if the Burton Moto run small? I’m a US 9.5 in most of my running shoes. Should I get a US 10?
Hi Fernando
Burton boots tend to fit me the same as my shoe size – as do most snowboard boots these days. It used to be that you would size down half a size for snowboard boots, but in my recent experience boots tend to fit me in the same size as my shoe size. With a few brands I have to go half a size up. So I’m a size 10 in shoes, and for most brands I’m a size 10 snowboard boot but for DC and Thirty Two, I’m a size 10.5.
But with Burton I’m a size 10, so I’d say that you would be a 9.5 in Burton boots. They tend to fit true to shoe size – but if you size down for running shoes, then yeah the 10 might be better. Ideally, you would want to be able to try them on first to make sure, as there are no guarantees in terms of fit (everyone’s feet are different), but if you can’t try them on first, then I would go for the size that corresponds to your normal shoe size for Burton boots.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate,
Thank you for the thorough post. This and other information regarding how to choose a snowboard really helps us beginners out there. Great work!
I would love to have your advice in my case as well: There is an ongoing discount on Rossignol Circuit and District boards in my local Decathlon store. I am 188cm and 82kgs. My foot size is 28cm. I have read your other post about choosing the best size (minus 3-6 if beginner) and cant decide which size to get. The Rossignol size charts classify me as a 161-2 user but that I believe is too big. Their only sizing options are 155 and 160, and I am leaning towards the 155 but in the chart its max is 75kgs. Do you know how tight/accurate their charts are? Will I drag my feet on turns with a 155 or will I be too unbalanced? Please share your insights.
Thank you in advance,
Hi Yigit
Thanks for your message.
Yeah it’s annoying that the Circuit only comes in 5cm steps. I would say that something around 161cm would be a good advanced level size for you, but as a beginner something around 156 to 158 would be ideal, IMO.
Rossi’s weight recommendations do tend to be on the light end, so I wouldn’t be too concerned there. However, I think 155cm is shorter than ideal. But ideally less than 160cm would be good too.
In terms of width, it will depend on what sized boots you get into, and also what brands. Size 10s are typically made for 28cm feet, but sometimes you might have to go up a half size from there, depending. If you did end up on 10s, then you could get on something with around a 248mm waist, assuming that you have angles something around +15/-15. So you would get on the 155cm width-wise assuming size 10s and certain binding angles. Otherwise, you might be pushing it for that being too narrow.
If you end up in 11s, or something like that, then you’ll probably go for 156W. But for your foot size that’s getting on the wide side.
For the district, the 159 is probably the best size. You could go 155 but again, I feel like that’s just getting a bit small for you.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate once again,
I decided not to buy the Rossignol 160s and have directed my attention elsewhere. I am now considering a 157 ripcord that I found for pretty cheap (around 240 EUR). I could not find other boards in your list anything near that price, would you consider Ripcord an OK board? I am riding with 0/-15 with hire boards, would the waist on the 157 ripcord be OK for my sizes (I checked my boots and they are EU 11s)? Your answers definitely help us out there, keep up the good work!
Thank you in advance.
Hi Yigit
Thanks for your message.
The Ripcord is definitely something that will be easy to learn on, in terms of being easy to turn. But it is a strange board in that it has a tapered directional shape and a 25mm setback stance. This is usually something you would see on a freeride board (but freeride boards are usually a lot stiffer and the Ripcord is a very soft flexing board). This isn’t a bad thing for learning on, necessarily but it’s not something that is very versatile. So, given it’s softness it’s going to be the kind of board that you will want to upgrade from fairly quickly as you become more advanced. This is also the case with a lot of other beginner boards – but often they are more freestyle oriented or somewhere in the middle (all-mountain) – which then means that you can keep them as you soft playful freestyle deck when you upgrade. You can’t really do that with the Ripcord. But you can always sell it of course.
So I think it will be fine as a beginner’s board for you, but just wanted to give you all the information.
In terms of width, it’s probably going to be a bit narrow – depending on what EU11 means – that sounds like a strange size to me. Usually EU sizes for your foot length would be 40 something. So I’m assuming that it’s either US11 or UK11?
If it’s US11, then I think the Ripcord 157 will be too narrow if you have +15/0 binding angles – a straight back foot size 11 is going to be too wide for a board of that width, IMO. If you had binding angles +15/-15, then you would be ok with US11s. If it’s UK11s, then they are going to be too wide for that board, regardless of binding angles.
If you riding with US11 or UK11 with +15/0 angles, I would definitely recommend wide sizes. For the Ripcord the 158W would probably be your best bet. But if it’s UK11s – which would seem too long for 28cm feet though – then even that would be too narrow for +15/0 angles. If it’s US11s you should be fine on the 158W.
Hope this helps
My bad, I meant EU45 and US11, didn’t mean to confuse you. Unfortunately 158W is not available where I found the deal on 157s. I’ll see my further options then (preferably one from the above list), if I have questions again I will definitely appear in your mailbox again 🙂 Thank you very much and have a good one bud!
You’re very welcome Yigit.
That makes sense that they’re US11s! With those angles, and US11s, I would say try to find something around 260mm and up. Not too wide, but I’d say at least 260mm to be safe. Let me know if you find anything else not on this list that you think might be suitable and I would be happy to give you my opinion.
Hi Nate,
I have found another deal and here I am again haha. Would a size 159 Ride Agenda (255mm waist) be narrow for my boots? Would you consider it OK as an all mountain beginner board?
Thank you in advance as always!
Hi Yigit
I think you’d get away with the 159 in terms of length, but with a back binding angle of 0 degrees, I think it’s still a bit too narrow. If you were willing to switch to something like +15/-15 or even +18/-12 or something like that, then you might be ok width-wise – but with a back binding angle of 0, I think you’d be pushing it in terms of it being too narrow. I would consider the Agenda more of a freestyle board – but for a beginner, it is suitable for riding groomers, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hi sir, im beginner, want to buy board, height 187, kg 90, foot eu 46, want to get something of good quality, which do you recommend? thanks.
Hi Emir
Thanks for your message.
Starting with length, I think something around 158 to 160 would be a good range to look at in terms of length, as a beginner.
In terms of width, you’ll need to go wide, with EU46s. For most brands that translates to a US12 (I need to translate as I think in US sizes!) – though for some it’s a US13. But assuming it’s a US12, then something with at least a 260mm at the waist is recommended. And only that narrow if you have binding angles something like +15/-15. If you have a straighter angle on your back foot, then going wider than that is a good idea. I understand that you might not know your angles yet – in which case going with something at least 263mm at the waist is probably the safer option.
I think the following options would work well for you – and be boards that you won’t have to upgrade straight away, which it sounds like is important to you.
~ Rossignol Templar 159W (260mm waist) – if you know your angles and you’ve got a decent angle on that back binding, then this would be a good option
~ Burton Process Flying V 159W (260mm waist) – ditto same comments as above
~ YES Typo 159W (261mm waist) – a great option if you encounter hard/icy conditions often (as is the Rossi Templar)
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper 160X (263mm waist) – this would be safer than the others in terms of width and a good quality board that’s also beginner friendly (as are the other 3 above)
~ YES Basic 159W (261mm waist) – another Hard/Icy snow option
There are certainly other options in terms of boards that would fit you size-wise and be good beginner boards – but would be boards that you might want to upgrade after a season or two – depending on the speed of your progression.
Hope this helps
This page is not only awesome but it’s almost a bible for me now! Thanks so much!
I’m looking to get a Burton Flying V 162W
Weight: 95kg
Height: 191cm
Boot: 13US (low profile)
Would you agree that the board’s size is ok?
I’ve found this board fairly available for sale (used) and none other mentioned in this article.
Thanks!!!
Hi Martin
Thanks for your message.
I think the Process Flying V would be a good choice for your specs and as a beginner and the 162 length is a good option too, IMO.
The width (262mm at the waist) is borderline for size 13s. But as long as you ride with a decent angle on your back foot (I say back foot as that’s always on the same or less of an angle as the front foot) – e.g. +15/-15 – and since you have low profile boots, then you should be fine on it. If you ride with a straighter back foot – then it’d be pushing it being too narrow.
Hope this helps
Hi Nathan,
Great page, awesome info. Really appreciate it!!
I am a beginner snowboarder and I am 42 🙂 Better late then ever I guess. I am also quite short @170cm and heavy @ 85kg. Small feet though, so don’t need a wide board. Anyways, I have got a GNU Money board 156cm (GNU Money at GNU) with Union Flite bindings. I don’t thing that rig is working for me. I am having a hard time turning on it consistently with edge catching being a problem. It feels like the board is too long. I have used other shorter rental boards (around 150cm) and felt quite comfortable on them.
So I am thinking of getting Rossignol District, but based on my weight it would have to be a long board again, 159 based on the Rossignol. Would would be a drawback of getting that board in size 151cm? Is it going to be slower (I don’t mind that).
Cheers
M
Hi Jimbo
Thanks for your message.
A few things to consider here.
Firstly, I would put you on a 157cm, generally speaking (it can vary depending on the board and your preference) at an advanced level. However, as a beginner it’s a good idea to go shorter. So, I would usually recommend something between 152 and 154 for you as a beginner. So even though 156 would probably be a good length for that board for you as an advanced rider, I think it’s too long for you as a beginner.
Whilst the Money is something that’s supposed to be relatively catch free, it will be easier to catch an edge if it’s too long. The other thing to consider is that the Money is a Hybrid Rocker (so rocker section between the feet and camber to tip and tail). Some people can find this more catchy. You might be one of them, in which case it would be a good move to switch to either hybrid camber or flat-to-rocker. The District is hybrid camber, so I think that is a good way to go, considering you’ve had difficulty with the Hybrid Rocker with the Money.
Depending on your boot size, the Money 156 might have been too wide for you as well with a 255mm waist width.
In terms of weight recommendations, they are just guidelines, IMO and aren’t something that have to be strictly adhered too. Rossignol are also notorious from what I see, when it comes to having weight recommendations on the light side. That said, going for the 151 would put you well over the weight recommendations for that board. Usually I would recommend to go to the 155 for that board. But since it sounds like you do have a preference for shorter boards, the 151 is an option but there a few things to keep in mind with going to that kind of length and going that much above the weight recommendations.
1. The board will feel softer flexing than what it’s rated as. Since the District is already rated quite soft, it will feel even softer to you on the 151
2. The board will feel slower, like you say, but it will also be less stable at higher speeds if you do start to ride faster, than a longer version would be
3. You’ll get less float in powder, if that’s something you think you’ll encounter
So yeah, I think overall, the 151 will be fine for progressing on – but keep in mind the things above and the fact that as you do improve you are probably likely to want to upgrade from this board in a 151 reasonably quickly. If you’re happy to do that, then I think this is something that you could progress really quickly on.
Just one more thing – if you can let me know your boot size just to make sure that the 151 will be suitable for your boot size. I know it sounds like you won’t need a wide but I like to make sure. Even if you don’t need a wide, just want to make sure that the 248mm will be a suitable waist width to get you on.
Hope this helps
Hi,
Awesome info!!!
My feet are small, size 7 (25 shoe size I believe – I have Salomon Faction). Most likely won’t need a wide board.
One other board from your list I am considering is Rossignol Ciruit (that one would be 150cm). What do you think? Which one is easier to handle and learn on?
Basically, I don’t care if I have to change the board after 1 or 2 seasons. I just want to learn faster and save my butt and knees in the process 🙂 Once I learn I can try going back to my GNU, or will get another board. Oh, and I only ride groomed trails in resorts, etc. No powder, no off piste, no park, no jumping 🙂 Just wanna get down the hill and slowly is not a problem (yet, I hope:)
Cheers
Martin
Hi Martin
Thanks for the extra info. With size 7s, i think the Money was not only too long but also too wide for you – and that extra width would have made it harder for you to apply pressure to the edges (because your feet would have been well inside the edges of the board). This would definitely have made turning more difficult.
So, I think we definitely want to look at something narrower and since you are happy to change the board after a couple of seasons, then going to a length around 150 will be fine. Also, because ideally, you’d probably be on something even narrower (which is hard to find in men’s boards at a length 150+) that going a little shorter (i.e. 150, 151) is fine. I always find that if you have to go a little wider than ideal, then going shorter compensates for that. So with your Money being longer and wider than ideal, it was a bit of a double whammy.
Ideally you’d probably go no wider than a 245mm waist width – but since I think something around a 152 to 154 would be a good length, then going 248mm (as in on the District 151) or 247mm (as in on the Circuit 150) is fine as you are going a bit lower in length. And I am guessing that the hire boards that you’ve been on wouldn’t be too much different in width to that.
A good next phase board, once you outgrow the District or Circuit, would be the Capita Outerspace Living 152 (243mm waist) – you’d be going a little stiffer and adding a bit of length but the width would be more suitable and would be a nice step up.
In terms of the choice between the Circuit and the District, they should both be really easy to progress on – the main difference is that the Circuit is more all-mountain oriented (a bit of a setback stance and more directional), where the District is more freestyle oriented (centered stance, true twin). If you were going to be seeing powder, then I’d recommend the Circuit – but if not then you could go with either one. If you think you want to learn how to ride switch, then the District is going to be easier for doing that.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Picked up a Rossi Circuit, 150. Took it to Italian Alps and had a blast!!! Thanks for the advice. I am progressing on this board quite well. I’ll give my GNU another try in few weeks, but so far I am super happy with what you have recommended.
Thanks again.
Cheers
Martin
Hi Martin
Great to hear! Happy riding!
Hi Nathan,
Thanks so much for writing this guide out! It’s really easy to read and is helping me immensely in my snowboard-buying journey. I’m a beginner snowboarder who went a few times last year and I mostly go to ski resorts in the NJ/PA area. I’m still trying to learn how to carve and definitely don’t have any jumps down yet. I mostly stuck to Green slopes last year and did some Blue slopes.
Yesterday, I went to a small snowboard shop and the owner really pushed for me to get a hybrid snowboard. Are hybrids truly the best snowboards? If so, what’s the best hybrid type for a beginner? Rocker/Camber/Rocker or Camber/Rocker/Camber or Flat to Rocker?
I’m about 6’1″ and 230 lbs. I wear size 10.5 US shoes.
The store owner suggested that I buy the Capita Outerspace Living. Seeing this page, it seems like it might be a good snowboard for me because I’m on the heavier side but I really have no idea. What length snowboard would you recommend for me? I assume I would get a shorter length for the Outerspace specifically since it’s medium flex and I would get longer lengths for other beginner snowboards.
Hi Nick
Thanks for your message.
I would say that generally you would go for something 165 as an advanced rider. As a beginner, something more like between 160 and 162.
I agree that Hybrid is the way to go for beginners. Anything with too much camber will be catchy and anything with too much rocker feels to loose (though is easy to turn). Flat-to-rocker tends to be the easiest profile to ride as a beginner – but Hybrid Camber (Rocker/Camber/Rocker) is also good as long as the camber isn’t too accentuated and as long as there is enough rocker in there for easy turn initiation. Hybrid Rocker (Camber/Rocker/Camber) is also an ok option, again, assuming that there’s enough rocker and not too aggressive for the camber, but I think I prefer flat to rocker and hybrid camber for beginners.
I think the Outerspace Living would be a great option for you – and I think the 160 would be the best size for you. It would also be an appropriate width for 10.5 boots.
It’s not that often the case, but in this case I agree with everything you heard in store!
Generally in terms of length anything 160 to 162.
Generally in terms of width something between 252 and 258 would be the best way to go. If you know your binding angles, then closer to 250 if you ride with something like +15/-15 or anything with a decent angle on the back foot – and closer to 260 if you ride with a straighter back foot (e.g. +15/0).
Hope this helps
Hi Nathan,
Thanks for responding! Really appreciate the help. Do you think that for boots and bindings, I should still get them with a flex of 3-4 (what you recommended for beginners) even though the snowboard has a flex of 5?
Also, is it better to get my bindings as lightweight as possible? I assume that if I pay more for bindings, the main benefit would be less weight.
Hi Nick
For two reasons, I think that going with bindings and boots that are more like a 5/10 flex, is a better for you.
a. because it’s a better flex match to the board, as you mentioned. Going with softer boots and bindings on a stiffer board can mean your not getting as much power transfer to the board as you could be.
b. Same reasoning as with the board, if you’ve got a bit more weight behind you, then you can put more pressure on things like boots and bindings, so something slightly stiffer isn’t going to be as hard to exert pressure on as it would be for someone putting less weight on them, if that makes sense.
You don’t necessarily have to go lightweight – but it is nice. I prefer lighter weight bindings for a couple of reasons, again. Firstly, it can be less fatiguing by the end of the day both with your board on the lift and generally riding. Secondly, I find that a lighter binding makes an overall lighter setup, which can make it subtly easier to do ollies, spins etc.
Typically more expensive bindings do tend to get lighter – but it’s not always the case and that’s not usually all you’re paying extra for. More responsive bindings typically cost more, which usually translates to stiffer bindings. Also, there are other things like nicer ankle and toe straps, more foot-bed cushioning, better ratchets, more adjustability, tool-less adjustability and in some cases (like with Union) a mini-disc that gives bindings better feel. There are a number of other tech things that go into more expensive bindings – but yeah,lightness can be one of the benefits, for sure.
Check out the following for some binding options in a suitable flex range:
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
Hope this helps
Hey Nathan!
Great guides, they help me a lot!
I am struggling with choosing my first snowboard. I’m 6’3 (192cm) with size 11 – 11.5 (45 EU) and I weigh around 207 lbs (could get a little less or more 204 -214). I have the option to choose for the Salomon sight 2016 with the sizes 58W-59-62W-66W the Rossignol Circuit 2017 size 61W or the Rossignol Circuit Wide 2018 61W or 66W.
Or should I not get a wide snowboard? That will give me some more options to choose from but with my foot size I think I need a wide board?
It will basically be my first time snowboarding so I think these boards I found are good for beginners?
Thank you in advance!
Sebastiaan
Amsterdam
Hi Sebastiaan
Based on your specs, I think something around 160 to 162, would be a good length for your first board.
In terms of width, I think to be safe you would want to go at least 258mm at the waist, so yeah that’s going to mean wide boards most of the time. And without knowing binding angles, then I think at least 260mm at the waist would be safest.
So for your options the best choices would be one of the following:
~ Rossignol Circuit 2017 161W
~ Rossignol Circuit 2018 161W
~ Salomon Sight 2016 162W
But given that you should be able to get the Circuit 2017 cheaper than the 2018, I would say it’s between the Circuit 2017 161W and the Sight 162W.
Hope this narrows down your options.
Hi Nathan,
Thanks a lot for your comprehensive guides! They really shed some light on the topic.
I am curious about one thing. I can get DWD’s Wizard Stick with a nice discount and was thinking if it will be also good for a beginner (after 10 days on the slopes). Theoretically, it ticks almost everything you’ve mentioned in your articles.
Hi Marcin
I think I answered this from your other comment. But let me know if you have any other questions.
Hi Nathan,
What do you think about DINOSAURS WILL DIE – WIZARD STICK?
It ticks all the relevant things for a beginner board, but is usually stated as a intermediate one.
Hi Marcin
Thanks for your message. I haven’t ridden the Wizard Stick, so I couldn’t say for sure, but I think it would be fine for a beginner based on specs. But that’s just based on specs and what other say about it. But I have seen it rated as a medium flexin one review. So that would be the only thing, if it’s true flex felt a little stiffer – but if you go by the flex rating by Dinosaurs Will Die, then I think it should be fine as a beginner board.
But I’m not sure of the extent of the camber in the profile – Hybrid Camber is great for a beginner board – but not so much if there’s a lot of camber in there and not much rocker, then it might feel a little aggressive. It doesn’t sound like it’s an overly aggressive board, so my guess would be that it’s a friendly hybrid camber – but I couldn’t say for sure.
Hi Nathan,
I am 1,70 cm and I have 70 – 75 kg. The weight varies from one month to the other. I’ve read some posts about how to choose the right board but I am getting some different info on the length and the width. Can you please help me with that? I am a size 9 / 9.5. Depending on the producer. I don’t have boots yet, but I was looking to buy some Burton Moto. Ow, and I am a beginner. I’ve ridden like 5 times or so, I am just learning the turns. And what board would you recommend? I mean, of course I read the article, but if you’d be able to narrow it down to one, two choices it would be great. It’s my first board and I have no idea what to buy.
And last but not least I want to thank you for your articles. They are gold for beginners like me who have no idea whatsoever about boards or boots, or snowboarding and we try to learn. And the comments section is pretty impressive. I mean, just making time to answer to each and every one makes you a great person.
Thank you!
Cosmin
Hi Cosmin
Thanks for your message.
In terms of length, I would say that around 156cm would be a good size for you as an advanced rider on an all-mountain board. As a beginner it’s a good idea to go a bit shorter though (by 3-5cm), so something around a 151 to 153 would be a good bet for your first board.
In terms of width, I’d say something between 246mm and 252mm at the waist would be ideal – but it does depend on a few things – binding angles being a big one – if you stick with something like +15/-15 angles (which is the most common these days), then you can go narrower than you could with a straighter back foot. With +15/-15 and Burton Boots, even in a 9.5 you should be able to go as low as 245mm. You probably don’t know yet, but if you were going to have a straighter back foot, then something closer to 250mm would be better.
Since you probably aren’t sure of how your style will evolve yet, then going with an all-mountain board (the most versatile) is probably the way to go.
So with all of that in mind, I’d say the following are great options:
For the Fastest Progression
~ K2 Standard 152cm
~ Salomon Sight 153cm; or
~ Rome Mechanic 153cm
For Something that Will Stay with you for longer
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper 152cm
~ YES Typo 152cm
~ Burton Process Flying V 152cm
~ Rossignol Templar 153
If you will experience hard/icy conditions a lot
~ YES Typo 152cm
~ Rossignol Templar 153
Sorry this didn’t narrow it to one or two! But hopefully it narrowed it somewhat and helps with your decision.
Hi Nate,
I am looking to buy my first board. I am 5’11 and Weigh 185 lbs. My boot size is a 10.5-11 US.
Would a Ride Agenda 159 be suitable for me? Or a Salomon Sight 158W? If anything, are there any other boards you would suggest for my size?
Thank you!
Eric
Hi Eric
For your specs, I would say something around a 160cm would be good for you as an advanced rider and for all-mountain riding. As a beginner it’s a good idea to take off 3-5cm (just easier to progress on a shorter board). So I think something around that 156 to 157 mark is probably a good bet.
With 10.5 to 11s. Let’s just say 11s to be on the safe side. Then I would say try to find something with a waist width between 254mm and 260mm, ideally. You could go up to 262mm but I wouldn’t go any lower than 254mm.
With that in mind the 158W for the Salomon Sight is probably ok. Especially if you’re not a complete beginner then this would be a good size. If you’ve only ridden like once, then the 155W might be a better call.
For the Agenda, the sizings have changed for the 2018 model – it sounds like you’re looking at the 2017 model in the 159, which has a 255mm waist width. I think that would be fine width-wise but getting a bit long in terms of the length for you. Even if you were more of an intermediate rider, I would say that the 159 is a bit long, because this board is meant for freestyle riding, which you would size down for anyway. I would say that the 157W would be a better bet – although it’s getting on the wider side. Possibly not an ideal size for the Agenda for you.
But there should be plenty of other options there that fit within the size ranges I mentioned earlier in this comment.
If you’ve only ridden a handful of times, then I would look at something that has a “FAST PROGRESSION” noted on it but if you’ve got a bit more riding time under your belt, then anything from this list should be fine for you. But take a look at the notes on each board to make sure.
Hope this helps and let me know if you have any other questions.
Thank you so much for the help! I just went ahead and purchased Burton boots in 10.5 and they fit just perfect. I know that these boots have shrinkage tech which allows me to comfortably get on a normal width board, so now my options have expanded.
Now, as far as boards go, I found an extremely good deal on the 2017 Salomon Villain in a 155, and the weight range caps off at 190 which I fit into. Once again this would be my first board, but I am planning on riding up at Mammoth sometime this season and possibly making a trip to the Rockies next season. Would this board size be suitable for someone who is trying to carve down the mountain and ease into the park? I am just worried that I may run into some issues if I have to deal with powder. My other option would be a 158.
Thanks again!
Eric
Hi Eric
Awesome that you now have boots! And since you were able to fit into 10.5s and boots with a low profile, then yeah, that means you won’t have to go wide.
Unfortunately, I don’t think the Villain would be that suitable for you. It is a more freestyle board for starters – so for moving into the park, it would be fine, but less suitable for powder and riding faster downhill (once you get there). The other thing is that, even though it’s hybrid camber (with some rocker tip and tail) it’s predominantly camber and not that forgiving a ride. Probably not something I would consider great for beginners. It’s also at a medium flex – which isn’t way off, but in conjunction to the fact that it has a semi-aggressive camber profile, it would be a tricky board to progress on.
I think I would try to look at something all-mountain or all-mountain-freestyle if I was you. You can still take it into the park, but a bit more versatile than a pure park/freestyle board.
Thanks again for your much needed help Nate. Have an excellent day & enjoy your upcoming winter!!
You’re very welcome! Hope you enjoy your winter too!
Sorry, forgot another important question. I have a pair of imperials & cartel bindings they could use but I take it there’s no way those two would would on a beginner board being so much more stiff. What would your preference be for great progression within boots & bindings for a beginner board. If the imperials & cartels would work on a beginner board then I’d love to save the cash. Any help would be great. Thanks Nate
Hi Quin
Yeah, they’re not ideally suited to beginners, I would say that both the Imperials and Cartels would be on the stiffer side of medium (around 6/10 or maybe 6.5/10) so getting a bit stiff for beginners – but if you really wanted to save the cash they’d be survivable.
But if you do go for something else, then something from these lists would be good options:
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
If you’re looking to go Burton again, then the Motos for boots and Customs for bindings would be a good option. But if you wanted to go cheaper, then Invaders for boots, and Freestyle for bindings. Union Flite Pros are best value for money beginner bindings, IMO.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate, going to order a guest beginner board for friends who visit in Whitefish. I am looking for a beginner all-mountain that is a for anyone that weighs between 150-175 with around 11 boot size 254 -256 waist width if possible. Height 5-8 to 5-10. I would say a 156 lengthwise but being a beginner board would like to see if you could find a board around a 153 or 154 if possible. I guess somewhat of a park board that can handle all mountain cruising stability as well or maybe an all mountain deck that can handle some buttering/park. Would like the board to be able to handle some butters if possible. Nothing squirly please, will give me nightmares from my old skate banana. Any list within those specs would be a huge help. Thanks Nate.
Hi Quin
At 5’8 and 150lbs, then something 154 would be the max I’d want to go for a beginner. At 5’10” and 175lbs, then something as low as 153 or 154 would be fine – so I agree, that something around 154cm is a good middle ground to cover that range of riders.
Since you also need something to accommodate 11s, then yeah, looking at around 254mm waist minimum – but again I wouldn’t want to go too much wider than that, for anyone that has shorter feet – as then the board might be getting too wide (and if that same person is already at their upper end for length, then wouldn’t also want them on something really wide). And given that the person with 11s is likely to be a beginner, that they aren’t likely to be really railing their turns – then we can go as narrow as a size 11 would allow – possibly even going a little narrower to 252mm. That’s my take anyway but let me know if you’re thinking differently.
With all that in mind (and wanting something that is all-mountain to all-mountain-freestyle and suitable for a beginner and stable feeling), I think the following would be good options:
~ Rome Mechanic 153 (252mm waist – a little narrower but again, I think a beginner on 11s shouldn’t have an issue with this)
~ Salomon Sight 155W (256mm waist – a little longer than we wanted to go but another option that’s close)
~ Burton Instigator 155 (252mm – again a little longer but a bit narrower which would help for the smaller riders that will be using it)
~ Jones Mountain Twin 155W (258mm waist – a little long/wide than ideal and more intermediate level but doable for beginners)
~ Ride Manic 154W (261mm waist – probably getting a bit too wide, but another one that’s closeish)
~ Niche Aether 153 (254mm waist – probably the most ideal size so far. It’s on the looser side of stable – certainly not majorly loose, nothing near the likes of the Skate Banana (that’s talking super-loose/squirelly) but not quite as stable as the others on this list. Also, it’s more medium flex, than medium soft. Also, not the cheapest option but definitely good size-wise.
Wow! That was a challenge. Don’t think I’ve ever had to recommend a board that was suitable for more than one person before – and it’s difficult to find boards that are that wide at that length – and being not-loose, all-mountain, and suitable for a beginner as well!
Anyway, I think the Rome Mechanic is probably the best option there but hopefully that gives you a few options to mull over. I don’t think there’s anything ideal there. Not saying that it doesn’t exist but just that I didn’t find it. But I think those are all options that will work, you just might have to compromise slightly in one or two areas.
Hi Nate,
Not sure if you’ve been asked this before………….what size board should I go for?
I am 6’2, 95kg, boot size UK12 (Burton Moto’s so more like an 11 so). I have had a couple of lessons indoors in the UK and a week in France with some lessons as well, got on really well but struggled turning on to my heals when I started getting tired. I’m looking for something to last me rather than sell and upgrade after a season or two. I don’t mind spending a few £££ to get something which will see me through some years. Going to be mainly riding in European resorts, not bothered about park.
Main question is what size? A little shorter as I’m a noob? Wide because of my boot size/weight?
Really like the look of the Gnu Gnuru but might but might be too much board for me.
Great site and info for us noobies!!!!
Thanks
Rob
Hi Robert
Thanks for your message.
With UK12s – even with low profile Burton boots, you’ll still need to go for a wide board. Looking at something with at least a 262mm waist width.
In terms of length, I would say something around 160cm to 162cm – and that’s taking off a couple of cms for being a beginner.
I wouldn’t say the Gnuru is strictly a beginner board – but it’s certainly not terrible for a beginner – I’d say a high-end beginner would be fine on it, so you’d probably be ok on it, but not ideal. Only thing is that it’s what I would class as an all-mountain-freestyle board – which is fine, except if you’re not looking to get into freestyle at all, it might make more sense to go for an all-mountain board.
So I think the Rossignol Templar would be a good option – especially if you think you’ll see a lot of hard/icy conditions. The 162W would work for you, I would say.
The Process Flying V would be another great option – also in the 162W. The only thing is that it’s not great in hard/icy conditions. So if you think you’ll see those a bit, then the Templar probably the better option.
The YES Typo 163W is another great all-mountain option for hard/icy conditions. A little longer than the range we were looking at but otherwise a great option.
The Never Summer Snowtrooper 160X is also a great option – and you’d be able to go a little shorter than you would on the Typo – not quite as good in hard/icy conditions as the Typo or Templar but better than the Process Flying V.
The YES Libre 161W is also an option – but it’s pushing it being too narrow for UK12s – so there’d be some risk there.
Hope this helps and gives you some options
Hi Nate,
I’ve just started snowboarding and was looking at getting my first snowboard. I’m looking at the k2 standard but not sure if i need a 155 board wide or standards. I’m 5ft 10 inches tall, 99KG and size 10/11UK.
Thanks Curtis
Hi Curtis
If you were to go with the 155, then you’d need to go for the wide version, whether you end up in UK10 or UK11 boots.
However for your specs, I think something around the 157 to 159 range would be a better length. I would be a little bit dubious having you on the 159W though – as the length combined with the extra width might make it slightly large for you as a beginner. But the 158 (253mm waist width) is probably too narrow for even UK10 and definitely too narrow for UK11. If you do end up on UK11s, then the 159W might be the best bet, though.
You would get away with the 155W, but I think this would be on the small side for you.
Ideally, I’d look at something between 157 and 159, with a waist width of between 258mm and 264mm.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Your website it great it has provided be with a lot of help!
I have read some of the comments above and I am similar to Kieran. I have learnt to snowboard at an indoor slope in the UK and I am pretty confident going down there and started learning basic tricks going very slow like 180 and started trying switch.
I am looking for my first board as I go away in January to Austria. I imagine I will be riding the piste most of the time and I would like to try small kickers in the park. What board could you suggest for me? I am not sure if I should get a beginner board like the Salomon Sight or K2 Standard which I would progress fast on or get something like YES Basic, YES Typo, Yes Libre where it would be a board that would be also good for me as a beginner and I could still use when I get more advance. What do you suggest for me and the type of riding I will be doing?
Also for bindings what do you suggest is a good biding for one these type of boards?
I am 175cm tall and 75kg and size UK 8 (thirtytwo lashed).
Hope to hear from you soon!
Thanks
Josh
Hi Josh
Thanks for your message.
I think you’ve got to weight up what’s more important to you – progressing quickly but having to upgrade boards, or having a slightly slower progression, but having a board that will last you into a more advanced stage. There is unfortunately a trade off there. But that’s not to say that something like the Basic would be a slow progression. It’s still a beginner board – it’s not like learning on a stiff, heavily cambered freeride board!
Some other options as well as the Basic, Typo and Libre, in terms of having a board you can keep for longer term are the Never Summer Snowtrooper, Capita Outerspace Living and the Burton Process Flying V.
In terms of size, I would say 154cm to 156cm, would be a good length for you, at this stage.
For bindings, I would suggest something from either of the following lists.
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
>>Top 5 All Freestyle Bindings
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
Hope this helps
Nate,
Cant thank you enough for all the info on this site, its great! I believe I have my next board narrowed down to the Jones Explorer or the Never Summer Prototype 2, looking for something playful, mostly east coast, like to carve, some jumps, trees, not much park, 6’3 185 this will be my 5th year, consider myself a solid intermediate. I know the proto is more freestyle but it sounds like a lot of fun, also looking for something that is fast and can flat base really well without feeling catchy. Thanks for your help, if you think there’s something that is better to recommend please do. Currently riding a 159 midwide Rossi Templar, its been a good board but seems slow now and not very quick edge to edge. Just bought Adidas Tactical ADV boots and looking at union atlas bindings.
Hi Jim.
I think those would be good choices by the sounds of how you like to ride.
I would categorize the Proto Type 2 as an all-mountain-freestyle board – so yeah, freestyle oriented but can still ride the whole mountain – and still really good for carving.
The Explorer on the other hand I would describe as an all-mountain board, bordering on aggressive all-mountain but something you can still slow own and play around on when you want – and it’s not catchy.
I’d say the biggest differences between the 2 are:
1. The Explorer is a better board in powder
2. The Proto Type 2 is better for jumps and riding switch
3. They’re probably equally as good for carving
4. The Explorer is slightly faster overall, I would say but not by heaps
So the biggest weigh-ups might be between whether you want extra performance for jumps or extra performance for powder, depending on how much you do of either.
For more you can check out my reviews on both boards, if you haven’t already:
~Never Summer Proto Type 2 Review
~Jones Explorer Review
The Tactical ADVs and Union Atlas would be a good match for either.
In terms of sizing, I would say that the following would be good sizes, depending on your boot size.
Proto Type 2: 160 or 161X
Explorer: 162 or 161W
If you let me know your boot size, I can give you my opinion as to whether you should go regular or wide in terms of the width.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Hi Nate
I really appricate your help and advice!
I am a UK size 7.
Is there much difference in between a flat profile and a hybrid like you suggested and what is the best? I am thinking of sticking to a flat as this is what I have been learning on but I am still not sure.
Is there any other boards that you suggest that are flat or hybrid profile that are perfect for all-mountain and freestyle? The YES basic maybe an option now but it is a lot more expensive than the others. I would like a board that I could always improve on, not just get one for me as a beginner then change after one season. I have been learning at an indoor ski slope in the UK and I am confident going down there now.
I am looking of paying around £300 for board and bindings maybe a bit more. Out of these boards I have suggested what do you think is best for me or can you think of a different board that would be better? Also about bindings, is it best to match the brand with the snowboard? I have looked at your best beginner bindings and I am tempted with the Union Flite Pro.
Thank you for your help.
Hi Kieran
Thanks for letting me know your boot size. You should be good on the width of pretty much any board in that 151 to 154 range we discussed.
In terms of profiles, I think you’d be fine on a hybrid profile as long as there was enough rocker going on and that the camber wasn’t too dominant. But if you want to play it safe, then stick to that flat-to-rocker.
The YES Basic would probably be your best bet, in terms of an all-mountain board that can do freestyle well – but also that would last you well into being advanced. The YES Typo would also be a great option for that. But it might be difficult to stay within your price range with them – unless you could find a past season’s model in your size.
Otherwise, the Clash (or Instigator) and the K2 Standard are definitely still options. They’re not going to be as good in terms of when you’re more advanced, is the biggest downside.
The other option, in terms of something that would last would be the Process Flying V but again, the price-tag might not work for you.
In terms of bindings, there’s no need to match brands. The Union Flite Pros would be a good option. The only thing to watch out for is that if you decide on Burton bindings, then make sure you get the “Re:Flex” version rather than the “EST” version, unless you are also buying a Burton board – in which case you could get either “Re:Flex” or “EST”.
Hope this gives you more to go off
Hi Nate,
I tested out the YES Basic 2017 model on the weekend for an hour on an indoor ski slope. I thought it was alright but I felt like I could ride the hire board better, maybe I didn’t have enough time on it to get use to riding it, also I felt like the edges were catching a bit. I can’t test the K2 Standard as it is not in the shop.
I’m un sure if I should buy the YES basic or go with the K2 standard or Burton Clash.
What’s is your advise is the YES basic still my best bet in what I am looking for and I guess I will be fine on it after riding a few more times, it will always feel different on a different board I guess for the first time.
I am going back on the weekend to test other boards and profiles out, I think they have the Burton Instigator so I can compare this with the YES Basic as the Burton Instigator is similar to the Clash and K2 Standard.
Hi Kieran
Great that you got a chance to try out the Basic. Yeah, definitely it takes a bit to get used to a new board. But if you felt it was catching a bit, it might be a safer bet to go with a flat-to-rocker option. You’ll likely outgrow something like the K2 Standard or Burton Clash quicker – but sometimes that’s the sacrifice of quicker progression.
But it’s good that you get a shot at riding the Instigator so you get a chance to see what you feel more comfortable on. If you do feel more at home on the Instigator, then the Clash or Standard might be the better option – just know that you probably will outgrow them a bit quicker.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
I went back on the indoor ski slope yesterday and tested out a few different boards, I could not test out the Burton Instigator as they didn’t have a demo board yet. However I tested out a Bataleon Evil twin which is a camber profile but raised on the contact points but I found this really hard to turn. I then tested out a Slash Spectrum with was a flat profile and I rode this well, I rode this board as it was flat so I could compare it to the K2 Standard. I went back on the YES Basic again and I enjoyed this board now and rode this really well too.
So I think I might purchase the YES basic.
I can get a package with the YES basic 2018 with the Union flite pro bindings for £448 or I could get the K2 standard 2018 with the Union flite pro bindings for £332.
Do you reckon it is worth paying the extra money for the basic?
Also is this the best binding for these boards or could you suggest something better. UK size 8 boot.
Thanks Kieran
Hi Kieran
I think it’s worth going to the YES Basic. Just that, I feel you’ll need to upgrade the from the Standard quicker than you would from the YES Basic, so in the long run, I think it will end up more cost effective.
For the price, the Flite Pros are a great choice for this board. And they are a good match flex-wise. You could upgrade to something like the Union Contact Pro, or K2 Lien FS or something like that, which would also suit the board, but you’re going to be looking at paying more for something like that. So for the money, the Flite Pros are a great option, IMO.
For Union Bindings you’ll want to go with mediums. If you decide to go with a different brand, then you’ll most likely be medium on most brands but in case you do go with another brand, check the link below just to double check, because each brand sizes slightly differently.
>>Snowboard Binding Sizing
Hi Nate,
My YES basic 152 and Union flite pro bindings have arrived and I would like a bit of help with how to set the bindings up on the board.
Firstly with the stance, there is no reference stance on the board to go off. I have done some research and for my height it says to have a stance of 20″, also I have measured from the base of my foot to the knee cap and that is 19″. To have this stance I need to put the bindings in the threaded holes closest to the centre of the board for the front and back foot. Is this what I should do?
Also do I do the same with the back foot binding as the front foot? As put the binding in the same holes as the front as it is a true twin board or should I put a bit of a set back?
Also about the angle of the bindings what do you suggest for all mountain freestyle riding, I think the board that I have been using is +15 and -15 so I think this might be a good place to start. Or should I change the back foot angle?
I’m looking forward to testing out the board and bindings mid week.
Thanks for all your help.
Kieran
Hi Kieran
I think starting with the reference stance of the board and experimenting from there is a good way to go. I think doing a bit of experimenting with width and binding angles is a good idea to try and find that sweet spot. Everyone has a different setup that feels right for them. That said, there is a range that you are likely to feel most comfortable in, depending on your height, style of riding and your board. So we can narrow it down to start with so that experimenting takes less time.
SO yeah, I’d start with reference stance in terms of width. The reference stance for the Basic 152, is 21″. To find this, since it’s not indicated on the board, measure 21″ from the center of the front binding to the center of the back binding. 21″ isn’t too far off for your height and it’s the reference stance for the board, so a good way to go. I’d say you’ll likely be most comfortable with something between 20″ and 21.5″.
Then I would start with +15/-15 angles. This is the most common these days, and a good way to start for this board too, IMO.
Keep the angles the same as you experiment with width. You can experiment with angles once you have the width good.
Once you’ve ridden with 21″ for a while, then move your bindings in one hole and see how that feels. If you preferred it at 21″, go back to 21″ for a bit, then try moving out one hole. If you still preferred 21″ then revert back. If you preferred in one hole, then stay there. If you preferred out one hole then stay there.
The other way to do it, is to take a stance off the board that you think would be the most comfortable for riding, measure that with a tape measure and then setup your bindings as close to that measurement as you can.
Once you have your stance width sorted, then you can also experiment with your binding angles if you like.
The way I would do that is by going to something quite different. E.g. go from +15/-15 and then try +18/-6 or something like that. If you preferred +18/-6, then you could try +15/-9 and see what you preferred. If you still preffered +18/-6, then you could go with something like that or tweak it even more, like trying +18/-9 or something.
If you preferred the +15/-15, then you could try something like +15/-6 – if you still preferred +15/-15, then you could stick with that or tweak further.
Hope this makes sense. But yeah, I reckon a little bit of experimenting is a good idea. Obviously you don’t want to spend too long doing it, but putting a bit of effort in, can you help you to find your best setup.
In terms of setback, I would stick with the centered stance that the board is designed for – unless, you go out on a deep powder day, then you could setback a bit.
Hope you enjoy your new gear!
Hi there,
I am looking for my first snowboard but unsure what to go for. I have done a bit of research and I’m unsure if to get a flat profile or hybrid, I have been currently learning on a flat. I want an all mountain board and something that I can learn some basic freestyle on. I have been looking at maybe a Burton ripcord, clash or a K2 standard.
I am 70kg 5ft 9″. I am currently learning on a 154 board, I have noticed some boards are 155 or 152 what is best size to go for.
Is there any other boards that you could suggest best for me and what profile to go for?
Thanks
Kieran
Hi Kieran
Flat-to-rocker is a nice easy profile to learn on – just don’t go for a completely flat profile – make sure there’s a bit of rocker tip and tail – which is the case for the Clash, Ripcord and K2 Standard, so the profile on them is fine.
Something with camber in it is fine too – but just as long as the camber isn’t too dominant – a heavily cambered board is difficult to learn on. But something with mellow camber, ideally between the feet, and then a reasonable amount of rocker tip and tail.
Note for the Clash that there isn’t a 2018 model, but the Burton Instigator is very similar to what the Clash was – it’s the replacement for the Clash. But there might still be 2017 Clash’s available (in which case you’d be able to get it pretty cheap).
In terms of size I would say a range of 151 to 154 is a good range to look at for you. So, between 152 and 155, I’d say go with 152 – especially since you are looking to learn some freestyle too.
So really anything off this list that’s all-mountain or all-mountain-freestyle with a length between 151 to 154 would be a good bet, which includes the K2 Standard and Burton Clash/Instigator, though the Instigator jumps from 150 to 155, which is annoying.
If you could let me know one more thing, your boot size – just so I can make sure that you’re going to end up on something too narrow or too wide. And that might narrow down the options a bit further too.
Hope this helps
Nate,
I really appriate your help!!
I am a UK size 7.
I tried a camber board before and could not turn at all! I think I should stick to a flat board with rocker towards the nose and tail as that is what I’m use to and been learning on, or do you think a hybrid with not to much camber would be better?
I am looking to pay up to £300 for board and bindings, the Burton Clash seems to be cheap as well as the Ripcord too.
Is there any other boards that you suggest that are an all mountain that I can easily pick up free style on too?
Thanks
Kieran
Hi Nate
I really appricate your help and advice!
I am a UK size 7.
Is there much difference in between a flat profile and a hybrid like you suggested and what is the best? I am thinking of sticking to a flat as this is what I have been learning on but I am still not sure.
Is there any other boards that you suggest that are flat or hybrid profile that are perfect for all-mountain and freestyle? The YES basic maybe an option now but it is a lot more expensive than the others. I would like a board that I could always improve on, not just get one for me as a beginner then change after one season. I have been learning at an indoor ski slope in the UK and I am confident going down there now.
I am looking of paying around £300 for board and bindings maybe a bit more. Out of these boards I have suggested what do you think is best for me or can you think of a different board that would be better? Also about bindings, is it best to match the brand with the snowboard? I have looked at your best beginner bindings and I am tempted with the Union Flite Pro.
Thank you for your help.
Hi!
I would appreciate it if you can help me on selecting the board length.
Since my weight is near the upper limit, I´m not sure which should I choose.
My specs:
Weigh: 78 Kg / 172 lbs
Height: 173 cms
Boot: 10.5 US
Burton Instigator
155: 120-180 lbs. / 54-82 kg
160: 180-260 lbs.+ / 82-118 kg+
Salomon Sight
156: 125-180 lbs
159: 145-200 lbs
Lasr question. I practiced snowboard two times, I can turn but still need more practice and confidence. Flying V is good option if I can afford it, or shoul I better gain confidence with any of the two boards mentioned before?
Thanks,
Marcelo (from Buenos Aires, Argentina)
Hi Marcelo
Thanks for your message.
I would go with one of the two boards you mentioned over the Process Flying V – that’s not to say that you couldn’t start out on the Process Flying V – but I think your progress would be quicker on the Instigator or the Sight. But if you feel like you really don’t want to upgrade after a couple of seasons, then you could go with the Process Flying V – with slightly slower progress.
In terms of size, for your specs, go with.
Instigator: 155cm
Sight: 156cm
Process Flying V: 155cm
For your height and weight and being a beginner, I wouldn’t go any longer than 156cm. That would be the maximum for you at this stage.
Hope this helps with your decision.
It really helps! Thanks much!
I wanted to thank you for all the information shared in different articles, by far the more useful I found.
Thanks Marcelo – and you’re very welcome.
Hi Nate,
Tried to post this yesterday but not sure where it went…hopefully doesn’t appear twice.
Firstly – thank for sharing all the infor on your site. It’s been a really great resource.
I’ve had enough of lucky-dip rentals and I want to get my first board. Been doing loads of research – your site and the comments are a really useful resource. Before I pull the trigger I would really appreciate some advice on (surprise surprise!) which board and what size. Can you help please?
TL:DR: K2 Raygun or Yes Basic for an intermediate rider? 161cm?
My details:
Height: 185cm
Weight: 88-90kg (without gear on)
Boots: 10.5 (US) Nike zoom force 1
Feet: 275mm (L) and 280mm (R)
Stance: regular, between 18/-12 and 15/-15
Stance width: not sure but tend to prefer something a bit wider (23″? maybe a touch more?)
I’ve got around 5 weeks experience and would class myself as a level 4 intermediate based on your guide (plus some off piste experience with an instructor). Usually go to the French alps in spring so will be a mix of all conditions: freshly groomed pistes, hard packed ice, moguls, spring slush and if I’m lucky some powder days.
I’m looking for an all mountain board to build my confidence and progress on. Interested in being able to handle/enjoy whatever terrain I find myself on (I go with a bunch of skiers and tend to work our way around the ski area rather than hitting the same runs all day), developing my carving skills and making the most of the powder days. Not really interested in the park.
On my last trip I rented a K2 raygun (2017 164w) and I loved it. I had spent the first day getting my butt kicked on a f2 respect (think it was also a 164). The f2 was way too stiff for me and didn’t do my progress or confidence any good. Initiating turns on the raygun was far easier and it was pretty forgiving. I felt way more confident to build up my speed and work on learning to carve my turns. Also felt more confident playing around with different techniques (varying pressure through turns, torsional flexing, unweighting/hopping etc). At the end of the week was tempted to buy the board there and then but started doing a bit of research and ended up going round in a few circles…
I’m pretty confident that a raygun would be a good choice for me. It seems to be pretty well regarded and very versatile, both in terms of terrain/conditions and ability levels. But… the Yes Basic also comes highly recommended. From what I can gather the Basic has a better edge hold and would be better on the icy stuff, whereas the Raygun will be better in powder with the setback stance and flat-rocker profile. Sound about right? Would you recommend one over the other based on what I’m looking for? Or something else (Typo, Libre)?
The next tricky bit is the size. It looks like the 164w that I rented would be considered way too big for me. In terms of length for my weight/height I’ve seen lots of advice to size-down and go for something around the 157/158 mark. I didn’t find the 164 particularly cumbersome and would be worried about losing some stability at speed and surface area for powder. I was thinking of the 161 as a happy medium, which ties in with your length guide. Also, I’m assuming I don’t need a wide? I think the raygun has a 153mm waist and the basic is 154 (both 161 length). Does 161 sound right?
Binding wise, thinking of some K2 Indys or Formulas (size L) but open to suggestions.
Many thanks!!
Hi Andrew
Thanks for your message. I moderate all comments, so that’s why the other one hadn’t shown up yet (even though I have good filters, sometimes junk comments get through, so I moderate everything.
I think you’ve done some great research and you’ve come up with some great options.
Since you know you like the Raygun that’s definitely a safe bet but the Basic is also a great option. You’re spot on, IMO, in terms of the Basic being better in icy conditions and the Raygun being better in powder.
Another board you mentioned – the Typo – would also be a great option – you’d get the same great edge-hold in ice as the Basic but a bit more float in powder – maybe not to the extent of the Raygun but close. I’d say Basic 2.5/5 for powder, 3/5 for Typo and 3.5/5 for Raygun.
In terms of size, I think you’re spot on as well. 161cm would be a good size for your ability level and what you like to do. You could go longer once you’re more advanced, and obviously it sounds like you were fine on a 164cm so you could go a little longer even now if you really wanted but I think 161cm is a good bet. I definitely wouldn’t go as low as 157/158 for you.
And yeah, for width, you can generally go for regular width with 10.5s – if you’re looking in that 160+ length range – regular widths usually have at least a 252mm waist width in that length range – but maybe not always – but as long as you don’t go narrower than 252mm at the waist, you should be ok.
So basically, I think you’re on the right track with your research. Which one you go with will depend on whether you value better edge-hold over float in powder – or go for the Typo where you get both – all be it not quite the same in powder.
For bindings, I don’t really have any experience with the Indys or Formulas but based on what I know the Indys would probably be the better bet at this stage, just because the Formulas are quite stiff. If you’re looking for some other options try the following. They should all be in a reasonable flex-range for you. It sounds to me like you’re at a level that you could definitely go with a medium flexing binding – so the all-mountain list is probably the best option. But the beginner list will have cheaper options.
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
>>Top 5 All Freestyle Bindings
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
That’s not to say that you couldn’t go Indy’s or something else, but there are some more options there.
Hope this helps
Thanks Nate – yeah that’s really useful!
Really good to get confirmation on the sizing – will definitely go for a 161.
In terms of boards, being realistic I normally see a lot more ice than powder (but memories of the good powder runs are the ones that stand out more!) so I’m leaning more towards the Yes models.
I think I might have left it a little late to find a good deal on the 2017 Typo here in the UK (and the new one looks like it will be around £380 which is a bit over my budget). I will do some digging though. If I can’t find one at a good price then I will make a final decision between the Basic and Raygun (have seen both for £225 for the 2017s). Again, I’m leaning more towards the Basic for the edge hold on a day to day basis.
Thanks also for the advice on bindings – I will take a look at the guides and then see what’s available
Cheers!
You’re very welcome Andrew.
Let me know what you end up with.
Just ordered the Yes Basic 161! Got a great deal on the 2017 model (£215) which I’m really happy with. Bindings still TBC. Next trip is booked so the long countdown begins…!
Thanks again
Nice work!
Hope you enjoy your new board and the next time you get out on snow!
I was just looking at the bindings I demoed last season – and I have ridden the Formula bindings! Sorry, I demo a lot of gear. But yeah, looking at my notes, I think they would probably be a bit too stiff for what you would want.
Thanks for digging that out! I had a look at the other options and based on reviews/what I can still find from last season I’m considering the following:
Union ST
Union Flite Pro
Burton Custom reflex
K2 Indy
For my first bindings I’m going to stick to the lower end of the price scale. Idea is to get something that will work for now and give me a baseline in terms of what I want from a binding if I want to upgrade in the future.
Got a couple of couple more questions of you don’t mind? First one is do any of those stand out over the others, particularly with the board/boot combo? Second is about sizing – I’m pretty sure I will need a Large in all of them for my 10.5 nikes – does that sound about right? I read that the baseplate on older L/XL unions can overhang the edge on non-wide boards – do i need to worry about that? Many thanks afain!
Hi Andrew
I think any of those would be great choices for the Basic. If I had to choose an order I would say:
1. Burton Custom ReFlex
2. Union Flite Pro
3. Union ST
4. K2 Indy
But they all would be suitable.
In terms of sizing. I think you would get into a Medium for Unions (M/L in past years sizings). They size up to size 11 for mediums. I wear size 10s (not low profile) and I always ride medium Unions. You’ve got half a size up but I think you’d still be fine. I’ve never had Large (or L/XL) on a regular width board so I can’t say for sure about overhang issues with those – but I think you’ll fit mediums if you’re worried about it.
For Burton bindings, their sizings also go up to 11s for medium – but I do know their sizings are based on their boots (which are more low profile than Nike boots were) – so it might be safer to go with large in that case. Again, I test (and prefer) mediums with Burton bindings and I think 10.5s would be fine (even non low profile) but I’d go large to be on the safe side.
For K2s definitely go with Large (their mediums only go up to size 9s).
Thanks again – your advice is much appreciated!
You’re very welcome!
Hi,
I have just booked my 3rd snowboarding trip and I am considering buying a board. I am 5′ 10″ weigh about 85 kg and wear UK size 10 (US 11 – I think) Vans Encore boots.
My first trip I rode a borrowed board- No idea what it was but picked up the basics fairly quickly- linking turns etc but was not that confident at speed.
My second trip I rode a Rome Factory Rocker 155 and was spent quite a bit of time powder in the powder which was great but I suspect I picked up some bad habits in my effort to keep up with my friends and my on piste skills didn’t really improve as much as I would have liked, i.e. still didn’t have confidence at speed. This wasn’t helped by the camber- rocker-camber profile which definitely made the board feel loose on piste but was fun in the powder.
At the moment I am not really that sure what type of riding I will be doing in the future I just want to take a bit of a step back on my next trip spend a bit more time on piste and improve the basics so that I can start picking up a bit more speed and working out what I really enjoy and maybe even think about a few basic tricks.
Based on quite a bit of “Googling” I have narrowed the options down to the much loved Yes Basic, the also pretty highly for beginners Burton Clash and another board which don’t think you have rated that highly but seems to fall somewhere between these 2 spec wise which is the K2 Standard.
It’d be great to get your thoughts on these boards along with which sizes you think I should ride or even possibly other recommendations based on your experience?
Thanks!
Hi Joel
Thanks for your message.
I am actually just in the process of redoing this list for the upcoming season and I am changing a few things and expanding the list to give more options. There are heaps of beginner board options out there and this list is a bit short given the number of good options available.
But that’s not done yet but the boards have been chosen and the K2 Standard is on that list. One of the features of the new list is rating the boards for versatility. Which I haven’t taken into consideration before but is something that a lot of my readers want in a beginner board because they aren’t sure of the direction their riding will take yet (as you have also pointed out!).
So based on what you’re describing I think an all mountain freestyle (which is what the YES Basic is) or an all-mountain board (which is what the K2 Standard and Burton Clash are), and that is suitable for progressing on of course, would be your best bet. Also, because you describe a loose feeling from the Factory Rocker, I think something with Camber or Flat between the bindings would also be a good way to go.
With all that in mind I think that the YES Basic, Burton Clash (which has been re-branded as the Burton instigator for the 2018 model but a similar board but you can probably still find a Burton Clash in a 2017 model), and the K2 Standard would suit your purposes well. Some other options would be:
~ Rossignol Circuit
~ Rome Mechanic
~ YES Libre
~ YES Typo
~ Rossignol Templar
In terms of size. For you I would say something in the range of 157cm to 158cm. And in terms of width try to get a board with a waist width at least 255mm wide but no wider than around 262mm.
Hope this helps and let me know if you have any other questions.
Hi Nate,
somehow I spent the last two nights reading and reading your posts here. I could not stop reading.
Thanks a lot man. You are doing a great job here.
I started snowboarding last winter. Took a course and then went out with a friend and rental equipment. In total I was snowboarding 8 day. Now I decided to get my own equipment.
Five days ago I went to a local shop and bought boots and bindings. But I couldn’t find a board there that I liked.
Boots: Nitro Team TLS in 28.5 Mondo, 10.5 US
Binding: Nitro Zero L
I’m 190cm tall and weight 84kg. My stance is -15, +15.
What snowboard should I get and in which size and width?
The YES Basic seems to be recommended a lot.
I could test my friends Burton Ripcord in 162W and liked it a lot better than all the rental boards I had. But it is a directional and I rote it tail first because we have different front foods.
I would like to have a true Twin since I already riding switch on blue slopes and it is great fun.
I’m not interested in powder, park or backcountry.
Most fun for me is playing around on a blue slope doing different sized turns, getting low and really pressing hard on the edge so I get a single line in the snow.
So what board is best suited for my kind of riding?
Thanks Bernd
Hi Bernd
It sounds to me like an all-mountain-freestyle board would suit you the best. These are always true twins but are good at speed and good for carving which it sounds like something you are into/getting into.
For your height, weight, ability level and preferences, I would go for something around the 160cm-161cm mark.
For your boots, I wouldn’t go any wider than a 260mm waist width but not any narrower than 252mm.
I would also highly recommend the YES Basic for your purposes because it is an all-mountain freestyle ride – but also a great beginner board. If you want to check out some other great all-mountain-freestyle options, check out the link below.
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
But in saying that, the YES Basic has a medium-soft flex (4/10). And it sounds like the boots that you are in are quite stiff (8/10) and the bindings a bit stiffer as well (6/10). Nitro isn’t a brand I demo, so I’m only going off what they are rated as by others, but assuming those flex ratings are accurate, then it might be a better idea to go with a board with a more medium flex (5/10). I try to match flex between gear as much as possible but I still wouldn’t go for a stiffer board than 5/10 for you at this stage, since you are still in the beginner phase – all be it high end beginner already by the sounds of it.
I personally wouldn’t have recommended boots that stiff at this stage but you’ll probably be ok.
Riding the Ripcord backwards was still better than rental boards! That’s awesome. And so true too!
Hope this helps with your search
Hi Nate,
thanks for the quick reply.
I was in the shop for ours trying on shoes. This where the ones that where most comfortable for me. Yes they are quite stiff down at the feet, but in the upper part of the Boot they flex very nicely.
Others are telling me as well that the Basic may be a little bit to soft for me and my setup and I should get a board slightly stiffer. They are pushing me really hard in the direction of the Jones Mountain Twin 161W. What do you think of that?
Has an directional twin any advantages over a TrueTwin for playing around and carving on the slope? They telling me I won’t be happy with a TrueTwin.
(For powder directional should be better but I’m not seeing me riding powder)
The biggest YES Basic I saw that is available here is a 159W. The bigger ones are all sold out.
I’m confused now. Should I get a all-mountain-freestyle board from your list with flex around 5 or an beginner board form your list in 160-161 or even an directional twin all mountain…
Cheers Bernd
Hi Bernd
The Mountain Twin wouldn’t be a bad choice. You’re looking at around a 6/10 flex, there (Jones rate it 7/10 flex but IMO it’s not that stiff). Certainly more than I’d normally recommend for your level of experience – but considering you like to carve, it would be better for that in the long run. The Directional Twin shape won’t be too much of an issue, the Mountain Twin isn’t extremely different from a true twin, but it’s the 20mm setback that will feel a little different for riding switch – but still certainly doable for riding switch – just won’t be as easy (but will be easier riding switch than the Ripcord, apart from the fact that it will be stiffer than the Ripcord).
I don’t think the Mountain Twin would be a bad choice with the rest of your setup. It’s going to be a bit of a steeper learning curve – but I think it’s certainly a board that would suit how your riding style is evolving. If you did, the 161W would be a reasonable size.
Not a board that you would need to upgrade from for a long time – if ever. But something that will be more difficult to start out on. But given the rest of your setup, it’s probably better that you get that slightly stiffer board anyway. Choice is yours, Mountain Twin 161W is doable – or one of the all-mountain-freestylers.
Hope this helps – know it can all get pretty confusing sometimes
Hi Nate,
I looked at your Top 5 All-Mountain-Freestyle list. But all the other boards there where either not available in my size or too expensive.
I ordered the Mountain Twin 161W now. Yeah!
Jones recommended reference stance is 60cm. I will move the front binding 2cm towards the nose so I have a stance width of 62cm and a centered stance.
Is this a good idea or should I stick to the reference stance.
I just noticed you changed the scoring of the Mountain Twin updating from 2017 to 2018. Did the board change from 2018 to 2017?
Thanks a lot for your personal advice and all the snowboarding wisdom here.
Your side is definitely the best one out there.
Thanks Bernd. Appreciate it.
I’ve updated my scores for 2018 boards now. Mountain Twin is a very similar board in 2017 to 2018. There has been a slight tweak to the core, but practically the same board. I just did some tweaks with my scoring system and tweaked some scores in relation to other boards I tested (always trying to perfect and improve the system – I’m a bit of a perfectionist like that!).
You could try centering the board and seeing how that feels. That would certainly improve it for switch riding. The other way you could do it if you wanted to center up is to move the back binding toward the center and have a 58cm stance. That’s how I would center the Mountain Twin. But I’m 183cm, so you’ve got a bit of extra height on me. But I always think it’s a good idea to experiment. So, maybe start with reference, see how that feels and then compare it to centering with a 62cm stance, then compare it centering with a 58cm stance.
Hi Nate,
the Mountain Twin arrived yesterday. Very nice looking board and very light.
I’m very happy. 🙂
I will start with the reference stance and then try out different stance options after I got used to the new board.
On the new board it says factory waxed ready to go. I’m thinking about waxing it before using it the first time. Or is this not necessary?
Thanks again for your help.
Awesome! Love it when new boards arrive!
In terms of waxing, there’s no harm in waxing it but sometimes it’s not necessary – it depends really. I wrote a post about that exact topic a while back – you can check it out at the link below.
~ Should I Wax a New Snowboard?
Hi Nate,
Thank you for this explanation, Helps a lot.
I have been snowboarding for the las 4 years with rented boards and I think its time to buy my own.
Im not exactly a begginer, I can make turns easy. I want to start feeling better gaining some speed and start trying some butter tricks.
So I was wondering wich snowboard, binding and boots I should buy.
thanks!
Hi Guido
I think that I would actually look at an all-mountain-freestyle board for your purposes. These boards will be able to handle more speed than typical beginner boards. They’re usually a little bit stiffer (but still a medium flex – not super-stiff or anything) than a beginner-suitable board but are also still good for learning tricks as well. Check out the link below to get some ideas on good all-mountain-freestyle decks.
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
The YES Basic, which is also on this list, is also an all-mountain-freestyle board – but has a bit of a softer flex than most (helping to make it a really good beginner board also. That slightly softer flex can make it easier to butter on, especially when you’re starting to butter.
In terms of bindings, you’ll want something with good board feel/butterability for your butter tricks but also with decent response so you can be making those turns at speed. So, something from one of the lists below would be a good option. If you go for a medium flex board, I would also go for medium flex bindings – but if you go for a medium-soft flexing board, then medium-soft bindings will be fine.
>>Top 5 All Freestyle Bindings
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
In terms of boots. Again, you’ll want to try to match the flex of the board to the boots as much as possible, so something with a medium flex is probably your best bet.
>>My Top Freestyle (medium flex) Snowboard Boots
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
I’m 5’9″, weigh around 145lb and need size 10 boots, total beginner, went snowboarding once with a friend and used his Ride Helix. It went well all things considered and now I want to buy my own gear for next season (can probably hit the slopes every other week for a day or two). I actually really liked the Helix and was considering getting that, do you think it would be a horrible beginner board?
Also, what length board would suit me? I’m thinking 152-155.
Thanks
Hi Alex
Thanks for your message.
I wouldn’t say definitely no to the Helix but I think there are better boards that you could start out on. The Helix is quite aggressive and has more camber than I would recommend for a beginner and it’s a bit stiffer than I would recommend for a beginner. It wouldn’t be the worst board you could start on but also not the best, IMO.
In terms of size I wouldn’t go as long as 155cm yet – for your specs and because you are just starting out. I think 151 to 153 would be a good range to look at. It’s a bit different depending on the board but generally speaking that’s the range I would look at if I was you. If you did decide to go with the Helix, then the 151cm would be the best bet for you, IMO.
In terms of width for size 10s – anything in the range of 249mm and 255mm would work well in terms of waist width of the board.
If you are looking at something all mountain freestyle like the Helix but want something a bit less aggressive, then you could check out the Capita Outerspace Living or one of the boards on the list at the link below.
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
I think the Outerspace Living or the YES Basic would be the best options out of those. I think for the Outerspace Living you could go up to the 154cm (and I think the shorter boards would be too narrow for you as well) and the YES Basic the 152cm would be a good size for you.
But also the boards on this list are all good options for starting out. If you feel like you want to go ride because you liked the feel of the Helix, then the Agenda could work well. The 152cm would be my pick for you.
Hope this helps and gives you some options
Hi Nate, what board would you recommend for me. I’m 6’2”, about 97kg and take a good 11-12USA shoe size. Was obviously thinking a wide board but am more stumped on the length really – Been told everything from 160-170 in a few shops. I’ve never snow boarded before but really want to learn on something that helps, not hinders me. Cheers Chris
Hi Chris
I definitely wouldn’t go as long as 170cm! One day you might be able to handle a board that big but as a beginner that would be very difficult to ride. I would say that anything from a 160cm to 162cm would be a good range to look at for you.
Length is a really important aspect, especially when you’re starting out. Riding on a board too long can make progress really slow. You also don’t want to go too short for your size but I think that would be a good range to start on.
Other things about the board can also make it easier and harder for a beginner. Things such as the camber profile and the flex of the board have a big bearing too.
Width-wise, assuming you get on a 11.5 snowboard boot, I would look at something that has a waist width no narrower than 258mm and no wider than 265mm. If you got in an 11 you could go a bit narrower and if you end up in a 12 then probably no narrower than 260mm is a safer bet.
Anyway, from this list I think the following would be great options for you.
– Salomon Sight 162W
– Ride Agenda 161W
– Rossignol District 161W
If you wanted further options also check out the following:
~ More Beginner Snowboard Options
Hope this helps
Hi again Nate!
I ride some days with the agenda, and all good, I learn a lot. Then i look a litlle defect in my board, and is possible the sho change for other o retunr the money.
I learn to link toe turns and heel turns in blue/red tracks(not try full red tracks) I move good.
Then one day with a powder night, the tracks are powded, and with the pass of ski people and other, make bumps. In this conditions Is hard to ride, a lot of power on muscles to ride, I try setback, more stance, diferents angles, but I need a lot of power, and with 2 rides, i need to relax.
This is for the board or is normal?
IN this point, I think in another better board, yes basic?
My preferences is groomed tracks, and make some little/medium jumps, carving and run in powder.
What board recomend?
Thanks a lot
Hi Roger
When it comes to uneven bumpy terrain, like you’re describing it’s usually a combination of the snowboard and the technique.
Some snowboards are better at tackling uneven terrain than others, for sure, but without the right technique on uneven terrain you will also have trouble there.
There is a more advanced snowboarding technique called “down un-weighted turns”. These types of turns are better for bumpy terrain. Your best bet to learn them is by taking a lesson and asking a snowboard instructor to teach you but you could also look it up on the internet at first if you want but it will be more effective to actually have someone show you this.
But if you are able to exchange boards and want something that is better in uneven terrain, I think that the YES Basic is better in uneven conditions. So changing boards will help – but if you really want to navigate those types of conditions effectively you’ll also need to work on technique too.
Hope this helps
Thanks Nate,
I stay 3 days of pure snowboard with the ride agenda, i try red tracks, i learn alot, link toe and hell edges, and fun.
Only problems, in a red track with a lot of level and hard snow, if i make link heel to toe, the deck slide a lot, not hold anything.
And the other, in red track tih less level at full speed is to scary, a lot of movements, is any moment is possible die.
THe board now is in the shop. Wait for the company to change or done a solution.
I like a lot and i think learn a lot. And I see all your categories, now i think in the all mountain freestyle category. But i read all.
If the rating are the same for all categories and boards, and f the speed when more high, more stable.
For me in this moment, the important are speed( go fast and stable, without think in die) and hold in hard snow/icy. And i like to learn carving and some freestyle basics, jump, pop, butter and little jibing.
I select this:
Yes Greats:
FACTOR RATING (OUT OF 5) CONTRIBUTION TO FINAL SCORE
Switch: 5.0 20/20
Jumps: 5.0 20/20
Jibbing: 3.0 6/10
Carving: 4.0 8/10
Powder: 2.5 5/10
Speed: 4.0 8/10
Uneven Terrain: 4.0 8/10
Pipe: 4.5 9/10
TOTAL after normalizing
Speed 4 and uneven terrain: 4, good carving, and little powder.
What you think? and whitch size, i have us 10 moto burton.
I need change the bindings??
thanks, and sorry for large story
Sorry: In this comment
“And the other, in red track with less level at full speed is to scary, a lot of movements, is any moment is possible die.”
Is mid day or late day, when the track are so bumpy for skiers/snoboarders
The other option is go to yes basic/typo 152? are cheaper, but i dont know if with speed are scary.
I would say that the Typo and the Basic are better in icy snow than the Greats but the Greats is better at speed.
Hi Roger
Sorry for the late response – I have had a super busy weekend demoing snowboards and then took Monday off for my fiancée’s birthday.
I think the YES Greats would be a good choice. The best size would be the 152cm. It has a 247mm waist width, which is bordering on being too narrow for you. But I think you would just get away with that width. Normally I would say to not go narrower than around 250mm for a size 10 but with Burton’s boots (good reduced footprint technology) I would say you can get away with being a little bit narrower. You could go up to the 154cm board as well if you felt like you wanted something a little bit longer.
You could upgrade the bindings too – at some stage you will probably want to but you could keep them for now as well. The Flite Pros have a medium-soft flex (like you’re agenda had) and the YES Greats has a medium flex. So it’s a little bit stiffer. Whilst I think it’s a good idea to try to match flex roughly, I think their not too different flex-wise so I think you will be ok to start with – you can always upgrade later.
No problem, you need to disconect ?.
And the low cost boards from yes, yes basic yes typo and yes jackpot, i read the good ride stadistics, and are to similar.
Basic more flex, typo, little set back and little more hard in flex, but is possible to put centered to park. And jackpot change the underbite to middlebite, and say is more for freestyle but is stable, and same rate speed/ carve /icy.
I think are tooo similar, a softer flex, maybe better 154?
In the store have jackpot 154, basic 155 and the greats 156
If is the typo, i buy the next year and little more expensive.
Too much information and too much boards hahaha
Hi Roger
Yeah there are a lot to choose from these days for sure!
I think you could go a little longer in the Jackpot and the Basic (154cm and 155cm) but I wouldn’t go as long as 156cm for the Greats for you.
Hi! i’m Roger from Barcelona(Spain) . I need some tips for my buying.
My specs: Height 1.74cm, 63kg without equipment, 43/44 shoe (10 US)
I’m beginner, I only ride 4 times. I like the equipment style groomer, to go fast and carving, sometimes little jumps and powder (This is the idea) And have the same equipment for years, and don’t need to change next season or next next season, if is possible 🙂
I like the ride agenda, but with your chart to search the table size, my perfect size are 155cm,if I’m begginer 3 or 5cm off.
The result is the 152cm ride agenda, but searching on the official website, I insert all heigh, weight,boots and say my ideal board 159 agenda.
Your confirm my 1st size (152) or you thing another for me?
I look for complete the equipment the union flite pro bindings and boots (Vans hi standard (more bigger than moto) or burton moto) depent the windth of the table,no? IF is too thin, is better 156 or 153W?
the windth on riding what change or feeling?
Thanks a lot, and you see correct the all package o you select another bindings/boots?
Hi Roger
I think personally that the 152cm will be the best size for you as a beginner. You could try the 159cm if you wanted but I think that would be a very difficult board to ride at your weight. I think even as an advanced rider that would be too long for you – unless it was a specialist powder board.
I don’t know why the Ride finder comes back with a 159. The only thing I can think of is that the finder deems the 152cm as being too narrow for your boots. The 249mm waist width would be borderline too narrow. I think you could get away with it – but to be on the safe side you could definitely go 153W – that would be way better than the 159, IMO.
If you really want something longer, then the 156cm would be the very longest I would go if I was you.
Long story short:
If you go for the Burton Moto (smaller outersole) then I think the 152cm is the best option. You could also go for the 156cm. In my opinion, the 156 would be harder to learn on – but it would be better in powder and for stability at speed – it might be more suitable in a couple of years – the trade off is that you will progress slower.
If you go for the Vans Hi Standard boots (not as small an outersole as the Motos) then I think the 153W would be the best size.
The width of the 153W will change the feeling somewhat but it will be fine for you boot size. It will give a bit more stability underfoot but can reduce edge-to-edge speed.
In terms of bindings there’s nothing wrong with going for a package – I guess it just depends on the bindings that are part of the package. Union Flite pros are great beginner bindings and will last you for a good while, IMO.
Hope this helps
Thanks for your reply!
The Ride finder only go down in size if I put 56kg, if put down boots or height no change, only with this weight go to 152 board.
I like the 152 idea with Burton Moto boots, but You think no problem with it?
I thing 249 waist and 280mm (feet without boot) +1cm for the boot ( I think). 290cm (feet and boot) – 249mm = 41mm = 4,1 cm
Is 2cm per side, i read your post about board size/boots and you tell the best is 1 cm per side.
The problem in spain is difficult to find the ride agenda, and I need to see in andorra, and 1 shop with the two size (152 and 153w) is more difficult haha.
I thinki to buy first burton moto, later bindings size M (Correct) and later with the two things go to the shops haha 🙂
Thanks a lot, i believe in you
Hi Roger
Yeah I’m not entirely convinced about their finder tool – the size doesn’t adjust for different ability levels. I stuck advanced in there and it comes back with the same size. It also doesn’t account for where you like to ride – powder, groomers, park. When I put park in there it comes back with different boards but the same size as groomers and powder and powder the same as groomers. If I put the height down, it doesn’t adjust. And the weight, like you say, has to go all the way down to 56kg to change – and if you put in 59kg it doesn’t even come back with an Agenda option – not the 156? What weight would you have to be for the 156cm?
Anyway, that’s not important.
In terms of width, 2cm per side is actually perfectly fine. Somewhere between 1cm per side and 2cm per side is ideal.
You could certainly buy the boots and bindings first and take them in to check them on the board if you wanted. This would give you more certainty.
For Burton Moto 10s I agree that M is the best size for Burton bindings. But if you go with a different brand of bindings it could be either M or L. Check out the post below for the different brands binding sizings.
>>Snowboard Binding Sizing
Perfect.
I read Side cut radius, and I understand, tha top plate is little thin than down plate, With this have a little more mm to play with boot, right?
If waist is 149mm, the down plate is possible 150or152 depend the dge , correct?
And the cm for side (about boots) is with down plate reference, no?
Thanks, and I have a clear concept
Hi Roger
If I’m understanding you correctly your saying that the width on the topsheet (top plate) of the board is narrower than it is on the base (down plate) of the board – this is correct. And yes centimeters per side is in reference to the width on the base (down plate). But the waist width measurement is also taken from the base of the board.
I see the ride agenda 2017 152 for 280€ and yes basic 2017 319e
In terms of learning on I think the Ride Agenda is slightly ahead but not by much – but in terms of overall quality of board I think that the Basic is a bit better.
So, if you were willing to pay a little extra, then the Basic is a good option, IMO.
Nate,
Thanks for the reply.
Done, rear end pads added to the list!
I’m 5’9” and wear a 10.5-11 shoe size. (I don’t know how they sized me at the rental shop). Hope that helps.
If you have any others recommendations, please let me know.
Thanks again!
John
Hi John
Thanks for the extra info. I think something between a 155 and 158 would be a good length. In terms of width I wouldn’t want to go narrower than a 254mm waist at this point, not knowing if you will have 10.5 or 11.0 boots. If 10.5 then you could get down to a 252mm waist but I wouldn’t risk that at this stage. But you also don’t want to go too wide – so no more than a 260-261mm waist either.
Keeping all that in mind and your height weight specs:
~ YES Basic 156W (259mm waist)
~ GNU Carbon Credit 156 (254mm waist) – the 156W is quite wide probably a bit too wide for you. You could go up to the 159 but that would be potentially too long – would certainly make it more difficult to ride than the 156.
Some other options (good on ice, good for beginners/intermediate level) would be the following:
~ Niche Aether 156cm (258mm waist)
~ Rossignol Templar Magtek 156W (259mm waist)
~ YES Typo 156W (259mm waist)
Hope this gives you some good options.
Nate,
What can I say other than thank you for your time. I really appreciate it. Coming in cold to the snowboard gig, I don’t know where to turn first.
I am guessing the Wide boards are better for accommodating my weight while keeping it on the short side that will make it easier to maneuver for a rookie like me…right? It’s unlikely I would be able to ride any of these before I buy it. Thanks for the options! I’ll try to some research of my own before I buy. By the way, what’s us with the Aether wiggly sides?
Thanks for all the help! I will let you how it goes.
John
You’re very welcome John.
Going for the wider options is mostly to do with foot-size. Ideally you want your toes to be at the edge of the board and your heels to be right on the edge of the board (this is your feet) naturally that will mean that your boots overhang the edges of the board a little bit. But we don’t want them to overhang too much or you risk toe or heel drag (which will likely cause you to wipe out!).
The widths that I am suggesting is trying to make it so that the boards aren’t too narrow for you (which would lead to excessive overhang) but also aren’t too wide – if the board is too wide then it becomes physically quite hard to initiate a turn and makes turns slower. That extra width does add stability but we want to strike a balance between stability and maneuverability.
Your length is a factor of your height, weight, ability level and (if you’re more advanced) your style of riding. That’s the basis behind my size recommendations. But you are correct that if you were to go wider then shortening up the ride would make up for lost maneuverability of the extra width. But in your case the widths of these boards should be a good fit with your foot length – so you don’t need to make up for lost maneuverability.
The slightly shorter length is mostly to do with being a beginner. It’s easier to ride a shorter board so it’s a good idea to take off a couple of centimeters when you’re starting out.
The wiggly edges on the Aether is what’s called “magne-traction” or their version of it. What this is is basically like a serrated edge and what it does is adds extra contact points to the edges for better grip in hard/icy conditions. A lot of boards use this or something similar – but it’s not as obvious in the pictures. For some reason it’s more obvious in the images of the Niche boards that have it.
Look forward to hearing what you go with
Nate,
Here is an update. I head into the local shop and as you may expect, they have a limited selection of boards and even less boots. One pair that seemed to fit. size 11. The salesman was going on about the reduced footprint. Should this impact my board choice… or should I continue to focus on the wide boards?
The Yes Typo seemed to be sold out everywhere but I did find a Niche Aether.
Thanks Nate in advance for your advice!
Hi John
Even with the low profile boots I think that the boards we looked at are still appropriate. What we looked at were more mid-wide in terms of width. That said, with low profile boots you should be able to get onto something narrower if you needed to – but it doesn’t change your foot size which is what is really important for maximum width. We don’t want your maximum width to be too wide for your feet and we don’t want your minimum width to be too narrow for your boots. So what those low profilers do is stretch your minimum – so you can go narrower but you don’t have too. Your maximum stays where it is. Hope that makes sense.
I would say that your new minimum is around 252mm but your maximum would stay around that 260mm mark.
Anyway, I think the Niche Aether is a good pick. I also find that Niche boards, which are designed to be a little wider, tend to feel narrower than they actually are (not sure how they do that but that’s certainly the way they feel to ride, IMO).
Hope this helps.
Nate,
Update.
I made it back out this weekend. Much better experience. I was linking turns and really enjoying the day. Also paying close attention to the rental equipment. I manages to rent a new pair of size 11 Burton boots. Standing straight up, my toes were crunched. Once in the right position they felt good.
They put me on a 150 Burton and it was rather hard to turn. I really had to swing my hips into each cut. I switched things up to a 155 wide, also a Burton but a little newer and the turning was actually easier. Also on my falls with the 150, my toes were getting jammed because they were over the edge of the board more than an inch.
Typical hard and icy day in the east. I am heading to check out the local dealers who carry a few brands Never Summer being one. Do you have any beginner board recommendations with that manufacturer.
Hi John.
In terms of the boots I wouldn’t say having them crunched when standing normally is ideal – you will be wearing them when not in riding position at times. They should be touching the ends but you also want to be able to walk in them and eat lunch etc. But if it wasn’t uncomfortable outside of riding position then that’s fine.
150 is definitely too small for you – and the waist on a shorter board is usually narrower too – so that board would have also been way too narrow for you (as it sounds like you experienced).
As far as Never Summer goes I wouldn’t say that the Snowtrooper would be the best beginner board option – and the best size for you for that board would be the 157X.
Nate,
At the risk our wearing out my welcome…here I go.
Based on your reviews, I picked up a pair of zx-500 boots (size 11) with the reduced footprint and they feel great. Thank you!
Now on to the board. The vendors in the expanded area have the following available boards.
Capita DOA 156
Niche Aether 153 (on line)
Yes Typo 155 and 158
None of these are a perfect match or true wide boards. I’d appreciate your order of recommendation based on prior posts.
200lbs, 5’9″, and actually improving pretty well for East Coast conditions.
They also have a set of Rodeo bindings in Large for a discounted price.
Thanks for all your time and prior responses, they have served me very well so far…particularly the butt pad!
John
Hi John
You are still very welcome. Glad you are getting good use out of the butt pad. I was very thankful for mine this morning when I wiped out off a box in the park!
In terms of those 3 boards I would probably be leaning towards the Aether and the Typo – for two reasons. The main one being that the DOA is quite an aggressive board and would be a little bit too advanced at this stage, IMO. The other reason being that the Aether and Typo are better in hard/icy conditions. And I think the Typo is the best bet there. The main reason is that I think that the 153cm Aether is probably getting a little bit too short. The 156cm Aether I would have said go for that.
So I think the Typo is the way to go. Great edge-hold in hard and icy conditions and a board that is suitable for beginners but also for more advanced riders once you progress. I would say go for the 155 length at this stage. This does only have a 251mm waist width and usually I would say that this is too narrow for size 11s. However, the reduced footprint on Adidas boots is best in the business at the moment (even better on the 2017 models if you got one of those) so I would say you have the outersole of a size 10. I ride with a size 10 and I find that kind of width is fine and I ride boards with similar widths regularly without issue.
You could go 158cm too but I think that on balance the 155 is the slightly better size for you, especially if you’re just going to be cruising with the kids – as it sounds like it from a previous comment. The 158cm would be better at speed and have more float in powder but it would also be a steeper learning curve and wouldn’t be as easy to slow down and cruise with (it’s a fairly cruisey board anyway so you still could but just not quite as well).
I think Ride Rodeos would work well with your set up and Large is the appropriate size for you.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
I am a beginner snowboarder. The last time I went snowboarding was 7 years ago and I spent a total of 12 days on the snow. I had started linking turns, but wasn’t of course that great.
I have just recently started practicing again at the snow dome and on Dendix at the local dry slope. My first lesson was with a rental board, completely rocker and 151 in length and I had little problems making wide linked turns. I then went to the mountains and due to the icy/rocky conditions and the narrow usable portion of the slopes, I was very afraid of turning on my toes and picking up speed.
I would like to concentrate on my technique and practice at my own pace and I was wondering if my current snowboard is an ok option, or if it would be better to get something else. I am 5″ 9.3′ (176 cm) tall and 150 lbs and I own a 2009 K2 Darkstar 155 (The Good Wood Award winner). It is a standard camber board, I would say medium soft and it has a sintered base. Should I stick with this and practice more at the local dry slope since there is more friction and the board is slower than on real snow, or should I get something easier to maneuver like the Yes Basic, maybe slightly shorter as well?
Thanks a lot.
Vito
Hi Vito
Thanks for your message.
Traditional camber boards aren’t the easiest to learn on – they can be very catchy if your technique isn’t that good yet. I mean all boards used to be that way and people figured it out – but there are better options now. It takes longer to progress and longer to get your confidence if you start on an all camber board (IMO).
The 155cm isn’t too long for you – but ideally as a beginner I’d prefer to see you on something like a 152cm or 153cm give or take.
The medium-soft aspect of the Darkstar is good for beginners but I think all that Camber will make it a slow learner.
You could stick it out on the Darkstar but personally I would get something easier to ride – I think you’ll gave more fun, you’ll progress faster and your confidence will increase at a faster rate. And yeah taking off a couple of centimeters in length won’t hurt either.
Hope this helps
Nate,
Great write up. Thanks for all the insight. Here is a curve ball for you. I am tipping the scales at a healthy 200lbs and just hit 45years old. No crazy tricks for this guy, just cruising with the kiddos. With that in mind I was focusing on the RIde and Yes that you identified in your post. Any further recommendations between the two based on my age and build? FWIW I have a good bit of experience on skis and wakeboard. North east riding in the states so conditions are usually hard pack or ice.
Thanks again
John
One more thing, neither my skiing or wakeboard experience seem to help me whatsoever with snowboarding..lousy and sore, but determined!
John
🙂 Don’t be ashamed to get padded shorts – I did after breaking my tail bone overshooting the landing on a jump – and they’re nice to have even just for confidence if nothing else – and if you’re in icy conditions even little falls can be painful.
Hi John
If I was you I would go for the YES Basic. Just because it is better in icy conditions than the Agenda. It’s the best in those conditions on this list.
In terms of size I am thinking the 158cm just based on weight alone. But height is a factor in length too. So if you could let me know your height and also your boot size (if you don’t have boots yet, then your foot length or shoe size will be ok). With this I can give you a more accurate size recommendation.
Another good beginner suitable board option for those conditions is the GNU Carbon Credit – I can also recommend you a size for that once I get that extra info.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
I’m a beginner snowboarder, currently just learning the basics but I can’t help but think that having my own gear would help me progress, than having to cater for the difference in setup each week when hiring gear at my local snowsports centre..
I ride goofy so either having to readjust bindings, and stance each week.. or just going with the centre stance which isn’t always ideal has caused me some pain in my feet on occasions. Not to mention different types (and length) of board from one week to the next depending on availability doesn’t help much for consistency either.. I figured if I get my own gear, then I can get it set up just right.. and that’s one constant from one week to the next.
So I’ve been looking around for my own first setup and pretty much narrowed my choices down to the Salomon Sight or the K2 Raygun 2107. Though I’m leaning more towards the Raygun at present..
The thing putting me off the Sight just slightly is my weight.. I’m a big guy at around 120KGs and 178cm tall. With Size 10 (UK) Feet. With the sight being soft to medium flex, and only available upto 159cms in standard width I’m not sure if it would be the right board for me?
While the K2 Raygun, is generally stiffer I figured my weight would offset some of that stiffness potentially? It’s also available upto 162cms long which from my reading is more suited to my weight?
Would you say there’s much wrong with my line of thinking?
Oh and I’m looking to screw some K2 Cinch TS bindings to whichever board I go for…
Cheers
In addition to my previous post.. I’ve just been fitted today out with some Thirty Two BOA STW Boots Size 10.5 (UK) today. Now this is going to mean that if I do go with the K2 Cinch TS Binding, I think I’d have to go with Size XL…
Now I’m not sure if this is going to mean I’ll need to go with a wide board…
Hi Stompy
I think your line of thinking is pretty good, to be honest.
You’re right that if your weight is over the weight recommendations for a board that it will soften the feeling of the flex of that board. So I do often recommend beginners who above the weight recommendations to go a step up in flex to medium – because it will actually feel like a medium soft to you.
I think that the Raygun would be a good choice. Everything about the board is suited for a beginner except that it has a medium flex – which is ok but not ideal for a beginner. However, I think the Raygun would feel more like a medium-soft in the size that I would recommend.
I think you will need to go wide and I think the 160W (265mm waist) would be a good size for you. I think lengthwise anything from 160-162cm is good for you and with UK10.5s the 161 would be too narrow.
Having your own gear is great for a number of reasons – but you’ve pointed out perhaps the most important reason – consistency of gear and consistency in sizing everytime you ride. It’s a big advantage.
And yeah for the K2 Cinch TS bindings your best size would be the XL. You may or may not get into the Ls but it’s not worth the risk.
Hope this answers your questions and helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
Thanks for the detailed reply.. it’s great to know I’m am actually absorbing the stuff I’m being told and hearing that I’m generally making the right choices..
Sadly for me though, my local supplier has sold out of.. well pretty much all wides other than the 157W in the Raygun.. so I’m going to have to trawl a few websites and stuff (or wait and hope they get some more in stock). There was a nice discount deal going on at present on the boards/binding packages too… no surprises they’ve been flying off the shelves then.. and all for 0.5 cms worth of comfort on my boots lol!
Thanks again for the pointers.. you site has been a great resource for this learner!
Cheers,
Swampy
You’re very welcome Swampy. Hope you can find something in stock soon.
Hi Nate,
Thank you from me as well for your absolutely fantastic website! I’d like to ask you for advice too, if you have time for me 🙂
So, I live in Germany and I’ve looked up the prices for most of the stuff from your beginners’ list and I’m still a bit confused. The general idea is to buy a board that can last for a relatively long time (so rather beginner – advanced one), so I’m ready to invest a bit more into it, shall it make sense. I’m (rather arbitrary) deciding between the Agenda and the Yes Basic.
Short ‘biographic’ description:
– skill: beginner (probably upper beginner – lower intermediate, one season behind me – but a really intensive one, private lessons etc)
– style: not decided yet. For now probably all-mountain
– height: 175cm
– weight: ~ 65 kg
– shoes size: 40.5 (EU). My last rental Burton boots were however (strangely) size 10
Below you’ll find a list with the current local (Eur) prices for the 2017 models
ride agenda 240
capita horrorscope 280
yes basic 320
burton descendant 240
burton blunt 252
rome artifact rocker 250
rome mechanic 220
rossignol retox 480
slash happy place 320
rome factory rocker 250
k2 standard 230
ride crook 280
rossignol templar 300
I can also pick up the 2016 Ride Agenda for appr. 200 Eur as of now.
I would appreciate your advice enormously!
Kind regards
Dmitriy
Hi Dmitriy
Thanks for your message.
If you’re looking for a board that will last you a long time and think that all-mountain is the way that you are heading then I think the following from that list would be good choices.
~ Rossignol Templar
~ YES Basic
~ K2 Standard
But since you have a season behind you have taken lessons, you are probably pretty close to intermediate level. So I would also suggest the following:
~ Slash Brainstorm
~ Burton Custom Flying V
~ Burton Process Flying V
~ Ride Manic
~ YES Typo
If you’re willing to invest a bit in your board, then maybe the Ride Agenda not so much – just because it’s a freestyle board, so if you want to ride all-mountain it won’t be as good once you’re past the beginner phase.
Also, just out of curiosity – is someone selling the Rossi Retox for €480? That retails for USD$399 – converting that to EUR it should be more like €380 – or was the 4 a typo?
In terms of sizing I would say something between a 152cm and 154cm would work well for you. The shorter end will make it faster to progress on and the longer end will mean that it will be better once you are more advanced – assuming you stick with that all-mountain kind of style – this is generally speaking as sizing does somewhat depend on the particular board too. If you want a sizing recommendation for a particular board, let me know which board you are considering and I can recommend what I think is the best size for you.
Anyway, hope this helps to give you some options.
Hi Nate,
Thank you for a great and detailed reply!
First things first – the pricing in Europe can sometimes be rather strange – so that wasn’t a typo (regarding the Rossi Retox).
So, i’ve looked up your next recommendations:
– slash brainstorm is too expensive (not really avail)
– BURTON PROCESS FLYING V 2ND 2017 — around 350 Eur (what does the 2nd mean?)
– Burton Custom Flying V — around 370 Eur
– Ride Manic 2017 — (!) around 220 Eur
– YES Typo — around 340 Eur
So the Ride Manic looks very lucrative at this price tag, but I’ve read the specs – and it’s a directional board, so I’m a bit uneasy about learning to ride switch (i don’t know whether my fear has any solid ground, though).
Looking forward to your advice, thanks a lot!
I’ve decided to go with the YES Typo (152) and K2 Lien FS (size L) – does that make sense? Also, I’m shopping for the boots now 🙂 any recommendations are enormously welcome, thank you!
Hi Dmitriy
I think that will be a great setup for you. I was leaning towards the Typo for you too. I also think the Lien FS will go well and the L size (for K2 bindings) will work. I think for most bindings you would be better on a medium but for K2s sizings, the L works.
In terms of boots, check out the links below. I think the beginner boots list would be a good place to start but if you wanted to go a bit of a step up, then you could go to the freestyle link too – they’re stated as freestyle but they can definitely be used for all-mountain riding too – they’re just softer flexing all mountain boots than some.
~ My Top 7 Beginner Snowboard Boots
~ My Top 5 Freestyle Snowboard Boots
Hi Dmitriy
You’re very welcome.
I wouldn’t say that the Manic is easy to learn switch on. It’s ok but there are definitely easier boards for switch riding – it’s directional and it’s also got a 20mm setback. The Manic is probably the lowest in terms of quality out of the boards I mentioned (which is probably partly the reason for the low price tag) but it should be fine for a beginner/intermediate rider.
Out of those boards, in terms of riding switch, the Typo and the Process Flying V would be the easiest for switch, with the Custom Flying V in between the Manic and those two.
The other option you could go with (sorry for giving you more options!) is an all-mountain-freestyle board. Will be very easy to ride switch but you sacrifice performance in powder generally speaking – you can definitely still ride them in powder – but they will take more effort than an all mountain board in powder, generally speaking. Some options for all-mountain-freestyle boards that are also good for beginners and at a relatively low price:
~ YES Basic (which was also from your list earlier)
~ Capita Outerspace Living
There are certainly other options but the price goes up a bit after that. But you could also check out the following list.
~ My Top 5 All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
The other thing to save costs to try to look for a 2016 model, if you can find one.
But yeah, if you do want a good all-mountain board that is decent in powder but also for riding switch and also easy to ride switch, then I would say the YES Typo or Burton Process Flying V. Or if you’re not too concerned about having just average powder performance but easy switch riding, then the YES Basic or Capita Outerspace Living. This is narrowing down to the less pricey options. There are other suitable options but the price starts to go up.
Hope this helps to get your decision right.
Awesome, thanks.
So what would you say to the YES Typo (size 152), k2 lien fs (size L) – for my 175 cm height, 65 kg weight (currently :D) and shoe size EU 40.5 ? 🙂
Thank you!
Hey Dmitriy
As per my other comment – I think that’s a really good setup for you. I’ve given you some links to boot options in the other comment too.
Hey Nate,
So, my YES Typo is wating for me at hope in the box – together with the Lien FS 🙂
However, I got a bit scared about the following issue: the YES sizing guideline says :
”
Remember; the traditionally accepted width of boards was established when the average foot size was an US 8 / MONDO 21.5 or an US 9 / MONDO 24.0. Now the bulk of boot sales are a US men’s 10 / MONDO 26.5. Which means anyone riding a regular width board with a size US 10 / MONDO 26.5 is dragging their toes. And if they’re not dragging their toes, then they’re not leaning over on their turns enough and they’re missing out on some fun.
We at YES. encourage you to have fun when you snowboard. We want you to feel joy. Aren’t we awesome?
In conclusion: If you have a size US 10-10.5 / MONDO 26.5-27.5 boot, then please, seriously consider a wide. If you have a size US 11 / MONDO 28.5 boot, do not ever consider anything other than a wide when looking at these “traditional” models.
”
What would you say about that?
Also, I’m a bit at a loss about the sizings, your snowboard width guide also says that 27 cm (which is the same as mondo, as far as I understand) corresponds to EU size 42 – which is strange, as I wear EU 40 – 41 and my measurements yield 26.5 – 27 cm. Anyway, this is at odds with the YES statement (US 10 – 10.5 = 26.5 – 27 mondo).
Could you clarify this bit – and I do hope I don’t have to get a wider board 😀
Thank you a lot!
Hi Dmitriy
I’m not sure where they get their mondo figures from – everywhere else has a US 10 with a 28cm Mondo. YES don’t make boots so I’m not sure.
In terms of the European measurements and how that converts I won’t claim I’m entirely accurate on that conversion. There is conflicting information regarding what an EU converts to in a US size – and also some brands boots are different to others in this regard. My table was using the figures that seemed the most accurate to me.
All that said, assuming that you are in what is the equivalent of a US 9 you won’t have issues with toe drag. I have US size 10s and I’m happy on a 250mm waist (which your Typo has) and don’t drag my toes on a carve. Maybe if you’re getting right down for a euro-carve you might get it – but your average rider isn’t euro-carving!
Basically, all said, I wouldn’t be worried about the width of your Typo – I think it will be just right for you.
I get what they’re saying in that sizing guide (first time I’ve seen that) but there are some discrepancies there (like they’re mondo measurements) and also if this is the case I wonder why their regular width boards aren’t made wider than other brands regular width boards?
Anyway I hope this helps and like I say I really wouldn’t be worried about this at all – your board should be about the perfect width for your boots.
Hello man!, Sorry for my english im spanish!
I want ask to you 2 things, first, im totally begginer snowboarder, i had 2 class with a monitor, and i want buy mi first snowboard.
Im a men with 1.86 cm and 89kg,and mi foot is a 45 EU(29), and i found Sight Salomon 2017 166WIDE with Custom Black Burton for 410 euros all the pack, do you recomendated to me buy this pack?
Its oK 166w for me or i must try with another board more small like salomon pulse 162WIDE.
I boutgh 2 weeks ago SALOMON DIALOGUE WIDE BLACK/AUTOBAHN/GREY 17
thanks A LOT!
I found, the SALOMON PULSE 2017 162WIDE for 210 euros, do you recomendated to me this? o need found one with 158-162 WIDE?
Hi Antonio
I think the 162W would work. Probably the 160 or 158W slightly better but I think the 162W would be ok for you – also refer to my other comment from your last post.
Hi Antonio
I think that the 166W will be too long for you. It will be very hard for you to ride a board that length as a beginner.
The 162W pulse is a better size but I still think you could start on something a little shorter.
Ideally you would start on something around 160cm.
The Salomon Sight and the Salomon Pulse are both good beginner options but I would put you on the following sizes:
Salomon Sight: Either 158W or 162W
Salomon Pulse: Either 158W or 160
I think the Pulse at 160 would be the best length for you – it is a regular width but it has a 256mm waist – assuming that you’re EUR45 boots translate to a US10.5 or 11.0 (which I think they do), then you should be fine on that width. But if you’re worried about them not being wide enough, then the 158W size will be fine and 162W would be the longest you should go.
The Burton Custom bindings are great for beginners so I would definitely recommend them for you. But not the 166W. I think that would be too big for you and make it difficult to learn.
Hope this helps.
Thanks a lot!, people like you just are amazing, thanks for your help!
I think like you, i must go for 158w, but the last question is, Salomon Sight or pulse? Both 158Wide, the diference is 50 euros, sight(250 euros), pulse (200euros)
I prefer that i can learn fast and have board for when i increase a little more my level and dont need buy another borad.
Sorry!. i forget put this!
I found snowboard Burton Clash 2017 160wide, and the money isnt a prob..so
158WIDE SALOMON SIGH
158 W SALOMON PULSE OR
Burton Clash 2017 160 WIDE?
TONS OF THANKS!
You’re very welcome Antonio
If money isn’t a problem, then I’d say that either the Salomon Sight or the Burton Clash are your best options. They will take you further into your progression than the Pulse. And between those 2 I would say that the Clash 160W would be your best – only just, but I think it’s a slightly better size and it will be something that can take you to the next level. But either the Sight or the Clash would be good choices.
Hey Nate,
Thank you for the review. I am completely new in the snowboarding world. And im just reading reviews on beginner boards. I see some boards out there that are on their list but not yours. I live in toronto, canada which is the east coast. Im around 173 but weigh around 90-100kg. Would the burton clash be a good board? Or what would you recommend for my conditions?
Hi Jeffery
There are certainly a number of boards that are good for beginners – and opinions differ as to which the best ones are – these are only 5 that I consider to be good beginner boards but there are more that I would recommend for beginners. For more options see the next link
>>Beginner Snowboard Reviews Catalog Page
In terms of the Clash, I wouldn’t recommend it for you. Whilst, I’ve never ridden East Coast, it does have a reputation for having harder conditions more often than not – and can often have icy snow. The Clash doesn’t have the best edge hold in those types of conditions.
In terms of size, I’d say that you should look for something that’s around 155cm to 157cm. This is based on your height and weight and the fact that you are a beginner. Width is also an important factor – if you can let me know your boot size (or shoe size if you don’t have boots yet) and I can recommend a width range for you as well.
Hope this helps
Hi Nate! I’m looking to surprise my husband with a beginner board. He’s 5’10,175lb,sz 9 boot. Any specific recommendations for a board on icy/man-made/hard packed snow? Thanks for all your input and advice! Much appreciated!!!
Hi Anne
Awesome surprise!
I would definitely go with the YES Basic. A great beginner and really good in hard and icy conditions. For your husband I would get him the 155cm (based on his height/weight/ability level).
If you can’t find the Basic in the 155cm, let me know and I can think about another option that would be suitable – but if you can find that, I say go for it.
Hope this helps.
I definitely appreciate how helpful your reviews have been. It’s incredibly helpful to have your personal response to validate the right choice. Found the yes basic in 155, thank you again!!!
Hey Anne
You’re very welcome, again. Glad that you were able to find the Basic in the 155cm.
I’m also looking at this board, but slightly shorter than Anne’s husband at 5′ 6″ and 130lbs with a size 9 boot. Should I be looking at a slightly shorter board (150?) and if I can’t find this board what are some alternatives? Also, I’ve seen the Burton LTR (learn to ride) boards on sale; any opinion on these boards for a beginner who will mainly spend time learning on man-made snow?
Hi Mike C
In my opinion you should definitely go shorter than 155cm. I would say that something around a 145cm-146cm would be a good size for you as a beginner. The Basic does come in a 146cm, if you can find it in that size, that’s what I would recommend.
I don’t really know much about the Burton LTR except that I think it’s a rental board. So I think you would be better off going for something else. Rental boards, in my experience, are often made to favor durability over other things.
Let me know if you can’t find the Basic in the 146cm and I can look into some alternatives for you.
Hope this helps
Hey Nate.
Thanks for the update! For the Ride Agenda, do you know if the 2017 model differs from the 2016 one?
Thank you for your time!
André
Hi André
Very little difference, between the 2 models. The only thing, as far as I know that’s different is that I think they added their slimewall tech to the sidewalls. This essentially makes the board a little “damper” so absorbs shock better. But that’s the only thing as far as I know. Either way both are equally good as beginner boards.
Hope this helps
Thanks! It really does.
Cheers,
André
You’re very welcome André – hope you enjoy the rest of your season!
Hi Nate,
Thanks so much for this comprehensive list. I’m 6’2″, 220lbs (but looking to be around 205 in a month) goofy-foot with a Men’s Size 11 boot. I’m definitely a beginner to intermediate. Currently I have a Kemper Revolution 163 board with traditional camber I bought back in 2010. When I first started out on the board/boots/binding I rented from the on-site shop I did great. When I got the Kemper board everything got much harder – especially the turns. Not looking to do any park, jumps or speed boarding, just would like to enjoy powder when it’s available and do a bit of carving / turns when it’s not. Would you be able to recommend a board for me? Thanks so much!
Hi Rade
Not surprised that you struggled after getting a trad camber board – very unforgiving to learn on.
From what you describe I think the following would be good options:
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper 162
~ Jones Mountain Twin 162
~ Slash Brainstorm (either 159W or 163W – the 163W would be better in powder but the 159W will be easier to turn/more nimble)
~ Rossignol Templar 162W
These aren’t pure beginner boards – but are pretty easy to turn on but will also perform in powder and when you want to carve. The Brainstorm and Mountain Twin are medium flexing and the Snowtrooper and Templar are medium-soft flexing.
I think any of these would work well for you but I’d be leaning towards the Snowtrooper – just because it’s a nice easy to ride, easy going board but you can also carve on it and it rides pretty well in powder.
For more options also check out my Top 10 All Mountain Snowboard list – I think this is the type of board you will want.
~ Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
Hope this helps
Hi Nate,
Thanks for your advice. I ended up snagging what seems like the last Yes Basic 155 in the US. I called multiple stores and they all said that Yes isn’t sending any more. I just placed an order with Evo in Oregon to ship it up to me (can return it if that’s not the right board, but better to get it before it’s gone).
I spent the weekend in Rossland, BC borrowing my friend’s Jones Mountain Twin 157cm. It’s a nice board and I ended the weekend able to carve some blues and really enjoyed going on uneven terrain and mini jumps. I would like to get more into the uneven terrain / playful jumping. Speed still scares me so I am not worried about going down the mountain the fastest, just want to go down it the funnest 🙂
Also by the end of the weekend it hadn’t snowed at all so it was pretty rock hard, and there were a few times I went to edge basically on ice and the board just totally cut out on me and I wiped it hard. So beginner boards that edge a bit better on hard/icy terrain is nice since that’s kind of how the snow is out here in Seattle a lot of the time (at least lately).
Would you still recommend the Yes Basic? Or might there be a better board recommendation?
Regarding boots/bindings. They worked fine from what I can tell. I’m not sure what to expect if they’re too advanced or too stiff but I was able to work on them for 2 full days. Is there something I should look out for in terms of wanting to replace boots/bindings?
Thank you very much for your time!
Victor
Hi Victor
Glad to hear it sounds like you are progressing nicely!
Mountain Twin is a really nice board so I’m not surprised you liked it. I think you will like the YES Basic as much if not more. If for no other reason than that I think it’s better in icy conditions than the Mountain Twin. The Mountain Twin is good in hard conditions but only ok in icy conditions. I would say that the YES Basic is good in icy conditions, from what I’ve experienced.
Otherwise I think the YES Basic will serve you well and I think it’s a good choice for you. It has some similarities with the Mountain Twin too – it’s got a similar camber profile (both Hybrid Camber) so will have a similar feel. The YES Basic is a little bit softer flexing and is a true twin – and this makes it a little bit more playful and slightly better for uneven terrain (though the Mountain Twin is still good there). It’s also better for riding switch. The Mountain Twin is better in powder and better at speed – but like you say you want to get down the funnest (love that term, by the way) not the fastest – so I think the YES Basic will be even more suited to you.
In terms of boots and bindings, if you feel you’re comfortable on your current setup there may not be a need to change but it’s hard to tell when you have nothing to compare them to. If you do want to change and want something that’s beginner suitable, check out the links below.
Bindings
~ How to Choose Beginner Bindings
~ My Top 5 Beginner Bindings
Boots
~ How to Choose Beginner Boots
~ My Top 5 Beginner Boots
Hope this helps and hope you enjoy your new board – let me know how you get on once you get a chance to ride it.
Nate, you and this article rock! Appreciate all of the insight. Just wanted to get your quick thoughts on the board size for me. I’m 5’10 and 225 with 10.5/11 boot size. Looking at the Agenda it seems my best option is either the 161W or 157W. Being a beginner should I lean towards the shorter version? Thanks for the help!
Hi Spencer
Thanks for your comments and you’re very welcome.
I think that the 157W will be the better length for you for the Agenda as a beginner and also a better width for your boots.
Hi i would like to also add that i owned a burton mission bindings too before i changed to flow nx2 gt hybrid, i did regret after changing as the speed entry was not speedy at all as i have to readjust the strap everytime i put my boots in after a lift ride , probably because of the boots but who knows.
Hi Fandy
First of all with the bindings. I haven’t yet taken to speed entry bindings. I like the idea of them, but they haven’t been my thing in the past. Now I haven’t tried them in a few years so they might have improved them now but I’m not sure.
But besides that, the NX2 GTs probably aren’t the best beginner bindings as they are too stiff for beginners. If possible I would get new bindings as I think that is part of your issue. Check out the link below to get some ideas on some good beginner bindings.
~ My Top 5 Snowboard Bindings for Beginners
For boots, I’m not that familiar with Northwave boots but I think the “tf3” is one of the boot liners they use, so I’m not sure which brand you have so I’m unable to comment as to whether I think they’re suitable or not.
In terms of the board I think that a better length for you would be 155cm-156cm. It’s a good idea to size down as a beginner and it will also help you to initiate your turns more easily.
My only thing with the District is that you would be a good bit above the weight recommendations for the 155cm (which would be your best size in that board, IMO). Whilst those weight recommendations are only guidelines, I don’t like to see people too far above or below them.
For the other boards on this list I would say the following sizes would work:
Ride Agenda: 156cm
Capita Horrorscope: 155cm
Salomon Sight: 156cm
YES Basic: 155cm
Hope this helps. Let me know if you want more options.
Hi Nate , thank you for the reply. What boots do you think will match beginner and the burton customs binding ? I am really leaning towards rossignol as it has the gimmick of easy turning :p , just to confirm so i take it that my size is 155 for rossignol , yes ? thanks !
Hi Fandy
Yes, 155cm would be the best size for the District for you. Just that you will be a good bit above the weight recommendations so the board will likely feel softer flexing than how it’s rated.
Check out the link below to get some ideas for beginner boots.
~ My Top 7 Beginner Snowboard Boots
Hi Nate , finally bought another setup. Salomon sight 156 , union contact binding and vans aura boots. Please tell me that the binding is correct as i cant find any beginner binding according to your list , the same goes with the board as this is the only board available out of all the list you have here.
As for the boots i find that i can actually wiggle my ankle a little when i walk, i was told this is normal as for the case for soft boots, is it true ?
Thanks!
Hi Fandy
Congrats on your new gear!
Union Contacts are certainly suitable as beginner bindings – good choice there.
As a rule of thumb it’s good if your heel only lifts off the bottom of the boot by around 1cm at most. You can only really tell this by feel. A minimal amount of lateral movement is probably acceptable but you wouldn’t want to be able to noticeably move your feet from side to side. Certainly some movement is ok but you don’t want too much.
Hi Nate , you have a really good article and id like to ask some few questions. I am 176cm and 82-85kg and uses 42-43 depends on shoes. I also own a burton custom flying v 158 and a fluc nx2 gt hybrid and northwave tf3 asian fit shoes , what my concerns is that the board is a bit hard for me to initiate turns (i am still learning to link turns correctly) i am able to initiate turns but not as easily as i see people does it so i think this is not yet the correct board for me. Thus i decided to buy a new set of board that is easier for me to progress. I have been eyeing at rossignol district as it seems as the best suited for me , would you recommend me this board and if you do which size ? And what about bindings and boots ? Can i still use my old set or it is better to buy a new set ? If new , which set in particular ? Fyi i mostly do resorts , groomed runs (in resorts) will probably do others when i progress .Thanks for the input , very much appriciated.
Hi Nate,
I’ve made an error with my shoesize. I have size 10, not size 11. You Americans with your difficult sizing systems 😉
I’m still leaning towards the Yes Basic, though. I’m just worried that it’s a little harder to ride than the Rossignol, or is the difference really marginal? And how would you know that you’ve outgrown your snowboard?
The Burton bindings are size ‘L’ which, if I look at the sizing table on the Burton website, should fit my size 10 boots.
Thanks again for taking the time to answer these questions, I really appreciate it.
Hi Sander
In that case you could go with the District – the 159cm District would be a good size for you. Also, the sizes of the other boards will also change. So I would now say:
Yes Basic: 158
Salomon Sight: 159
Capita Horrorscope: 157
Ride Agenda: 159
Rossignol District:159
I’d say that the District would be easier to start out on – but only really marginally so. The YES Basic is a great beginner deck. I think you can just tell when you’ve outgrown a board. Either that or you won’t know until you try a different board and then realize it.
US10.0s will fit a Burton Large binding so you should be fine there. I also wear US10.0s and I prefer Burton Mediums but also fit in Burton Large and that’s me being fussy!
OK, I’m buying the Yes Basic with Burton Moto boots!
Thanks for the advice!!
Good work! Hope you enjoy your setup and have an awesome season!
Hi Nate, first off great article and great responses to everyone’s questions! It’s been super helpful reading all these things. In 2004, I went to a snowboard sale and managed to get a bunch of gear but I only used it for one season. I want to get back into it and relearn and progress. I took my board to the store but they said they would recommend me to just rent because my board is way too stiff and not suitable for a beginner. I have a 2004 156cm Burton Canyon (had no clue when I bought it, just looked pretty), and also 2004 Burton Custom bindings.
I’m 5’9 165. I was wondering if I could re-use my old bindings with a new board or do you recommend new bindings too? Regarding the old 2004 board, is there any future use to it, or has technology gotten so good that I should just sell/get rid of it?
Thanks,
Victor
Hi Victor
Thanks for your message.
Just looking at the specs of the Canyon (not a board I’m familiar with) I agree that it’s too stiff for a beginner. But I disagree about renting. I think you are much better off with your own board.
You could re-use your bindings if they are still in good condition. There have been a lot of technical advances in both boards and bindings over the last 13 years so you would get more out of new bindings – but if the Burton Customs are similar in terms of flex in the 2004 model as they are now, then they will be a suitable beginner binding.
I think you are better off trying to sell the 2004 Canyon, if you can. If not you could always try it out again once you are more advanced – who knows it might be a fun board to experiment with. But to be honest it’s not likely to perform like modern boards do.
In terms of size for you, based on your height/weight and the fact that you are a beginner, I would go for something that is between 153cm and 155cm.
Hope this helps
Oops, sorry if this was a double reply, but I am not sure if it went through. My friend has a 2014 Mountain Twin 157cm that he can let me borrow and I was wondering if that would be okay, or if I would just rent until I procure my own board. I missed all the sales so I’m scavenging around for a used Horrorscope or Yes Basic.
Between the two, if I do not plan on hitting up the park, and just doing groomed/powder runs would you lean more towards the Yes Basic?
Regarding re-using my bindings, the old 2004 bindings are pretty stiff. Your article mentioned that you should treat beginner bindings like beginner boards, and the 2016 bindings at the store were so much more soft/flexy. New bindings also means new boots as I think boot profiles are much slimmer today too is what the store said.
Thank you again for all your help. I have a ski trip planned this weekend and all my procrastination kind of left me in this temporary set of rushed decisions.
Hi Victor
The Mountain Twin is a better board for starting out than the Burton Canyon – but I think the 157cm is a bit long for you at this point. So perhaps it’s better to rent in the meantime until you get your own board.
The YES Basic will be more suitable for groomers once you’re passed the beginner stage – so yeah, if you’re not planning to ever progress into the park, then the Basic would be the better choice, IMO.
Definitely beginner bindings should also not be too stiff – so if your bindings feel really stiff, then I’d get something new.
In terms of boots – boots are definitely getting more and more low profile these days. But that doesn’t necessarily mean that they won’t fit into current bindings. If you get the opportunity you could try out the new bindings with your boots and see if they will be suitable. Assuming your boots are suitable as they are – again, for progressing from the beginner phase you don’t want your boots to be too stiff – and at any level you want to make sure they fit right.
Thanks again Nate. One last question! I’m having a terribly hard time finding a Basic in stock at 155. Just to have a little more selection, would the Typo work, or is it too stiff you think for a beginner?
Thanks,
Victor
Hi Victor
There’s a 155 at the link below (if you are in the US).
>>YES Basic at evo
The Typo is also a really good beginner option. Not quite as good to learn on as the Basic – but pretty close. If you can find the Typo and not the Basic, that’s certainly an option.
Thanks so much for this! I’ve been looking to get into snowboarding and there are just so many options. Reading this and the explanation what the difference is between the different snowboard types has helped me so much.
Seeing as I live in Holland the stores here aren’t as experienced with their own stock. I just came back from a store where they tried to sell me a Bataleon Omni (which is a beautifull board, it just isn’t for a true beginner).
One question though. I’m 1,87 cm and weigh 85 kg. My bootsize is 11.5 (US). How long should my board be? I’ve read somewhere between 159 and 162..Would you recommend a shorter board over a longer, for stability?
Thanks in advance for your answer. And keep up the good work, your site is the only one I’ve read with such clear information. As we say in Holland ‘I couldn’t see the trees in the forest anymore’ There’s just so much information so it’s refreshing to read a article with all the information I needed.
Hi Sander
Thanks for your message. Glad that you are finding the site helpful. I agree that the Bataleon Omni is not suitable as a beginner board.
In terms of size for you, I would say 158cm to 160cm as a beginner. It’s a good idea to get a slightly smaller board as a beginner because it makes it easy to maneuver the board and learn to turn. Longer length will give you more stability at speed but it sacrifices maneuverability and it will be harder to turn on.
With 11.5US boots you want to look at something that is roughly between 257mm and 264mm waist width.
From this list I would say your best sizes are as follows:
Yes Basic: 159W
Salomon Sight: 158W
Capita Horrorscope: 157W
Ride Agenda: 157W
Rossignol District: not really a suitable size there IMO
Hope this helps with your decision on sizing
Hi Nate,
Thanks for the reply!
Too bad the Rossignol District isn’t an option, from what I’ve read on your site and the internet it is a very good beginner board. Plus I could get last year’s model really cheap. But I’m guessing my big feet won’t fit the board?
From the other board’s I’m leaning towards the Salomon because of the price. But I’m also really liking the Yes Basic. It’s the most expensive, but from what I understand of your review it’s a board that’s not only suitable for a beginner, but also for the intermediate. Does that make a less choice for a beginner, or is the difference not really that big?
One other question; A friend of mine gave me his Burton Mission bindings (from 2006). Reading your comments these are also suitable bindings for a beginner. Does this also apply to the bindings from 2006? Or has much changed in the last 10 years?
Hi Sander
Yeah, the only thing is that the two sizes of District that would be wide enough for your boots would be the 156W and the 161W. I think that the 156W would be a bit too short for you and the 161W would be slightly too long for you as a beginner.
If you really want to go with the District and had to choose one of those sizes I would say the 161W but I think that’s just slightly too long.
The YES Basic is a really good choice for beginners – the fact that it’s also good for more advanced riders doesn’t take away it’s suitability as a beginner board in this case.
Bindings have come a long way in 10 years – but that’s not to say that they wouldn’t be suitable. I think they would do the job as long as they’re still in good condition and they’re an appropriate size for you. If you’re not sure whether they are the right size for you or not, let me know what size they are and I can give you my opinion.
Nate – I appreciate you taking the time to reply. I am 5′ 7” 170 lbs and I am looking for a good beginner board that I won’t need to upgrade after a month. I am also curious what size board you recommend. I have looked at the Clash and Ripcord along with the Ride Agenda.
Thanks
Hi John
I would say that the Clash is a decent option as is the Agenda. I wouldn’t go with the Ripcord though. The YES Basic is also another great option if you’re looking for a board that can stay with you for a long time. In terms of sizing I would say:
YES Basic: 155cm
Ride Agenda: 156cm
Burton Clash: 155cm
Burton Ripcord: 154cm
Hope this helps
Thanks for the feedback. Between the Yes Basic and the Agenda, which one would you recommend based simply on the board? Also, what pair of bindings would match up well with a board at this level?
Thanks
Hi John
I would recommend the YES Basic over the Agenda in terms of the board. The Agenda is slightly more ideally suited to a beginner – but not by that much really – and if you take beginner out of the equation, the Basic is a better board, IMO.
In terms of bindings, check out the link below for some beginner binding options.
~ My Top 5 Beginner Bindings
If you are looking for something high quality but also suitable for a beginner, then I would also recommend the following outside of that list (that list takes price into account also):
~ Union Contact Pro
~ Flux RII
~ Burton Mission
~ Ride Rodeo
~ Salomon District
Hope this gives you some options to look at.
hiiiii
my weight is 220lb and my height is 191 cm.
i am beginner.
i want to buy rossignol district 2017 size 161w
i worrying about board size due to the rossignol size chart.
please recommend me.
Hi Mili
I wouldn’t always follow weight recommendations and Rossi’s recommendations are usually on the light side. However, in this case you are quite a bit over their recommendations so to play it safe, I would say that the District probably isn’t the best option.
There isn’t much between the boards on this list so the number 1 isn’t necessarily the best for you – especially if it doesn’t come in the best size for you.
That’s not to say a definite no to the District but I think it would be wiser to look at other options.
I would say that the Salomon Sight 162W and the Ride Agenda 161W would be better bets. You can also check out the link below if you want to research more options.
~ Beginner Snowboards Ratings Catalog
Hope this helps
thank you for reply.
so i want snowboard with this specs
1.beginner board
2.hybrid chamber(rocker.chamber.rocker)
3.soft or medium soft
right??
so please recommend me
2015_2016_2017 board
Hi Mili
If you can find a 2015 or 2016 model of a board and get it cheap it’s often a good idea to go for them. Though it depends on the board because some boards will have changed quite a bit from year to year – but some boards will be fairly similar.
A beginner board with a hybrid camber profile and medium-soft flex is a good choice but it’s also important that it’s a certain type of hybrid camber – if there’s too much camber or if the camber is too high, then the board can become too aggressive for beginners – so yes to Hybrid Camber but not all Hybrid Camber boards are suitable. A flat to rocker profile and certain Hybrid Rocker profiles are also good for beginners.
From this list I’d say that the Salomon Sight 162W (Hybrid Camber) and the Ride Agenda 161W (Flat-to-rocker) are your best options.
53,104 kg.,31,5 bo0t size,absolute beginner(only ski)living in europe.Your advice for a good board?
Hi Radu
Can you confirm your height and weight – I am a bit confused by the 53,104 kg. Is it 5’3″ and 104 kg or 53.104kg. If you can confirm your height/weight for me, then I can recommend a board/size for you.
Hi Nate. Thanks so much for putting this list together. I went to South Lake Tahoe this past weekend for my first snowboarding trip and got hooked. Even though I’m very much a beginner, I’d like to buy my first board instead of renting from here on out. I’m 6.0 and 170 pounds with a size 12 boot (Just bought some K2 Maysis boots). Of your top 5 beginner snowboards, which would you recommend for me? With my shoe size, I know that I’ll have to go with a wide board.
Thanks so much Nate. You rock!
Hi Michael
Great move getting your own board – will definitely help with your progress.
Yes you should go for a wide with size 12 boots.
From this list I would say the following sizes would be your best bet:
Basic: 156W
Sight: 158W
Horrorscope: 157
Agenda: 157W
District: 156W
I think that the Agenda and the District have the best size options for you, so I would go with one of those. Any of these boards would be suitable so picking the one with the best size is your best bet. I think the sight 158W is a little bit long and the Horrorscope 157 and Basic 156W are potentially too narrow. The Agenda and the District are a good length and width for you.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hi Nate,
Your article is great!! Thank you!! I am a beginner and I’m planning to buy a snowboard for take my firsts rides… I would like some advices… The rossignol district was the one I most like… but I’m in doubt beacuse of my size I’m 6’00 Height and weigh 210 pounds (95kg) and my foot size 10.5US Any advise?
Could you please recommend a board and size ?
Thank you for your time!
Hi Gabriel
For you I’d say a good size, generally speaking would be anything from a 157 to 159. The District 159cm would be the best size for you for the district. With size 10.5 boots you don’t need to and shouldn’t go for a wide. Anything between a 252mm and 258mm waist width would be ideal.
You are above Rossi’s weight recommendations for that board but Rossi’s weight recommendations do tend to be on the light side.
If you are worried about being too far above those weight recommendations, these are what I think would be good sizes on this list:
YES Basic: 158cm
Salomon Sight: I would say the 159 but I think the 250mm waist width is just a little bit too narrow
Capita Horrorscope: 157cm
Ride Agenda: 159cm
Any of these boards would make great beginner boards for you – the only one I probably wouldn’t go for is the Salomon Sight since it doesn’t come in a size that would be appropriate for you.
If you’d like more options you can check out my catalog of beginner snowboards at the link below.
>>Beginner Snowboards Catalog Page
That will give you 10 other options that would also be suitable (if they have an appropriate size for you). If you pick one of the other ones and aren’t sure on the best size, let me know and I can recommend a size.
Hey Nate,
Buying the right equipment and getting into snowboard as a beginner can be overwhelming. Your website is a great source of information.
I appreciate your feedback and help. I decided to go with the Ride Agenda 157W with bindings Ride LX (it was part of snowboard set deal, €415 ) and Thirty Two 86ft boots size 29.
Do you think I made a bad choice with the LX bindings?
I am still able to return my purchase.
Thanks in advance.
Hi Andrew
I would say the Ride LX will be fine for you. They aren’t on this list but they are still good as beginner bindings. I wouldn’t go to the trouble of sending them back. I think they will do the job just fine. I think that set up all round will be a good combination for progressing from a beginner to intermediate level.
Hope you have an awesome season in Austria!
Thanks for all your support! You have made buying my first snowboard a cool experience.
All the best!
Hi Nate,
Your articles are great. I am planning on spending the ski season in Austria (Sölden) and would like some advise for buying my first snowboard. Following your article “The Best Beginner Snowboard Boots”, I am trying to decide between the Burton Moto’s size 29 (44.5 US) because they have a good rating on the reduced footprint and the Thirty Two 86FT. Any advise?
As the snowboards I really like the Ride Agenda and Rossignol District. My weight is 170 lbs, my height is 6′ and shoe size 29 mondo.
Could you please recommend a board and size ?
Hi Andrew
Thanks for your message.
I think a good length range in general for you would be somewhere between 155cm and 157cm, if possible, though it does depend (somewhat) on the particular board.
For the Agenda I would go with the 157W
For the District I would go with 156W
I think that the District is (only just) the better size so that might help with your decision – but it’s only just.
Both the Motos and 86FT make great beginner boots. If you were to go with the Moto you might be able to fit onto the Agenda 156 because of that reduced footprint. No guarantees though. Your safer bet would still be the 157W for the Agenda. For the District I would stick with the 156W regardless.
Hope this helps with your decision
It does. I will go for last years (2016) Ride Agenda 157W.
Your articles are awesome! This ought to be one of the best websites for getting info on snowboard gear. Great job!
Could you recommend a pair of bindings?
I was thinking maybe Union DLX, Ride EX or Ride LX. Any personal favorites?
Thanks again for your help.
Thanks Andrew!
I never tested the Union DLX but Union are very consistent across their line and even their lower end bindings tend to be good quality – but I couldn’t say for sure for the DLX. Looking at their specs though I think they’d make decent beginner bindings.
The Ride EX and LX are also both decent beginner bindings with the EX probably being the better beginner bindings overall but the LX being cheaper.
If you’re looking for Union bindings and want something that’s at a really good price and also really well suited to beginners, then I’d look at the Union Flite Pros. Also check out my top 5 beginner bindings at the link below.
>>Top 5 Men’s Beginner Snowboard Bindings
Thanks Nate!
Is it true that one of the disadvantages of the Flat to Rocker shape, is that you don’t have any spring out of the turn, no camber to give you that flex out of the turn and spring out of it?
Not sure which shape (flat to rocker or hybrid camber) provides the best experience as a beginner wanting to progress to an intermediate level?
Could you recommend a beginner board that fit my height (6’0), weight ( 170lbs) and shoes size (44.5 US), the salomon sight, ride agenda and rossignol district?
Thanks in advance.
Hi Andrew
Yeah you definitely get more spring out of a turn with Camber in there. Not usually something that beginners need or are looking for but if it’s something that you’re after, then the Hybrid Camber will be your better bet. In that case the Sight or the District but here are what sizes I would go for for the 3 you mentioned.
Sight: 155W or 158W (if you were an absolute beginner maybe 155W would be best but if you’re closer to intermediate then the 158W would be fine)
Agenda: 157W
District: 156W (Rossi have notoriously light weight recommendations. By their recommendations you’d be on the 161W but that’s definitely too long for you at this stage.
Hope this answers your questions
Hi Nate
Thank you for the great articles! It is super helpful for beginners like myself.
I’m choosing my first set and using your guides as a base.
Salomon Sight was one of the options I’m considering and I found it in our local SKI/Snowboard store, but 2016 model for the really good price. Few sites where I found this model basically not showing any difference, except design, but maybe I’m missing something (btw they all showing that both models have hybrid camber profile, maybe you have a typo)
The size I found is 156 and I’m 160lb 6′ . Is it going to be good for me ?
Hi Jay
Yes that’s definitely a typo! Have fixed it now. Thanks for pointing that out.
The 156 is a good size for you. That’s the size I would have picked for you. 2016 model is perfectly fine too. Basically the same board.
Nate great list!!!
A couple questions:
1) I am 6 ft 4 inches. What size board should I get for my first snow board?
2) I see some of last years models on the internet at reduced prices are the 2016 and 2017 models the same on the Ride Agenda and Yes Basic?
Hi Tyler
The YES Basic 2017 model is the same as the 2016 model and the Agenda is the same or virtually the same.
In order to recommend a size can you also give me your weight. Your weight is the most important factor for sizing.
Hi Nate,
Great article! I have two questions,
1) I weight around 220lb (110kgs) and went to a store where they actually do have the Agenda, would you still recommend me the Rossignol or not because of the weight?
2) on that store iI also saw the Raygun (k2) and Clash (Burton) for begginers…..how come they didn’t make the top 5? (just for curiosity, going to buy my first snowboard ever and want to have all the info as possible before making my final decision).
Hi Asis
Thanks for your message.
Sizing the board correctly is probably the most important thing – so I wouldn’t recommend the Rossi District for you because it doesn’t really cater to your weight. Out of those 2 the Agenda would be the better option. The Salomon sight might come in a better size for you as well.
The Raygun and the Clash are on the list but they just didn’t make the top 5. The Raygun didn’t make it because it’s slightly stiffer than the ideal beginner board and the Clash didn’t make it mostly because it has quite a bit of setback stance (that doesn’t make it unsuitable as a beginner board but just not as ideal as the ones on this list).
That said, flex is also a factor of weight – so if you weight more than the recommended weight for a board, then the flex of that board is going to feel softer than what that board is labelled as. So for example the Raygun 159 is recommended for 150-210lbs and has a medium flex. At 220lbs it might make that flex feel more like a medium-soft flex – which would be better for you as a beginner.
So I can more accurately recommend a board can you let me know your boot size and height as well and then I can get back to with what I think would be your best choice.
Wow, all of this is amazing! I really appreciate all the insight you are providing me and your time as well. My height is 6′ and shoe size is 13 mostly (in some brands I am 12, although I do have wide feet).
You’re very welcome.
Thanks for the extra info. For starters you’ll definitely need to go for a wide or mid-wide board. A regular width will be too narrow.
A standard length for you (if you were an advanced rider) would be around 162cm to 164cm. However, because you are a beginner a board that long would be too difficult to ride. So you should be looking at taking at least 3cm and up to 5 or 6cm off that length. So I think that your best length range to look at for your first board is 157 to 160. But we also want to take the weight recommendations (when available of each individual board.
Given all of that I would recommend the following boards and sizes:
>>Ride Agenda 157W
>>K2 Raygun 157W
>>Rome Mechanic 157MW
>>Slash Happy Place 159W
I haven’t included the Clash in there just because I think it’s a bit far off in terms of weight recommendations – it would likely be fine but I think there are better options above. If you really did want the Clash then go with the 160W.
Nate you are the best! I like how you consider every single detail! Just one last question, lets say I would like to save some $$$, any snowboard from previous year(s) that would also be very good for beginners?
Hey Asis
Any of the boards I mentioned haven’t changed a whole lot from last year’s model, so you could definitely go for any of those in a past season model. If there are any other past season models that you like the look of and like the price of, let me know what you’re looking at and I can recommend a size and also whether or not I think they’d be suitable for a beginner.
Hi Nate, thanks a lot for your kind reply !!!!!
He already has Burton boots 11.5 (the available boards are wide)
He’s 180 cm. tall and his weight is 65 Kg.
The Salomon is directional twin with camber, the Drake DF3 is flat and true twin.
I think that tha rocker-camber-rocker of Salomon is better for learning and doing carving in the future, but I’m not sure…
Perhaps is the same and it’s better to buy the flat and true twin Drake.
The prices are :
Salomon Sight 192 euro
Drake DF3 180 euro
Ciao
Marco
Hey Marco
Good idea to go for a wide with those boots. In terms of length I’d say something around a 154 to 156 would be the best length for him at this stage. So hopefully there’s an option around that. The 155W Salomon Sight would be a great fit, in my opinion.
The Sight would definitely be the better option for the likes of carving in the future. If you think he’s likely to be more of an all mountain rider. But I’d go with one of the others if there’s a better fit size-wise. That’s more important as a beginner.
I think the Drake has a 155W and the Nitro has a 156W. I think those sizes are your best bets.
Sight – 155W
DF3 – 155W
Prime – 156W
The Prime is no more available…
The Sight 155W and the DF3 155W are available.
So, I think to buy the Sight !
I’ve noticed that the Sight has 6 couples of holes on the nose and only 5 on the tail, why ? How to find the simmetrical position for the bindings ?
Sorry for this noobie question…
Hey Marco
Good spotting! I only just noticed it only has 5 sets of holes at the back. The sight is designed with a small setback (10mm) so you should set it up so that it’s 10mm closer to the tail than it is to the nose.
So you’ll need to find your stance width first. I find it’s always good to try the recommended stance of a snowboard first – which is 565mm on the Sight – which is most likely the middle set on the front holes and middle set on the back holes. Measure from center of front bindings to center of back bindings for that 565mm. If you choose a 565mm stance width, then the center of the front binding should be 497.5mm from the nose of the board and the center of the back binding should be 487.5mm from the tail.
Hope this makes sense but let me know if you need it explained further.
If he doesn’t like the reference stance he could find a different stance widht – for help to find your stance width, check out the link below.
>>Choosing the best snowboard stance setup
Hi Nate !
we are buying a deck, gift for our friend, he is a beginner.
Due to a good discount we have to choose one of these decks:
DRAKE DF3 2016 or SALOMON SIGHT 2016 or NITRO PRIME 2016.
Your opinion will be very helpful for us…
Thank you very much !
Bye
Marco
Hey Marco
I don’t know Drake boards very well but with a quick look at the stats it looks like it would make a good beginner deck – same for the Nitro Prime. The Salomon Sight is also a great beginner deck – it would have made this list if it was a top 10. You can’t really go wrong with any of those boards for a beginner by the looks of it. That said I’m not that familiar with the Drake and Nitro decks.
Size is also important. If you were able to let me know your friends rough weight and height I could recommend the best size for him – and that might narrow down your choice, depending on what sizes are available for the discount.
Buying your friend a snowboard – now that’s what I call good friends!
Hi Nate,
I’m just entered the snowboard wordl. I’ve seen your posts about choosing the right beginer board. Looking around i’ve seen the Salomon Sight 2016 for a very good price and it has the most important requisits for beginer board (rocker-camber-rocker and a medium-soft flex). I would like to know your opinion for this board for a beginer.
Sorry for my english, i’m from Spain.
Thanks for this page and for your time,
Ric
Hi Ricardo
Thanks for your message. Your English is fine!
I think that the Salomon Sight would be a really good choice as a beginner deck. It’s a directional twin rather than true twin and has a setback of -10mm but these are small considerations. These are only small things and the only reasons that this board isn’t in the top 5 above. As you pointed out the flex and camber are more important.
If you can get this board for a good price then it’s a good buy for a beginner.
Hey Nate,
First off, before I write a dissertation, freaking love the reviews! Making it so helpful for me to make a confident, and informed decision for my first board.
So I have to comment since I need some guidance in picking a board.
I’ll be snowboarding in CT (and possibly MA and VT) so East(Ice?) Coast.
I’m 5’10/5’11 and 160-170lbs.
I was looking at yours and some other well-known review sites and comparing everyone’s top beginner boards. Mainly you guys agree on alot of points but having some conflicting areas or boards so I can’t decide on one (I wish there was 1 board everyone picked!)
I was leaning on going with the Rossignol Circuit until I came to your site. Some people say its the best beginner board other than tell me don’t get it because it’s too much rocker or it’s directional twin.
I also looked at Rossignol Templar (which is still rocker friendly for a beginner, but has more camber 60:40 instead of the 80:20 of the Circuit) AND it has Magnetraction which I hear is great for the ice.
Is it true that something like Magnetraction and catering to my specific geographic conditions is better than just general beginner board characteristics such as rocker edges, softer flex etc.
If you know those boards could you comment how they line up with the Ride Agenda and Rome Garage Rocker.
I am between those boards right now.
Rossignol Circuit (supposed to be very beginner friendly – some worry about it’s twin shape)
Rossignol Templar (Magnetraction?)
Ride Agenda (The one I have heard the least about – only on your site)
Rome Garage Rocker (I heard it’s somewhat of a park board, but you seem to love it for a beginner)?
Are there any other beginner boards I’m missing? Want to make sure I pick the best board for my East coast conditions for a first timer.
(Also, I’m leaning towards the budget ones, hence when I didnt use the Crook etc.) I can find the Circuit for 225 on sale, Agenda 225 for last years closeout model and Garage Rocker I think for 200 as well. Templar for 225 on 1-2 year model closeout (all of these new condition, through various sites like Evo, The-house)
Hey Rob
Thanks for the message and thanks for all the details. It’s great to see you’re doing your research. It’ll pay dividends. Also great that you’ve thought about conditions. That certainly plays a part.
I don’t really know the Circuit but after looking at its specs it does sound like a great beginner board. There are only 2 things that make it not completely perfect in my book. The first is the Directional Twin shape. I’d prefer it to have a true twin shape but this really isn’t a huge deal and directional twin is the next best thing to true twin. The second is that the Circuit has a 20mm setback. I prefer to have beginners with a centered stance. But again this isn’t a deal breaker for a beginner board – and 20mm isn’t a huge setback. I would rate the Circuit a 92/100.
The Templar is also definitely suitable as a beginner deck. Has the same minor setbacks as the Circuit – again not biggies. The other thing is that it has a sintered base. I usually mark down beginner decks for having a sintered base because beginners don’t need the extra speed of a sintered base and also because it means you’ll need to wax it more often. But it certainly doesn’t ruin it as a good beginner board. The other thing is price but if you can find it for 225 as you mention then that’s out of the equation. I’d score it an 86.5/100 at its 399 normal price but at 225 then it would be a 90.5/100.
The Garage Rocker would definitely work as a park board. A lot (but not all) of park/freestyle decks are also suitable as beginner decks because of sharing certain things such as twin shape, softer flex, centered stance, stability (for landing jumps when it comes to riding freestyle), an extruded base and they are also usually cheaper than all-mountain and freeride boards.
I’m not sure if you’ve been recommended a size or not yet but I would go with something around a 155cm, 156cm or 157cm (max). Based on your height and weight your all-mountian board length would be 159. But you should always go shorter when you are learning. This is also an important factor. If you decide on one of these boards but can’t find it in the right size then I’d change to one of your other choices. The length is also an important consideration.
I know that the Agenda and Garage Rocker have a 156cm, the Circuit has a 155cm and the Templar has a 155cm.
I think any one of those boards would be a good choice. The Templar is going to have the best edgehold so if your worried about ice then this is going to handle that the best. You can also check out my beginner snowboard catalogue page (which has the 5 boards here plus an extra 5 (+ women’s beginner boards).
~ Beginner Snowboard Catalogue Page
Hope this helps and thanks for visiting
I’ve been coming back to this site over and over again. I’m a newbie. And at the tender age of 43 I’m really putting myself outside my comfort zone. This particular comment got me – I’m never going to another site again. This is it. Your reviews are second to none and your responses to comments are incredible. I used to be a blogger during the early days. It’s so awesome to see a blogger with such amazing quality writing and commentary. For me a great blog can be based on the community comments as much as the author. Thank you for what you do.
Hi Paul
Thanks so much for your comments. Really appreciate it!
And great work for getting out of your comfort zone and starting snowboarding – huge respect for that!
Experienced beginner-close to intermediate. 6’0 177 lbs size 15 burton photon step ons with xl bindings. Debating between salomon 162w or k2 standard 163w, or something else you might recommend please. Thanks so much.
Richard.
Hi Richard
Thanks for your messages.
Firstly, in terms of size, I would be leaning shorter than those options. I definitely get you may be looking to go longer in order to get something wider, but for your specs I would put you on roughly 159/160 as your “standard all-mountain” size – and that’s assuming a relatively advanced level. As a high-end beginner/low intermediate, you could even come down from that length-wise. But given that you’re used to a 159W – and that anything shorter would likely mean too narrow, even in wide, sizes, I think something around that 159W/160W would be your best bet.
Note also that the Salomon Pulse and K2 Standard aren’t true twins. Still should be fine for riding/learning switch, but they’re not the ideal for riding switch, like a true twin.
If it’s just between those two boards/sizes, I would be leaning towards the 162W Pulse, just because it’s a little smaller in overall length and quite a bit smaller in terms of effective edge. The Standard 163W is a little wider, which helps in terms of boot drag, given your on 15s. That said, however, if you didn’t have any issues on your 159W, you might not have to go super wide. But I also get that you might want to go wider anyway, to allow the possibility of carving deeper in the future. Do you know the model K2 board you have currently?
I would also look at:
– Arbor Formula Rocker 159MW – whilst this says mid-wide and the waist doesn’t sound that wide, Arbor boards are typically wider at the inserts, so this is probably around 275/276mm at the inserts – still on the narrow side for 15s (IMO) but as wide as the Pulse 162W and only a little narrower than the K2 Standard 163W – and in a better length, IMO. You could also look at the Foundation, but as a high-end beginner, I’d be leaning Formula over Foundation. Also a bit better for riding switch, IMO
– Burton Instigator Flat Top 160W – 265mm waist, and again around 275mm at the inserts
– Capita Outerspace Living 159W – 264mm waist and around 275mm at inserts again – this one is step up from beginner, but it’s a good bet for high-end beginner bordering on low intermediate
– K2 Standard 159W – I think if you were going to go Standard, I’d go this size, if you think you can get away with around a 275mm insert width
– GNU Money 158W – 266mm waist – around 274mm at inserts
– GNU Rider’s Choice 158W – again this is stepping it up a little bit, but still low intermediate friendly, IMO – 268mm waist, 276mm at inserts
Hope this helps and gives you more options – given that these are shorter, but with a similar width, I’d be leaning that way for your specs and how you describe your riding. Might still be pushing it width-wise with 15s, but you might be OK if you’re not really railing your carves super deep just yet.
Good morning Nate, all I can say is thank you so much for such a detailed write up on helping me choose the correct snowboard, you are amazing!! I didn’t realize or think of all those things which is a big eye opener and is going help me narrow down my decision for sure. Ok so my original snowboard I found that I am using now which was is still in pretty amazing shape because I only used for a season before buying another one and another one and another one then taking a 5 year break and selling all but the original k2. So the k2 is the 159w ASTAR. I can’t find too much on it other than it’s a twin directional and rookie beginner to help progress. I guess I am definitely looking for a true twin. I have been out on the 159W of the ASTAR twice now and 0 toe edge catching. I did buy a 158w pulse and it’s a little narrower than the 159w astar at the boot area so I’m going to return the pulse and now I’m in the dilemma of what to choose. Either the arbor formula, the k2 standard or Gnu riders choice. I’ve always wanted a 158w board as I’ve been 159,160,161 because of height and boot size but I guess now with 275 insert width at other board in the 158/9 I’ll stick with shorter if I can, but Nate the difference between 159 and 162 really is only 1 inch, if I’m used to 159 is 162 really that much more difficult to ride with a beginner board? Really like formula or foundation btw…thoughts?
Hi Richard
Firstly, in terms of sizing. I’m always surprised, whenever I ride the same board in 2 different sizes, the difference even 2-3cm can make. So, IMO, it does make a difference. I mean, when I’m testing I’m paying particular attention to everything, but still, 3cm is noticeable, in my experience.
I couldn’t find much about the specs of the Astar, so not sure how wide it is. But if you wanted to be sure, you could measure the width at inserts. To do this take the measurement from the base of the board, from outside of metal edge to outside of metal edge. The measurement should be taken at the middle holes of where your bindings will go – at your preferred stance width. If that measurement is around 275mm and you’re not getting any drag on that board, then it’s a pretty safe bet that the others should be wide enough.
Sorry just noticed for arbor formula there is a rocker and camber option, which one is better for my non park style of riding. Thanks again so so so much Nate
Hi Richard
I would be leaning Formula Rocker, since you’re looking for something catch-free. The camber version isn’t super catchy or anything though, so it’s not off the table. But I’d be leaning that way, because of your catch-free comment. In general the rocker version will be more catch-free, better in powder and a little quicker edge to edge. The camber version will give more stability at speed and better for deeper carves.
I just measured the my old k2 a-star, the front is 274 mm and back is 278 mm. Looks like it is a twin directional. I am a regular regular rider if that makes any difference. I am really looking at the arbor formula camber only because it comes in 160mw. If you said the 159 rocker is 275/276 at inserts, the 160 camber should 276/277? Question is will I be ok with it other than being a little less catchy. Thank you so much man I really appreciate all the help so much.
Hi Richard
Good to know. I would say the 160MW camber is like 275.5/276.5 – so not a massive difference. In this case I wouldn’t worry too much about that difference.
I can’t find the arbor 159mw anywhere now, totally sold out. I did find a formula camber 162w or the foundation 162w other than that, I really can’t find any board you suggested in 159/160 due to lack of inventory. Thoughts? I have put the formula camber and foundation on hold till I heard back from you. Thanks so much.
Richard
Hi Richard
If you’re in the US, there’s a 159MW Formula Rocker here. If not in the US, I’m not sure.
Between the 162W Formula Camber and 162W Foundation, the Foundation will be the easier, more forgiving, more catch-free ride. I think the Formula camber would be fine, but given that you’re going with the bigger size, if you want to keep things easy to ride and catch-free, then I’d probably be leaning 162W Foundation.
Hey nate,
I am a begginer currently just moved to whistler, I like the ride crook snowboard but I was just wondering how it goes just cruising down the mountains, everywhere i look it says its a good park board but i have not yet got the skills to hit rails although i would love to if I get good enough…. Would you still recommend this board in just going down runs ?
Thank you very much this site was so helpful
Cam
Hi Cam
Thanks for the message.
The Crook is great as a beginner board. It’s often the case that Beginner boards and park/freestyle boards are similar. This is because they share a lot of the same specs. E.g. softer flex is better for beginners and also better for riding in the park – a centered stance is better for park and better for beginners – a true twin shape is better for park and for beginners etc. Check out the article below to learn about the best specs for beginner boards to learn more.
~ Key Specs for Beginner Snowboards
Hope this helps.
Would you recommend either the 2015 or 2016 Rome Rocker? I can get a great price on a 2015 Rome Rocker and can’t tell that there are many differences between the two (although I admit I have very little knowledge about snowboards).
I mean the Rome Garage Rocker
Hey Kim
As far as I know not a lot changed between the 2015 and 2016 models. This board has been around for a good few years so it’s design is pretty established and there will be only minor tweaks. If you can get a good price on the 2015 model I’d go for that.
Hi Nate!
Great post, I like that you judge the snowboard on different factors.
As a beginner, it’s hard to choose an ideal snowboard.
I prefer the style of Ride Crook.
I look forward for your women’s beginner boards post!
Hey Sylvia – yeah I agree it’s really hard to choose a snowboard when you first start looking. There’s a heap of stuff to think about. Hopefully this is simplifying the process a little bit! I’m aiming to have the women’s top beginner snowboards post out sometime on the weekend of the 21st/22nd March (2015) so come back then if you want to check those out. Thanks for your input.
Update: Top 5 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
Bookmarked this page for next fall! Had to defer my snowboarding education this winter to a knee injury but hoping to get started next winter…thanks for the advice on buying a beginner’s snowboard!
Hey John. Thanks for visiting. you are very welcome for the advice. Hope your knee gets better as soon as possible and you can get your snowboarding going again next season. Just a quick note that late season (as in now in the northern hemisphere) and summer are typically the times you can pick up boards the cheapest as most retailers tend to have sales. But definitely understand waiting until the knee is recouped.
Snowboarding Profiles you’ve done it again – you’ve amazed me! You are my go to resource from here on out! There is nowhere else I’ve been able to find search in depth reviews.
And once for the little the noob, the top rated board is lowest priced! Sweetness!
Thanks again SP!
Eric
Hey Eric – thanks for the kind words and I’m glad you are getting value out of the posts. Always sweet when the top rated is the cheapest!